Skip to main content

Full text of "Annual report of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions"

See other formats 


RALPH   E.   WOOLLEY    LIBRARY 
The  Church  College  of  Hawaii 


: 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2012  with  funding  from 

Consortium  of  Church  Libraries  and  Archives 


http://archive.org/details/annualreportofam2728amer 


RliiPORT 


OF  THE 


AMERICAN  BOARD  OF  COMMISSIONERS 


FOE 


FOREIGN    MISSIONS 


COMPILED  FROM 


DOCUMENTS  LAID  BEFORE   THE  BOARD, 


AT   THE 


EIGHTEENTH   ANNUAL   MEETING, 


Which  was  held  in  the  City  of  New  York,  October  10, 11, 12, 13  &  15, 1827. 


BOSTON: 

PRINTED  FOR  THE  BOARD,  BT  CROCKER  AND  BREWSTER, 
No.  4<  Washington  Street 

1827. 


.\ 


I 


MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD 

/3    V    <£    3  0  I  UNDER  THE 

ACT   OF  INCORPORATION. 


MAINE. 

Gen.  Henry  Sewall,  Augusta. 

*Rev.  Jesse  Appleton,  D.  D.  late  President  of  Bowdoin  College, 

Brunswick, 

Rev.  William  Allen,  D.  D.  President  of  Bowdoin  College,  Bruns- 
wick, and 

*Rev.  Edward  Payson,  D.  D. 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

*Hon.  John  Langdon,  LL.  D.  formerly  Governor  of  the  State. 
*Rev.  Seth  Payson,  D.  D. 
*Hon.  Thomas  W.  Thompson, 
Rev.  John  Hubbard  Church,  D.  D.  Pelham,  and 
Rev.  Bennet  Tyler,  D.  D.  President  of  Dartmouth  College,  Han- 
over. 

VERMONT. 
Hon.  Charges  Marsh,  Woodstock,  and 
Rev.  Joshua  Bates,  D.  D.  President  of  Middlebury  College. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 
Rev.  Joseph  Lyman,  D.  D.  Hatfield, 
*Rev.  Samuel  Spring,  D.  D. 
*Hon  William  Phillips, 
William  Bartlet,  Esq.  Newburyport,         • 
Hon.  John  Hooker,  Springfield, 
Rev.  Samuel  Austin,  D.  D.  Worcester, 
Rev.  Edward  D.  Griffin,  D.  D.  President  of  Williams  College, 

Williamstown, 
*Rev.  Zephaniah  Swift  Moore,  D.  D.  late  President  of  Amherst 

College,  ) 


60861 ) 


4 

*Rev.  Samuel  Worcester,  D.  D.  late  Corresponding  Secretary  of 

the  Board, 
Hon.  William  Reed,  Marblehead, 
Rev.  Leonard  Woods,  D.  D.  Professor  in  the  Theological  Seminary 

at  Andover, 
Rev.  Lyman  Beecher,  D.  D.  Boston, 
S.  V.  S.  Wilder,  Esq.  Bolton, 
Rev.  John  Codman,  D.  D.  Dorchester, 
Jeremiah  Evarts,  Esq.  Boston, 
Hon.  Samuel  Hubbard,  LL.  D.  Boston, 
Edward  A.  Newton,  Esq.  Pittsfield, 

Rev.  Heman  Humphrey,  D.  D.  President  of  Amherst  College, 
John  Tappan,  Esq.  Boston, 

~  i  R.ONG,  Northampton, 
Rev  ?ay,  Charlestown,  and 

wards,  D.  D.  Boston. 

RHODE  ISLAND. 

n  Jones,  late  Governor  of  the  State. 

CONNECTICUT. 

i  Huntington, 

eadwell,  LL.  D.  formerly  Governor  of  the  State, 
*Rev.  Timothy  Dwight,  D.  D.  LL.  D.  late  President  of  Yale  Col- 
lege, New  Haven, 
*Rev.  Jedidiah  Morse,  D.  D. 
Hon.  John  Cotton  Smith,  LL.  D.  lately  Governor  of  the  State, 

Sharon, 
Rev.  Calvin  Chapin,  D.  D.  Wethersfield,  and 
Rev.  Jeremiah  Day.  D.  D.  LL.  D.  President  of  Yale  College,  New- 
Haven. 

NEW  YORK. 

Hon.  John  Jay,  LL.  D.  formerly  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court 

of  the  United  States,  and  Minister 
Plenipotentiary  to  Great  Britain,  and 
now  President  of  the  American  Bible 
Society,  Bedford, 

Hon.  Egbert  Benson,  LL.  D.  formerly  presiding  Judge  of  the  Cir- 
cuit Court  of  the  United  States,  and 

Col.  Richard  Varici^,  city  of  New  York, 

Hon.  Stephen  Van  Rensselaer,  LL.  D.  Albany, 

Rev.  David  Porter,  D.  D.  Catskill, 

*Col.  Henry  Lincklaen, 

Col.  Henry  Rutgers,  city  of  New  York, 

♦Divib  Bethune,  Esq. 

Hon.  Nathaniel  W.  Howwt  t    ronon/iomiio 


MEMBERS    OF   THE    BOARD,  5 

Hon.  Jonas  Platt,  LL.  D.  late  associate  Judge  of  the  Supreme  Court 

of  the  State,  city  of  New  York, 

Rev.  James  Richards,  D.  D.  Professor  in  the  Theological  Seminary 

at  Auburn, 

Rev.  Alexander  Proudfit,  D.  D.  Salem, 

Rev.  Eliphalet  Nott,  D.  D.  President  of  Union  College,  Schen- 
ectady, 
Rev.  Henry  Davis,  D.  D.  President  of  Hamilton  College,  Clinton. 
Rev.  Gardiner  Spring,  D.  D.  "*\ 

Rev.  Thomas  H.  Mc  Auley,  D.D.  LL.D. 

Rev.  William  Mc  Murray,  D.  D.         I     cjt„  0f  New  York. 

John  Nitchie,  Esq. 

William  Maxwell,  Esq. 

Eleazar  Lord,  Esq.  and 

Rev.  Thomas  De  Witt, 

Rev.  Nathan  S.  S.  Beman,  Troy, 

Rev.  John  Ludlow,  D.  D.  Albany, 

NEW  JERSEY. 
*Hon.  Elias  Boudinot,  LL.  D.  formerly  President  of  the  America 

Congress,  and  late  President  of  the 
American  Bible  Society, 
Rev.  Philip  Milledoler,  D.  D.  Professor  in  the  Theological  Sem- 
inary, at  New  Brunswick, 
Rev.  Samuel  Miller,  D.  D.  and  ">  Professors  in  the  Theolog- 

Rev.  Archibald  Alexander,  D.D.     Sical  Seminary  at  Princeton, 
Theodore  Frelinghuysen,  Esq.  Newark. 

PENNSYLVANIA. 
Rev.  Ashbel  Green,  D.  D.  late  President  of  Nassau  Hall,  Princeton, 

now  of  Philadelphia, 
Robert  Ralston,  Esq.  and 
Thomas  Bradford,  Esq.  Philadelphia, 
Dr.  Samuel  Agnew,  Harrisburg,  and 
Rev.  William  Neil,  D.  D.  President  of  Dickinson  College,  Carlisle. 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA. 

*Elias  Boudinot  Caldwell,  Esq.  late    Clerk   of  the    Supreme 

Court  of  the  United  States,  and 
Joseph  Nourse,  Esq.  Register  of  the  Treasury,  Washington. 

VIRGINIA. 
Rev.  John  H.  Rice,  D.  D.  Professor  in  the  Theological  Seminary  of 

Virginia,  Prince  Edward  county, 
Gen.  John  H.  Cocke,  Buckingham  county. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA. 
Rev.  Benjamin  M.  Palmer,  D.  D.  Charleston. 


J 


I 


Dr.  John  Cumming,  Savannah,  and 

Rev.  Moses  W  add  el,  D.  D.  President  of  the  University,  Athens. 

TENNESSEE. 
Rev.  Charles  Coffin,  D.  D.  President  of  Greenville  College. 

KENTUCKY. 
Rev.  Gideon  Blackburn,  D.  D.  President  of  the  College  at  Danville. 

OHIO. 
Rev.  Robert  G.  Wilson,  D.  D.  President  of  the  College  at  Athens. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Board,  Sept.  15,  1819,  the  following  Resolution 
was  adopted: 

"That  individuals,  clergymen  and  laymen,  residing  in  different,  and 
especially  in  distant  parts  of  the  United  States,  and  in  other  lands,  be 
now,. and,  as  shall  be  deemed  advisable,  hereafter  elected  by  ballot, 
to  be  connected  with  this  Board  as  Corresponding  Members,  who, 
though  it  be  no  part  of  their  official  duty  to  attend  its  meetings,  or  to 
take  part  in  its  votes  or  resolutions,  yet,  when  occasionally  present, 
may  assist  in  its  deliberations,  and  by  communicating  information,  and 
in  various  other  ways,  enlighten  its  course,  facilitate  its  operations, 
and  promote  its  objects. 

The  following  gentlemen  have  been  chosen. 

IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

OHIO. — Rev.  James  Culbertson,  Zanesville. 

KENTUCKY.— Rev.  James  Blythe,  D.  D.  Lexington. 

TENNESSEE.— Dr.  Joseph  C.  Strong,  Knoxville. 

CHEROKEE  NATION.— *Col.  Return  J.  Meigs,  late  Agent   of 

the  U.  S.  Government  for  that  nation. 

ALABAMA.— Col.  John  M'Kee,  late  Agent  of  the  U.  S.  Govern- 
ment for  the  Choctaw  nation. 

MISSISSIPPI.— *  Samuel  Postlethwaite,  Esq. 

LOUISIANA.— *Rev.  Sylvester  Lamed. 

GEORGIA.— *Rev.  Henry  Kollock,  D.  V.—John  Bolton,  Esq.  Sa- 
vannah.— *John  Whitehead,  Esq.  and  *Hon. 
John  Elliot,  Sunbury. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA.— *Dr.  Edward  D.  Smith,  late  Professor  in 

the  College. 

NORTH  CAROLINA.— Gen.  Calvin  Jones,  Raleigh. 

VIRGINIA.— Rev.   William  Hill,  D.  D.  Winchester,  and  Rev.  Dr. 


HONORARY  MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD.  1 

\ 

IN  FOREIGN  PARTS. 

ENGLAND.—  William  Wilberforce,  Esq.  London.— *  Charles  Grant, 
Esq.— Rev.  George  Burder,  Secretary  of  the  Lon- 
don Missionary  Society,  Islington.— Rev.  Josiah 
Pratt,  B.  D.  late  Secretary  of  the  Church  Mis- 
sionary Society,  London.— William  Taylor  Money, 
Esq.  Venice. 

SCOTLAND.— Rev.  John  Campbell,  D.  D.— Hon.  Kincaid  Macken- 
zie, and  Rev.  Ralfih  Wardlaiv,  D.  D. 

FRANCE.— Frederic  Leo,  Esq.  Paris. 

MALTA.— Rev.    William  Joivett,  Literary  Representative   of   the 
Church  Missionary  Society. 

CEYLON.— *Rev.  Archdeacon  Tivistleton. 

BENGAL. — Rev.  William  Carey,  D.D.  Serampore,  and  Rev.  Thomas 
T.  Thomason,  Calcutta. 

CHINA. — Rev.  Robert  Morrison,  D.  D.  Canton. 


At  the  meeting  of  the  Board,  Sept.  19, 1821,  the  following  Resolu- 
tion was  adopted: — 

"That  any  Clergyman,  on  paying  Fifty  Dollars,  and  any  Layman, 
on  paying  One  Hundred  Dollars,  at  any  one  time,  shall  have  the  priv- 
ilege of  attending  the  meetings  of  the  Board,  and  of  assisting  in  its 
deliberations  as  an  Honorary  Member,  but  without  the  privilege  of 
voting;  this  latter  privilege  being  restricted,  by  the  Act  of  Incorpora- 
tion, to  members  elected  by  ballot." 

The  following  gentlemen,  since  the  above  resolution  passed,  have 
become  Honorary  Members  of  the  Board. 


Names  of  Persons. 
Aiken,  Rev.  Samuel  C-, 
Allan,  Rev.  J., 
Allen,  Rev.  Jacob, 
Allen,  Moses, 
Allen,  Peter, 
Allen,  Solomon, 
Ambler,  Rev.  James  B., 
Andrews,  Rev.  Elisha  D., 
Armstrong,  Samuel  T., 
Atwater,  Caleb, 
Bacon,  Rev.  Leonard, 
Bailey,  Rev.  Rufus  W., 
Balch,  Rev.  Stephen  B.,  D.  D 


Place  cf Residence. 
Utica,  N.  Y. 
Huntsville,  Ala. 
Glastenbury,  Ct. 
New  York  city, 

South  Hadley,  Ms. 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Cherry  Valley,  N.  Y. 

Putney,  Vt. 

Boston,  Ms. 

Wallingford,  Ct. 

New  Haven,  Ct. 

Pittsfield,  Ms. 

George  Town,  D.  C. 


By  whom  Constituted , 
Ladies'  Association. 

Monthly  Concert. 


Fern.  Benev.  So. 
Ladies'  Association. 


Asso.  in  1st  So. 
Benevolent  Society. 
Miss.  As.  in  Presb.  Ch. 


• 


" 


I  .tio, 

Barnes,  Rev.  Albert, 
Battell,  Joseph, 
Beattie,  Rev.  John, 
Beatty,  William, 
Beecher,  Rev.  Edward, 
Bent,  Rev.  Josiah, 
Bergen,  Rev.  John  G., 
Bethune,  Rev.  George  W., 
Bingham,  Rev.  Hiram, 
Bissell,  Josiah,  Jr. 
Blain,  Rev.  William, 
Blake,  Gardiner  S., 
Blatchford,  Rev.  Samuel,  D.  D. 
Boardman,  Rev.  Elderkin,  J., 
Boies,  Rev.  Artemas, 
Booth,  Rev.  Chauncey, 
Bonney,  Rev.  William, 
Brace,  Rev.  Joab, 
Brace,  Rev.  S.  W., 
Brackett,  Rev.  Joseph, 
Brinsmade,  Rev.  Horatio  N., 
Bull,  Rev.  Edward, 
Bumstead,  Josiah, 
Burge,  Rev.  Caleb, 
Burleigh,  Dea.  Rinaldo, 
Burnap,  Rev.  Uzziah  C, 
Burr,  Joseph, 
Burr,  David  I., 
Burt,  Rev.  Enoch, 
Burton,  Rev.  Asa,  D.  D. 
Calhoun,  Rev.  George  A., 
Campagne,  Baron  de 
Campbell,  Rev.  John  N., 
*  Chamberlain,  Richard, 
*Chapin,  Rev.  Walter, 
Chester,  Rev.  Alfred, 
Chester,  Rev.  John,  D.  D. 
Chester,  Rev.  William, 
Church,  Rev.  Nathan, 
Clark,  Rev.  Benjamin  F., 
Clark,  Rev.  Doras, 
Clark,  Isaac, 
Clark,  Rev.  Tertius  S., 


Holden,  Ms. 
Morristown,  N.  J. 
Norfolk,  Ct. 
New  Utrecht,  N.  Y. 
Salem,  N.  Y. 
Boston,  Ms. 
Weymouth,  Ms. 
Bottle  Hill,  N.  J. 
New  York  city, 
Miss,  at  Sandwich  Isl. 
Rochester,  N.  Y. 
Middletown,  N.  Y. 
Wrentham,  Ms. 
Lansingburgh,  N.  Y. 
Danville,  Vt. 
South  Hadley,  Ms. 
South  Coventry,  Ct. 
New  Canaan,  Ct. 
Wethersfield,  Ct. 
Utica,  N.  Y. 
Rushville,  N.  Y. 
New  Hartford,  Ct. 
Lebanon,  Ct. 
Boston. 

Glastenbury,  Ct. 
Plainfield,  Ct. 
Chester,  Vt. 

Manchester,  Vt. 
Richmond,  Va. 

Manchester,  Ct. 

Thetford,  Vb 

North  Coventry,  Ct. 

Pfefficon, 

George  Town,  D.  C, 

Boston,  Ms. 

Woodstock,  Vt. 

Rahway,  N.  J. 

Albany,  N.  Y. 

Hudson,  N.  Y. 

Bridgewater,  Me. 

Buckland,  Ms. 

Blandford,  Ms. 

Boston,  Ms. 

Deerfield,  Ms. 


Ladies'  Char.  So. 
Ladies'  Association. 

Monthly  Concert. 

La.  Asso.Park-st.  Ch. 
Ladies'  Association. 
La.  Asso.  &  Frag.  So. 
Mrs.  J.  Bethune. 
H.  Hill,  Boston. 

Ladies'  Benev.  So. 
A  parent. 
A  female  friend. 
Various  sources. 
Ladies'  Miss.  So. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 
Female  Benev.  So. 
Various  contributions. 
Ladies'  Association. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 
Memb.  of  Eccl.  So. 
Gent.  &La.As.M.  Con. 

Ladies'  Association. 
Mon.  Con.  8c  La.  As. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 


Ladies'  Association. 

Ladies. 

Ladies'  Association. 

Switzerland. 

Miss.  As.inPresb.  Ch 

Ladies'  Association. 
M.  C.  Ralston. 

do. 

do. 
Ladies'  Miss.  So. 
Ladies'  Association. 
Monthly  Concert. 

Gent.  Asso.  La.  As. 
and  Jews  Society 


S 


HONORARY  MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD. 


Names  of  Persons. 
Cleveland,  Rev.  John  P., 
Cobb,  Rev.  Oliver, 
Cobb,  Richard 
Coe,  George  W., 
Cogswell,  Rev.  John, 
Condit,  Rev.  Aaron, 
Converse,  Rev.  James, 
Cooke,  Thomas  B., 
Cornelius,  Rev.  Elias, 

Cowan,  Rev.  Alexander  N., 
Cowles,  Rev.  George, 
Cox,  Rev.  Samuel  H., 
Cramp  ton,  Rev.  Ralph  S., 
Crosby,  Rev.  Daniel, 
Cummings,  Rev.  Asa, 
Cushman,  Rev.  Ralph, 
Cutler,  Rev.  Benjamin  C, 
Cutler,  Pliny, 
Dana,  Rev.  Samuel, 
Day,  Orrin, 

Dickinson,  Rev.  Baxter, 
Dimmick,  Rev.  Luther  F., 
Dodge,  Rev.  Nathaniel  B., 
Donhoff,  Count, 
Dorrance,  Rev.  Gordon, 
Dwight,  Rev.  Sereno  E., 

Eaton,  Rev.  Asa, 

Eaton,  Rev.  Peter,  D.  D. 
Eaton,  Rev.  William, 

Eddy,  Rev.  Ansel  D., 
Ellis,  Rev.  William, 
Ely,  Hervey, 
Emerson,  Rev.  Brown, 
Emerson,  Rev.  Joseph, 
Emmons,  Rev.  Nathanael,  D.  D. 

?elt,  Rev.  Joseph,  B., 
Ferguson,  Rev.  John, 
Fessenden,  Rev.  Joseph  P., 
Field,  Rev.  David  D., 


Place  of  Residence. 
Salem,  Ms. 
Rochester,  Ms. 
Boston,  Ms. 
Savannah,  Ga. 
Saco,  Me. 
Hanover,  N.  J. 
Weathersfield,  Vt. 
Catskill,  N.  Y. 
Andover,  Ms. 

Skaneateles,  N.  Y. 
Danvers,  Ms. 
New  York  city, 
Woodstock,  Ct. 
Conway,  Ms. 
North  Yarmouth,  Me. 
Manlius,  N.  Y. 
Quincy,  Ms. 
Boston,  Ms. 
Marblehead,  Ms. 
Catskill,  N.  Y. 
Longmeadow,  Ms. 
Newburyport,  Ms. 
Harmony,  Osage  Nat. 
Hohendorf,  S.Prussia. 
Windsor,  Ms. 
New  Haven,  Ct. 

Boston,  Ms. 

Boxford,  Ms. 
Middleboro',  Ms. 

Canandaigua,  N.  Y. 
Mission'y,  now  in  Eng, 
Rochester,  N.  Y. 
Salem,  Ms. 
Wethersfield,  Ct. 
Franklin,  Ms. 

Hamilton,  Ms. 
Attleboro',  Ms. 
Kennebunkport,  Me. 
Stockbridge,  Ms. 


By  whom  coir'ifnted. 

Ch. 


JLauxey  . 


Various  sources. 
Female  Cent.  So. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 

Female  So.  in  Taber- 
nacle Ch.  Salem. 
Ladies'  Association. 
La.  in  South  Parish. 
Eleazar  Lord. 
A  Lady. 

Ladies'  Association. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 
Monthly  Concert. 
Unknown. 

Ladies'  Association. 

Young  Gentlemen. 
Monthly  Concert 


Ladies'  Association. 
Ladies  of  Park-st.  Ch. 

Boston,  Ms. 
Memb.  of  St.  Paul's 

Church. 
Ladies'  Association. 
Miss  Elizabeth  Eaton, 

Boston,  Ms. 
Ladies. 
H.  Hill,  Boston. 

Ladies'  Association. 
Crocker  &  Brewster. 
S.    T.    Armstrong, 

Boston. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 
Female  Benev.  So. 
Monthly  Concert. 
Ladies'  Association. 


10 


v 


HONORARY  MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD. 


Names  of  Persons. 
Fisher,  Rev.  George, 
Fisk,  Alvarez, 
Fisk,  Rev.  Elisha, 
Fiske,  Rev.  N.  W., 
Fitch,  Rev.  Eleazer  T., 
Ford,  Rev.  John, 
Foot,  Rev.  Joseph  I., 
Fowler,  Rev.  Orrin, 
Fowler,  Rev.  William  C, 
Freeman,  Rev.  Frederick, 
Frost,  Rev.  John, 
Gillet,  Rev.  Timothy,  P., 
Goodall,  Rev.  David, 
Goodell,  Rev.  William,    . 
Gordon,  Captain, 
Gosman,  Robert, 
Green,  Rev.  Samuel, 
Gridley,  Rev.  Ralph  W., 
Griswold,  Rt.  Rev.  Alex.  V.,  D. 

Griswold,  Rev.  Samuel, 
Haines,  R.  T., 
Hale,  Rev.  Enoch, 
Hale,  Rev.  Jonathan  L., 
Hall,  D.  W., 
Hall,  Rev.  Robert, 

Hallock,  Gerard, 
Hallock,  William,  A., 
Harding',  Rev.  Sewall, 
Harris,  Rev.  Walter,  D.  D. 
Harrison,  Rev.  Roger, 
Hart,  Rev.  Ira, 
Harvey,  Rev.  Joseph, 
Hawley,  Rev.  William  A., 
Hay,  Rev.  Philip  C, 
Hayes,  Rev.  Joel, 
Hazen,  Rev.  Austin, 
Hemenway,  Rev.  Darnel, 
Heyer,  Rev.  William  S., 

Hitchcock,  Rev.  Edward, 
Hitchcock,  Jacob, 
Hoadley,  Rev.  L.  Ives, 
Hobart,  Rev.  Caleb, 
Hoff,  Lewis, 


Place  of  Residence 
Harvard,  Ms. 
Natchez,  Missi. 
Wrentham,  Ms. 
Amherst,  Ms. 
Yale  College,  Ct 
Parsippany,  N.  J. 
West  Brookfield,  Ms. 
Plainfield,  Ct. 
Greenfield,  Ms. 
Plymouth,  Ms. 
Whitesboro,  N.  Y. 
Branford,  Ct. 
Littleton,  N.  H. 
Mission'y  in  W.  Asia. 
Ramnad,  India. 
Up.  Red  Hook,  N.  Y. 
Boston,  Ms. 
Williamstown,  Ms. 
D.  Bristol,  R.  I. 

Glastenbury,  Ct. 
New  York  city. 
West  Hampton,  Ms. 
Campton,  N.  H. 
Charleston,  S.  C. 
Leicester,  Eng*. 

New  York  city. 
New  York  city. 
Waltham,  Ms. 
Dunbarton,  N.  H. 
Tolland,  Ct. 
Stonington,  Ct. 
East  Haddam,  Ct. 
Hinsdale,  Ms. 
Newark,  N.  J. 
South  Hadley,  Ms. 
Hartford,  Vt. 
Wareham,  Ms. 
Fishkill  Land.  N.  Y. 

Amherst  Col.  Ms. 
Dwig-ht,  Ark.  Ter. 
Worcester,  Ms. 
North  Yarmouth,  Me 
Winchester,  Va. 


By  whom  constituted. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 

A  friend. 

Gent.  Association. 
Society  of  Inquiry. 
Various  sources. 
Ladies'  Association. 
Bible  and  Miss.  So. 
Ladies'  Association. 
La.  of  2d.  Parish. 
Ladies'  Miss.  So. 
Ladies'  Association. 

H.  Hill,  Boston. 


John  Tappan. 
Ladies'  Association. 
Memb.  of  St.  Paul's 

Ch.  Boston,  Ms. 
Ladies'  Association, 

Ladies  and  Gent. 
Contribution. 

S.     T.     Armstrong1, 
Boston,  Ms. 


Ladies'  Char.  So. 
Gent,  and  La.  So. 
Ladies'  Char.  So. 
Ladies'  Association. 
A  friend. 

Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 
Gent.  Asso.  in2d.Ch. 
Peter  Allen. 
Ladies'  Association. 
Ladies'  Association. 
Miss.  So.  in  Reform- 
ed Dutch  Ch. 
M.  Con.  in  Conway. 

Ladies'  Association. 
,  Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 


V 


HONORARY  MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD. 


11 


Names  of  Persons. 
Holbrook,  Rev.  Willard, 
Holmes,  Rev.  Sylvester, 
Homer,  Rev.  Jonathan,  D.  D. 
Hooker,  Rev.  Henry  B., 
Homes,  Henry, 

Hotchkiss,  Rev.  Frederick,  W., 
Hovey,  Rev.  Aaron, 
Hoyt,  Rev.  Otto  S., 
*Hubbard,  David  G. 
Hudson,  Barzillai, 
Hudson,  Henry, 
*Hull,  Rev.  A.  B. 
Hunn,  Rev.  David  L., 
Hyde,  Rev.  Lavius, 
Jane  way,  Rev.  Jacob  J.,  D.  D. 
Jarvis,  Rev.  Samuel,  D.  D. 

Jenkins,  Rev.  Charles, 

Jenkins,  Joseph  W., 
Jenks,  Rev.  William,  D.  D. 
Jewett,  Rev.  David, 

Johnson,  Rev.  Daniel, 

Kent,  John, 

Kilbourn,  Jonathan, 

Kimball,  Rev.  James, 

Kirkpatrick,  William, 

La  Fayette,  General, 

Laurie,  Rev.  James,  D.  D. 
Leach,  Shepherd, 
Lewis,  Rev.  Isaac,  D.  D. 
Lewis,  Zechariah, 
Linsley,  Rev.  Joel  H., 
Lockwood,  Rev.  William, 
Lombard,  Rev.  Horatio  Jones, 
Loomis,  Rev.  Hub  bell, 
Ludlow,  Rev.  Henry  G., 

McCartee,  Rev.  Robert, 

Mc  Dowall,  Rev.  William  A.  D.  D, 

Mc  Elroy,  Rev.  Joseph, 
Mc  Gee,  Rev.  Jonathan, 
*McLeod,  Norman, 
Mc  Millan,  Rev.  William, 


Place  of  Residence. 
Rowley,  Ms. 
New  Bedford,  Ms. 
Newton,  Ms. 
Lanesboro,'  Ms. 
Boston,  Ms. 
Saybrook,  Ct. 
Saybrook,  Ct. 
Hinesburg",  Vt. 
New  York  city, 
Hartford,  Ct. 
do.       do. 
Worcester,  Mass. 
Sandwich,  Ms. 
Bolton,  Ct. 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 
now  in  Europe. 

Portland,  Me. 

Boston,  Ms. 
Boston,  Ms. 
Gloucester,  Ms. 

Orleans,  Ms. 
Suffield,  Ct. 
Sandisfield,  Ms. 
Townshend,  Vt. 
Lancaster,  Pa. 
La  Grange,  France 
Washington  city, 
Easton,  Ms. 
.  Greenwich,  Ct. 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Hartford,  Ct. 
Glastenbury,  Ct. 
Oweg"o,  N.  Y. 
Willington,  Ct. 
New  York,  city. 

New  York  city, 
Charleston,  S.  C. 

New  York  city, 
Brattleboro',  Vt. 
Boston,  Ms. 
New  Athens,  O. 


By  xvhom  constittited . 
Ladies'  Association. 
Ladies. 

Avails  of  miss,  field. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 

Gent.  Association. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 
B.  G.  Root. 


Mon.  Con.  in  1st.  Ch. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 

Memb.  of  St.  Paul's 
Church,  Boston. 

Mon.  Con.  in  3d 
Cong-.  Church. 

Pliny  Cutler. 

Two  Ladies  in  Mar- 

blehead. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 


Gent.  La.  &M.  Con. 

La.  in  Boston,  Ms. 
Association. 


Monthly  Concert. 

Ladies'  Association. 

Various  sources. 

Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 

M.  Con.  in  Spring"-st. 

Church. 
Asso.  in  Canal-st.  Ch. 
Juv.  So.  in  Sab.  ScIk 

3d.  Presb.  Ch. 
A  friend. 
Various  contrib. 


12 


HONORARY  MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD. 


Names  of  Persons. 
Maltby,  Rev.  John, 
Mann,  Rev.  Cyrus, 
Manning,  Rev.  Abel, 
Marsh,  Rev.  John, 
Mason,  Rev.  Cyrus, 

Mason,  Rev.  John,  D.  D. 
Mason,  Rev.  Stephen, 
Mathews,  Rev.  James  M.,  D.  D. 
Merrill,  Rev.  Joseph, 
Merrill,  Rev.  Nathaniel, 
Merrill,  Rev.  Stephen, 
Merwin,  Rev.  Samuel, 
Miller,  Rev.  Rodney  A., 
Milton,  Rev.  Charles  W. 
Mitchell,  Rev.  Alfred, 
*Mongin,  David  J., 
Monteith,  Rev.  Walter, 
Murray,  John  R., 
Nash,  Rev.  Ansel, 
Nettleton,  Rev.  Asahel, 
Nichols,  Rev.  Charles, 
Norton,  John  T., 
Oliphant,  Rev.  David, 
*  Osgood,  Rev.  David,  D.  D. 
Osgood,  Rev.  Samuel,  D.  D. 

Patterson,  Rev.  Nicholas,    m 

Payson,  Rev.  Phillips, 
Peck,  Everard, 
Penney,  Rev.  Joseph, 
Perkins,  Rev.  George, 
Perkins,  Rev.  Nathan, 
Perry,  Rev.  Gardiner  B., 
Phelps,  Anson  G., 
Phelps,  Rev.  Eliakim, 

Phillips,  Rev.  William,  D.  D. 

Pomeroy,  Rev.  Thaddeus, 
Pond,  Rev.  Enoch, 
Porter,  Rev.  William  A., 
Post,  Rev.  Reuben, 
Prentice,  Rev.  Joseph, 
Proctor,  John  C, 


Place  of  Residence. 
Sutton,  Ms. 
Westminster,  Ms. 
Goshen,  N.  H. 
Haddam,  Ct. 
New  York  city. 

New  York  city. 
Washington,  Ct. 
New  York  city, 
Dracut,  Ms. 
Lyndeboro',  N.  H. 
Kittery  Point,  Me. 
New  Haven,  Ct. 
Worcester,  Ms. 
Newburyport,  Ms. 
Chelsea,  Ct. 
Dawfuskie  Isl.  S.  C. 
New  York  city. 
New  York  city. 
Tolland,  Ct. 

Hebron,  Ct. 
Albany,  N.  Y. 
Beverly,  Ms. 
Medford,  Ms. 
Springfield,  Ms. 


Leominster,.  Ms. 
Rochester,  N.  Y. 
Rochester,  N.  Y. 
Ashburnham,  Ms. 
Amherst,  Ms. 
Bradford,  Ms. 
New  York  city. 
Pittsfield,  Ms. 

New  York  city. 

Gorham,  Me. 
Ward,  Ms. 
Williams  Col.  Ms. 
Washington  city. 
Northwood,  N.  H. 
Boston,  Ms. 


By  whom  constituted. 
Ladies. 
Ladies'  Association. 


Memb.  of  Cedar-st. 

congregation. 
H.  Hill,  Boston. 
Hon.  B.  Tallmadge. 
Asso.  in  Garden-st. 
Various  sources. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 
Various  donations. 
United  So. 
Ladies'  Association. 
Ladies'  Association. 
Ladies'  Association. 

Asso.  inPearl-st.  Ch. 
Two  ladies. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 

Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 

La.  of  3d  Cong.  So. 

Fem.  Char.  Read- 
ing Society. 

Indiv.  in  Saybrook 
and  Lyme,  Ct. 

M.  Con.  inCalv.  So. 

A  friend. 

La.  and  Gent.  Asso . 
La.  Asso.  in  2d  Par. 
Ladies'  Association. 

Ladies'    Association 

in  Brookfield. 
Fem.  Bible  Class  in 

Wall-st.  Church. 
Monthly  Concert. 
Female  Society. 
H.  Hill,  Boston . 
Association. 
Individuals. 


HONORARY  MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD. 


13 


Names  of  Persons. 
Proudfit,  Rev.  John  A., 

Punderson,  Rev.  Thomas, 
Putnam,  Rev.  Rufus  A , 
Rand,  Rev.  Asa, 

Reed,  Rev.  Augustus  B., 
Reed,  Ehakim, 
Remsen,  Peter, 
Riddell,  Rev.  Samuel  H. 
Robinson,  Charles, 
Robinson,  Edward, 
Robinson,  George, 
*Robinson,  Rev.  William, 
Ropes,  William, 
Rowell,  Rev.  Joseph, 
Rowland,  Rev.  Henry  A., 
Russell,  Rev.  Joshua  T., 

*  Salisbury,  Josiah, 
Salisbury,  Stephen, 

*  Sanderson,  Thomas, 
Sanford,  Rev.  Joseph, 
Scales,  Rev.  Jacob, 
Scranton,  Rev.  Erastus, 
Searl,  Rev.  Jeremiah, 
Sears,  Rev.  Reuben, 
*Sewall,  William, 
Sheldon,  Rev.  Luther, 
Shepard,  Rev.  Samuel,  D.D. 
Shepard,  Rev.  Samuel  N., 
Shepard,  Rev.  Thomas, 
Skinner,  Rev.  Thomas  H.,  D, 
Smith,  Erastus, 

Smith,  Rev.  Ethan, 
Smith,  Rev.  Worthington, 
Snowden,  Rev.  Samuel,  F. 

Sprague,  Rev.  William  B., 
Spring,  Rev.  Samuel, 
Starkweather,  Charles, 
Starr,  Rev.  Peter, 

Steele,  Rev.  Julius, 
Stone,  Rev.  Cyrus,  Miss'y, 
Storrs,  Rev.  Richard  S. 
Strong,  Rev.  William  L., 


Place  of  Residence.        By  whom  constituted. 
Newburyport,  Ms.    Rev.  Dr.  Proudfit, Sa- 
lem, N.  Y. 
Huntington,  Ct. 
Fitchburg,  Ms. 
Boston,  Ms. 


D. 


Ware,  Ms. 

Greenville,  N.  Y. 

New  York  city. 

Glastenbury,  Ct. 

Southington,  Ct. 

Andover,  Ms.  now  in  Europe. 

New  Haven,  Ct. 

Southington,  Ct. 

Boston,  Ms. 

Cornish,  N.  H. 

Windsor,  Ct. 

Newark,  N.  J. 

Boston,  Ms. 

Worcester,  Ms. 

Whately,  Ms. 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Henniker,  N.  H. 

North  Milford,  Ct. 
Coxsackie,  N.  Y. 

Chelmsford,  Ms. 

Boston,  Ms. 

Easton,  Ms. 

Lenox,  Ms. 

Madison,  Ct. 

Ashfield,  Ms. 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Hadley,  Ms. 

Poultney,  Vt. 

St.  Albans,  Vt. 

Sackett's  Harbour, 


Ladies'  Association. 
Mon.    Con.    in  Gor- 

ham,  Me. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 


Ladies'  Association. 


Ladies'  Association. 
Ladies'  Association. 


Gentlemen's  Asso. 
A  few  individuals. 


Shepherd  Leach. 
J.  W.  Robbins. 
Young  La.  Sew.  So. 
Monthly  Concert. 
La.  in  5th  Presb.  Ch. 


S.  T.  Armstrong. 

M.  Con.  and  indiv. 

S.  E.  Morse  and  Mrs. 
E.  Breeze. 
W.  Springfield,  Ms.  Monthly  Concert. 
Hartford,  Ct.  Gent.  As.  in  North  So. 

Northampton,  Ms. 
Warren,  Ct.  Young    Men's    For. 

Miss.  So. 
E.  Bloomfield,  N.  Y.  Ladies. 
Bombay,  India. 

Braintree,  Ms.  N.  Willis,  Boston. 

Somers,  Ct.  Ladies'  Association, 


14 


HONORARY    MEMBERS    OF   THE    BOARD. 


Names  of  Persons. 
Stuart,  Eev.  Moses, 
Tallmadge,  Benjamin, 
Tappan,  Arthur, 
Tappan,  Rev.  Benjamin, 
Taylor,  Knowles, 
Tenney,  Rev.  Caleb  J., 
Thomas,  Rev.  Daniel, 
Thomson,  Rev.  Lathrop, 
Torrey,  Rev.  Reuben, 
Torrey,  Rev.  Joseph, 
Train,  Samuel, 
Trask,  Israel  E., 
Treat,  Rev.  Joseph, 
Tucker,  Rev.  Mark, 

Vaill,  Rev.  Joseph, 

*Van  Rensselaer,  Phihp  S., 
Van  Rensselaer,  Stephen,  Jr. 
Van  Zandtford,  Rev.  Staats, 
Vose,  Thomas, 
Walker,  Rev.  Charles, 
Wallace,  William, 
Ware,  Rev.  Samuel, 
Warner,  Rev.  Aaron, 
Washburn,  Rev.  Royal, 
Waterbury,  Rev.  Jared  B., 
Welles,  Rev.  Elijah  D. 
Weston,  Rev.  Isaac, 
Wheeler,  Rev.  John, 
Whipple,  Charles, 
White,  Rev.  Charles, 
WTickham,  Rev.  J.  D. 
*Williams,  Rev.  Samuel  P., 
Williams,  Rev.  Solomon, 
Williams,  William, 
Williston,  Rev.  David  H. 
Wisner,  Rev.  Benjamin  B., 
*Woodbridge,  Jahleel, 
Woodbridge,  Rev.  John,  D.D. 
Woodbury,  Rev.  Benjamin, 
Woolsey,  William  W., 
Worcester,  Rev.  Leonard, 
Wooster,  Rev.  Benjamin, 


Place  of  Residence.        By  whom  constituted. 
Theol.  Sem.  Andov.  A  friend. 
Litchfield,  Ct. 
New  York  city. 
Augusta,  Me. 
New  York  city. 
Wethersfield,  Ct. 
Abington,  Ms. 
Chelsea,  Vt. 
Ashford,  Ct. 
Royalton,  Vt. 
Boston,  Ms. 
Springfield,  Ms. 
Windham,  O. 
Troy,  N.  Y. 


Ladies  For.  Miss.  So. 
Ladies5  Association. 

A  gentleman. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 


Mon.  Con.  in  North- 
ampton, Ms. 

Lucy  Bishop,  deceas- 
ed. 

S.  Van  Rensselaer, 
Association. 

Ladies'  Association. 

Avails  of  miss,  field. 
Ladies'  Association. 
Gent.  As.  in  1st  Par. 
Ladies'  Association. 
Monthly  Concert. 
Monthly  Concert. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 

Ladies'  Char.  So. 
New  Rochelle,  N.Y.  Association. 
Newburyport,  Ms.     Ladies'  Association. 


Brimfield,  Ms. 

Albany,  N.  Y. 
Albany,  N.  Y. 
Bellville,  N.  J. 
Boston,  Ms. 
East  Rutland,  Vt. 
Newark,  N.  J. 
Ware,  Ms. 
Medford,  Ms. 
Amherst,  Ms. 
Hatfield,  Ms. 
Oxford,  N.  Y. 
Booth  Bay,  Me. 
Windsor,  Vt. 
Newburyport,  Ms. 
Thetford,  Vt. 


Northampton,  Ms. 
Utica,  N.  Y. 
Tunbridge,  Vt. 
Boston,  Ms. 
South  Hadley,  Ms. 
Hadley,  Ms. 
Falmouth,  Ms. 
New  York  city. 
Peacham,  Vt. 
Fairfield,  Vt. 


Avails  of  miss,  field. 


S.  T.  Armstrong. 

N.  Coolidge. 

Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 

Av.  of  miss,  field. 
Gent,  and  La.  Asso. 


EIGHTEENTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


OF    THE 


AMERICAN  BOARD  OF  COMMISSIONERS 


FOR 


FOREIGN  MISSIONS. 


The  Eighteenth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  American  Board  of  Com- 
missioners for  Foreign  Missions  was  held  in  the  lecture  room  of  the 
Presbyterian  church  in  Pearl  street,  in  the  city  of  New  York,  on  the  10th, 
11th,  12th,  13th,  and  15th  days  of  October,  1827. 

Members  present. 

Hon.  Egbert  Benson,  LL.  D.  Rev.  Joshua  Bates,  D.  D. 

Joseph  Nourse,  Esq.  John  Nitchie,  Esq. 

Hon.  John  Hooker,  Rev.  Thomas  De  Witt, 

Hon.    Stephen    Van     Rensselaer,  Rev.  William  Mc  Murray,  D.  D. 

LL.  D.  Rev.  John  Codman,  D.  D. 

Hon.  John  Cotton  Smith,  LL.  D.  Jeremiah  Evarts,  Esq. 

Rev.  David  Porter,  D.  D.  William  Maxwell,  Esq. 

Rev.  Alexander  Proudfit,  D.  D.  Rev.  Gardiner  Spring,  D.  D. 

Rev.  Samuel  Miller,  D.  D.  Edward  A.  Newton,  Esq. 

Hon.  Jonas  Platt,  LL.  D.  Rev.  Nathan  S.  S.  Beman, 

Rev.  Calvin  Chapin,  D.  D.  Rev.  Warren  Fat, 

Rev.  Jeremiah  Dat,  D.  D.  LL.  D.  Eleazar  Lord,  Esq. 

Rev.  Thomas  McAulet,  D.  D.  Rev.  John  Ludlow,  D.  D. 

Rev.  Lyman  Beecher,  D.  D.  Hon.  Lewis  Strong. 
Hon.  William  Reed, 

Honorary  Members  present. 
The  following-  Honorary  Members  were  present:  viz.  Rev.  James  M. 
Mathews,  D.  D.,  Rev.  William  Phillips,  D.  D,,  Rev.  Samuel  H.  Cox, 
Rev.  Joseph  McElrot,  Rev.  Walter  Monteith,  Rev.  Cyrus  Mason,  Rev. 
Henry  G.  Ludlow,  Rev.  Joseph  Sanford,  Rev.  John  Beattie,  Rev.  J. 
D.  Wickham,  Rev.  Erastus  Scranton,  Rev.  Orrin  Fowler,  Rev. 
Stephen  Mason,  Rev.   J.  B.   Waterbury,    Rev.    Philip   C.    Hay,    Rev* 


16 


MINUTES    OF    THE    ANNUAL    MEETING. 


Joshua  T.  Russell,  Rev.  Nicholas  Patterson,  and  Messrs.  Arthur  Tap- 
pan,  Moses  Allen,  Knowles  Taylor,  William  A.  Hallock,  Gerard 
Hallock,  Zechariah  Lewis,  Orrin  Day,  Josiah  Bissell,  Jr.  Everard 
Peck,  and  Solomon  Allen.*   v 

Religious  Services. 

The  meeting-  was  opened  with  prayer,  on  the  10th,  at  10  o'clock,  A.  M. 
by  Dr.  Miller,  and  on  the  succeeding*  days,  by  Drs.  Mc  Murray,  Day, 
Proudfit,  and  Rev.  Mr.  De  Witt;  and  was  closed,  late  on  the  evening  of 
the  15th,  with  prayer  by  Dr.  Spring. 

As  neither  of  the  preachers  appointed  for  the  present  year  had  arrived,+ 
at  the  commencement  of  the  meeting-,  Mr.  Newton,  and  Drs.  Bates,  and 
Spring  were  requested  to  consider  what  arrangements  should  be  made,  in 
case  neither  of  those  preachers  arrived  before  7  o'clock  in  the  evening. 
Upon  report  of  this  Committee,  President  Bates  was  requested  to  hold 
himself  in  readiness  to  deliver  a  sermon,  if  necessary. 

On  the  evening  of  Wednesday,  public  worship  was  attended  in  Wall-st. 
church,  and  President  Bates  preached  from  Eph.  i,  3. 

On  Thursday  morning-,  Dr.  Spring,  and  Messrs.  Platt  and  Lord  were 
appointed  a  c  ommittee  to  consider  on  the  expediency  of  requesting  Dr. 
Beecher  to  deliver  a  sermon  on  Friday  evening,  pursuant  to  his  appoint- 
ment last  year. 

In  the  afternoon,  this  committee  reported  in  favour  of  Dr.  Beecher'9 
being  requested  to  deliver  his  sermon:  whereupon  it  was  resolved,  that 
divine  service  be  attended  for  that  purpose  on  Friday  at  4  P.  M. 

In  the  evening,  a  public  meeting  was  attended  in  the  Brick  Presbyterian 
church,  when  parts  of  the  Report  of  the  Prudential  Committee  were  read 
by  the  Corresponding  Secretary,  and  addresses  were  delivered  by  the  Rev. 
Jonas  King,  late  missionary  of  the  Board  in  Syria,  and  by  William  Max- 
well, Esq.  of  the  city  of  New  York. 

At  4  o'clock  on  Friday  afternoon,  divine  service  was  attended  in  Market- 
st.  church,  and  a  sermon  was  preached  by  Dr.  Beecher,  from  Luke  xi. 
21,  22. 

During  the  morning  session  on  Saturday,  a  very  important  and  interest- 
ing subject  being  presented  to  the  consideration  of  the  Board,  the  peculiar 
propriety  of  special  union  in  prayer  for  divine  direction  was  suggested  by 
Mr.  Newton:  whereupon  the  Board  united  in  prayer,  Dr.  McAuley  lead- 
ing in  the  service. 

On  Saturday  evening,  a  meeting  was  held  for  prayer,  Dr.  Day  presiding 
on  the  occasion. 

*  It  is  possible  that  the  names  of  some  of  the  Honorary  Members  present  may  have  been 
omitted  in  the  above  list,  though  inquiries  were  made  at  the  time  to  ascertain  them. 

t  Dr.  Beecher,  the  first  preacher  for  the  occasion,  several  members  of  the  Prudential  Com- 
mittee, and  the  Treasurer,  were  unexpectedly  detained  at  New  London,  by  a  storm  which  ren- 
dered it  unsafe  for^team-boats  to  navigate  the  sound.  They  arrived  early  on  the  second  day  of 
the  meeting. 


-       • 


* 


MINUTES    OF    THE    ANNUAL    MEETING.  17 

On  Monday  at  a  quarter  past  4  P.  M.,  the  Board  united  with  numerous 
professed  disciples  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  in  Murray-street  church,  in  com- 
memorating the  Lord's  Supper.    Drs.  McAuley,  Proudfit,  and  Beecher, 
and  Rev.  Mr.  Snodgrass  presided. 

Treasurer's  Accounts. 
The  Treasurer's  accounts,  as  examined  and  certified  by  the    Auditor 
were  exhibited  and 'accepted.     The  Receipts  and  Expenditures,  during 
the  past  year,  were  as  follows: 

RECEIPTS. 

Donations, #82,435  25 

Legacies, 4,088  03 

Income  of  permanent  Fund,  deducting  interest  paid  on  money  bor- 
rowed,        1,818  61 

88,341  89 
Balance  on  hand  Sept.  I,  1826, 575  31 

88,917  20 
Balance  for  which  the  Board  is  in  debt,  carried  to  new  account, 

Sept.  1,  1827, 15,513  10 

#104,430  30 

EXPENDITURES. 

The  payments  from  the  Treasury  to  meet  the  current  charges  of  the 

various  missions  and  operations  of  the  Board  were,  -        -    #102,498  31 

Debts  of  the  United  Foreign  Missionary  Society,  ...  931  99 

Appropriated  to  meet  apprehended  losses  on  stock  in  the  Eagle 

Bank,  New  Haven, 1,000  00 

Amount  of  payments  from  the  Treasury, #104,430  30 

The  following  additions  to  various  permanent  funds,  of  which  the  interest 
only  can  be  expended,  have  been  made  within  the  year  past,  viz. 

To  the  Permanent  Fund  for  the  Corresponding  Sec.  viz. 

From  an  individual,  -------        #88  50 

For  profits  of  the  Missionary  Herald,  received  during 

the  year,  --------     3,596  47 

Interest,  in  part,  on  this  fund, 56  97 3,741  94 

To  the  Permanent  Fund  for  Treasurer,  viz. 

From  individuals, 185  50 

Interest  on  this  fund, 49  20 234  70 

#3,976  64 
For  the  printing  establishment  for  Western  Asia,       -        -       -  621  42 

The  payments  on  account  of  the  expenses  for  the  printing  establish- 
ment for  Western  Asia,  within  the  year  past,  have  amounted  to,        1,413  77 

Appointment  of  Committees. 
Messrs.  Van  Rensselaer,  Hooker,  and  Nourse,  Dr.  Miller,  and  Presi- 
dent Day,  were  appointed  a  committee  to  consider  the  expediency  of  ad- 
ding to  the  members  of  the  Board. 

3 


18  MINUTES    OF    THE    ANNUAL     MEETING, 

Mr.  Newtox,  Rev.  Mr.  Fax,  Mr.  Nitchie,  D?.  Ludlow,  and  Mr.  Bisskll 

were  appointed  a  committee  to  consider  the  duties  of  the  members  of  the 
Board,  with  respect  to  visiting"  Auxiliary  Societies,  and  otherwise  promot- 
ing the  interests  of  the  Board:  and  also  to  consider  the  extraordinary  duties 
which  are  devolved  upon  the  Christians  of  the  present  day,  with  reference 
to  missions  among-  the  heathen. 

Messrs.  Lord,  A.  Tappan,  Platt,  Strong,  Bissell,  Evaiits,  Reed, 
Hooker,  and  Dr.  Mathews  were  appointed  a  committee  to  report  such  * 
plan  as  may  appear  to  them  most  eligible  for  augmenting  the  funds  of  the 
Board,  so  as  to  justify  the  establishment  of  new  missions,  and  the  extension 
of  its  existing  engagements;  and  with  a  view  to  some  measures  being  im- 
mediately adopted  for  the  above  purpose  in  the  city  of  New  York. 

The  Prudential  Committee  having*  communicated  to  the  Board  a  formal 
complaint,  which  they  had  made  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  with  regard 
to  the  conduct  of  Lieut.  Percival  atone  of  the  Sandwich  Islands,  Messrs. 
Van  Rensselaer,  and  Platt,  and  Dr.  Codman  were  appointed  a  com- 
mittee to  examine  and  report  upon  the  same. 

Messrs.  Evarts,  Reed,  and  Lord,  and  Drs.  Prottdfit,  and  Porter 
were  appointed  a  committee  to  consider  the  expediency  of  establishing  a 
fund,  the  income  of  which  shall  be  applied  to  the  support  of  infirm,  or 
superannuated  missionaries,  widows  of  missionaries,  and  children  of  mis- 
sionaries, either  left  orphans,  or  sent  to  this  country  for  their  education. 

Messrs.  Newton,  Strong,  and  Evarts,  and  Drs.  Miller,  and  Bates, 
were  appointed  a  committee  to  consider  the  expediency  of  rescinding  the 
resolution  passed  the  last  year,  authorizing  the  Prudential  Committee  to 
print  their  Report  before  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Board. 

Mr.  Evarts,  Dr.  McAuley,  and  Dr.  Beecher  were  appointed  a  commit- 
tee to  consider  the  expediency  of  consenting  to  such  a  union  of  the  Mis- 
.  9ionary  Society  of  the  Synod  of  South  Carolina  and  Georgia  with  the  Board, 
as  shall  place  the  mission  among  the  Chickasaws  under  the  direction  of  the 
Board. 

Dr.  Mathews,  Mr.  Reed,  Rev.  Mr.  De  Witt,  and  Drs.  Chapin,  and 
Spring  were  appointed  a  committee  to  consider  the  expediency  of  holding 
a  special,  or  stated  meeting  of  the  Board  in  the  city  of  New  York,  or  of 
advising  the  holding  of  some  other  public  meeting  with  reference  to  the 
cause  of  foreign  missions,  in  the  same  week  in  the  month  of  May,  during 
which  the  public  anniversaries  are  now  held. 

Drs.  Miller,  Mc  Auley,  Codman,  and  Day,  and  Messrs.  Evarts,  New- 
ton, and  Nourse  were  appointed  a  committee  to  recommend  a  place  for 
holding  the  next  annual  meeting. 

Drs.  Bates,  Proudfit,  and  Day,  and  Messrs.  Evarts,  and  Strong 
were  appointed  a  committee  to  report  a  time  for  holding  the  next  annual 
meeting,  and  also  to  nominate  a  preacher  for  that  occasion. 

Reports  of  Committees  and  Resolutions. 
On  Election  of  Members. — The  committee  appointed  to  consider  the  ex- 
pediency of  adding  to  the  members  of  the  Board,  reported; — "That,  in  their 


MINUTES    OF    THE    ANNUAL    MEETING.  19 

opinion,  no  addition  will  be  useful  at  the  present  time.  They  however 
recommend  an  election  to  fill  the  vacancy  made  by  the  lamented  death 
of  the  late  Hon.  William  Phillips:"  Whereupon  John  Tappajt,  Esq.  of 
Boston,  Mass.  was  unanimously  elected,  by  ballot,  a  member  of  the  Board. 

Duties  of  Members  of  the  Board. — The  committee  appointed  to  consider 
the  duties  of  the  members  of  the  Board,  with  respect  to  visiting-  Auxiliary 
Societies,  and  otherwise  promoting1  the  interests  of  the  Board,  reported 
as  follows : — 

"That,  as  far  as  has  come  to  their  knowledge,  it  is  the  opinion  of  the 
friends  of  missions  generally,  and  decidedly  the  opinion  of  your  committee, 
that  the  plan  now  in  operation,  of  keeping  alive  the  missionary  spirit  in 
this  country  and  supplying  the  Treasury  of  the  Board  through  the  instru- 
mentality of  Associations  and  Auxiliary  Societies,  is  the  most  simple,  effec- 
tive, and  desirable,  that  has  been  devised  for  this  purpose;  that  all  pre- 
vious measures  have  been  abandoned  as  unsatisfactory,  and  could  not  easily 
be  reverted  to,  even  were  they  desirable;  and  that  the  most  serious  ill 
consequences  are  to  be  apprehended,  should  the  favor  of  the  community 
towards  the  Auxiliary  Societies  be  lost,  or  in  any  great  degree  diminished . 

"It  is  the  common  belief,  that  this  Board  has  become  pledged  to  its 
Auxiliaries  to  send  them  a  Deputation  of  persons  to  be  present  at  their 
anniversary  meetings,  with  the  view  of  encouraging  and  stimulating  to  con- 
tinued exertions,  and  of  communicating  such  useful  and  interesting'  intelli- 
gence in  respect  to  the  missionary  enterprise,  as  is  always  received  with 
satisfaction,  and  commonly  with  advantage. 

"The  persons,  in  time  past,  who  have  been  deputed  for  this  purpose, 
when  Auxiliaries  were  few  in  number  and  confined  within  narrow  limits, 
were  missionaries  returned  from  foreign  stations,  members  of  the  Pruden- 
tial Committee,  and  members  of  the  Board. 

"It  is  understood,  that  persons  of  the  first  description  (missionaries)  will  al- 
ways be  employed  for  this  object,  when  obtainable;  that  the  pressing  and 
increasing  employment  of  the  Prudential  Committee  renders  it  wholly  im- 
possible that  much  of  their  time  can  be  spared  for  the  purpose;  and  that  it 
remains,  therefore,  for  the  members  of  the  Board  to  assume  this  important 
duty,  which,  in  the  opinion  of  your  committee,  they  should  assume,  and 
discharge  with  punctuality  and  care. 

"It  will  of  course  be  expected  of  the  Prudential  Committee,  that  they 
make  those  requisitions  upon  the  members  as  generally,  and  appoint  them 
to  places  of  meetijig  as  near  to  their  residences,  and  otherwise  study 
their  convenience,  as  circumstances  will  allow. 

"It  is  supposed  that  there  are  at  present  about  sixty  Auxiliary  Societies 
in  connexion  with  this  Board,  and  that  there  are  members  in  the  vicinity 
of  each  Society,  who  may  conveniently  attend. 

"Your  committee  are  not  prepared  to  suggest  any  other  specific 
mode,  by  which  members  may  advance  the  common  interests  of  the 
Board. 


20  MINUTES    OF   THE   ANNUAL    MEETING. 

"With  regard  to  the  other  part  of  the  work  assigned,  which  was  to 
consider  the  extraordinary  duties  that  are  devolved  upon  the  Christians 
of  the  present  day,  with  reference  to  missions  among  the  heathen: — your 
committee  state  it  as  their  unwavering  conviction,  that  the  standard  of 
Christian  benevolence  is  far  too  low  among  all  classes  of  the  Christian 
community;  and  that  the  rich  especially  have,  with  some  honorable  ex- 
ceptions, fallen  in  their  contributions  far  below  what  the  claims  of  the  Great 
Head  of  the  church  and  the  wants  of  a  perishing  world  demand;  and  that 
some  efficient  measures  should  be  taken  to  increase  the  charities  of  the 
Christian  public,  and  the  funds  of  the  Board.  Your  committee  think  it  not 
advisable,  however,  to  attempt  to  recommend  any  specific  measures  on  this 
subject,  but  that  the  Board  refer  it  to  the  deliberation  and  active  meas- 
ures of  the  Prudential  Committee." 

The  above  report  was  accepted  and  approved,  and  the  following  reso- 
lutions were  adopted  by  the  Board: — 

Resolved,  That  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  members  of  the  Board  to  at. 
tend  the  anniversary  meetings  of  Auxiliary  Societies,  when  required  by  the 
Prudential  Committee,  as  a  Deputation  from  this  Board;  and  that  the  trav- 
elling expenses  of  such  members,  in  going  to  and  returning  from  the  places 
of  meeting,  be  paid  out  of  the  Treasury  of  the  Board. 

Resolved,  That  the  Prudential  Committee  be  authorized  and  requested  to 
take  such  measures  as  they  may  think  proper,  to  engage  the  active  exer- 
tions of  the  Honorary  Members  of  the  Board,  and  of  such  other  Clergymen 
and  Laymen  as  they  may  consider  disposed  and  qualified  to  promote  the 
interests  of  the  Board,  either  at  the  meetings  of  Auxiliaries,  or  on  any 
other  occasions. 

Augmentation,  of  Funds. — The  Committee  appointed  to  report  a  plan  for 
augmenting  the  funds  of  the  Board,  made  a  report:  whereupon, 

Resolved,  1.  That  in  view  of  the  great  success,  which  has  attended  the 
measures  employed  for  the  propagation  of  the  Gospel  among  the  heathen, 
and  of  the  indications  of  divine  providence  favorable  to  a  more  extended 
and  universal  application  of  these  means,  and  in  view  of  the  growing  con- 
viction respecting  the  obligation  of  Christians  to  cause  the  Gospel  to  be 
preached  and  disseminated  throughout  the  world;  it  appeal's  proper  that 
special  appeals  for  liberal  contributions  to  this  object  should  be  made  to 
those  who  possess  wealth,  or  who,  by  the  prosperity  of  their  business,  are 
enabled  to  do  much  in  its  behalf. 

Resolved,  2.  That  the  existing  operations,  engagements,  and  prospects 
of  the  Board  give  occasion  for  a  loud  and  urgent  call  upon  its  patrons  and 
friends  for  more  enlarged  liberality,  than  at  any  former  period;  and  that  it 
is  exceedingly  desirable  that  so  large  an  amount  of  funds  should  be  obtain- 
ed, as  shall  not  only  justify  a  great  extension  of  its  operations,  but  likewise 
give  such  an  impulse  to  the  public  mind  and  to  the  faith  and  hopes  of  the 
church,  as  shall  essentially  promote  the  progress  of  the  cause,  and  the  ful- 
filment of  the  divine  predictions  and  promises. 


MINUTES    OF    THE    ANNUAL    MEETING.  21 

Whereas  the  Prudential  Committee  have  received  pressing  applications, 
within  a  few  months  past,  from  liberal  individuals  at  a  distance,  proposing 
that  a  plan  should  be  adopted,  by  which  the  resources  of  the  Board,  as  was 
hoped,  might  be  suddenly  and  greatly  increased;  and  whereas  similar  appli- 
cations have  been  made  to  the  Board,  during  the  present  session,  in  behalf 
of  the  same  individuals  and  others  of  like  spirit,  by  which  it  appears  that 
there  is  in  the  Christian  community  a  disposition  to  meet  the  exigencies  of 
the  church  and  the  world,  by  coming  spontaneously  with  large  offerings  of 
money  to  aid  in  sending  the  Gospel  to  heathen  nations;— Therefore, 

Resolved,  3.  That  as  there  is  an  urgent  call  for  a  great  extension  of  mis- 
sionary effort,  the  Board  thankfully  acknowledges  and  warmly  approves  of 
such  a  generous  consecration  of  property  as  is  proposed;  and  that  such 
representations  be  made,  by  the  Prudential  Committee  and  other  members 
of  the  Board,  to  the  religious  public,  and  especially  to  the  more  wealthy 
and  prosperous  of  its  patrons,  as  shall  bring  the  claims  of  a  perishing 
world  before  them. 

Resolved,  4.  That  whenever  subscriptions  shall  be  made,  in  conformity 
to  the  last  resolution,  the  Board  would  recommend  that  the  money  should 
pass  through  the  channel  of  an  Association,  or  Auxiliary  Society,  wherever 
such  Associations  or  Auxiliaries  have  been  formed;  or  at  least,  that  the 
matter  be  so  conducted,  that  the  Associations,  or  Auxiliaries  shall  not  be 
weakened  by  this  extraordinary  effort. 

Resolved,  5.  That  with  the  view  of  carrying  into  effect  the  measures 
contemplated  in  the  preceding  resolutions,  it  be  recommended  to  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Board  and  the  Honorary  Members  to  charge  themselves  with 
the  duty  of  commending  the  same  to  the  individual  Associations  and  the 
religious  public  generally,  in  or  near  whose  sphere  of  operations  they  may 
respectively  reside,  and  at  such  time  and  in  such  manner,  as  their  own  con- 
venience or  the  Prudential  Committee  may  suggest. 

Whereas  it  is  understood,  that  a  meeting  of  gentlemen  friendly  to  this 
object  is  proposed  to  be  held  in  this  city  on  the  evening  of  the  15th,  at 
which  suitable  statements  will  be  made,  and  that  a  subscription  in  pursu- 
ance of  the  above  plan  will  be  proposed;  therefore, 

Resolved,  6.  That  the  members  of  the  Board  will  feel  it  their  duty  to 
attend  the  same. 

On  the  conduct  of  Lieut.  Percival. — The  committee  appointed  to  con- 
sider the  complaint  addressed  by  the  Prudential  Committee  to  the  Sec- 
retary of  the  Navy,  reported:  whereupon  it  was 

Resolved  unanimously,  That  the  Board  feel,  with  deep  sensibility  and 
regret,  the  reported  outrages  and  misconduct  of  Lieutenant  Percival  of  the 
Navy  of  the  United  States  toward  the  missionaries  of  the  Board  at  the 
island  of  Oahu,  and  the  interesting  natives  of  that  island,  and  that  this 
Board  fully  approve  of  the  representation  which  has  been  made  on  that 
painful  subject  by  the  Prudential  Committee  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 
of  the  United  States:  and  that  the  Recording  Secretary  transmit  a  copy  of 
this  resolution  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy. 


22  MINUTES    OF    THE  ANNUAL    MEETING. 

Mission  to  Africa. — Contemplating  the  miserable  and  degraded  moral 
condition  of  our  fellow  men  in  Africa,  and  reflecting  upon  the  causes  which 
have  conspired  in  this  quarter  of  the  world  to  render  that  condition  yet 
more  miserable; — 

Resolved}.  That  it  seems  to  be  the  obvious  duty  of  the  Board,  as  almoners 
yf  the  public  charity,  to  take  immediate  and  decisive  measures  for  com- 
municating that  relief,  which  the  light  of  the  blessed  Gospel  will  afford. 

Resolved,  That  the  Prudential  Committee  be  enjoined  forthwith  to  take 
such  steps  as  to  them  shall  appear  sufficient  for  the  establishment  of  a  mis- 
sionary station  on  some  part  of  the  continent  of  Africa. 

Resolved,  That  we  rely  upon  Almighty  God  for  a  blessing  upon  this  un- 
dertaking; and  upon  the  Christian  sympathy  of  our  fellow  citizens  for 
means  to  enable  us  to  carry  this  important  object  into  full  effect. 

Fund  for  Widows  of  Missionaries,  ijfc. — The  committee  on  the  subject  of 
establishing  a  fund  for  the  support  of  infirm  or  superannuated  missionaries, 
&c.  were  discharged  from  the  consideration  of  the  subject,  and  it  was  re- 
ferred to  the  Prudential  Committee  to  report  upon  it  at  the  next  meeting 
of  the  Board. 

A  Standing  Rule  respecting  the  Sacrament  of  Lord's  Supper. — It  was 
made  a  standing  rule  of  the  Board,  that  the  Sacrament  of  the  Lord's  Sup- 
per be  administered  at  its  Annual  Meeting. 

Certificates  of  Membership. — The  certificates  of  membership,  with  respect 
to  those  who  have  been  and  shall  hereafter  be  elected,  are  to  be  signed  by 
the  President  and  the  Recording  Secretary  of  the  Board. 

The  Annual  Report. — The  committee  to  whom  was  referred,  for  consid- 
eration, the  vote  respecting  the  Annual  Report  passed  at  the  last  session  of 
the  Board,  presented  their  Report,  which  was  as  follows: — 

"That  the  said  vote  of  the  last  session  appearing  objectionable  in  prin- 
ciple to  many  of  the  members,  and  not  to  have  been  found  useful  in  prac- 
tise in  the  estimation  of  others,  it  is  the  opinion  of  this  committee,  that  the 
same  should  be  rescinded. 

"The  only  satisfactory  mode  of  procedure  in  respect  to  the  Report  of 
the  Prudential  Committee,  which  suggests  itself  at  present  to  the  minds  of 
your  committee,  is  to  request  the  Prudential  Committee  to  present  it  for 
consideration,  annually,  in  such  form  as  that  the  parts  relating  to  the  several 
missions  respectively,  and  the  other  prominent  objects  which  shall  be  em- 
braced by  it,  may  be  submitted  to  committees  of  this  Board,  to  be  reported 
on;  by  the  adoption  of  which  course  it  is  hoped  that  the  whole  subject  of 
it  will  be  fully  examined,  to  the  satisfaction  of  this  Board,  and  of  its  friends 
who  take  an  interest  inks  affairs." — It  was  therefore, 

Resolved,  That  the  Prudential  Committee  be  requested,  until  otherwise 
ordered  by  this  Board,  to  prepare  their  Annual  Report  in  such  form,  that 
the  different  leading  parts  of  it  may  be  referred  to  different  committees, 
and  thus  the  whole  Report  be  brought  under  the  distinct  consideration  of 
the  Board,  previous  to  its  publication. 


MINUTES    OF    THE    ANNUAL    MEETING.  23 

Resolved,  That  the  Prudential  Committee  cause  to  be  printed,  in  connexion 
with  their  Annual  Report,  the  Treasurer's  Accounts,  and  such  other  docu- 
ments as  they  shall  judge  proper  to  be  included  in  that  publication. 

On  the  union  of  the  Missionary  Society  of  South  Carolina  and  Georgia  ivith 
the  Board. — The  committee  on  the  subject  of  consenting1  to  a  union  with  the 
Missionary  Society  of  the  Synod  of  South  Carolina  and  Georgia,  made  a  re- 
port:  whereupon  it  was 

Resolved,  That  the  Prudential  Committee  be  authorized  to  consent  to  any 
arrangement,  which  they  shall  deem  proper,  with  the  Missionary  Society  of 
South  Carolina  and  Georgia,  by  which  the  Chickasaw  mission,  now  under 
the  care  of  the  Society  above  named,  shall  be  received  under  the  care  of 
the  Board. 

Resolutions  of  Thanks. — Mr.  Hooker  and  Dr.  McMurray  were  appointed 
a  committee  to  present  the  thanks  of  the  Board  to  President  Bates  for  his 
sermon,  and  to  request  a  copy  for  publication. 

Mr.  Lord,  and  Rev.  Messrs.  Cox  and  Beman  were  appointed  a  committee 
to  present  the  thanks  of  the  Board  to  Dr.  Beecher  for  his  sermon,  and  to 
request  a  copy  for  publication. 

The  thanks  of  the  Board  were  presented  to  the  Rev.  Austin  Dickinson 
for  the  gratuitous  copies  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  Griffin's  sermon  preached  be- 
fore the  Board  last  year,  which  had  been  published  in  the  National  Preach- 
er, and  for  his  having  generously  reimbursed  the  expenses  of  the  edition  of 
the  same  sermon  printed  by  the  Board. 

The  thanks  of  the  Board  were  presented  to  the  Trustees  of  the  Presby- 
terian church  in  Pearl-street  for  the  convenient  accommodations  afforded  to 
its  sessions,  by  the  use  of  their  lecture-room. 

Recommendation  to  the  Auxiliary  of  New  York  and  Brooklyn. — The 
committee,  to  whom  it  was  referred  to  consider  and  report  upon  the  ex- 
pediency of  holding  a  special,  or  stated  meeting  of  the  Board  in  the  city  of 
New  York,  &c,  reported: 

"That  after  a  deliberate  examination  of  the  question  submitted  to  them, 
they  are  of  opinion,  that  it  would  not  be  advisable  at  present  to  resolve  0.1 
holding  either  stated,  or  special  meetings  of  the  Board,  as  such,  in  the  city 
of  New- York,  at  the  season  contemplated.  But  as  they  deem  it  of  great, 
importance  that  public  attention  should  then  be  called  to  the  cause  of  for- 
eign missions,  in  such  manner  as  to  create  or  increase  a  general  interest  in 
their  behalf;  the  following  resolutions  are  submitted: — 

"1.  That  it  be  recommended  to  the  Auxiliary  Foreign  Missionary  So- 
ciety of  New- York  and  Brooklyn  to  hold  their  anniversary  on  such  day  or 
evening  of  the  week  above  named,  as  to  them  shall  seem  most  advisable. 

"2.  That  it  be  considered  the  special  duty  of  the  members  of  the  Board 
resident  in  or  near  the  city  of  New-York,  to  attend;  and  also  of  the  Pru- 
dential Committee  to  attend  themselves  if  practicable,  and  if  not  to  send  a 
Deputation;   and  thus  give  their  united  aid  to  render  the  occasion  instru- 


24  MINUTES    OF    THE    ANNUAL    MEETING. 

mental  in  awakening"  a  more  general  interest  and  activity  in  behalf  of  for- 
eign missions."     The  above  report  was  accepted  and  approved. 

The  next  Annual  Meeting. — The  committee  appointed  to  recommend  a 
place  for  the  annual  meeting*,  reported: 

"That,  after  mature  deliberation  on  the  subject  referred  to  them,  they 
would  respectfully  recommend  the  next  annual  meeting-  to  be  held  in  the 
city  of  Philadelphia."     This  report  was  accepted  and  approved. 

The/time  fixed  for  the  Meeting-  is  the  first  Wednesday  of  October,  1828,  at 
10  o'clock  in  the  morning-,  and  the  members  of  the  Board  residing  in  the 
city  of  Philadelphia  were  requested  to  make  the  necessary  arrangements. 

The  Rev.  John  H.  Rice,  D.  D.  of  Virginia,  was  appointed  to  preach  at 
the  next  Annual  Meeting,  and  the  Rev.  Archibald  Alexander,  D.  D.  Pro- 
fessor in  the  Theological  Seminary  in  Princeton,  N.  J.  was  appointed 
second  preacher. 

In  future  the  printed  minutes  of  the  Board  are  to  be  deemed  sufficient 
notice  to  the  members  of  the  time  and  place  of  holding  the  Annual 
Meeting. 

Officers  for  the  Year. 

Hon.  John  Cotton  Smith,  LL.  D.  President; 

Hon.  Stephen  Van  Rensselaer,  LL.  D.  Vice  President; 

Rev.  Calvin  Chapin,  D.  D.  Recording  Secretary; 

Hon.  William  Reed,  "j 

Rev.  Leonard  Woods,  D.  D. 

Jeremiah  Evarts,  Esq.  )*  Prudential  Committee; 

Hon.  Samuel  Hubbard,  LL.  D.    I 

Rev.  Warren  Fat,  J 

Jeremiah  Evarts,  Esq.  Corresponding  Secretary; 

Rev.  Rufus  Anderson,  Assistant  Secretary; 

Henry  Hill,  Esq.  Treasurer; 

William  Ropes,  Esq.  Auditor. 
Chester  Adams,  Esq.  declined  a  re-election  to  the  office  of  Auditor,  and 
the  thanks  of  the  Board  were  voted  to  him  for  his  gratuitous  and  faithful 
services  in  that  office. 


REP0R.1 


OF   TH1 


®®W®^W^1A^  <0<BSIStiHNrUk 


Mr.  President, 

In  compliance  with  a  resolution  of  the  Board,  adopted  at  the 
last  annual  meeting1,  the  present  Report  is  distributed  to  the 
members,  in  a  printed  form.  For  various  reasons,  which  have 
been  heretofore  assigned,  it  is  deemed  best  that  the  information 
thus  embodied,  should  be  comprised  within  moderate  limits. 
Whenever  it  shall  be  necessary  to  introduce  general  principles, 
they  will  be  discussed  but  briefly,  or  reference  will  be  made  to 
other  documents. 

The  committee  are  called  to  mention  the  death  of  the  late 
lieutenant  governor  Phillips,  a  venerable  member  of  this  Board, 
and  the  tried  and  steady  friend  of  all  evangelical  institutions.  From 
the  formation  of  the  Boston  Auxiliary  Foreign  Mission  Society, 
more  than  fifteen  years  ago,  he  had  been  its  President;  and, 
through  that  channel,  as  well  as  in  various  other  ways,  a  liberal 
contributor  to  the  support  of  missions  among  the  heathen.  As 
the  last  testimony  of  his  regard,  he  bequeathed  a  legacy  of 
Jive  thousand  dollars  to  the  Board. 

For  a  long  series  of  years,  it  is  computed  that  his  religious 
charities  amounted  to  a  sum  between  $8,000  and  §11,000  annu- 
ally. By  this  continued  liberality,  he  justly  ranks  among  the 
foremost  of  those,  who,  in  consequence  of  their  pecuniary  ben- 
efactions, have  been  distinguished  for  promoting  the  best  interests 
of  the  American  churches,  and  of  the  world,  so  far  as  the  influ- 
ence of  these  churches  is  concerned.  His  example,  in  common 
with  that  of  the  founder*  of  *h?  Theological  Seminary  in  Ando- 


26  mission  at  bombast.  [Report. 

ver,  has  attracted  general  attention,  by  reason  of  the  large  amount 
contributed  to  religious  objects;  for  it  is  questionable,  whether 
larger  sums,  even  in  Great  Britain,  which  is  by  far  the  most  lib- 
eral country  in  the  world,  have  been  given  by  the  same  number 
of  individuals,  at  any  time  within  the  last  half  century,  for  the 
promotion  of  designs  truly  evangelical.  Though  distinguished  in 
this  manner,  the  full  extent  oi  his  charities  was  not  known.  He 
was  decidedly  averse  to  every  thing  like  ostentation  in  his  gifts. 
It  was  apparent  that  he  acted,  in  the  distribution  of  his  property, 
for  the  benefit  of  his  fellow  men,  under  the  steady  and  control- 
ling influence  of  religious  principle.  Few  remain  who  are  pos- 
sessed ot  equal  ability  to  cherish  every  good  institution;  but  it  is 
cause  of  lively  gratitude  to  God,  that  the  number  is  continually 
increasing  of  those,  who,  in  more  moderate  circumstances,  devote 
generous  sums  to  the  service  of  their  Lord,  and  who  hold  all  their 
substance  to  be  disposed  of,  with  a  conscientious  reference  to  his 
will- 

As  the  number  of  missionary  stations  under  the  care  of  the 
Board,  among  the  aborigines  of  this  continent,  was  much  in- 
creased by  the  union  with  the  United  Foreign  Missionary  Society: 
and  as  the  chronological  arrangement  formerly  adopted  will  be 
found  inconvenient;  it  is  deemed  best,  that  the  account  of  the  mis- 
sion in  Western  Asia  should  immediately  follow  that  of  Bombay 
and  Ceylon;  that  the  mission  at  the  Sandwich  Islands  should  come 
next  in  order;  and  that  our  evangelical  exertions,  for  the  benefit 
of  the  American  Indians,  should  be  classed  together. 

I.  BOMBAY 

This  mission  was  commenced  by  the  arrival  of  Messrs.  Hall 
and  Nott,  in  the  autumn  of  1812.  The  number  of  missionaries 
was  gradually  augmented,  till  three  stations  were  occupied  for  a 
series  of  years;  viz.  in  the  native  town  of  Bombay,  at  Mahim. 
and  at  Tannah.  But  such  have  been  the  inroads  of  sickness  and 
jeath  upon  the  laborers  in  that  field,  that  it  has  not  been  practi- 
cable of  late  to  retain  possession  of  the  two  last  named  stations. 
They  can  doubtless  be  resumed,  whenever  the  strength  of  the 
mission  will  permit;  and,  in  the  mean  time,  they  furnish  favor- 
able opportunities  for  occasional  labor. 


;.*|  SEW    MISSIONARY  - 

In  a  supplemental  paragraph  of  the  last  Report,  the  death  of 
the  Rev.  Gordon  Hall  was  mentioned,  and  a  brief  outline  was  given 
of  his  character.  Scarcely  any  single  event  of  the  kind  has  pro- 
duced a  deeper  impression  upon  the  religious  public,  than  the 
removal  of  that  distinguished  missionary.  The  residents  at  this 
important  station,  so  severely  bereaved,  are  at  present 

Rev.  Allen  Graves,  Missionary. 

Mrs.  Graves. 

Mr.  James  Garrett,  Printer. 

Mrs.  Garrett. 
At  the  last  annual  meeting  of  the  Board,  a  hope  was  expressed 
by  the  Committee,  that  additional  laborers  might  embark  for 
Bombay,  in  the  course  of  a  few  weeks.  The  Rev.  Cyrus  Stone 
was  anxiously  desirous  to  join  the  mission,  as  speedily  as  possible; 
but  the  first  attempts  to  obtain  others  to  be  associated  with  him 
were  not  successful.  Application  was  made  to  Mr.  Bardwell, 
whose  health  had  been  restored  by  a  residence  of  five  years 
in  his  native  land,  to  enter  again  upon  a  course  of  labor  among 
the  heathen,  at  a  place  whose  importance  he  well  knew,  and  from 
which  he  had  reluctantly  been  obliged  to  retire.  His  acquaint- 
ance with  the  state  of  things  at  Bombay,  his  knowledge  of  the 
language  there  prevalent,  and  his  experience,  gave  him  great  and 
manifest  advantages  over  all  other  persons,  and  pleaded  strongly 
that  he  should  be  released  from  his  pastoral  connexion,  and  give 
himself  anew  to  this  great  work.  Even  if  it  were  expedient,  on 
the  ground  of  an  apprehended  relapse  of  his  former  disease,  that 
he  should  enter  into  an  engagement  for  two  or  three  years  only, 
the  good  to  be  accomplished  by  such  a  measure  might  counter- 
balance every  opposing  consideration.  These  reasons  appeared 
very  weighty  to  the  mind  of  Mr.  Bardwell;  and  he  entertained 
the  proposition  with  great  seriousness  and  candor.  With  his 
consent  and  the  consent  of  his  people,  resort  was  had  to  a 
large  ecclesiastical  council  for  advice.  Before  this  body  a  full 
representation  ot  the  case  was  made.  The  council,  alter  consid- 
erable hesitation,  advised  that  Mr.  Bardwell  should  not  comply 
with  the  invitation  of  the  committee.  It  is  understood  that 
the  decision  turned  upon  the  probable  effect  of  a  tropical  cli- 
mate on  Mr.  Bardwell's  health;  and  that  much  reliance  was 
placed  upon  the  opinion  of  a  venerable  physician,  a  lay-member 
of  the  council,  who  thought  the  severe  recurrence   of  the   liver 


£8  MISSION    AT    BOMBAY.  [RepQVt* 

complaint  so  probable,    as  materially  to  lessen,  if  it  did  not  en- 
tirely destroy,  the  prospect  of  usefulness. 

This  case  has  been  stated  with  the  more  particularity,  as  the 
committee  have  come  to  the  deliberate  conclusion,  that  it  is 
iawful,  in  certain  cases,  for  ministers  to  leave  their  people, 
and  go  forth  to  the  heathen.  This  should  always  be  done  for 
weighty  reasons;  and  in  a  regular  and  solemn  manner;  and  with 
as  tender  a  regard  to  the  feelings  of  the  churches  interested,  as 
shall  be  consistent  with  the  claims  of  the  cause  of  Christ  at 
large.  But  the  cases  may  hereafter  not  be  unfrequent,  in 
which  ministers  should  cheerfully  break  off  their  local  attach- 
ments, for  the  sake  of  preaching  Christ  where  his  name  has  not 
been  known;  and  in  which  their  people  should  cheerfully  give  the 
parting  benediction,  rejoicing  in  the  opportunity  of  making  a 
personal  sacrifice,  with  a  view  to  promote  the  salvation  of  the 
heathen.  All  this  is  required  by  the  spirit  of  the  Gospel;  and 
Christians  will  not  have  arrived  at  the  proper  standard  of  self- 
denial,  till  they  are  ready  to  see  what  their  duty  is,  and  then 
resolutely  to  perform  it. 

After  the  necessary  delay,  occasioned  by  efforts  to  obtain  a 
suitable  associate  for  Mr.  Stone,  no  favorable  opportunity  of 
proceeding  to  India  occurred  till  the  early  part  of  last  summer. 
The  intervening  months  were  spent  in  adding  to  his  stock  of 
medical  knowledge.  For  this  purpose  he  availed  himself  of  the 
privilege  offered  him  by  gentlemen  of  the  faculty  in  New  York, 
of  attending  a  third  course  of  medical  lectures;  the  other  courses 
having  been  attended  at  Dartmouth  college  and  at  Boston, — all 
of  them  gratuitous. 

The  Rev.  David  O.  Allen,  late  a  member  of  the  senior  class 
in  the  Theological  Seminary  in  Andover,  was  ordained  as  a  mis- 
sionary, at  Westminster,  Mass.  on  the  21st  of  May,  and  embarked 
with  Mr.  Stone,  at  Boston,  for  Calcutta,  in  the  ship  Emerald,  on 
the  5th  of  June.  It  is  hoped  they  may  arrive  at  Bombay  before 
the  close  of  the  present  autumn.  Messrs.  Stone  and  Allen  were 
accompanied  by  their  wives,  and  by  Miss  Cynthia  Farrar,  who 
was  appointed  to  the  special  service  of  laboring  to  promote  the 
education  of  native  females  in  India.  Such  progress  has  been 
made  in  this  important  work,*  under  the  direction  of  English 
ladies  in  Bengal,  and  so  prosperous  a  beginning  has  been  witness- 


1527. J  PREACHING   THE   uOSFEf..  Id 

ed  at  Bombay,  as  to  afford  great  encouragement  to  perseverance 
in  a  branch  of  labor  so  auspiciously  commenced. 

Mrs.  Nichols  and  Mrs.  Frost  have  removed  from  Bombay  to 
Ceylon,  in  the  course  of  the  past  year;  the  former  having  been 
married  to  Mr.  Knight,  missionary  at  Nellore,  from  the  Church 
Missionary  Society,  and  the  latter  to  Mr.  Woodward,  American 
missionary  in  the  district  of  Jaffna.  Mrs.  Hall  remains  in 
this  country,  being  doubtful  as  the  course  of  duty,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  extremely  delicate  health  of  her  only  surviving 
child. 

One  important  event  transpired  before  the  death  of  Mr.  Hall, 
which  was  not  fully  known  to  the  committee,  when  the  last  Re- 
port was  prepared.  It  was  the  formation  of  the  Bombay  Mission- 
ary Union,  an  association  of  missionaries  sent  forth  by  different 
societies,  and  occupying  different  stations  in  that  part  of  India. 
The  members  were  united  on  the  basis  of  the  distinguishing 
doctrines  of  the  Reformation,  and  for  their  common  beuefit.  At 
the  time  of  this  organization,  missionaries  of  the  London  Missionary 
Society,  the  Church  Missionary  Society,  the  Scottish  Missionary 
Society,  and  of  this  Board,  were  present.  It  is  peculiarly  grate- 
ful to  see  the  representatives  of  the  friends  of  Christ,  from  Eu- 
rope and  America,  meeting  in  the  populous  regions  of  Asia,  and 
there  conferring  in  regard  to  the  best  measures  for  enlightening 
and  converting  the  nations.  It  is  pleasing  to  witness  their  united 
labors,  while  agreeing  in  the  fundamental  truths  of  the  Gospel, 
and  not  suffering  smaller  differences  of  opinion  to  diminish  their 
mutual  respect  and  affection,  or  impede  their  efforts  for  the 
church  universal. 

In  accordance  with  these  general  principles  of  brotherly  union? 
Messrs.  Fyvie  and  Massie,  from  the  London  Missionary  Society, 
opened  a  correspondence  with  the  American  missionaries,  on 
the  expediency  of  that  society :s  commencing  a  mission  at  Bombay, 
The  proposal  was  received  with  the  greatest  cordiality,  and 
assurances  were  given  of  affectionate  cooperation. 

Preaching.  The  public  promulgation  of  the  Gospel  has  been 
continued,  so  far  as  the  number  of  the  missionaries,  and  their 
various  avocations,  permitted.  Before  the  death  of  Mr.  HalL 
the  ordinary  practice  was,  for  two  missionaries  to  go  out,  every 
nffprnoon.  to    proclaim  the  message   of  salvation  to  such  com- 


MISSION   AT    BOMBAY.  [Report, 

panies  of  natives,  as  they  could  collect.  Since  Mr.  Graves  has 
been  the  only  ordained  missionary,  and  has  been  occupied  with 
the  numerous  cares  of  the  mission,  while  possessing  but  very 
slender  health,  it  is  obvious  that  his  labors  of  this  sort  must  have 
been  very  much  circumscribed. 

The  weekly  service  in  the  chapel,  on  Sabbath  morning,  is  at- 
tended by  a  small  number  of  natives.  The  subsequent  service 
with  the  schools,  assembled  in  the  chapel  for  that  purpose,  must 
be  much  more  important. 

The  articles  formed  and  introduced  for  organizing  a  congre- 
gation of  natives  have  been  signed  by  twelve  males,  most  of 
whom  have  families.  One  man  has  invited  the  missionaries  to 
hold  a  weekly  meeting  at  his  house,  which  they  are  happy  to  do. 
He  is  desirous  of  gaining  Christian  knowledge,  and  has  offered 
himself  for  baptism;  but  it  is  deemed  best  to  wait  for  further  de- 
velopement  of  character. 

Of  the  three  individuals  from  the  continent,  who  where  baptiz- 
ed at  Bombay,  in  November  1825,  having  accompanied  the  Eng- 
lish missionaries  thither  for  that  purpose,  two  soon  after  relapsed 
into  idolatry.  The  examination  which  they  sustained,  and  the 
professions  which  they  made,  were  very  satisfactory,  and  appear 
to  have  constrained  all  the  missionaries  then  assembled  to  form  a 
charitable  opinion  concerning  them.  The  temptation  which  pre 
vailed  was  a  desire  to  be  reconciled  to  their  relatives,  by  whom 
they  had  been  renounced,  as  a  consequence  of  their  embracing 
Christianity. 

Notwithstanding  the  various  discouraging  circumstances,  the 
Gospel  even  here  gains  some  attention,  and  exerts  some  influ- 
ence, which,  considered  as  a  beginning,  and  in  connexion  with 
the  divine  promises,  should  urge  to  perseverance.  During  Mr. 
Hall's  last  tour,  he  repeatedly  was  heard  with  attention.  This 
was  the  case  at  Kulyan,  where  he  was  formerly  opposed  and  re- 
viled; and,  at  another  place,  the  chief  men  of  the  village  met  to- 
gether under  a  tree,  and  listened  with  great  respect. 

Translations  and  Printing.  The  New  Testament  was  first 
published,  as  a  whole,  just  before  the  death  of  Mr.  Hall,  in  March 
1826.  Before  the  close  of  August,  a  new  edition  was  called  for; 
and  there  was  a  prospect  that  it  would  speedily  be  published  un- 
der the  auspices  of  the  British  and  Foreign   Bible   Society.     In 


1827.]  HOOKS   AND    TRANSLATIONS.  J  J 

anticipation  of  this  patronage,  a  new  fount  of  types  had  been  or- 
dered from  Calcutta.  The  Gospels,  and  other  portions  of  the 
New  Testament,  were  distributed  separately,  as  in  former  years. 
Of  the  Old  Testament,  Genesis  was  kept  in  circulation;  and  Ex- 
odus and  Psalms  were  in  the  hands  of  the  translator,  in  the 
autumn  of  1825.  It  was  hoped  that  the  missionaries  of  the  Scot- 
tish Missionary  Society  would  undertake  the  translation  of  the 
Old  Testament;  but  they  did  not  as  yet  feel  competently  ac- 
quainted with  the  vernacular  language. 

Between  Jan.  1,  and  Aug.  24,   1826,  the  following  works  had 
been  printed  tor  the  mission:  viz. 

In  Mahratta,  a  sermon  by  Mr.  Graves, 
foolscap  8vo.  24  pages,  copies,    2,000 

Catechism,  3d.  ed.        "      16  pages,  "       10,000 

Spelling  book,  containing  alphabet,  combinations,  and 

easy  reading  lessons,  32  pages,  6,000 

First  16  pages  of  the  same,  4,000 


22,000 


For  other  societies: 
Sermon  on  the  Mount,         -         -         -  2,000 

Other  discourses  of  Christ,       -  2,000 

Parables  of  Christ, 2,000 

In  English,  several  small  pamphlets. 

In  the  pressy  on  account  of  the  mission,  a  separate  edition  of 
Luke-s  Gospel,  3,000  copies,  and  numerical  tables,  in  Mahratta, 
5,000  copies. 

The  demand  for  printed  books  is  rapidjy  increasing,  and  those 
of  a  religious  character  are  received  by  vast  numbers. 

A  new  press,  of  the  kind  called  Columbian,  had  been  procured 
from  England,  and  was  deemed  a  valuable  acquisition  to  the 
printing  establishment. 

Distribution  of  Books.  Mr.  Hall  took  with  him,  on  commenc- 
ing his  last  tour,  5,000  copies  of  portions  of  Scripture,  and 
tracts,  all  of  which,  except  about  200,  he  had  distributed  before 
he  was  seized  with  the  fatal  malady.  Several  natives  have  been 
employed  in  the  distribution  of  books,  who  are  in  a  good  de- 
gree faithful,  and  who  not  only  read  the  tracts  occasionally  to 
those  who  are  unable  to  read  themselves,  but  sometimes  speak. 


mission  at  bomba^-  [Report 

with  more  or  less  propriety,  on  the  subjects  thus  brought  before 
the  mind. 

When  natives  were  baptized,  in  the  fall  of  1825,  much  oppo- 
sition was  excited,  and  many  false  stories  were  circulated.  This 
occasion  was  taken  by  the  missionaries  to  publish  and  distribute 
a  small  tract,  giving  a  true  account  of  the  transaction,  and  invit- 
ing others  to  embrace  and  profess  the  Gospel.  It  is  easy  to  see 
from  this  specimen,  that,  when  converts  shall  be  numerous,  there 
will  be  much  inquiry;  and  this  inquiry  will  lead  to  the  rapid  dif- 
fusion of  knowledge. 

Schools.  The  impracticability  of  keeping  up  an  efficient 
superintendence  of  the  schools,  till  the  mission  should  be  strength- 
ened, made  it  necessary  to  decline  pressing  invitations  to  com- 
mence new  schools;  and,  in  some  cases,  it  became  necessary  to 
discontinue  old  ones.  At  the  date  of  the  last  joint  letter,  there 
were  24  schools  for  boys.  The  number  of  pupils  is  not  stated; 
but,  judging  from  previous  accounts,  it  must  have  been  about 
1,300. 

The  boarding  school  for  the  children  of  Europeans  had  been 
necessarily  suspended,  but  will  be  resumed,  it  is  hoped,  on  the 
arrival  of  the  reinforcement. 

In  one  branch  of  missionary  labor;  namely,  the  education  of 
females;  a  very  material  advance  had  been  made.  A  separate 
school  for  girls  was  established  in  February  1326;  and,  within 
less  than  five  months,  the  number  of  schools  of  this  kind  had  in- 
creased to  ten,  containing  204  pupils.  These  schools  are  more 
expensive  than  those  for  boys;  but  the  object  is  of  great  import- 
ance, and  abundantly  worth  more  than  it  will  cost.  If  the  con- 
dition of  females  throughout  India  can  be  raised,  and  their  intel- 
lectual powers  cultivated,  one  of  the  strongest  chains  of  custom 
will  have  been  broken. 

At  an  early  period  of  the  American  mission,  donations,  amount- 
ing to  about  §220,  were  received  from  English  gentlemen  in 
Bombay,  for  the  special  purpose  of  promoting  native  free 
schools.  In  1824,  application  was  made,  in  behalf  of  this  ob- 
ject, to  distinguished  individuals,  from  whom  it  received  a  kind 
patronage.  The  Governor  contributed  §130,  and  among  the 
subscribers  were  members  of  the  council,  the  chief  justice,  the 
chief  secretary,  chaplains,  military  officers,  and  eminent  merchants. 


li>27.]  .MISSION    IN    CEYLON.  33 

The  amount  thus  collected  was  about  $1,560.  It  should  be  re- 
membered, that  there  are  many  similar  objects,  having  respect  to 
the  melioration  of  the  native  population  of  India,  to  which  gentle- 
men of  liberal  minds,  resident  on  the  spot,  are  in  the  habit  of  con- 
tributing. 

A  regular  association  for  the  support  of  free  schools,  among  the 
natives  of  Bombay  and  the  vicinity,  was  formed  in  1825,  in  direct 
aid,  as  it  would  seem,  of  the  American  mission,  and  after  the 
model  adopted  in  this  country.  Its  first  contribution  was  more 
than  $100;  and  about  $130  were  received  from  other  sources. 
When  the  schools  for  female  children  were  commenced,  a  collec- 
tion of  more  than  $300  was  made  for  their  support.  These  facts 
are  mentioned  to  show  the  impression  made  upon  the  minds  of 
intelligent  persons  in  India,  who  have  the  means  of  knowing 
the  tendency  and  the  effect  of  missionary  labors. 

A  new  proof  of  the  favorable  regards  of  the  government 
toward  this  mission  was  experienced  last  year.  The  missionaries 
requested  the  privilege  of  erecting  small  school-houses,  in  the 
style  of  the  country,  upon  five  unoccupied  public  lots,  in  different 
parts  of  the  town  of  Bombay.  Four  of  these  were  granted,  on 
the  condition  that,  should  the  lots  be  hereafter  needed  by  gov- 
ernment, they  might  be  resumed,  by  paying  to  the  mission  the 
value  of  the  buildings,  to  be  fixed  by  appraisers.  The  fifth  lot 
was  required  for  a  contemplated  public  road. 


IT.     CEYLON. 

The  communications  from  this  mission,  during  the  year  past, 
have  been  less  copious  than  heretofore.  The  latest  intelligence 
is  contained  in  a  letter  from  Mr.  Meigs,  dated  Nov.  15,  1826. 
At  that  time,  there  were  encouraging  appearances  of  a  revival  of 
religion,  at  all  the  stations.  From  the  joint  letter,  written  in  the 
preceding  August,  it  appears,  that  no  additions  had  been  made 
to  the  church.  Three,  who  had  been  under  ecclesiastical  cen- 
sure, were  restored,  and  one  was  excommunicated.  The  various 
operations  of  the  mission  were  proceeding  without  any  material 
change,  and  under  favorable  auspices. 

5 


3*1  MISSION   iN    CEYLON.  [HcpOTt, 

TILL  IP  ALIA. 

Commenced  in  1816. 
Nine  miles  north  by  east  from  Jaffnapatam, 

Rev.  Henry  Woodward,  Missionary. 

Mrs.  Woodward. 

M.  Tumban,  Teacher  of  English. 

>  Native  Assistants. 
Leonard  Woods,  } 

Charles  Hodge,  Native  Superintendent  of  Schools. 

The  Committee  were  not  able,  in  the  last  Report,  to  assign  ali 
the  reasons,  which  induced  the  missionaries  to  concentrate,  at 
this  station,  the  three  boarding  schools  of  Tillipally,  Panditeripo, 
and  Manepy.  A  letter,  which  had  been  long  on  its  way,  has  since 
been  received,  and  mentions  these  reasons  particularly.  Beside 
leaving  some  members  of  the  mission  more  at  liberty  to  prosecute 
the  great  work  of  preaching,  which  was  presumed  to  be  one  con- 
sideration, the  new  arrangement  wa3  thought  likely  to  lessen  the 
expense,  and  to  afford  opportunities  for  more  thorough  study, 
and  a  more  vigilant  superintendence. 

Just  before  Mr.  Meigs  wrote  the  letter  above-mentioned,  he 
spent  a  Sabbath  here,  and  found  a  good  degree  of  seriousness 
among  the  boys  of  the  school. 

Mr.  Woodward  had  not  returned  from  Bombay,  whither  he  had 
gone  to  be  married. 

BATT1COTTA. 

1817. 
Seven  miles  northwest  of  Jaffnapatam. 

Rev.  Benjamin  C.  Meigs,  Missionary. 

Mrs.  Meigs. 

Rev.  Daniel  Poor,    Missionary,    and  Principal  of  the 

Central  School. 
Mrs.  Poor. 

Gabriel  Tissera,  Native  Preacher,  and  Teacher  in  the 

Central  School. 

Timothy  Dwight,  Native  Assistant  Teacher  in  the  Cen- 
tral School. 


Ibt'7.j  aTATluN    Ol-    BATT1C0TJA. 

John  Griswold,  a  member  of  the  first  class,  Native  Assist- 
ant Teacher  of  the  third  class. 
Ebenezer  Porter,  Native  Assistant. 

The  full  account  of  the  Central  School,  which  was  prepared 
by  the  principal,  Jan.  30,  1826,  came  to  hand  but  recently.  From 
this  document  it  appears,  that  the  experiment  of  a  higher  semi- 
nary is  not  likely  to  disappoint  the  hopes  of  the  Committee,  and  of 
the  Christian  public.  The  pupils  attend  diligently  to  the  prescribed 
course  of  study,  and  make  good  progress.  Sir  Richard  Ottley. 
Associate  Justice  of  Ceylon,  who  has  been  a  steady  friend  and 
patron  of^the  mission,  was  present  at  the  last  examination,  and 
soon  after  wrote  concerning  it,  as  follows:  "My  former  opinion  of 
the  utility  of  your  school  is  not  only  confirmed,  but  I  entertain 
much  more  sanguine  hopes  of  the  progress  of  civilization  amongst 
the  natives,  than  I  did  previously  to  witnessing  the  examination 
of  the  pupils." 

The  number  of  youths  in  the  school  has  not  been  men- 
tioned, since  February,  1826.  It  was  then  53,  of  whom  22  were 
members  of  the  church.  Six  months  later,  a  reference  was  inci- 
dentally made  to  it,  as  then  in  a  state  similar  to  the  one,  which 
had  been  described  in  the  previous  full  account.  The  exercises 
are  so  varied,  as  to  give  all  the  young  men,  who  are  capable  of 
it,  an  opportunity  to  teach  their  countrymen  the  great  things  of 
religion.  They  go  out  into  the  neighboring  villages  in  regular 
order,  and  by  appointment,  on  the  Sabbath  and  at  other  times,  to 
proclaim  the  Gospel,  and  distribute  scripture  tracts. 

The  general  influence  exerted  upon  the  seminary  by  the  pious 
students,  as  in  the  colleges  of  our  own  country,  is  of  the  most 
salutary  character.  It  tends  greatly  to  that  regularity  which  is 
highly  gratifying  to  the  teachers,  and  to  the  other  members  of 
the  mission.  Those  pupils,  who  belong  to  the  church,  give 
pleasing  evidence  generally,  that  they  truly  believe  the  Gospel, 
and  sacredly  regard  its  injunctions. 

There  had  been  three  seasons  of  more  than  ordinary  attention 
to  religion,  in  the  course  of  the  year  1825,  which  had  a  most 
beneficial  effect  on  the  members  of  the  church. 

Beside  the  annual  examination,  to  which  strangers  of  distinc- 
tion are  invited  from  Jaffnapatam,  there  is  a  quarterly  examina- 
tion bv  a  committee  of  the  missionaries. 


oj6  mission  in  ceylon.  [Repypl 

At  the  close  of  his  official  account,  Mr.  Poor  introduces  the 
three  following  remarks,  upon  each  of  which  he  enlarges  with 
great  judgment:  viz. 

1.  "The  advantages  of  giving  instruction  in  the  school,  mainly 
through  the  medium  of  the  English  language,  are  found  to  be 
very  great;  and  are  most  obvious,  both  to  the  pupils,  and  to  all 
acquainted  with  the  state  of  the  school. 

2.  "The  members  of  the  school  are  becoming  a  very  useful 
medium  of  communication,  between  the  missionaries  and  the  most 
learned  and  influential  of  the  heathen. 

3.  "The  hopeful  piety  of  nearly  one  half  of  the  members  of 
the  school  must  be  considered  as  an  encouragement  of  the  high- 
est order." 

After  all,  as  Mr.  Poor  has  very  properly  added,  we  must  cal- 
culate on  meeting  some  disappointments.  In  a  part  of  the  world, 
where  the  minds  and  consciences  of  men  have  been  so  long  in 
a  torpid  state,  it  will  take  some  time,  even  with  the  peculiar 
blessing  of  heaven,  to  raise  up  a  new  population  among  whom 
truth  and  integrity  and  all  the    Christian  virtues  shall  prevail. 

Encouraged  by  the  patronage  they  had  received  in  the  east, 
for  their  contemplated  mission  college,  and  by  the  favorable 
opinion  expressed  by  the  Prudential  Committee,  the  missionaries 
proceeded,  in  the  summer  of  last  year,  to  erect  suitable  buildings 
for  the  seminary  in  its  present  state.  One  edifice,  to  be  named 
Oltley  Hall,  64  feet  by  29,  with  a  veranda,  or  stoop,  all  round, 
and  designed  for  a  library,  lecture-rooms,  the  apparatus,  and 
public  examinations,  was  almost  completed;  as  were,  also,  four 
large  rooms,  27  by  16,  and  four  smaller  ones,  for  study;  a  dining 
room,  60  by  30,  and  a  kitchen  16  feet  square.  All  these  build- 
ings were  of  hewn-stone,  laid  in  mortar,  and  ready  for  tiling. 
Ten  small  rooms,  1 1  feet  square,  were  also  prepared  for  the 
private  devotions  of  the  students.  They  were  made  with  smooth 
mud  walls,  which,  when  white-washed,  are  described  as  very 
neat. 

Although,  for  reasons  stated  in  the  last  Report,  it  is  not  deemed 
expedient  to  attempt  the  establishment  of  a  college  in  Ceylon,  yet 
there  is  no  doubt  that  a  very  useful  seminary  of  a  high  order  may 
be  sustained  there;  and  that  these  buildings,  and  probably  others 
to  be  hereafter  erected,  may  greatly,  facilitate  the  work  of 
instruction. 


.;.]         -     UIONS  OR  OODOOVILLE,  PANtUTERlPO,  AND  MAKE? 

OODOVILII  . 

1820. 
Five  miles  and  a  half  north  of  Jaffnapatam. 
Rev.  Miron  Winslow,  Missionary. 
Mrs.  Winslow. 

Aaseervaatham,  Native  Assistant. 
Solomon,  Native  Superintendent  of  Schools. 
No  communications  have  been  received  from  this  station,  since 
the  preparation  of  the  last  Report. 

TANDITERIPO. 

1820. 
Ten  miles  north  northwest  of  Jaffnapatam, 
Rev.  John  Scudder,  M.  D.  Missionary. 
Mrs.  Scudder. 

Samuel  Willis,  Native  Assistant. 
There  are  probably  some  other  native  assistants  at  this  station; 
but,  since  the  removal  of  the  boarding  school,  no  complete  ac- 
count of  this  class  of  laborers  has  been  received.  Dr.  Scudder 
speaks  decidedly  in  favor  of  the  happy  influence  exerted  by 
youths,  that  became  hopefully  pious  in  the  school  under  his  care, 
during  the  revival  of  1824. 

MANEPY. 

1821. 
Five  miles  north  northwest  of  Jaffnapatam. 
Rev.  Levi  Spaulding,  Missionary. 
Mrs.  Spaulding. 
Veerasingum,  Superintendent  of  Schools. 

The  boarding  school  for  girls  is  continued  here;  and  doubtless 
Mr.  Spaulding  is  assisted  in  the  business  of  instruction,  by  such 
ofthe  natives  as  are  best  fitted  for  the  employment.  There  are 
28  girls  in  the  school,  divided  into  four  classes.  In  Christian 
lessons,  the  first  class  has  recited  as  far  as  the  20th  of  Exodus; 
and  the  second  about  half  of  one  of  the  Gospels.  The  progress, 
which  some  of  the  pupils  have  made  in  domestic  industry,  is 
encouraging. 

The  free  schools  have  been  better  attended,  than  in  any  preced- 
ing year.  At  an  examination  in  May  1826,  from  the  ten  schools  385 


MMlsaJfON    IN    CEYLON.  [RepOTi. 

boys  and  51  girls  were  present.  In  teaching  the  children  to  read 
the  printed  character,  tracts  and  the  Gospels  are  introduced.  The 
most  forward  boys  in  all  the  schools  attend  at  the  church,  once  a 
week,  for  religious  instruction.  The  age  of  the  children  varies 
from  5  to  14.  About  250  of  the  whole  number  generally  attend 
church  on  the  Sabbath. 

The  congregation  of  adults  is  small,  and  Mr.  Spaulding  finds 
his  visits  from  house  to  house  less  encouraging  than  in  former 
times.  The  fishermen  from  Navale  still  form  an  interesting  part 
of  his  charge,  though  the  cholera  had  made  sad  inroads  upon 
their  number.  Some  of  the  native  church  members,  when 
seized  with  that  terrible  disorder,  behaved  with  the  greatest 
calmness  and  composure  in  the  prospect  of  death,  and  appeared 
to  be  evidently  sustained  by  religion  in  the  trying  hour. 

VARIOUS  NOTICES. 

The  missionaries  addressed  a  letter  to  the  American  Tract 
Society,  soliciting  aid  in  the  business  of  disseminating  divine  truth 
by  means  of  religious  tracts  and  portions  of  Scripture.  This* 
application  was  very  kindly  received;  and  the  American  missions, 
in  different  parts  of  the  world,  may  expect  to  derive  substantial 
aid  and  encouragement  from  a  national  institution,  whose  means 
of  usefulness  are  constantly  increasing  and  whose  sphere  of 
action  will  be  enlarging  for  centuries  to  come. 

The  last  joint  letter  says;  "Under  the  influence  of  our  boarding 
and  free  schools,  there  is  a  very  extensive  diffusion  of  knowledge 
among  all  classes;  and  the  rising  generation  will,  in  this  respect, 
be  very  different  from  the  present.7'  This  process  will  be  wit-, 
nessed,  with  more  or  less  clearness,  and  to  a  greater  or  less  ex- 
tent, wherever  a  Christian  mission  is  kept  in  vigorous  operation. 

Two  missionaries  from  the  Church  Missionary  Society  arrived 
in  the  spring  of  last  year  to  strengthen  the  evangelical  exertions 
in  Ceylon;  and  three  from  the  Wesleyan  Society  were  expected 
to  arrive  soon  after.  These  twO  institutions  and  the  Baptist 
Missionary  Society,  all  sustained  by  British  Christians,  have 
twenty  three  missionaries,  occupying  nine  stations  in  the  southern, 
or  Cingalese,  part  of  the  island,  and  two  stations  in  the  northern 
or  Tamul  part.  The  Scriptures  are  now  distributing  in  three 
languages;  and  a  translation  is  preparing  in  the  Pali,  a  learned 


1627. J  VARIOUS    NOT!'  39 

language,  extensively  known  and  highly  reverenced  in  all  the 
south  eastern  part  of  Asia,  and  in  many  of  the  Asiatic  islands. 
The  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  and  the  Christian  Knowl- 
edge Society,  take  a  leading  part  in  the  great  work  of  enlighten- 
ing this  portion  of  the  human  family. 

A  Report  of  the  Wesleyan  Society  states,  that,  of  the  20,000 
children,  who  had  been  instructed  in  the  mission  schools,  none 
had  returned  to  idolatry,  so  far  as  was  known,  though  many  of 
them  lived  with  their  idolatrous  parents.  It  was  estimated  that 
about  10,000  were  then  in  a  course  of  education,  of  whom  nearly 
3,000  were  in  the  schools  of  the  American  mission.  These  schools 
were  never  in  a  more  flourishing  condition,  than  at  the  date  of 
the  last  joint  letter;  nor  were  greater  hopes  ever  entertained 
of  their  usefulness.  The  number  of  female  pupils  had  increased, 
and  the  difficulties,  at  first  experienced  in  obtaining  them,  were 
daily  diminishing. 

Nicholas  Permander,  one  of  the  young  men,  who  early  became 
useful  to  the  mission  as  an  assistant  and  a  native  preacher,  concluded 
to  leave  his  employment,  in  the  hope  of  obtaining  higher  wages 
in  the  service  of  the  public  authorities.  As  he  would  thus  be 
engaged  in  secular  concerns,  the  missionaries  thought  it  to  be 
their  duty  to  revoke  his  license  to  preach.  Of  the  three  other 
native  preachers,  Gabriel  Tissera  holds  a  useful  place  in  the 
Central  School,  acting  also  in  his  capacity  of  native  preacher; 
Francis  Malleappa  preaches  at  Colombo,  and  is  thought  to  be 
doing  good;  and  Philip  Matthew  is,  with  the  church  missionaries 
at  Nellore,  aiding  them  in  their  work. 

The  new  mission-press  had  arrived  from  America;  and  the 
missionaries  were  in  hopes  the  duties  would  be  remitted  by  the 
government,  as  had  been  the  case  with  books  and  paper  imported 
for  the  use  of  the  schools  and  the  mission  generally. 

Great  expectations  have  been  excited  by  the  advances  made 
in  the  education  of  females,  at  Calcutta,  and  in  various  parts 
of  India.  Numbers  of  Hindoo  girls  have  already  entered  upon 
the  acquisition  of  knowledge;  and,  as  they  become  settled  in 
family  relations,  they  must  necessarily  exert  a  great  influence 
upon  the  next  generation. 

By  recent  intelligence  from  India  we  are  cheered  with  the 
tokens  of  a  crumbling  and  falling  superstition.  In  several 
villages  below  Calcutta,  the  people  have  forsaken   their  idols. 


40  Western  ASIA.  [Report, 

deserted  their  temples,  and  called  upon  missionaries,  in  the  most 
importunate  manner,  for  Christian  instruction. 


III.  WESTERN  ASIA. 

As  the  mission  heretofore  denominated  Palestine,  on  account  oi 
its  being  specially  designed  for  the  Holy  Land,  is  in  fact  brought 
to  bear  upon  other  countries  in  that  region,  it  is  thought  proper 
to  adopt  a  more  general  appellation,  and  to  call  it  the  mission 
for  Western  Asia.  It  might  indeed,  with  still  greater  propriety, 
be  called  a  mission  to  Countries  bordering  on  the  Mediterranean, 
and  to  the  Islands  of  that  Sea;  but  so  long  a  name  would  be  quite 
inconvenient.  The  greater  part  of  the  evangelical  operations, 
connected  with  this  mission,  will  probably  be  directed  to  the 
continent  of  Asia,  though  it  is  hoped  that  Europe  and  Africa  will 
continue  to  have  some  share  in  them.  No  other  reason  is  neces- 
sary to  justify  the  appellation  now  chosen. 

The  first  missionaries  embarked  from  Boston,  in  the  autumn 
of  1819. 

MALTA. 
1822. 

Rev.  Daniel  Temple,  Missionary. 
Rev.  Eli  Smith,  Missionary. 
Mr.  Homan  Hallock,  Printer. 

It  was  mentioned  in  the  last  Report,  that  Mr.  Smith  embarked 
from  Boston,  May  23,  1826.  He  arrived  at  Malta  July  13th;  and,  < 
after  performing  quarantine,  landed  on  the  20th.  He  entered 
with  spirit  into  the  department  of  missionary  labor,  for  which 
he  was  especially  designed.  Mr.  Temple,  having  long  been  in 
want  of  a  fellow-laborer,  with  particular  reference  to  the  conduct 
of  the  press,  was  greatly  cheered  and  relieved  by  this  aid. 

Mr.  Homan  Hallock,  the  printer,  to  whom  reference  was 
made  in  the  last  Report,  sailed  from  Boston  Oct.  16,  1826,  and 
arrived  at  Malta,  after  a  passage  of  56  days.  He  went  forth  on 
a  contract  with  the  committee,  to  direct  the  mechanical  opera- 
tions of  the  press,  during  the  term  of  five  years,  and  for  a  stipulated 
compensation,    There  is  reason  to  think,  that  this  arrangement 


1827.]  MALTA.  41 

will  be  favorable  10  the  energetic  application  of  the  means, 
which  are  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  missionaries  for  the  cir- 
culation of  books. 

A  considerable  difficulty,  however,  is  experienced  in  pre- 
senting religious  tracts  to  those,  who  need  them,  and  would  most 
probably  be  benefited  by  them.  Italy  and  Spain  are  carefully 
guarded  against  the  intrusion  of  religious  books.  In  other 
places  around  the  Mediterranean,  suitable  agents  are  needed 
to  travel,  to  become  acquainted  with  the  best  means  of  access 
to  the  people,  and  to  distribute  the  Scriptures  and  tract9.  For 
the  want  of  such  agents,  publications  had  been,  for  some  time, 
accumulating  in  the  depositories  at  Malta.  It  seemed  desirable, 
therefore,  that  special  efforts  should  be  made  for  the  purpose 
of  enlarging  the  sphere  of  missionary  influence  and  agencies. 

After  full  deliberation  upon  the  subject,  it  was  determined 
that  Mr.  Smith  should  visit  Egypt  and  Syria,  with  a  view  to  the 
acquisition  of  Arabic,  and  to  preparatory  measures  for  the  pub- 
lication and  distribution  of  books  in  that  language.  Accordingly, 
he  left  Malta  for  Alexandria  on  the  2nd  of  December. 

Mrs.  Temple,  whose  health  had  been  feeble  for  several  years, 
was  removed  to  a  better  world,  as  there  is  good  reason  to  believe, 
on  the  15th  of  January  last.  She  left  a  small  infant  which  soon 
followed  its  mother  to  the  grave.  In  the  closing  scene,  the  sup- 
porting influence  of  religion  was  apparent,  and  gave  strong  conso- 
lation to  her  bereaved  husband.  She  was  a  woman  of  an  excel- 
lent disposition;  and  was  distinguished  for  meekness,  patience, 
good  sense,  and  piety.  She  committed  her  departing  spirit  to 
the  Lord  Jesus  with  steadfast  faith.  Her  last  advice  to  the  mis- 
sionaries was,  "that  they  should  be  united  and  pray  a  great  deal." 
Mr.  Jowett  kindly  visited  her  on  her  dying  bed,  and  pointed  her 
to  the  Great  Shepherd,  who  will  not  suffer  any  of  his  flock  to  be 
plucked  from  his  hand. 

In  the  letter,  which  gave   an   account,  of  this  affliction,  Mr. 
Temple  thus  expresses  himself: 

"I  am  now  left  the  only  survivor  of  the  first  four,*  who  came  from  my  native 
country  to  make  known  the  glorious  Gospel  of  the  blessed  God  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean. Though  my  beloved  and  lamented  wife  was  not  a  preacher  of  the  Gos- 
pel, still  she  preached  by  her  pious  example,  in  her  better  days  of  health;  but  in 
her  sickness  and  death  she  preached  to  me  more  powerfully  than  the  ablest  divines 

*  Messrs;.  Fisk  and  Parsons,  Mr.  Temple  and  his  wife. 

6 


42  mission  in  western  asia.  [Report, 

could  have  done;  and  gave  me  a  new  impression  of  the  preciousness  and  efficacy 
of  the  Gospel  of  Christ  to  subdue  the  heart,  and  to  bring  heavenly  consolation  into 
the  soul,  when  all  other  consolation  is  gone,  or  is  offered  in  vain. 

"This  event  has  indeed  made  the  world  appear  much  more  like  a  wilderness 
than  it  formerly  did;  but  it  has  not  made  the  souls  of  dying  sinners  appear  less 
precious  to  me;  nor  has  it  diminished,  nay  I  trust  it  has  greatly  increased,  my 
desire  to  make  known  to  a  greater  extent  than  ever  the  unsearchable  riches  of 
Christ." 

Since  the  death  of  Mrs.  Temple,  her  husband  has  twice  been 
called  to  mourn  the  death  of  a  child.  Two  still  survive.  They 
experience  great  care  and  tenderness  from  Mrs  Jowett,  by  whom 
the  tour  children  were  kindly  received  into  her  family,  when 
they  were  deprived  of  their  mother. 

The  work  of  reformation  proceeds  very  slowly  at  Malta.  But 
few  of  the  natives  are  accessible  to  the  missionaries.  Mr.  Tem- 
ple spends  the  Sabbath  evening,  in  reading  the  Scriptures  in 
Italian,  and  offering  familiar  remarks  on  the  passage  read,  to  a 
few  individuals,  who  come  to  his  hired  house.  The  utmost 
caution  and  vigilance  are  used  by  the  Catholic  priesthood  to  pre- 
vent the  people  from  hearing  the  Gospel  and  receiving  books. 

No  particular  account  of  the  operations  of  the  press  at  Malta 
has  been  received,  nor  of  the  number  of  books  distributed. 
Greek  and  Italian  Tracts  are  sent  forth,  wherever  there  is  a 
probability  that  they  will  be  useful,  so  far  as  opportunities  are 
presented.  It  will  be  seen  in  the  account  of  Smyrna,  that  a  great 
demand  for  Greek  tracts  exists  in  that  city  and  neighborhood. 

Three  German  missionaries  spent  some  time  at  Malta,  while 
on  their  way  to  Egypt;  as  did  Messrs.  Gridley  and  Brewer,  before 
they  proceeded  to  Western  Asia. 

BEYROOT. 

1823. 
Situated  on  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean,  a  i'ew  miles  north 
of  Sidon,  and  near  the  foot  of  Mount  Lebanon. 

Rev.  William  Goodell,  Missionary. 
Mrs.  Goodell. 

Rev.  Isaac  Bird,  Missionary. 
Mrs.  Bird. 

Documents  received  within  the  year  past  contain  the  history 
of  this  station  from  the  fall  of  1825  to  March  13,  1827.  Most 
interesting  events  took  place  in  that  period. 


7.J  STATION    AT    EEYROOl  . 

The  missionaries  having  previously  become  so  much  acquainted 
with  the  different  languages  of  the  country,  as  to  converse  with 
visitors  freely;  and  their  controversy  with  patriarchs,  on  the  sub- 
ject of  the  distribution  of  the  Bible,  having  attracted  much  atten- 
tion; the  way  seemed  prepared  tor  a  still  more  remarkable 
state  of  inquiry  respecting  religion.  Beside  the  Armenian  arch- 
bishops, Dionysius  Carabet,  and  Jacob  Aga,  mentioned  in  the  two 
last  Reports,  a  monk  of  the  same  church,  whose  name  is  Wor- 
tabet,  with  whom  the  missionaries  became  acquainted  in  1825, 
was  also  led  to  examine  the  Scriptures,  with  a  serious  desire  to 
ascertain  what  the  truth  is.  A  young  man,  of  Arab  descent,  who 
had  been  educated  at  the  Maronite  college  of  Ain  Warka,  was 
for  some  time  an  instructor  of  Mr.  King,  while  he  resided  at  Der 
El  Kamer  and  Beyroot.  He  thus  became  acquainted  with  the 
Bible-men,  as  all  distributors  of  the  Bible  are  called,  by  the  super- 
stitious priesthood  of  these  countries.  The  name  of  this  young 
man  is  Asaad  Shidiak;  and  his  history  is  so  eventful,  as  to  demand  a 
distinct  notice  on  a  subsequent  page.  Another  Arab  youth,  at 
the  early  age  of  thirteen,  was  able  to  expose  the  idolatrous  ob- 
servances of  the  Greek  Church  to  which  he  belonged.  These 
were  among  the  diligent  inquirers,  in  the  beginning  of  last 
year.  The  excitement  was  communicated  to  others,  and  increas- 
ed from  month  to  month,  till,  in  January  and  February  of  the  pres- 
ent year,  the  time  of  Mr  Bird  especially,  and  often  of  Mr.  Good- 
ell  also,  was  demanded,  night  and  day,  to  converse  with  men 
from  different  places,  who  were  convinced  of  the  rottenness 
of  their  old  system,  and  wished  to  become  acquainted  with  a  more 
excellent  way.  It  is  in  a  high  degree  encouraging  to  see  the 
dormant  intellect  of  this  part  of  the  world  awaking,  and  men  be- 
ginning to  feel  their  responsibility  to  God  for  their  religious  be- 
lief, and  to  see  the  intimate  connexion,  which  the  truth  has  with 
holiness  of  life. 

And  such  has  been  the  favor  of  God  to  this  mission,  that  we 
may  proceed  further,  and  record  the  joyful  event  of  genuine 
conversions  to  Christ  having  taken  place,  as  there  is  good  reason 
to  believe;  and  of  the  deliberate  profession  of  the  truth  and  re- 
nunciation of  error,  on  the  part  of  those,  whose  education,  habits, 
and  prejudices,  were  all  arrayed  against  spiritual  religion  and 
on  the  side  of  modes  and  forms, — of  sin  and  the  world.  The  first 
day  of  January  forms  an  epoch  in  the  history  of  the  mission,  and 


44  mission  IN  WESTERN  ASIA.  [Report, 

it  may  probably  be  regarded  hereafter  with  wonder  and  joy  by 
converted  millions,  natives  of  Asia,  to  whom  the  pure  Gospel 
was  sent  by  the  churches  of  America.  The  two  Armenian  eccle- 
siastics, Carabet  and  Wortabet,  and  a  European  lady,  were  re- 
ceived into  the  mission  church.  The  religious  exercises  were 
in  Arabic  and  English  and  of  the  most  solemn  and  impressive 
character.  Whether  the  eye  were  turned  backward  or  for- 
ward, to  countries  near  or  remote,  the  recollections,  the  asso- 
ciations, the  anticipations,  were  all  such  as  to  take  strong  hold  of 
the  affections,  and  to  stimulate  the  mind  to  the  highest  pitch 
of  evangelical  effort. 

On  the  5th  of  February,  Maria  and  Susannah,  wives  of  the 
two  Armenians,  having  for  some  months  given  evidence  of 
piety,  were  admitted  to  the  communion.  Maria  previously 
belonged  to  the  Armenian  church,  and  Susannah  to  the  Greek 
Catholic  church.  The  European  lady  was  a  native  of  Italy,  and 
had  belonged  to  the  Roman  Catholic  Church.  Neither  of 
these,  nor  any  other  person  in  this  region,  so  far  as  the  mission- 
aries have  ascertained,  seems  to  have  known  any  thing  of 
spiritual  religion,  till  it  was  learned  from  the  present  system  of 
operations. 

There  are  five  or  six  other  persons,  of  whom  hopes  are  en- 
tertained, more  or  less  satisfactory,  and  who  have  beyond  all 
doubt  been  seriously  affected  by  divine  truth.  Whether  they 
will  endure  persecution,  and  withstand  the  numerous  temptations 
which  will  certainly  assail  them,  must  depend  upon  the  support- 
ing grace  of  heaven. 

Reading  and  distributing  the  Bible.  In  a  letter  from  Mr. 
Goodell  dated  June  30,  1826,  it  was  stated,  that  within  a 
year  previous,  the  missionaries  had  distributed  gratuitously  more 
than  a  hundred  copies  of  the  sacred  books,  and  sold  three  hun- 
dred and  seventy  nine.  The  reading  of  the  Scriptures  in  an- 
cient and  modern  Armenian,  ancient  and  modern  Greek,  Turk- 
ish, Turkish  Armenian,  Arabic,  and  Italian,  is  pursued  almost 
daily.  Inquiry  concerning  the  meaning  of  Scripture  is  a  matter 
of  course.  This  leads  to  conversation  and  to  the  preaching  of 
the  Gospel.  In  Sept.  1826,  Mr.  Goodell  had  just  finished  expound- 
ing the  New  Testament  in  Arabic.  This  service  he  had  pursued 
from  day  today,  and  in  course.      Having  experienced  the  benefit 


» 


itfiJT.j  STATION    AT    BEYROOT.  45 

of  this  plan,  he  says,  "Our  meditations  on  divine  truth  were  never 
more  sweet  and  refreshing  than  they  have  been  for  several 
months  past.  God  remembers  us  with  the  favor,  which  he  bears 
to  his  people;  and  power  from  on  high  seems  sometimes  to 
attend  our  expositions."  Again,  describing  the  Arabic  service, 
he  adds:  "This  exercise,  in  which  I  am  occasionally  assisted 
by  Mr.  Bird  and  Mr.  Nicolayson,  is  a  very  delightful  one; 
especially  as  there  is  so  much  reason  to  believe,  that  the  Holy 
Spirit  is  in  the  midst  of  us,  softening  and  enlightening  and 
new  creating,  not  only  the  opinions,  but  the  hearts  of  a  few." 
These  various  opportunities  of  explaining  the  doctrines  and 
enforcing  the  duties  of  Christianity,  within  the  walls  of  their  own 
houses,  comprise  the  principal  means  of  giving  oral  instruction  now 
enjoyed  by  the  missionaries.  The  weekly  service  to  a  com- 
pany of  beggars  is  still  continued.  May  we  not  hope,  that, 
in  this  age  of  rapid  changes,  the  political  state  of  the  country 
may  become  such,  that  there  may  be  a  free  promulgation  of  the 
Gospel,  as  soon  as  a  sufficient  number  of  faithful  preachers, 
whether  missionaries  or  others,  shall  be  able  to  go  forth  to  the 
mixed  population,  and  speak  to  them  in  their  own  languages, 
without  hesitation  or  embarrassment. 

Schools.     In  Beyroot,  and  six  towns,  or  villages,  in  the  neigh- 
borhood, a  course  of  gratuitous  instruction    is  commenced,  by 
hiring    schoolmasters,  and  setting  up    a    school    in  each  place. 
During  the  first  half  of  the  year  1826,  the  average  attendance 
was  305  children,  of  whom  about   30  were  girls.     The  monthly 
expense  was  about  thirty  dollars  for  all  these  schools.     In  subse- 
quent months,  as  a  persecuting  spirit  began  to  prevail,  and  great 
odium  was  excited  against  all  who  had    intercourse   with    the 
missionaries,  some  of  the  schools  were  discontinued  from  neces- 
sity, and  others  were  threatened   with  dissolution.     In  two  or 
three  instances,  orders  had  been  sent  to  the  schoolmasters,  re- 
quiring the  books  to  be  burned.     The  only  defence,  which  could 
be  made  to  such  orders,  was,  that  the  books  were  English  prop- 
erty, and   under   English   protection;  and  this  prevailed  for  the 
time.     Whether  it  will  be  ultimately  effectual,  or  not,  the  future 
will  disclose.     The  school  at  Beyroot  was  nearly  dissolved  by  the 
Greek  invasion  of  last  year,  and  has  not  since  regained  its  former 
numbers.    Spiritual  weapons  have  been  wielded  against  it,  orders 
having  been  repeatedly  read  in  the  Greek    church,  forbidding 


4ti  mission  in  western  asia.  [Report, 

all  the  members  of  that  communion  to  countenance  it,  or  to 
have  any  intercourse  with  the  missionaries.  Schoolmasters 
have,  in  repeated  instances,  been  imprisoned  for  a  short  time, 
because  they  were  under  a  suspicious  influence. 

The  school  in  Tripoli-port,  a  small  distance  from  Beyroot, 
increased,  within  a  short  time,  from  30  boys  and  6  girls  to  76 
boys  and  42  girls.  The  bishop  of  the  place  was  extremely 
pleased  with  the  school,  and  exhorted  the  parents  to  send  their 
children.  He  was  desirous  that  schools  should  be  established  in 
the  town  itself.  Whenever  ecclesiastics  of  the  Greek  church 
have  exerted  an  agency  against  the  labors  of  the  missionaries, 
they  seem  to  have  been  urged  forward  by  some  extraneous  influ- 
ence, or  by  a  small  number  of  their  own  people. 

In  October  last,  an  agent  was  sent  to  establish  a  school  at  Hos- 
baia,  a  village  on  the  road  from  Sidon  to  Damascus.  The  Greeks, 
and  even  the  Moslem  princes,  were  greatly  rejoiced  at  the  pros- 
pect of  having  such  a  school  as  he  proposed;  and,  of  their  own 
accord,  they  offered  to  defray  the  expense  of  the  house,  in  which 
the  school  should  be  kept. 

It  is  found  that  the  pupils,  almost  universally,  regard  the  mis- 
sionaries as  their  benefactors;  and  even  if  the  schools  should  be 
broken  up,  some  remains  of  this  friendly  feeling  will  exist,  till  the 
time  shall  return  for  the  renewal  of  the  same  kind  of  beneficent 
influence. 

Preparatory  books  and  translations.  Mr.  Goodell  has  been 
employed  upon  a  grammar  in  Turkish,  which  he  has  so 
far  reduced  to  form  as  to  furnish  some  facilities  to  beginners  in 
that  language.  He  is  also  engaged  in  making  a  Turkish  dic- 
tionary, with  the  definitions  in  English.  Wortabet  assists  him  in 
these  preparations,  while  Carabet  assists  in  a  translation  of  the 
Gospels  into  Turkish  Armenian,  which  is  now  just  completed. 
Mr.  Goodell  would  have  proceeded  with  the  Acts,  had  he  not 
learned  from  Mr.  Leeves,  that  he  hud  employed  an  Armenian, 
with  the  sanction  of  the  patriarch,  to  revise  the  old  translation, 
so  as  to  make  it  intelligible  to  the  common  people.  Every  labor 
of  this  kind  is  useful  in  various  respects,  and  will  probably  turn 
to  important  account  in  future  missionary  operations. 

Mr.  Bird  has  applied   himself  much   to  the  acquisition  of  the 
Arabic  language,  in  which  it  would  seem,  from  various  incidental 


1827.  I  JEWS,  ARMENIANS',  AND  TURKS.  47 

notices,  that  he  has  gained  considerable  facility.  Doubtless  he 
has  profited,  in  this  pursuit,  by  the  labors  of  Mr.  Fisk.  Some 
small  translations  in  Turkish,  Arabic,  and  Italian  have  been 
circulated.  An  account  of  the  last  hours  of  Mr.  Fisk  was  sent  to 
Jerusalem,  by  Mr.  Bird,  in  Italian;  and  the  same  tract,  in  connex- 
ion with  Mr.  King's  farewell  letter  to  his  friends  in  Syria,  con- 
taining additions  by  another  hand,  has  been  extensively  read, 
apparently  with  the  effect  of  opening  the  eyes  of  many.  Copies 
of  these  documents  are  made  with  the  pen,  and  are  eajrerly  sought 
and  gladly  transcribed.  Our  Saviours  sermon  on  the  mount,  in 
Turkish,  was  sent  to  Jacob  Aga,  for  his  perusal,  and  with  a  view 
to  ascertain  its  correctness,  it  received  his  warm  commendation. 
Several  copies  had  been  made,  which  were  sent  to  Cyprus, 
Egypt,  Armenia,  and  other  places.  These  facts  show,  in  the 
clearest  manner,  that  a  press  is  urgently  needed  for  the  publica- 
tion of  books  and  tracts   in   the  Armenian  and   Arabic    languages. 

Jews,  Armenians,  and  Turks.  As  the  missionaries  became 
personally  acquainted  with  Jews,  it  was  perceived  that  a  course 
of  uniform  kindness  toward  them  gradually  overcame  their  preju- 
dices. They  are  generally  ignorant  of  their  own  Scriptures, 
and  have  incorporated  with  them  many  absurd  traditions.  One 
of  the  Jews  at  Beyroot  promised  to  read  the  New  Testament, 
and  to  believe  in  Christ,  if  he  finds  evidence  that  he  is  the  Mes- 
siah. The  missionaries  have  interchanged  visits  with  Jewish 
families,  been  kindly  entertained,  and  held  many  religious  conver- 
sations with  a  few  individuals,  who  seemed  willing  to  inquire  as 
to  the  nature  of  Christianity.  The  state  of  suffering  and  oppres- 
sion at  Jerusalem  is  such,  that  many  Jews  are  leaving  that  city. 

The  facts,  connected  with  the  conversion  of  the  Armenian 
ecclesiastics  at  Beyroot,  were  of  such  a  character  as  to  attract 
much  attention  among  members  of  the  same  communion.  The 
question  of  the  celibacy  of  the  clergy  was  examined  with  great 
freedom.  The  matter  was  repeatedly  brought  before  Turkish 
rulers,  who  did  not  fail  to  give  their  advice  in  favor  of  the  mar- 
riage of  their  clergy.  The  Armenian  laity  are  disposed  to  think 
and  speak  freely  respecting  their  priesthood.  The  more  intelli- 
gent of  the  merchants  regard  an  ignorant,  vicious,  and  merce- 
nary clergy,  with  disgust  and  contempt. 


48  MISSION  IN  WESTERN   ASIA.  [Report, 

It  does  not  appear,  that  any  Turks  have  been  brought  so  much 
into  contact  with  true  religion,  as  to  be  aware  of  its  nature  and 
tendency.     In  some  of  the  travels  of  missionaries,  however,  va- 
rious conversations  have  been  held  with  Mahometan  chiefs,  which 
could  hardly  have  failed  to  prepare  the  way,  in  some  degree,  for 
a  more   liberal  habit    of  thinking.     The    oppressive  exactions, 
which   the   people  are  compelled  to  endure,  under   the  present 
system,   must    ultimately    lead,  one  would   think,  to    aspirations 
after  deliverance;  which,  however,  can  never  be  realized,  unless 
by  the  introduction  of  a  pure  faith,  from  which  an  all-pervading 
moral  principle  shall  flow.     As  one  instance  of  the  sort  of  gov- 
ernment, to  which  the  people  are  subjected,  there  was  last  year 
a  danger  of  famine,  in  consequence  of  the  Pasha  having  amassed 
all  the  grain  in  the  country,  and  doubled  the  price  within  four  or 
five  months;    thus  raising  it  to  five  or  six  times  as  much  as  it 
would  cost  five  years  ago.     A   common  resource  for  extorting 
money  is  to  compel  all  the  people  to  purchase  soap  from  the 
government  manufactory,  in  such  quantities  as  they  may  be  able 
to  pay  for,  and  at  such  prices  as  the  ruler  thinks  proper  to  affix 
to  the  article;  and  whenever  it  is  thought  necessary  to  coerce 
an  individual,  who  is  in  danger  of  embracing  a  new  religion,  or 
who  is  otherwise  obnoxious  to  the  local  governor,  he  is  forced 
to  bear  an  enormous  imposition  in  the  form  of  a  soap  tax.     If 
this  be  not  paid,  a  soldier  is  quartered  upon  him,  and  he  must 
make  his  submission  as  he  can. 

Greek  invasion.  On  the  19th  of  March,  1826,  the  missiona- 
ries were  in  great  danger,  in  consequence  of.  a  Greek  squadron 
arriving,  and  attacking  the  city.  Twelve  armed  vessels  an- 
chored in  the  river,  and  landed  500  men.  An  unsuccessful 
attack  was  made,  the  Turks  being  able  to  repel  their  assail- 
ants from  the  walls.  Some  lives  were  lost;  and  the  Greeks 
encamped  for  several  days  in  the  neighborhood.  They  traversed 
the  suburbs,  entering  houses,  eating,  drinking,  and  in  some  in- 
stances, pillaging.  Mr.  Goodell's  house,  which  stood  without 
the  walls  in  quite  an  exposed  situation,  was  visited  by  many  par- 
ties of  them;  but,  on  learning  that  he  was  under  English  protec- 
tion, they  quietly  went  away,  some  of  them  receiving  religious 
tracts  in  their  own  language.  The  Emir  Beshir  arrived  from 
the  mountains  with  his  troops  on  the  22d,  and  the  Pasha  of  Acre, 


,; 


:7.j  AA.o  SHiDU.iv.  49 

with  his  Bedouins  and  Albanians  on  the  23d.  At  the  approach 
of  the  latter  the  Greeks  retired,  having  accomplished  nothing 
but  to  fill  the  country  with  violence  and  confusion,  and  to  bring 
down  upon  their  brethren,  of  the  Greek  popuiation,  the  most  cruel 
persecutions  and  sufferings.  The  day  on  which  the  Pasha's 
troops  arrived,  they  dispersed  themselves,  in  small  parties,  for 
the  sake  of  plunder.  A  number  of  these  parties  came  to  Mr, 
Goodell's  house;  and  retired,  on  being  told  it  was  under  English 
protection.  At  last  six  or  seven  Bedouins  arrived,  who  were 
not  so  easily  diverted  from  their  purpose.  Notwithstanding  Mr. 
Goodell's  remonstrances,  they  hewed  down  the  door  with  their 
hatchets,  rushed  up  stairs,  seized  such  articles  of  property 
as  they  liked,  and  were  prevented  entering  Mrs.  Goodell's 
chamber  only  by  the  interposition  of  Turks  from  the  city,  to 
whom  the  family  was  in  this  case  greatly  indebted.  At  last  Mr. 
Goodell  assumed  a  tone  of  authority,  told  the  Bedouins  they 
would  lose  their  heads  if  complaint  were  made  to  the  Pasha, 
and  ordered  them  to  depart  instantly.  They  became  quiet,  gave 
back  the  articles  in  their  hands,  and  went  off.  Property  was 
taken  from  the  house,  however,  amounting  in  value  to  between 
two  and  three  hundred  dollars,  which  was  afterwards  paid  for, 
by  the  Pasha,  as  the  re*ult  of  repeated  applications,  in  Mr.  Good- 
ell's behalf,  by  the  British  consul. 

The  schools  in  Beyroot  were  nearly  suspended,  in  conse- 
quence of  these  troubles,  the  number  of  pupils  being  reduced 
from  a  hundred  to  ten,  for  two  months.  Subsequently  they  re- 
vived. The  distress  of  the  inhabitants,  in  the  surrounding  coun- 
try, was  overwhelming.  Mr,  Goodell  says,  that  'although  he  can- 
speak  of  suffering  innocence,  for  the  land  is  full  of  crimes,  yet 
he  can  tell  of  suffering  humanity.'  In  the  same  letter,  after 
mentioning  some  tokens,  that  the  truth  began  to  take  hold  of 
the  conscience,  he  adds:  "We  bless  God  that  we  were  brought 
here.  *>*en  though  we  should  now  be  destroyed."  This  is  the 
proper  state  of  feeling  for  a  missionary;  and  one  Which  needs 
to  be  cherished  by  all,  who  are  thinking  of  the  missionary  life. 

Asaad  Shidiak.  In  June  1825,  while  Mr.  King  was  residing 
at  Der  El  Kamer,  to  pursue  the  study  of  tne  Syriac  and  Arabic 
languages,  he  engaged  as  a  teacher  a  Maronite  Roman  Catho- 
lic, who    had  been  educated    at    the    college    of  Am    Warkn. 


ob  mission  in  Western  asia.  [Report* 

The  name  of  this  teacher  has  been  mentioned  as  amon?  the 
first  inquirers;  his  age  at  that  time  was  twenty  nine;  and  his 
talents  and  acquirements  were  such,  as  to  give  him  the  character 
of  being  one  of  the.  most  intelligent  men  on  Mount  Lebanon. 
Mr.  King  found  this  character  to  be  well  sustained.  He  spent  four 
or  five  hours  daily  in  study  with  his  teacher,  and  about  as  many 
in  conversation  on  disputed  subjects.  Asaad  was  shrewd,  sensi- 
ble, inquisitive,  and  capable  of  feeling  the  force  of  an  argument. 
He  was  employed,  part  of  the  time,  in  multiplying  Arabic 
copies  of  Mr.  King's  farewell  letter  to  his  friends  in  Syria,  the 
object  of  which  was  to  assign  reasons  why  the  writer  could 
not  join  the  Romish  church.  When  Mr.  King  returned  to  Bey- 
root,  about  the  first  of  August,  he  was  accompanied  by  Asaad, 
whose  parents  and  brothers  resided  at  Hadet,  in  that  neigh- 
borhood. 

This  interesting  man  thus  became  acquainted  with  the  other 
missionaries,  and  was  engaged  by  Mr.  Fisk  to  open  a  school 
for  teaching  Arabic  grammatically.  It  was  often  with  great 
difficulty  that  a  competent  teacher  of  that  language  could  be 
found,  as  Mussulmans  are  not  willing  to  teach  native  Christians, 
tmd  the  college  of  Ain  Warka  is  not  open  except  to  those  who 
intend  to  become  priests.  It  was  the  design  of  the  missiona- 
ries, that  the  school  opened  by  Asaad  should  be  free  to  all 
who  wished  to  enter  it,  and  that  it  should  be  maintained  per- 
manently. The  design  of  Providence  was  different.  When  Mr. 
King  left  Beyroot,  there  were  no  symptoms  of  Asaad's  conver- 
sion, except  that  he  had  a  disposition  to  inquire,  which,  however, 
led  to  the  hope  that  he  would  discover,  receive,  and  obey  the 
truth.  His  relatives  do  not  appear  to  have  entertained  an}' 
apprehensions  of  his  rejecting  the  Pope's  authority,  or  depart- 
ing from  the  commonly  received  faith.  The  Shidiak  family 
was  respectable  in  point  of  rank  and  property.  The  four 
missionaries,  Messrs.  Fisk,  King,  Bird,  and  Goodell,  with  Mrs. 
Bird  and  Mrs.  Goodell,  dined  there  by  invitation,  when  they 
made  a  visit  to  Hadet,  three  days  before  Mr.  King's  departure. 
The  mother  and  brothers  were  at  home.  These  partic- 
ulars are  mentioned,  as  Asaad  and  his  brothers  seem  likely 
to  have  a  share  in  the  sympathies,  the  hopes  and  the  prayers, 
of  tlie  friends  of  missions  throughout  the  world. 


1827.]  ASAAD    SHIDIAK.  51 

Soon  after  Mr.  King  left  Bey  root,  Asaad  undertook  the  task 
of  answering  the  farewell  letter.  Having  made  a  rough  draft 
of  a  reply,  and  copied  it  to  the  last  topic  of  argument,  he 
was  suddenly  turned  to  the  prophecy  of  Isaiah,  by  consulting  a 
proof  passage.  While  reading  this  sublime  portion  of  Scripture, 
he  became  deeply  serious,  and  was  filled  with  an  ardent  desire 
to  read  the  New  Testament,  and  to  be  actuated  by  the  spirit 
of  the  Gospel.  He  endeavored  to  lay  aside  every  selfish  bias, 
and  to  learn  the  true  meaning  of  the  Bible.  While  in  this  state 
of  mind,  he  was  shocked  by  finding  it  taught  and  defended  in 
the  Romish  Church,  that  it  is  a  duty  to  kill  heretics. 

Asaad  had  been  much  acquainted  with  the  bishop  of  Beyroot, 
and  with  the  Maronite  patriarch,  who  resides  at  Cannobeen,  to 
each  of  whom  he  had  sustained  the  relation  of  secretary.  In 
November  he  received  a  letter  from  the  patriarch,  threat- 
ening him,  one  of  his  brothers,  and  another  Maronite  young 
man,  with  immediate  excommunication,  unless  they  ceased  from 
all  connexion  with  the  Bible-men.  After  mature  deliberation, 
it  was  thought  best  that  he  should  retire  to  Hadet,  and  remain 
with  his  friends  awhile,  in  the  hope  that  alarm  and  opposition 
would  subside. 

In  this  retirement  his  mind  was  still  fixed  upon  religion. 
The  world  appeared  vain;  and  some  of  his  friends,  as  was 
natural,  thought  him  melancholy.  The  patriarch  wrote  him  a 
second  letter,  urged  him  to  an  interview,  and  promised  to  pro- 
vide an  office  for  him.  Still  he  preferred  to  return  to  Beyroot, 
where  he  made  an  engagement  with  Mr.  Bird  for  a  year. 
He  did  this  with  a  determination  to  risk  whatever  violence  and 
obloquy  might  come  upon  him.  The  mere  suspicion  that  he, 
was  heretical  made  it  necessary  that  he  should  give  up  a  mar- 
riage contract,  into  which  he  had  entered  some  time  before* 
This  he  did  cheerfully,  as  he  had  resolved  to  part  with  every 
thing,  rather  than  shut  himself  out  from  all  means  of  access  to 
the  truth. 

Early  in  January  1826,  the  patriarch  sent  his  own  brother 
to  call  upon  Asaad  at  Beyroot,  and  urge  him  to  an  interview... 
The  messenger  intimated,  that  Asaad  probably  received  a  large 
sum  of  money  from  the  missionaries,  as  the  price  of  his  conver- 
sion; and  that  the  patriarch  would  see  that  he  should  lose 
nothing  by  leaving  them.  To  this  intimation  Asaad  replied, 
that   he  onlv  received  moderate    waares  for  his  services  as  n 


&%  MISSION    V$    WESTERN    ASIA.  [RepG; 

teacher;  and   that  money    was  not  his  object;  but  that  he  was 
simply  in  pursuit  of  the  truth. 

The  missionaries  warned  him  of  the  dangers,  to  which  he 
would  be  exposed,  it  he  complied  with  the  request  of  the  patri- 
arch; but  he  thought  it  wouid  be  well  for  him  to  consent  to  the 
proposed  interview,  and  to  explain  his  state  of  mind,  and  assert 
his  freedom  from  mercenary  motives.  He  hoped  that  the  patri- 
arch wouid  thus  be  softened,  and  that  he  might  perhaps  be 
induced  to  do  something  for  the  promotion  of  religion.  With 
these  hopes  he  went  to  the  convent  of  Der  Alma,  met  the  pa- 
triarch soon  after,  and  had  many  conversations  with  him.  The 
main  topics,  on  which  he  insisted,  were  the  necessity  of  a  spir- 
itual religion;  in  distinction  from  modes  and  forms;  the  suffi- 
ciency of  Scripture;  and  the  absurdity  of  holding  the  pope  to  be 
infallible.  The  patriarch  was  highly  displeased  with  these  bold 
sentiments;  at  one  time  uttering  cruel  threats,  and  at  another 
offering  honor,  promotion,  and  money,  according  to  the  course 
which  Asaad  should  pursue.  The  bishop  of  Beyroot  was  pres- 
ent at  several  long  discussions  and  took  part  in  them.  He  threat- 
ened Asaad's  life,  in  the  most  angry  and  violent  manner. 

Finding  himself  deprived  of  books  and  congenial  society,  and 
exposed  to  cruel  mockings,  this  reformer,  after  repeated  dec- 
larations that  he  was  ready  to  seal  his  testimony  with  his  blood, 
privately  withdrew  from  the  convent  where  he  was,  and  arrived 
at  Beyroot  on  the  morning  of  March  2nd.  The  missionaries 
were  rejoiced  to  receive  him,  having  been  greatly  concerned 
for  his  personal  safety,  during  this  absence  oi  seven  weeks.  At 
their  suggestion,  he  wrote  a  history  of  what  took  place  with 
respect  to  himself,  in  the  form  of  a  public  statement,  for  the 
double  purpose  of  showing  what  his  religious  sentiments  were, 
and  what  treatment  he  received  from  dignitaries  in  the  church. 
This  statement  has  been  published  in  the  Missionary  Herald,  and 
has  commended  itself  as  an  able  document,  indicating  powerful 
talents,  great  presence  of  mind,  a  sincere  desire  to  find  the  truth, 
and  a  heroic  zeal  in  its  defence.  Some  parts  of  it  are  written 
with  great  eloquence,  and  the  directions,  as  to  the  manner  in 
which  the  word  of  God  should  be  studied,  are  admirably  express- 
ed and  guarded. 

As  soon  as  the  mother,  brothers,  and  other  relatives  of  Asaad, 
heard  of  his  return  to  Beyroot,  they  flocked  to  him  in  rapid  sue- 


1^2  7. J  1SAAD  SHID1AS. 

cession,  to  persuade  him  to  leave  the  missionaries,  and  thus  save 
the  family  from  the  insupportable  shame  of  having  him  renounce 
their  religion  and  join  himself  to  foreigners  After  mauy  painful 
struggles,  he  accompanied  four  of  his  relatives  home,  on  the  17th 
of  March.  The  missionaries  strongly  opposed  his  going,  from  an 
apprehension  that  he  would  not  be  able  to  return,  as  he  expected 
to  do  in  a  few  days  He  thought  he  knew  the  people  of  the 
country,  and  that,  after  all  that  had  been  said,  they  would  not 
offer  him  violence;  and  he  strongly  hoped,  that  his  visit  to  Hadet 
would  do  good. 

In  about  a  fortnight,  twenty  or  more  of  his  relatives  assembled, 
took  him  by  force,  escorted  him  to  the  convent  of  Der  Alma,  and 
delivered  him  up  to  the  patriarch,  by  whose  order  he  was  subse- 
quently removed  to  Cannobeen.  This  latter  place  is  about  50 
miles  from  Beyroot.  From  the  first  of  April  to  March  of  the 
present  year,  this  unfortunate  sufferer  has  endured  imprisonment, 
chains,  stripes,  and  revilings  in  succession;  and,  for  a  great  part  of 
the  time,'  all  of  them  combined.  When  his  relatives  were  assem- 
bled to  deliver  him  up,  he  told  them  plainly,  that  if  he  had  not 
read  the  Gospel,  he  never  should  have  known  how  to  explain 
their  conduct;  bat  he  there  learned,  that  the  brother  shall  deliver 
np  the  brother  to  death,  and  a  man's  foes  shall  be  they  of  his  own 
household.  One  of  his  uncles  said,  in  a  great  rage,  "If  you  dont 
go  peaceably,  we  will  take  your  life:"  to  which  he  replied, 
"Softly,  softly,  my  dear  uncle,  Blessed  are  the  meek." 

Though  it  has  been  difficult  to  hold  communication  with  him,  yet 
authentic  intelligence  has  been  received  in  many  instances;  and 
though  there  have  been  various  false  and  contradictory  reports  con- 
cerning him,  the  truth  has  subsequently  been  ascertained.  About 
the  middle  of  May,  he  was  in  close  confinement,  in  chains,  and 
was  daily  beaten.  In  June,  having  made  an  unsuccessful  attempt 
to  escape,  he  had  a  heavy  chain  around  his  neck,  the  other  end 
of  which  was  fastened  to  the  wall.  The  patriarch  encouraged 
the  common  people  to  visit  him  in  his  confinement,  and  to  spit  in 
his  face,  and  call  him  odious  names,  in  order  to  shame  him,  and 
break  his  spirit.  Toward  the  close  of  July  his  mother,  and  other 
members  of  the  family,  visited  Cannobeen,  at  the  request  of  the 
patriarch,  who  informed  them  that  Asaad  was  unwell.  They 
found  him  in  chains,  which  they  were  unwilling  to  believe  to  be 
Ihe  case  till  they  saw  it  for  themselves.     Their  visit  does  not 


54  MISSION   IN   WESTERN    ASIA.  [Report. 

appear  to  have  produced  any  melioration  of  his  condition.  Galeb, 
a  younger  brother,  carried  a  written  application  to  the  patriarch, 
signed  by  the  whole  family,  pleading  for  Asaad's  liberation.  It 
was  well  understood,  however,  that  Tannoos,  an  older  brother, 
though  he  joined  in  the  application,  sent  a  secret  messenger  to 
prevent  its  success.  The  mother's  heart  had  relented;  and  she 
acknowledged  that  the  missionaries  felt  more  tenderly  for  her 
son,  than  the  Maronites  did.  Galeb  saw  his  brother,  but  was  not 
permitted  to  take  leave  of  him.     This  took  place  in  September. 

About  two  months  afterwards,  Galeb  visited  Cannobeen,  assist- 
ed his  brother  in  escaping,  and  brought  him  homeward  as  far  as 
Kesroan,  where  the  fugitive  was  apprehended,  and  carried  bound 
to  Gzir,  where  he  was  detained  by  the  Prince  Abdalla.  He  was 
afterwards  restored  to  the  patriarch  at  Cannobeen.  In  February, 
he  was  seen  there  under  the  special  care  of  a  priest,  who  was 
writing,  from  his  mouth,  an  account  of  what  had  taken  place 
respecting  him,  since  he  was  carried  from  Hadet;  and  it  was  af- 
terwards asserted,  apparently  on  good  authority,  that  this  priest 
was  inclined  to  favor  the  Protestants,  and  had  said  that  he  would 
find  a  way,  if  possible,  for  Asaad  to  escape. 

From  facts  already  ascertained  of  the  treatment,  which  has 
been  inflicted  upon  this  confessor,  it  may  be  confidently  affirmed, 
that  the  cruelties  of  his  prison  house  have  been  constant  and 
appalling.  One  of  his  visitors  declared,  that  he  had  been  beaten 
daily,  till  his  body  was  of  the  color  of  blue  cloth.  Another  said, 
that  he  received  a  blow  of  a  cane  on  his  right  hand,  by  which 
it  was  nearly  broken;  and  a  blow  on  his  leg,  which  lamed  him 
nearly  a  month.  In  the  midst  of  his  sufferings,  he  wrote  a  kind 
letter  to  the  missionaries,  in  which  he  requested  them  to  comfort 
Mrs.  Dalton,  the  widow  of  Dr.  Dalton,  who  died  at  Jerusalem. 
Not  having  an  opportunity  to  send  the  letter,  it  was  discovered 
by  the  patriarch,  who,  on  reading  it,  exclaimed,  "Who  is  this 
Satan  of  a  Dalton?  Beat  the  fool  on  the  score  of  Dalton,"  at 
the  same  time  giving  him  a  blow  himself,  and  others  following 
his  example.  It  is  painful  to  record  such  crimes,  perpetrated  by 
professed  disciples  of  our  Saviour.  But  the  history  of  the  world 
evinces,  that  pure  religion  is  the  most  hateful  of  objects  to  a  cor- 
rupt church;  and  that  no  class  of  persecutors  are  so  uniformly 
cruel,  as  those  who  are  attached  to  some  form  of  superstition, 
which  dreads  examination  and  exposure. 


I«27.  ASAAD    SHIPIAK.  .      55 

The  most  remarkable  thing  in  the  recent  history  of  Asaad,  is, 
that  his  life  should  have  been  spared  so  long;  and  this  may  afford 
some  ground  of  hope,  that  it  may  be  spared  still  longer,  and  that 
he  will  ultimately  escape.  The  patriarch  is  probably  unwilling 
to  have  it  generally  known,  throughout  all  that  country,  that  he 
took  the  life  of  an  able  and  intelligent  man,  who  had  been  his 
private  secretary,  merely  to  prevent  his  reading  the  Bible  and 
avowing  himself  governed  by  its  decisions.  But  he  may  be  much 
more  unwilling  that  one,  who  is  so  capable  of  writing  powerfully 
and  of  exposing  a  false  system,  should  go  at  liberty,  bearing  in  his 
own  body  the  marks  of  his  attachment  to  the  Lord  Jesus.  What- 
ever may  be  the  designs  of  patriarchs  or  princes,  there  is  strong 
consolation  in  reflecting,  that  the  counsel  of  the  Lord  shall  stand; 
and  that  He  will  restrain  the  angry  passions  of  men,  and  at  last 
establish  a  kingdom  of  righteousness  and  peace. 

During  all  the  period  of  Asaad's  sufferings,  the  missionaries 
deeply  sympathized  with  him,  and  made  him  the  subject  of  special 
prayer.  They  advised  him  affectionately,  while  within  their 
reach,  and  frequently  sent  to  inquire  about  him  afterwards. 
They  thought  much  of  measures  to  promote  his  deliverance, 
and  neglected  no  means  for  this  end,  so  far  as  it  was  safe  and 
proper  for  them  to  act.  Their  hearts  are  much  with  their  af- 
flicted brother;  and  should  he  be  prematurely  cut  off,  they  will 
tenderly   lament  his  death. 

When  it  is  considered  how  severely,  and  in  how  many  ways, 
Asaad  has  been  tried,  his  faith  and  constancy  appear  admirable. 
His  pride  of  talents,  his  consistency  as  a  disputant,  and  his  pride  of 
authorship  were  opposed,  at  the  very  outset,  to  any  change  in 
his  religious  opinions.  Then  all  his  reverence  for  his  eccle- 
siastical superiors,  his  former  tutors,  associates,  friends,  and  pat- 
rons, some  of  whom  were  naturally  mild  in  their  tempers  and 
sincerely  attached  to  him,  and  all  his  previous  habits  of  thinking 
and  acting,  withstood  his  yielding  to  the  convictions  of  conscience 
and  the  authority  of  Scripture.  Next  in  order  come  the  anath- 
emas of  the  church,  the  tears  of  a  mother,  half-distracted  at 
the  ruin  and  infamy  of  having  an  apostate  son,  the  impassioned 
intreaties,  the  furious  menaces  of  brothers,  uncles,  and  towns- 
men, and  the  general  odium  of  an  extensive  acquaintance.  All 
these  things  are  preparatory  to  being  seized  by  indignant  rel- 
atives; forcibly  conveyed  from  one  convent  to  another;   chained 


56  MISSION  IN  WESTERN  ASIA.  [Report , 

to  the  walls  of  a  religious  edifice,  thus  converted  into  a  prison; 
deprived  of  the  New  Testament  and  all  other  books, — of  pen, 
ink,  and  paper,  and  all  other  means  of  intercourse;  refused  those 
bodily  comforts,  which    the  customs   of  the   country    have  ren- 
dered   indispensable,    and    the  ioss  of  which  comprises  the  ex- 
treme of  privation  and  the  extreme   of  indignity;  there,  in   this 
forlorn  and  abject  situation,    purposely  exposed    to  the    coarse 
insults  of  a  misled  and  vicious   populace,'  and  to  the  more  ma- 
lignant revilings    of  a    tyrannical   priesthood,   and  beaten   daily 
till  a    strong  and    athletic    frame    was  reduced  to  one   mass    of 
suffering,  exquisitely  sensible  to  the  touch  of  violence  and  incapa- 
ble of  rest  or  ease;  and  held,  in  this  variety  of  grief,  for  eleven 
long  months,  without  a  sympathizing  and  congenial  spirit,  without 
a  consoling  friend,  and  without  any  prospect  of  respite  or  a  favor- 
able  termination.      But,  in  ease   of  submission  and  recantation, 
nothing  awaited  him  but  honor,  promotion,  emoluments,  and  every 
thing  that  alarmed  selfishness  could  offer  to  prevent  a  dreaded 
defection.      How  many  are    there    among    ourselves,    with    all 
our  means  of  knowledge  and  all   the  strength  of  confirmed  relig- 
ious principle   to  be  found  amongst   us,  who   could  assure  them- 
selves,   that,  in  such  a   fearful  controversy,  they  should    stand 
like  Asaad  Shidiak — calm   and  unruffled  amid  the  war  of  angry 
passions  raging   round  him,   and,   when    deprived   of  all   human 
support,    looking    through    tears,    yet    with    a     resolute    eye, 
to  heaven  as  his  home,  and  to  Christ  as  his  only  Deliverer,,  his 
Almighty  and  Eternal  Friend. 

Pharez  Shidiak.  The  family,  to  which  the  young  man  belongs, 
whose  character  and  history  have  been  somewhat  particularly 
detailed  in  the  preceding  pages,  consists  of  a  widowed  mother, 
five  sons,  and  three  daughters.  The  names  of  the  sons,  in  the 
order  of  their  age,  are  Mansoor,  Tannoos,  Asaad,  Galeb,  and 
Pharez.  The  eldest  is  a  furious  bigot.  The  second  had  been 
a  teacher  of  Mr.  Fisk,  before  Asaad  arrived  from  Der  El  Kamer 
with  Mr.  King.  He  has  been  esteemed  an  intelligent  man,  but 
is  said  to  be  envious  of  Asaad's  superior  reputation.  He  is  proba- 
bly the  most  inveterate  opposer,  among  all  the  family  connex- 
ions. Galeb,  though  still  tearing  to  leave  the  Romish  church, 
does  not  approve  of  all  the  violence  used  towards  his  brother, 
and  was,  at  the  last  advices,  quite  disposed  to  attend  secretly 


1327.]  A^AAD   JACOB.  U4 

to  the  instructions  of  the  missionaries.  By  a  recent  attempt  to  liber- 
ate Asaad,  he  hadexpos'ed  himself  to  the  displeasure  of  the  rulers, 
and  was  obliged  to  conceal  himself.  Pharez,  the  youngest,  had 
for  a  long  time  been  inclined  to  reject  the  authority  of  the 
pope. 

In  March  1826,   this  youth,  having  been  found  in  the  act  of 
reading  the  New  Testament,  was   struck  with  a  sword  by  his 
brother  Mansoor,  and  beaten  by  Tannoos.     He  immediately  left 
Hadet,  came  to  the  missionaries,  and  determined  not  to  go  home 
again.     He  was  soon  after  decoyed,  however,  by  Mansoor  and 
Galeb,  ami  taken  home  by  force.     From  this  time  till  Novem- 
ber, he   appears  to   have    lived  principally  with  his  relatives, 
though    he  kept   up  a    communication   with  Messrs.  Bird    and 
Goodell.      Wishing   for   an   opportunity   of  reading  the  Gospel 
openly,  he  was  weary  of  the  constraint  imposed  upon  him,   and 
determined  to  leave  the  country,  if  possible.     Before  taking  this 
step,  he  went  to  Acre,   to  see  if  something  could  not  be  done 
with    the    Pasha    toward    obtaining   Asaad's    liberation.      The 
attempt  was  unsuccessful.      It  was  reported,  on  good  authority, 
that  some  of  the  subordinate  rulers  had  urged  the  two  oldest  broth- 
ers to  take  the  life  of  Pharez,  if  he  could  not  otherwise  be  separa- 
ted from  the  society  of  the  missionaries.     He  therefore  remained 
in  a  secret  place,  till  he  could  get  on   board  a  vessel  bound  to 
Alexandria,  whence  he  took  passage  to  Malta,  being  commended 
to  the  care  of  Mr.  Temple.     He   left  Beyroot   on  the  2nd  of 
December,  having  written  a  forcible  letter  to  his  brother  Man- 
soor, and  had  several  confidential  interviews  with  Galeb.     He 
has  applied   himself  to  the  study   of  English   at  Malta,  and  is 
mentioned  in  Mr.  Temple's  last  letter  as  sustaining  a  promising 
character. 

Two  brothers  of  the  Shidiak  family,  uncles  of  Asaad,  have 
been  with  Mr.  Bird  at  midnight  to  converse  on  religion.  One  of 
them  is  resolved  to  leave  the  country;  a  soldier  having  been 
quartered  upon  him  as  a  punishment  for  his  supposed  leaning 
toward  Protestant  opinions. 

Asaad  Jacob.  This  youth  is  of  a  different  connexion,  having 
been  brought  up  in  the  Greek  church.  After  the  tumult,  occa- 
sioned by  the  attack  of  the  Greek  fleet,  he  took  refuge  with  Mr, 
Goodell.    There  he  soon  saw  the  folly  and  superstition  of  the 

8 


58  MISSION   IN   WESTERN   ASIA.  [Repmt, 

course,  in  which  he  had  been  educated,  and  was  at  once  able  to 
ineet  and  confute  the  priests.  The  state  of  his  mind,  and  the 
manner  of  his  arguing,  are  described  with  great  spirit  by  himself, 
in  letters  to  the  Corresponding  Secretary.  In  the  first  months  of 
the  present  year,  the  persecution  grew  so  warm,  that  he  feared 
he  could  not  remain  under  the  same  roof  with  the  missionaries. 
As  he  walked  the  streets,  he  was  assailed  with  the  most  bitter 
reproaches,  which  seemed  more  than  his  courage  could  enable 
him  to  bear.  As  he  is  of  a  tender  age,  a  strong  solicitude  is  felt, 
lest  he  should  be  intimidated,  and  withdraw  from  Christian  instruc- 
tion. 

Girgis,  an  Abyssinian.  On  the  18th  of  February,  Mr.  Smith 
arrived  at  Beyroot  from  Alexandria,  having  travelled  through 
the  desert,  and  the  land  of  the  Philistines.  With  him  came  Messrs, 
Gobat  and  Kugler,  destined  for  Abyssinia,  Mr.  Muller  for  Egypt3 
and  a  native  Abyssinian,  whose  business  and  character  were  such 
as  to  take  deep  hold  of  the  affections  of  the  missionaries.  The 
three  missionaries  last  named,  with  two  others  whom  they  left  in 
Egypt,  are  from  Germany,  sent  forth  and  supported  by  the  Eng- 
lish Church  Missionary  Society.  While  Messrs..  Gobat  and  Kug- 
ler were  waiting  in  Egypt,  with  a  wish  to  make  preparation  for 
entering  Abyssinia,  they  became  providentially  acquainted  with  a 
man,  who  was  sent  from  that  country  by  his  prince  to  obtain  a 
patriarch  from  the  Armenian  church.  It  has  heretofore  been  the 
practice  of  the  Christians  in  Abyssinia  to  receive  a  patriarch  from 
the  Coptic  church;  but,  in  a  recent  instance,  the  man  who  had 
been  sent  to  them  was  removed  from  office,  and  expelled  the 
country,  for  immorality;  and  they  determined  to  apply  elsewhere 
for  a  patriarch  in  future.  On  this  errand  had  Girgis,  an  Abyssin- 
ian, come  to  Cairo.  Mr.  Gobat  sought  an  introduction  to  him,  and 
they  read  together  in  the  Amharic  Gospels,  printed  by  the  British 
and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  of  which  Girgis  understood  the  whole. 
He  immediately  invited  Mr.  Gobat  to  return  with  him  to  his 
country;  but,  as  the  rainy  season  of  Abyssinia  was  approaching, 
they,  with  Mr.  Kugler,  concluded  to  accompany  Mr.  Smith  to 
Syria. 

Girgis  appears  to  be  a  frank,  open-hearted,  ingenuous  man, 
sincerely  desirous  of  obtaining  correct  views  on  religious  subjects, 
dnd  ro  give  evidence  of  a  spiritual  mind.     He  was  astonished  to 


1327.] 


Monthly  concert  jn  beyroot. 


59 


team  that  opposition  was  made  to  reading  the  Bible,  and  that 
men  were  punished  for  loving  to  read  it.  He  said  that  half  the 
people  in  his  country  were  able  to  read;  and  that,  though  they 
were  ignorant  and  depraved,  there  was  nothing  in  the  way  of 
their  receiving  scriptural  knowledge.  It  was  the  opinion  of  all 
the  missionaries,  that  they  had  not  seen  a  man  in  all  the  east, 
who,  on  their  first  acquaintance  with  him,  appeared  so  candid, 
docile,  and  ready  to  receive  the  truth.  He  was  not,  indeed,  alto- 
gether exempt  from  the  superstition,  in  which  he  had  been  edu- 
cated; but  he  bowed  implicitly  to  the  authority  of  Scripture. 

On  the  first  Monday  in  March,  the  monthly  concert  was  held 
in  Beyroot,  in  circumstances  of  peculiar  animation.  The  com- 
munion was  administered  to  sixteen  souls.  This  small  number 
contained  a  native  representation  from  Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  and 
America,  and  from  nearly  all  the  large  denominations  of  the  Chris- 
tian world.  All  were  now  united  in  the  same  great  principles  of 
the  Gospel,  several  having  been  recently  converted  from  the 
superstition  and  ignorance  of  corrupt  churches  Though  able  to 
speak  in  almost  as  many  languages,  as  were  spoken  on  the  day  of 
Pentecost,  the  same  spirit  pervaded  every  bosom. 

At  nine  o'clock,  A.  M.  near  twenty  Arabs  assembled  for  prayer, 
at  the  house  of  Mr.  Goodell.  Portions  of  Scripture  were  read, 
and  prayers  were  offered  in  Arabic  by  bishop  Carabet,  Wortaber5 
Mr.  Nicolayson,  and  Mr.  Bird. 

At  1 1  o'clock,  the  missionaries  *and  others  met  at  Mr.  Bird's. 
The  ordinance  of  baptism  was  administered  by  Mr.  Bird  to  the 
infant  child  of  bishop  Carabet.  The  exercises  were  in  Arabic, 
Then  followed,  in  English, 

1.  General  prayer  for  the  conversion  of  the  world,  by  Mr. 
Nicolayson,  a  missionary  from  the  London  Jews'  Society. 

2.  Prayers,  especially  for  the  mission  in  Beyroot — for  those 
who  persecute,  and  thosjp  who  are  persecuted,  by  Mr.  Gobat. 

3.  Prayer  especially  for  the  Jews,  by  Mr.  Muller. 

4.  Prayer  especially  for  Egypt  and  Abyssinia,  by  Mr.  Smith. 

5.  Distribution  of  the  bread,  in  the  Lord's  Supper,  by  Mr. 
Goodell. 

6.  Distribution  of  the  wine,  by  Mr.  Kugler. 

When  it  is  considered,  that  in  this  very  land  the  Gospel  was 
preached  by  several  of  the  apostles,  and  that  now,  after  a  long 
period  of  darkness,  the  light  of  divine  truth  begins  to  shrne  mto» 


(30  UlSSlWiV  IX  WESTERN  aSia.  [Report, 

the  minds  of  the  people,  and  the  Holy  Spirit  seems  to  operate 
upon  the  hearts  of  a  tew,  how  cheering  the  tokens  that  the  work 
of  the  Lord  is  reviving,  and  that  his  name  is  again  to  be  glorified 
here. 

Persecution.  From  what  has  been  already  stated,  it  sufficiently 
appears,  that  a  profession  of  the  Gospel  in  its  simplicity  cannot 
be  made,  by  any  class  of  nominal  Christians  in  Western  Asia, 
without  incurring  the  displeasure  of  rulers,  both  ecclesiastical  and 
civil,  and  hazarding  character,  property,  liberty,  and  life.  The 
Syrian  and  Maronite  patriarchs  issued  their  fulminating  procla- 
mations three  or  four  years  ago.  Since  the  latter  has  witnessed, 
with  his  own  eyes,  the  courage  and  perseverance  of  Asaad,  he  is 
evidently  concerned,  lest  the  teaching  of  the  missionaries  should 
make  other  converts  of  a  similar  cast.  He  is  therefore  resorting 
to  vigorous  measures.  On  the  15th  of  December  last,  immedi- 
ately after  the  escape  of  Pharez,  he  issued  a  proclamation  to  be 
read  in  all  the  Maronite  churches,  in  which,  after  much  railing 
and  false  accusation,  he  strictly  forbids  all  connexion  with  the 
missionaries',  in  the  way  of  buying  or  selling,  borrowing  or  lend- 
ing, giving  or  receiving,  attending  schools  or  teaching  them, 
acting  in  the  capacity  of  hired  men  or  rendering  any  other  ser- 
vice, on  pain  of  the  loss  of  office,  if  the  transgressor  be  a  priest, 
and  of  the  great  excommunication,  incase  he  be  one  of  the  com- 
mon people;  the  power  of  absolution  being  reserved  to  the 
patriarch  alone.  This  paper  was  read  with  great  vehemence, 
and  with  many  extempore  additions,  in  the  Maronite  church  of 
Beyroot.  The  patriarch  admits  that  the  missionaries  "are  un- 
wearied in  their  efforts;"  that  "they  clothe  themselves  with  the 
cloak  of  piety;1'  that  "they  go  about  manifesting  a  zeal  in  com- 
passionating their  neighbors;"  that  "they  have  opened  schools 
and  supplied  instructors,  all  at  their  own%xpense;"  that  "in  their 
outward  works  they  appear  as  men  of  piety;"  and  that  "the 
evil  grows  every  day." 

The  Greek  Catholics  feel  scarcely  less  consternation,  and 
manifest  similar  hostility;  and  the  devotees  of  the  Greek  church, 
though  much  less  inclined  to  persecute  than  their  neighbors,  do 
not  hesitate  to  reproach  and  threaten  any  members  of  their  com- 
mwniort,  who  seem  likely  to  be  carried  awav  bv  the  reasoning  or 


}t>27.{  PERSECUTION.  (it 

the    example    of   strangers,  whom  they  consider  as  pernicious 
innovators. 

As  to  the  Mahometans,  there  is  no  doubt  in  the  mind  of  any 
man  acquainted  with  these  countries,  that  so  long  as  things  re- 
main in  their  present  state,  the  profession  of  Christianity  by  a 
Mussulman  would  bring  upon  him  inevitable  and  immediate 
death.  The  rulers,  and  the  people  of  all  ranks,  would  act  with 
equal  zeal,  and  would  bring  down  the  exterminating  axe  with 
steady  and  inexorable  vengeance.  Just  before  Mr.  Smith  arrived 
at  Alexandria,  a  woman,  born  of  Mahometan  parents  and  mar- 
ried to  a  Greek  Christian,  was  found  to  have  the  sign  of  the  cross 
marked  on  her  arm,  as  an  acknowledgment  of  her  conversion  to 
Christianity.  This  was  sufficient.  She  was  brought  before  a 
magistrate,  and  condemned  to  be  drowned  in  the  Nile;  and  the 
sentence  was  immediately  executed,  in  presence  of  a  multitude 
of  approving  spectators.  The  crowd  immediately  kindled  a  fire 
to  burn  her  husband,  as  the  instrument  of  her  conversion;  and  he 
saved  his  life  only  by  embracing  Islamism.  This  he  could  do, 
never  having  been  a  Mahometan  before;  but  when  the  Koran  is 
renounced  by  any  one,  who  has  ever  received  it,  no  apology  or 
recantation  is  admitted.  In  what  manner  it  will  please  the  Lord 
to  open  a  way,  for  the  admission  of  truth  to  this  fanatical  people, 
it  would  be  of  little  use  to  conjecture.  That  some  way  will  be 
opened  we  need  not  doubt;  and  there  is  good  reason  to  conclude, 
that  it  will  be  such  a  way  as,  while  it  illustrates  the  power  of 
divine  grace,  will  give  ample  scope  to  human  agency.  A  race 
of  Christian  heroes,  not  much  behind  the  primitive  disciples, 
must  yet  be  found  in  every  part  of  Asia,  who,  if  not  called  to 
seal  their  testimony  with  their  blood,  will  stand  ready  to  do  it. 
Missionaries  will  do  well,  to  cultivate  the  same  kind  of  courage 
and  constancy;  for  the  day,  when  the  tyrannical  systems  of  the 
old  world  shall  be  broken  up,  will  be  a  day  of  no  small  peril  to 
those,  who  had  any  hand  in  producing  a  moral  revolution  of  so 
vast  an  extent,  and  so  radical  in  its  character.  But  this  should 
never  intimidate  any  man,  who  has  counted  the  cost  of  a  religious 
profession;  who  acknowledges  the  claims  which  Christ  has  upon 
him;  and  who  thinks  of  the  certain  and  permanent  triumph, 
which  truth  is  ultimately  to  gain  over  error,  and  of  the  imper- 
ishable crown  to  be  received  as  the  reward  of  fidelity  in  this 
great  conflict. 


6&  AUSSION   IN   WESTERN   ASIA.  [Report. 

Various  Notices.  It  is  remarkable,  that  the  agitation  and 
alarm,  felt  from  the  labors  of  the  missionaries,  originate  in  the 
fact,  that  the  dreaded  changes  are  the  result  of  reason,  reflec- 
tion, and  argument,  fortified  by  an  appeal  to  Scripture;  and 
that  they  are  followed  by  an  exemplary  purity  of  life.  A  mere 
change  of  religious  opinions,  which  left  the  individual  in  the 
same  ignorance  in  which  it  found  him,  and  as  much  the  slave 
of  sin  as  before,  would  excite  little  attention,  and  provoke  no 
hostility.  It  is  a  very  common  thing  for  people  to  change 
their  religion,  as  it  is  called;  that  is,  to  turn  from  one  modi- 
fication of  nominal  Christianity  to  another,  and  to  join  the  Greek, 
or  Greek  Catholic,  or  Maronite,  or  Latin  connexion;  and 
all  this  without  giving  great  offence  to  any  one.  But,  as 
Mr.  Goodell  well  expresses  it,  lto  become  serious  conscientious 
Christians;  to  take  the  word  of  God  as  the  only  rule  of  faith  and 
practice;  to  live  soberly,  righteously,  and  godly  in  the  world; — this 
awakens  all  the  malice  and  rage  of  minds,  that  are  enmity  against 
God.' 

It  has  been  said  at  Beyroot,  by  individuals  among  the  more 
respectable  of  the  people,  that  there  probably  has  not  been 
so  much  inquiry  on  religion,  in  that  region,  for  more  than  a 
thousand  years.  Even  the  bigoted  and  cruel  Mansoor  Shidiak 
candidly  admitted  to  Mr.  Bird,  that  there  had  been  a  great 
change  in  the  state  of  religion  around  Mount  Lebanon,  within 
four  years  past.  Before  that  time  all  was  quiet;  but  now  all  is 
opposition  and  controversy.  He  said,  also,  that  nobody  could 
deny  that  the  Protestants  are  more  correct  in  their  lives,  and 
nearer  to  the  requirements  of  the  Gospel,  than  the  Maronites. 

The  deplorable  state  of  morals  may  be  seen  in  the  fact,  that 
an  utter  disregard  of  any  obligation  to  .gpeak  the  truth  is  the 
characteristic  of  the  whole  population.  Many  openly  declare, 
that  there  is  no  other  way  of  getting  along,  than  by  telling  lies, 
whenever  it  suits  one's  convenience  or  interest;  and  it  is  a  mat- 
ter of  notoriety,  that  any  powerful  man  can  bring  as  many  wit- 
nesses as  he  needs  to  swear  to  any  thing  which  he  shall  dictate. 
The  continued  friendship  and  kindness  of  Mr.  Abbott,  the 
British  consul,  should  be  mentioned  with  gratitude.  There 
has  been  regular  preaching  by  the  missionaries  at  his  house, 
except  during  an  interval,  when  he  was  absent  at  Per  El  Ka- 


1827.]  JERUSALEM.  t>3 

mer.  The  services  were  in  English,  and  occasionally  English 
travellers  were  present. 

Peter  Giarve,  or  Jarwy,  who  denounced  the  missionaries  so 
vehemently  because  they  distributed  the  Bible,  visited  Rome 
last  year  to  be  confirmed  in  his  patriarchate,  and  had  not  re- 
turned at  the  last  intelligence.  Doubtless  the  pope  is  kept  very 
fully  advised  oi  the  state  of  things  in  Syria. 

Besides  the  three  German  missionaries  destined  to  remain  in 
Egvpt,  Mr.  M'Pherson,  irom  the  Wesleyan  Missionary  Society, 
resides  at  Alexandria,  where  he  has  collected  a  school  of  about 
20  native  children.  Mr.  Smith  was  much  gratified  in  forming  an 
acquaintance  with  this  devoted  fellow  laborer. 

Arabic  and  Armenian  types  are  obtained  to  aid  in  the  opera- 
tions of  the  missionaries  at  Beyroot,  and  elsewhere  around  the 
Mediterranean;  and  a  press  to  be  used  in  printing  Armenian 
books  has  been  presented  to  the  Board  by  a  generous  friend 
in  the  city  of  New  York.  The  press  and  types  have  probably 
reached  Malta  about  this  time. 

JERUSALEM. 

When  the  report  for  last  year  was  composed,  no  regular  ac- 
count of  the  residence  of  Messrs.  Fisk  and  King  at  Jerusalem, 
in  the  spring  of  1825,  had  come  to  hand.  Mr.  Fisk's  journal, 
sent  by  the  way  of  Marseiles,  was  never  received;  and  Mr.  King's 
journal  was  detained,  in  consequence  of  its  falling  into  the  hands 
of  pirates.  It  was  at  length  recovered,  however,  with  most  of 
the  other  manuscripts. 

On  their  way  to  Jerusalem,  the  two  missionaries  spent  about 
eight  weeks  at  Jaffa.  They  learned  at  Ramla,  that  none  of 
the  books,  which  they  had  sold  there  the  year  before,  had 
been  taken  away  from  the  purchasers,  and  that  they  had  suf- 
fered no  evil  from  the  Grand  Signor's  firman. 

Messrs.  Fisk  and  King  were  received  with  great  cordiality 
by  their  former  acquaintances  in  the  Holy  City.  On  their  arri 
val  being  announced,  some  came  out  to  meet  them  with 
lanterns,  and  prayers  were  offered  for  them  by  the  Greek 
priests.  It  was  in  the  evening  of  March  29th.  The  month  of 
April  was  a  time  of  extreme  suffering,  on  the  part  of  Greeks, 
Jews,   Armenians,   and  others,  the   Pasha  of  Damascus   having 


64  mission  to  western  asia.  [Report  t 

arrived  with  an  armed  force  to  collect  his  annual  tribute.  The 
Greeks  were  in  peculiar  trouble,  as  thev  were  poor,  and  the 
Turks  were  at  war  with  their  nation,  and  feel  a  deep  hostility 
to  their  race. 

The  superior  of  the  Greek  convent  of  the  Archangel,  where 
the  missionaries  lodged,  cherished  an  affectionate  remembrance 
of  Mr.  Parsons,  and  expressed  a  desire  that  many  more  evan- 
gelical laborers  might  be  sent  from  this  country.  Leaving 
Jerusalem  on  the  9th  of  May,  Messrs.  Fisk  and  King  passed 
the  village  of  Aboo  Goosh  without  molestation,  joined  several 
other  travellers  at  Ramla,  proceeded  north  through  the  valley 
of  Sharon,  met  with  the  adventures  on  the  plains  of  Esdraelon 
described  in  the  last  Report,  passed  through  Nazereth,  Cana 
of  Galilee,  Tiberias,  Magdala  and  Safet,  and  arrived  at  Tyre  on 
the  16th. 

Mr.  King  observes,  that  this  is  one  of  the  finest  parts  of  the 
country  he  had  visited.  It  is  diversified  with  hills  and  villages, 
and  appears  exceedingly  fertile,  and  capable,  if  under  a  good 
government,  of  sustaining  an  immense  population. 

While  at  Jerusalem,  Mr.  Fisk  preached  in  English,  Italia^ 
and  Greek,  and  Mr.  King  in  English  and  Arabic.  The  last 
Sabbath,  which  they  spent  there,  was  particularly  interesting. 

This  oppressed  and  afflicted  city  is  reported  to  have  surrender- 
ed to  the  Pasha  of  Acre,  in  the  fall  of  last  year,  after  a  long 
siege.  Travellers  who  left  the  place  about  that  time,  repre- 
sent it  to  be  in  extreme  confusion  and  dismay.  O  when  will 
the  people  become  wise  and  understand  the  things  that  belong  to 
their  peace.  • 

RETURN    OF-  MR.    KING. 

Nearly  five  months  elapsed,  after  Mr.  King's  arrival  in  Smyrna, 
before  he  recovered  the  remnant  of  his  effects,  which  had 
been  seized  by  the  pirates.  He  remained  a  month  longer,  viz. 
till  the  14th  of  June,  1826,  when  he  set  out  for  Constantinople. 
During  his  stay  at  Smyrna,  he  distributed  about  a  thousand 
Greek  and  a  few  Italian  tracts;  sold  several  Greek  New  Testa- 
ments; visited  five  or  six  Greek  schools;  preached  several  Sab- 
baths, on  board  English  and  American  vessels;  translated  one  or  two 
tracts  into  Greek:  preached  a  few  times  in  that  language;  read 


1827.J  RETURN    OF    MR.    KING.  U5 

nearly  all  the  New  Testament  in  Greek  with  several  individuals, 
and  heard  recitations  from  the  Gospels  on  the  Sabbath.  Two 
or  three  persons,  who  were  formerly  unbelievers,  received  from 
him  the  Sacred  Scriptures,  and  professed  now  to  find  joy  and 
consolation  in  them. 

The     Messrs.  Van    Lennep,  Mr.    Lee,  Mr.  Barker,  and    Mr 
Langdon,  showed  the  same  kindness  to  Mr.  King,  which  they  had 
formerly   shown   to  Mr.   Fisk  and  Mr.    Parsons,   and  for  which 
they  are  entitled  to  the  thanks  of  the  friends  of  missions. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  Hartley,  from  the  Church  Missionary  Society, 
accompanied  Mr.  King  to  Constantinople,  where  they  arrived 
June  22nd,  immediately  after  the  slaughter  of  the  Janizaries  in 
that  capital.  The  city  contains  forty  eight  churches  for  the  Greeks, 
and  three  or  four  hundred  Turkish  mosques.  The  patriarch 
of  Constantinople,  the  patriarch  of  Jerusalem,  who  resides  here, 
and  several  other  Greek  ecclesiastics,  received  Mr.  King  with 
the  same  kindness,  which  he  had  experienced  from  the  Greeks 
in  Egypt,  Palestine,  Syria,  and  Asia  Minor. 

It  was  stated  that  a  large  number  of  Jews,  some  said  two  or 
three  hundred,  and  some  four  or  five  hundred,  had  publicly 
professed  their  belief  in  Christ  as  the  Messiah.  The  fir- 
man of  the  Grand  Seignor  against  the  distribution  of  the  Scrip- 
tures did  not  prevent  Mr.  Leeves  from  giving  the  Bible  and  relig- 
ious tracts  freely  to  the  Christian  population. 

Soon  after  Mr.  King  left  Constantinople,  a  copy  of  his  fare- 
well letter,  which  has  been  already  mentioned,  found  its  way 
into  the  hands  of  Armenians,  who  brought  it  before  a  council 
convened  for  the  purpose.  The  laity  severely  censured  the 
abuses  there  exposed;  and  several  resolutions  were  passed,  with 
the  intention  of  diminishing  the  number  of  the  clergy,  and  re- 
straining their  vices. 

Returning  to  Smyrna,  Mr.  King  spent  the  month  of  July  there, 
and  was  then  kindly  accommodated  with  a  passage  to  Mahon. 
on  board  of  the  United  States  sloop  of  war  Erie,  by  the  way  of 
Tripoli  and  Algiers.  At  the  latter  place  he  spent  four  days, 
in  the  house  of  William  Shaler,  Esq.  U.  S.  consul.  While  there 
he  conversed  with  some  of  the  Koheyles,  a  distinct  people  in  the 
mountains.  They  use  the  Arabic  character  in  writing,  but  their 
hnguage  is  very  different  from  the  Arabic.      One  of  these  peo 

9 


I 

66  MISSION    1-N    WESTERN    AfelA.  [Report^ 

pie  told  Mr.  King  that  their  ancestors  were  Christians;  but  the 
present  generation  are  all  Mussulmans. 

At  Mahon,  Mr.  King  had  a  dialogue  with  a  priest,  on  the  foun- 
dation of  the  true  church.  It  was  probably  owing  to  this  circum- 
stance, that  he  found  it  difficult  to  obtain  a  passport  to  enter  Spain, 
till  he  applied  to  commodore  Rodgers,  of  the  United  States  flag  ship 
North  Carolina,  for  advice  and  assistance.  The  local  author- 
ities, knowing  that  the  U.  S.  officers  took  an  interest  in  the  affair- 
gave  such  a  passport  as  was  demanded  without  further  delay. 

Spending  a  tew  days  at  Barcelona,  Mr.  King  arrived  in  the 
south  of  France  on  the  5th  of  October,  just  four  years  from  the 
time  he  had  left  it,  when  he  commenced  his  term  of  missionar.v 
service.  Having  visited  the  Rev.  Mr.  Lissignol,  of  Montpelier, 
he  went  to  Nismes,  where  he  resided  a  great  part  of  last  winter, 
occasionally  attending  religious  services  in  neighboring  congre- 
gations. He  addressed  the  people  in  Protestant  churches,  on 
the  subject  of  missions,  and  found  them  exceedingly  eager  to 
hear. 

In  the  spring  he  came  to  Paris  and  gave  an  account  of  what 
he  had  done  in  the  service  of  the  Missionary  Society  there, 
under  whose  patronage  he  first  offered  himself  to  visit  the  east. 
A  few  friends,  to  whom  he  mentioned  the  utility  of  a  fount  of 
Armenian  types,  contributed  enough  to  defray  the  expense,  and 
he  accordingly  ordered  them,  before  leaving  the  metropolis. 

In  June,  Mr.  King  visited  England  and  proposed  to  several 
distinguished  individuals  the  design  of  procuring  Arabic  types. 
He  succeeded  in  obtaining  funds  for  this  object  also;  and  left  his 
orders  "with  a  type  founder  in  London.  Among  the  contributors 
are  a  number  of  well  known  benefactors  of  mankind.  Mrs. 
Hannah  More  was  highly  gratified  with  the  opportunity  of  en- 
rolling her  name  in  the  list;  as,  while  waiting,  at  an  advanced 
age,  in  humble  expectation  of  being  speedily  summoned  to  a 
better  life,  she  enters,  with  all  the  ardor  of  youth,  into  every 
plan  of  evangelical  effort,  which  promises  to  bring  the  knowl- 
edge of  salvation  to  any  portion  of  the  human  family.  Happy 
model  of  female  excellence  and  of  Christian  dignity.  Delight- 
ful influence  of  a  serene  old  age.  Blessed  state  of  preparation 
or  a  dwelling  in  a  house  not  made  with  hands,  eternal  in  the 
heavens. 


J 8.27.]  SMI  i:  S  I  0  7 

On  the  first  of  August,  Mr.  King  embarked  at  Liverpool,  ami 
arrived  at  New  York  after  a^  passage  of  ordinary  length.  The 
Committee  cannot  but  hope,  that  the  information  which  he  will 
be  able  to  communicate,  and  the  influence  of  his  public  rep- 
resentations, will  do  much  toward  exciting  our  churches  to 
promote  that  labor  of  love,  in  which  he  has  been  personally 
engaged. 

SMYRNA. 

1827. 

Rev.  EInathan  Gridley,  * 

r>        t     •  u  r>  /  Missionaries. 

Kev.  Josiah  brewer,      ^ 

The  expected  embarkation  of  Messrs.  Gridley  and  Brewer  was 
mentioned  in  the  last  Report.  They  sailed  from  Boston,  Sept. 
16,  1826,  and  landed  at  Gibraltar,  Oct.  22nd. 

As  Mr.  Brewer  is  supported,  while  laboring  in  the  service 
of  the  Board,  by  the  Female  Society  of  Boston  and  Vicinity 
for  promoting  Christianity  among  the  Jews,  he  makes  it  his 
special  object,  in  every  place,  to  obtain  information  concerning 
this  ancient  people,  and  to  do  all  in  his  power  toward  pre- 
paring the  way  for  imparting  the  Gospel  to  them.  He 
learned  at  Gibraltar,  that  the  Jews  in  that  city  were  variously 
estimated,  from  1,200  to  3,000;  that  a  great  part  of  them  are 
from  the  Barbary  coast,  and  strongly  attached  to  the  Talmud; 
and  that  they  perform  the  ceremonies  of  their  religion  with  con- 
siderable regularity,  but  with  little  appearance  of  seriousness 
or  devotion.  This  last  trait  of  character  belongs  to  the  Jews 
very  extensively,  if  not  wherever  they  are  found. 

Messrs.  Gridley  and  Brewer  spent  four  days  at  Gibraltar,  and 
then  took  passage,  in  an  American  vessel,  to  Malta.  %  During 
their  stay,  they  became  acquainted  with  Messrs.  Pratten  and 
Barber,  Wesleyan  missionaries,  J.  Pyne,  Esq.  a  leading  member 
■in  the  same  connexion,  and  Dr.  Hennen,  who  had  resided  at 
Malta,  and  known  the  American  missionaries  there.  They  also 
attended  worship  at  the  Wesleyan  chapel,  and  heard  the  great 
truths  of  the  Gospel  dispensed  to  a  small  but  attentive  audience. 

It  should  be  mentioned,  that,  on  their  passage  from  America, 
the  religious  state  and  privileges  of  the  seamen  were  inquired 
'into,     There  were  two  thoughtful,  praying  men  on  board,  and  all 


t58  MISSION    LV    WESTERN    ASIA.  [Hepori- 

listened  to  religious  exhortations  with  seriousness.   The  forecastle 
was  well  supplied  with  Bibles. 

On  the  way  to  Malta,  the  vessel  touched  at  Messina,  and  re- 
mained there  three  days.  The  number  of  Jews  residing-  in 
that  city  is  small. 

It  was  not  till  the  17th  of  November,  after  five  days  quarantine, 
that  Messrs.  Gridley  and  Brewer  landed  at  Malta,  and  were 
gladly  welcomed  by  the  family  of  Mr.  Temple.  Here  they  re- 
mained till  the  17th  of  December,  profiting  by  the  advice  of 
Messrs.  Temple  and  Smith,  Mr.  Jovvett,  from  the  Church  Mis- 
sionary Society,  Mr.  Wilson  from  the  London  Missionary  So- 
ciety, Messrs.  Keeling  and  Rule,  Wesleyan  missionaries,  and 
Dr.  Naudi,  a  well  known  friend  of  missions.  After  considering 
the  subject  in  its  various  bearings,  Smyrna  and  the  regions 
adjacent  were  thought  to  afford  a  field  of  more  promise  than  any 
other  at  present.  Mr.  Brewer  was  expected  to  labor  for  the  - 
special  benefit  of  the  Jews;  and  far  greater  numbers  of  this 
people  are  found  in  Smyrna,  Constantinople,  Salonica,  and  the 
neighborhood,  than  in  Syria  and  Palestine.  Mr.  Gridley  could 
more  easily  get  access  to  Greeks  from  Smyrna,  than  from  any 
other  place,  perhaps,  on  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean.  He 
took  with  him  from  the  Malta  press  a  large  supply  of  Greek  tracts, 
with  some  in  Italian.  Mr.  Brewer  was  favored  by  the  Malta  Jews' 
Society,  with  some  hundred  copies  of  portions  of  Scripture  in 
Hebrew,  and  some  thousand  tracts  in  Hebrew,  Greek  and  Italian, 
all  specially  intended  for  the  Jews. 

On  the  27th  of  December,  the  two  missionaries  arrived  at 
Smyrna,  and  soon  after  set  about  preparing  themselves  for  future 
labor. 

Mr.  Gridley  applied  himself  to  the  acquisition  of  modern 
Greek,  which  he  was  enabled  to  do  with  the  more  ease,  in  con- 
sequence of  his  living  in  a  respectable  Greek  family.  He  soon 
began  to  visit  Greek  schools,  and  to  supply  them  with  tracts; 
and  in  this  and  other  ways  his  stock  became  exhausted  by  the 
20th  of  February.  Another  supply  arrived  from  Malta  in  March. 
The  extreme  scarcity  of  books  in  Modern  Greek  renders  tracts 
very  acceptable.  Children  are  delighted  with  them.  Parents 
often  requested  them  for  their  children,  and  teachers  for  their 
pupils.  Priests  had  applied  from  a  distance,  intreating  that 
schools  in  their  villages  might  receive  tracts.     Amoncr   Greek* 


SMYRNA.  t59 

fin  different  coun  tries  some  were  found,  who  could  read; 
and  this  "Was  generally,  if  not  always,  the  case  on  board 
of  vessels.  In  Smyrna  alone,  Mr.  Gridley  had  found  thirty  one 
Greek  schools,  containing  about  a  thousand  scholars,  principally 
boys  under  twelve  years  of  age.  The  primary  object  of  these 
schools  is  the  learning  of  ancient  Greek.  Considerable  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  the  hand  writing.  The  Turkish  government 
will  not  permit  instruction  in  the  mathematics,  and  the  physical 
sciences.  Though  these  schools  are  kept  in  small  dark  rooms, 
without  any  conveniences;  and  though  the  teachers  have  had 
few  means  of  gaining  knowledge  themselves;  yet  it  is  evident, 
that  the  Greeks  are  sprightly,  inquisitive,  and  desirous  of  edu- 
cation. It  is  believed  that  a  school  at  Smyrna,  under  mission- 
ary direction,  would  be  of  essential  service  to  the  Greeks  ex- 
tensively. 

Mr.  Gridley  had  visited  Magnesia,  Cassaba,  and  Sardis,  before 
the  3rd  of  May,  when  his  last  letter  is  dated.  At  Magnesia,  he 
found  seven  Greek  schools,  containing  300  pupils,  who  are 
now  taught  Alcient  Greek  only.  But  there  is  no  impediment 
to  introducing  Modern  Greek.  In  this  city,  which  is  much 
pleasanter  than  Smyrna,  distant  only  14  miles,  there  are  sup- 
posed to  be  3,000  Greeks,  2,000  Jews,  3,000  or  4.000  Arme= 
nians,  and  70,000  or  80,000  Turks. 

Cassaba  is  30   miles   from   Smyrna,  and  contains  50,000  inhab- 
itants, of  whom   1,000  are    Greeks.       Mr.  Gridley  spent  a  night 
with   the   priests,  and   was  never    treated    with   more  attention 
He  had  previously  sent  tracts   hither  for  the    schools,  and   now 
left  an  additional  supply. 

Mr.  Gridley  had  commenced  preaching  in  Greek,  and  was  told 
that  he  was  understood  perfectly.  He  already  found  it  not 
more  than  twice  the  labor  to  write  in  Greek,  than  in  English. 
He  had  preached,  also,  on  board  the  U.  S.  sloop  of  war  Ontario, 
to  a  crew  of  200  men,  for  a  considerable  time;  and  was  invited 
to  preach  on  board  the  Constitution,  when  that  frigate  should 
arrive  at  Smyrna.  He  had  preached  on  board  of  merchant  ves- 
sels under  the  Bethel  flag;  and  quite  recently  had  been  invited 
by  the  Messrs.  Van  Lennep  to  preach  at  the  chape i,  where 
they  attended;  as  the  chaplain  was  expected  to  be  absent  for 
some  months.  In  these  various  ways,  a  field  of  usefulness  was 
^apidly  opening. 


70  .mission  in  western  asia.  [Report, 

It  is  the  opinion  of  all,  who  are  competent  to  judge  respecting 
evangelical  operations  in  this  part  of  the  world,  that  the  Scrip- 
tures and  tracts  will  never  be  properly  distributed,  except  by 
the  hands,  or  under  the  immediate  inspection  of  missiona- 
ries. Men  of  business,  even  though  favorable  to  the  cause  of 
Christianity,  and  strongly  desirous  of  seeing  it  promoted,  do  not 
find  the  proper  opportunities  tor  doing  good  in  this  way.  In  re- 
gard to  the  progress  of  religion,  as  well  as  any  other  great  public 
cause,  a  sufficient  number  of  men  are  needed,  whose  special 
business  it  shall  be  to  devise  and  execute  the  happiest  measures 
for  accomplishing  the  most  important  ends. 

Mr.  Brewer  left  Smyrna  on  the  22nd  of  January  for  Constan- 
tinople, and  arrived  there  on  the  2nd  of  February.  He  had  the 
happiness  to  sail  with  a  pious  ship-master,  capt.  March,  of  Bris- 
tol, England,  from  whom  he  received  special  kindness.  The 
particular  objects  of  this  Voyage  were,  to  ascertain  the  state  of  the 
Jews  in  that  capital,  and  to  gain  some  knowledge  of  the  Hebrew 
Spanish  language.  Mr.  Brewer  took  lodgings  in  the  suburb  of 
Pera,  near  the  house  of  Mr.  Leeves,  agent  of  tbe  British  and 
Foreign  Bible  Society,  and  acting  chaplain  to  the  British  embassy. 
Having  engaged  for  a  teacher  one  of  the  Jews,  who  assisted 
Mr.  Leeves,  in  translating  the  New  Testament  into  Hebrew, 
he  considered  himself  as  under  favorable  circumstances  to  study 
the  language. 

On  inquiry  into  the  precise  nature  of  the  commotion  among 
the  Jews  at  Constantinople,  the  following  facts  were  ascertained. 
Some  time  ago,  perhaps  in  the  autumn  ol  1825,  one  or  two  hun- 
dred Jews  had  associated  together,  and  signed  certain  articles,  with 
a  view  of  setting  aside  the  burdensome  institutions  of  the  Rabbis. 
About  the  same  time,  several  Jews  arrived  from  Jerusalem,  with 
whom  Mr.  Wolff  had  held  communication  there.  It  seems  prob- 
able, that  these  movements  were  owing  to  the  spirit  of  the  times 
having  reached  this  city;  and,  beyond  a  doubt,  the  circulation  of 
the  Hebrew  New  Testament  had  some  influence  in  producing 
them.  Such  innovations  soon  attracted  the  attention  of  the  lead- 
ing men  among  the  Jews,  and  special  edicts  were  issued  to  sup- 
press all  inquiry.  The  Turkish  authorities  were  invoked,  and 
bribes  were  used  to  bring  down  the  arm  of  vengeance  upon  re- 
fractory individuals.  This  led,  of  course,  to  a  system  of  conceal- 
ment, which  makes  it  difficult  to  ascertain  tho  real  circumstances 


[321. \  CONSTANTINOPLE.  71 

of  the  case.  That  a  considerable  number  of  Jews  are  seri- 
ously disaffected  with  the  old  state  of  things,  there  seems  little 
reason  to  question;  though  it  is  probable,  that  most  of  these  may 
think  it  expedient  to  go  back  to  nominal  Judaism.  Three  indi- 
viduals had  been  baptized  by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Hartley,  from  the 
Church  Missionary  Society,  on  their  giving  satisfactory  evidence 
of  real  conversion  to  Christianity.  Their  names  are  David, 
Haim,  and  Nisim.  They  had  been  obliged  to  secrete  themselves 
for  some  time  before  their  baptism,  to  avoid  severe  persecution. 

David  is  a  Rabbi,  now  about  36  years  of  age.  He  was  in  the 
habit  of  reading  the  New  Testament  with  his  wife,  for  three 
years  before  his  conversion. 

Haim  is  a  book-binder,  about  30  years  old,  and  has  been  very- 
forward  in  urging  others  to  read  the  New  Testament. 

Nisim  is  a  youth  of  seventeen,  and  has  been  called  to  endure 
great  trials,  as  a  consequence  of  his  professing  the  Christian  faith. 

Soon  after  their  baptism,  the  three  converts  were  discovered 
in  their  hiding-place,  and,  together  with  the  Armenian  who  had 
given  them  shelter,  were  imprisoned  by  the  Turks,  and  driven 
to  hard  labor,  chained  together  in  pairs.  Even  the  father  of  the 
youth  hired  the  oppressive  overseers  to  beat  his  son.  After  a 
while  some  relaxation  of  the  seventy  was  obtained  by  giving 
money  to  the  Turks. 

The  last  letter  received  from  Mr.  Brewer  was  dated  February 
28th.  He  does  not  mention,  how  long  he  supposes  it  will  be 
expedient  for  him  to  remain  at  Constantinople;  though  he  inti 
mates,  that  this  place  and  Smyrna  may  probably  be  desirable, 
as  permanent  stations  to  be  occupied  by  the  missionaries  of  the 
Board. 

Before  leaving  Western  Asia,  two  incidents,  which  were  omitted 
in  their  proper  places,  are  worthy  to  be  inserted. 

The  first  is,  that  an  Armenian  Christian,  whose  name  was 
•lacob,  who  had,  in  a  remarkable  manner,  been  sent  to  the  mis- 
sionaries at  Beyroot  for  instruction,  and  had  become  a  hopeful 
convert  to  the  truth  as  it  is  in  Jesus,  died  in  the  exercise  of 
faith  sometime  last  autumn.  He  bequeathed  his  little  property, 
amounting  to  about  fifty  dollars,  to  the  printing  of  the  Bible,  in 
the  Turkish  Armenian  language,  for  the  benefit  of  his  country- 
men. 


72  MISSION    AT    THE    SANDWICH    ISLANDS.  [fce/Wrf, 

The  other  incident  is,  the  happy  meeting  of  Messrs.  King  and 
Wolff  at  Smyrna,  after  they  had  been  separated  three  years, 
travelling  in  different  parts  of  Asia,  and  bearing  a  testimony  to 
many  classes  of  people,  scattered  through  these  populous  coun- 
tries, concerning  the  necessity,  the  excellency,  and  the  glory 
of  the  pure  Gt)spel.  They  had  experienced  much  of  the 
divine  favor,  and  seen  many  encouragements  to  perseverance  in 
their  work.  It  is  understood,  that  Mr.  Wolff  has  recently 
returned  from  England  to  the  scenes  of  his  former  labors,  and 
that  he  expects  to  devote  his  life  to  the  service  of  his  breth- 
ren, the  descendants  of  Abraham. 

GREEK  YOUTHS. 

Nicolas  Vlasopolos,  mentioned  in  the  last  Report,  p.  98,  died 
at  Monson,  where  he  was  pursuing  his  studies,  on  the  7th  of 
March  last,  at  the  age  of  22.  In  his  last  illness,  he  received  the 
assiduous  care  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Colton,  principal  of  the  academy, 
and  of  others  who  felt  a  deep  interest  in  him  and  his  nation.  He 
was  calm  and  composed  in  view  of  death,  and  never  regretted 
that  he  came  to  this  country.  He  had  been  instructed  in  relig- 
ion by  Mr.  King  in  Smyrna,  consulted  the  Scriptures  in  Italian, 
was  habitually  serious,  and  his  prevailing  state  of  feeling  was 
such  as  to  inspire  hope  respecting  his  spiritual  condition.  While 
able  to  study,  he  made  commendable  proficiency. 

Prassus  is  still  a  member  of  Monson  academy. 

Photius  Kavasales,  after  a  residence  in  the  United  States  oi 
more  than  tour  years,  sailed  for  Malta  in  June. 

Of  the  remaining  eight  young  Greeks  now  receiving  their 
education  in  this  country,  under  the  care  of  the  Board, 
four  are  members  of  Yale  college,  and  four  are  at  Amherst,  in 
different  stages  of  their  education.  Several  of  this  number  bid 
fair  to  be  distinguished  scholars. 

IV.  MISSION  AT  THE  SANDWICH  ISLANDb 

The  communications,  from  which  the  present  Report  is  com- 
piled, extend  through  a  period  of  fifteen  months,  from  Dec.  8, 
1825,  to  March  7,1827.  Nearly  the  whole  of  the  year  1826  was 
a  reason  of  severe  trial  to  the  missionaries.     Though  the  good 


f 


18l27.J  HONORURU.  '^ 

work,  which  had  been  so  marvellously  begun,  continued  still  to 
advance,  the  opposition  of  foreigners  had  unexpected  opportuni- 
ties of  developing  itself;  and  it  proceeded  to  such  a  length  as 
greatly  to  impede  all  the  beneficent  plans  in  operation,  and  to 
bring  serious  and  irreparable  mischiefs  upon  the  people. 

Reverses  and  trials  were  expected;  and  as  coming  from  the 
hand  of  God,  they  should  be  borne  without  murmuring,  and  with 
much  self-examination,  and  humility;  but,  so  far  as  men  are  the 
voluntary  instruments  of  producing  them,  it  is  proper  that,  in 
certain  cases,  reprehensible  conduct  should  be  exposed  as  a  pub- 
lic example. 

HONORURU. 

1820. 

This  place  is  on  the  south-western  side  of  the  island  of  Oahu, 
at  the  mouth  of  a  small  river.  It  is  the  seat  of  government, ^and 
has  a  harbor  more  frequented  than  any  other  at  the  islands. 

Rev.  Hiram  Bingham,  Missionary. 

Mrs.  Bingham. 

Mr.  Levi  Chamberlain,  Superintendent  of  Secular  Concerns. 

The  number  of  residents,  belonging  to  the  mission  family  at 
this  station,  has  been  diminished  more  than  one  half,  within  the 
year  past. 

The  health  of  Mr.  Loomis  had  been  some  time  declining;  and 
he  had  become  so  much  enfeebled,  as  to  be  unable  to  superin- 
tend the  printing  business.  There  was  no  prospect  of  his  re- 
covery, unless  he  could  visit  a  colder  climate.  It  was  thought  de- 
sirable, therefore,  that  he  should  return  to  America  for  the  double 
purpose  of  regaining  his  strength,  and  of  superintending  the 
publication  of  the  Gospel  of  Matthew,  whieh  was  nearly  ready 
for  the  press,  and  of  other  portions  of  Scripture,  as  they  should 
be  transmitted.  As  books  are  needed  so  much  faster  than  one 
small  printing  establishment,  with  the  unavoidable  interruptions 
attending  it,  could  furnish  them,  the  advantage  of  printing  in 
the  United  States,  under  the  eye  of  a  person  familiar  with  the 
language,  might  be  very  considerable.  In  advising  to  the  de- 
parture of  Mr.  Loomis  for  these  reasons,  the  missionaries  ex- 
pressed a  hope  that  he  might  be  invigorated  by  a  residence  in 
10 


74  MISSION    AT    THE    SANDWICH    ISLANDS.  [Report^ 

America,  and  thus  be  prepared  to  join  them  again  at  some  future 
period. 

In  compliance  with  this  advice  he  sailed  for  Valparaiso,  on  the 
6th  of  January  last,  and  took  passage  there  for  Baltimore,  where 
he  arrived  toward  the  end  of  June.  Though  his  health  had 
been  somewhat  improved  by  the  voyage,  he  was  still  quite  fee- 
ble. During  the  months,  which  have  since  elapsed,  the  kindly 
influence  of  a  different  climate  has  been  felt;  and  he  is  now 
able  to  attend  meetings  of  auxiliary  missionary  societies,  and 
thus  to  promote  the  designs  of  the  Board.  Mrs.  Loomis  and  her 
three  children  accompanied  Mr.  Loomis,  and  are  in  tolerable 
health.  The  eldest  child  of  Mr.  Kuggles,  a  daughter  in  the 
seventh  year  of  her  age,  was  sent  by  this  opportunity,  to  her 
relatives  in  America. 

Dr.  Blatchely,  also,  felt  compelled  by  a  sense  of  duty  to 
leave  the  mission,  in  consequence  of  long  continued  ill  health. 
He  had  suffered,  during  the  summer  of  1826,  from  a  slow  fever, 
and  did  not  think  he  could  survive  another  warm  season. 
Finding  a  favorable  opportunity,  he  took  passage  in  the  whale 
ship  Connecticut,  Capt.  Chester,  left  the  islands,  Nov.  6th,  and 
arrived  at  New  London  in  May.  The  captain  and  owners 
generously  declined  receiving  any  compensation  for  the  passage 
of  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Blatchely,  and  the  oldest  child  of  Mr.  Whitnej', 
sent  under  their  charge. 

It  is  a  painful  disappointment,  when  missionaries,  in  the  dis- 
tant parts  of  the  earth,  leave  their  allotted  spheres  of  action; 
especially  when  the  fields  are  white  to  the  harvest,  and  the 
laborers  are  few.  But  if  sickness,  in  a  tropical  climate,  has 
weakened  the  bodily  powers,  so  as  to  preclude  the  possibility 
of  useful  exertion,  to  seek  renewed  strength  by  a  removal  is 
often  the  best  economy.  The  missionaries  were  at  Kairua, 
holding  a  general  meeting,  when  Dr.  Blatchely  embarked.  He 
sent  a  representation  of  his  case  to  them  in  writing;  and  though 
they  were  not  altogether  convinced  of  the  necessity  of  an  im- 
mediate departure,  yet,  if  he  thought  it  necessary  to  go,  upon 
his  own  responsibility,  they  were  not  inclined  to  throw  impedi- 
ments in  his  way.  The  three  brethren,  who  were  then  with 
him  at  Honoruru,  wrote  a  parting  letter;  in  which  they  express 
an  opinion,  that  the  opportunity  is  more  favorable  than  could 
be  expected  again  soon,  acknowledge  with  gratitude  the  favors 


Jb27.J  HONOllUKU.  „ 

they  had  received  from  him,  and  commend  him   affectionately 
to  the  Christian  public. 

The  surgeon  and  surgeon's  mate  of  the  U.  S-  sloop  of  war 
Peacock  gave  a  certificate,  stating  that  they  thought  it  hazard- 
ous for  him  to  remain  at  the  islands  longer. 

It  appeared  to  some  of  the  missionaries  particularly  desirable, 
that  Dr.  Blatchely  should  have  remained  till  after  the  arrival 
of  another  physician  from  America;  not  only  for  the  benefit  of 
the  mission  families,  in  several  of  which  his  services  seemed  likely 
to  be  of  special  importance,  but  on  account  of  Karaimoku's  ill- 
ness. His  own  mind^however,  was  considerably  relieved  by  the 
fact,  that  the  surgeons  of  the  Peacock  were  then  at  the  islands, 
and  the  British  vessel  of  war  Blossom  was  expected  to  arrive 
not  long  afterwards. 

The  circumstances  of  these  removals  have  been  thus  detailed, 
because  the  withdrawing  of  a  single  sentinel  from  any  post  of 
Christian  observation,  and  especially  of  any  soldier  of  the  cross 
from  the  field  of  actual  conflict,  should  take  place  only  for 
weighty  considerations.  Indeed,  it  must  be  a  severe  trial  to  a 
man  of  a  devoted  missionary  spirit,  when  obliged  to  leave  his 
brethren  in  difficult  circumstances,  surrounded  by  enemies,  and 
yet,  as  the  case  may  be,  witnesses  of  the  efficacy  attending  their 
ministrations,  and  encouraged,  by  manifest  tokens  of  the  divine 
presence,  to  greater  activity  and  zeal. 

Persecution.  The  ordinary  course  of  Divine  Providence  is 
to  try  the  friends  of  God  by  adverse  occurrences,  in  the  early 
stage  of  beneficent  labors.  It  has  therefore  been  expected, 
from  the  very  origin  of  this  mission,  that  it  would  experience 
seasons  of  darkness,  which  should  brood  over  its  prospects;  and 
the  only  wonder  has  been  that  these  seasons  did  not  arrive 
earlier. 

It  is  one  of  the  greatest  calamities  of  heathen  nations,  that, 
when  they  are  first  visited  by  the  commerce  of  Christian  coun- 
tries, some  men  of  peculiarly  depraved  habits  and  manners  be- 
come residents  in  the  newly  discovered  lands.  The  noxious 
influence  of  these  men  is  not  fully  perceived,  till  efforts  are  made 
by  Christian  philanthropists  to  meliorate  the  condition  of  the 
people,  to  repress  vice,  and  to  implant  a  principle  of  piety. 
When  such  efforts  begin  to  be  attended  with  success,  a  svstem- 


7t>  AlH&Otf   AT    THE   SANDWICH    ISLANDS.  [liepori 

atic  opposition  is  excited,  which  rages  with  the  greater  violence, 
as  it  dreads  the  prevalence  of  holiness.  Thus  it  has  been  at  the 
Sandwich  Islands. 

When  the  purity  of*  the  Gospel  was    so    far  apprehended  by 
the  chiefs,  that   they  wished  to  restrain  and  punish  gross  wick- 
edness,  they  undertook,    from    conscientious    motives,  to    adopt 
some  regular  course   of  proceeding.     The  Ten  Commandments 
were  proposed  as  the  basis  of  their  criminal  code.     Some  of  the 
residents,  possessing    the    character  above    described,  took   the 
alarm;  for  they    rightly    judged,   that    their  licentious  practices 
would  be  prevented,  if  the  seventh  commandment  were  to  re- 
ceive an  interpretation,  which  should   be  sustained  by    the  au- 
thority of  law.       They  appeared,  therefore,    in    a    body,    and 
made  a  formal  remonstrance  against  the  chiefs   taking  measures 
to  form  any  criminal  code   whatever.      This   remonstrance  was 
urged  with  great  spirit  by  a  man,  who  had  shown  himself  friendly 
to  the  missionaries,  and  who  would  wish  to  be  thought  a  friend 
of  good    morals  by  his   acquaintance;  but  who,  in  this  instance, 
took  a  course    in  the   highest  degree    injurious    to  the  natives. 
Such  decided  opposition  to  any  restraint  upon  vice  greatly  em- 
barrassed the  chiefs  in  their  attempts  at  reformation;  for,  while 
vicious  foreigners  openly  and  vehement!}'   resisted    every    par- 
ticular measure,   which    gave  any    promise    of    being  effectual, 
the  missionaries  were  restrained    from  doing    any  thing    more 
than  urge  general  principles,  lest  they  should  depart  from  their 
instructions,  and  get  entangled  in  the  business  of  recommending, 
shaping,    and    executing   merely    municipal  regulations.      If,  at 
this  juncture,   there  had  been    at  the  islands,  unconnected  with 
the  mission,  a  layman  of  intelligence  and  weight  of  character,  in 
whom  the  chiefs  might  have  reposed   confidence   as    a  pious  and 
devoted  friend,   and  as  capable  of  advising  them   with   respect 
to  the  conduct  proper  to  be  required  of  foreigners  residing  there, 
and  with  respect    to  prudent  and  judicious  laws  to  be  enacted, 
at  the  commencement  of  their  jurisprudence; — such  a  man  might 
have  rendered  invaluable  service   to  the   present  generation  and 
to  remote  posterity. 

Thus  situated,  without  any  competent  adviser  in  regard  to 
particular  measures,  the  chiefs  nevertheless  enacted  a  law  for- 
bidding females  to  go  on  board  ships,  and  punishing  trans- 
gression  by  imprisonment,  during   the    pleasure   of  the  rulers. 


1$21.\  HONQRURU. 


7  7 


This  was  by  no  means  a  harsh  or  severe  law,  and  if  there  had 
been  no  foreign  interference,  it  would  have  remained  effectual 
here  as   it  actually   has  been  in  several  other  places. 

Such  had  been  the  influence  of  the  Gospel  upon  the  princi- 
pal females  at  the  islands,  that  they  were  sincerely  desirous 
of  promoting  Christian  purity;  and  the  great  majority  of  females, 
who  had  been  within  the  reach  of  instruction,  looked  with  shame 
upon  the  former  dissoluteness  of  the  people;  leaving  a  portion, 
who  needed  the  restraints  of  law  to  preserve  them  from  the 
temptations  to  which  they  were  exposed. 

In  this  state  of  things,  a  series  of  events  took  place,  which,  for 
the  honor  of  our  country  and  of  Christendom,  the  Committee 
would  gladly  pass  over  in  silence.  But  they  consider  it  very 
important  that  the  Christian  public  should  be  correctly  informed, 
respecting  the  causes  which  exert  a  happy  or  a  disastrous  influ- 
ence upon  any  mission  sent  from  this  country;  and  especially 
that  the  Board  should  have  all  the  materials  of  lorming  a  correct 
judgment,  in  every  case,  which  has  an  extensive  bearing  upon 
the  missionary  work,  as  carried  forward  under  their  direction. 

On  the  14th  of  January  1826,  the  United  States  armed  schooner 
Dolphin,  Lieut.  John  Percival,  arrived  at  Honoruru,  and  re- 
mained there  about  four  months.  As  this  was  the  first  public 
vessel  from  their  native  land,  the  missionaries  had  a  right  to 
expect  civil  treatment  at  least,  if  not  kind  offices,  from  all  on 
board.  In  their  reasonable  expectation,  however,  they  were 
lamentably  disappointed.  The  whole  sta}7  of  the  Dolphin  was 
very  unfavorable  to  the  interests  of  religion  and  morality,  and 
exceedingly  odious  and  oppressive  to  the  natives.  As  it  is  un- 
derstood, that  the  commander  will  be  called  to  answer  for  his 
conduct  to  a  naval  tribunal,  it  is  not  so  necessary,  as  it  otherwise 
might  be,  to  describe  at  length  his  encroachments  upon  the 
rights  ot  the  people  by  interfering  with  their  municipal  govern- 
ment. 

How  far  an  officer  of  the  American  navy  is  amenable  to  the 
national  authorities  for  attempting,  in  the  most  public  manner, 
to  subvert  the  moral  institutions  of  a  foreign  people,  the  Com- 
mittee do  not  undertake  to  say;  but  they  have  no  doubt  that  every 
man  is  justly  held  amenable  to  the  great  law  of  public  opinion, 
as  expressed  by  the  friends  of  good  morals  and  of  human  happi- 
ness throughout   the  world;  a  law,  by  whose   powerful  sanction 


78  MISSION    AT    THE   SANDWICH    ISLANDS.  [Report 

• 

the  weak  and  the  defenceless  may  be  protected  from  the  inso- 
lence and  the  oppression  of  the  strong,  in  cases  where  no  other 
remedy  can  be  applied.  It  cannot  surely  be  a  subject  of  com- 
plaint, that  every  human  being  should  be  responsible  to  his  fellow 
men,  for  a  series  of  deliberate  acts,  which  notoriously  bring 
guilt,  shame,  thorough  debasement,  disease,  and  extreme  misery 
upon  multitudes,  and  which  tend  to  make  these  evils  perpetual 
and  universal. 

Soon  after  the  arrival  of  the  Dolphin,  her  commander  express- 
ed his  regret  at  the  existence  of  a  law,  prohibiting  females  from 
visiting  ships  on  an  infamous  errand.  He  next  insisted  upon 
the  release  of  four  prostitutes,  then  in  the  custody  of  the  govern- 
ment for  a  violation  of  the  law.  This  demand  was  pressed  repeat- 
edly, and  in  the  most  persevering  manner,  till  at  last  it  was  par- 
tially successful. 

In  the  mean  time,  several  among  the  higher  chiefs  came  to  the 
missionaries  with  such  statements  as  the  following:  that  the  com- 
mander of  the  Dolphin  had  threatened  to  shoot  Mr.  Bingham, 
if  he  appeared  at  the  council  of  the  chiefs,  when  he,  (the  said 
commander)  was  transacting  business  with  them;  and  that,  unless 
the  law  against  prostitution  were  repealed,  he  would  come 
and  tear  down  the  houses  of  the  missionaries.  These  were 
the  statements  of  the  chiefs;  and  they  were  followed  by  earnest 
and  anxious  inquiry,  as  to  what  would  be  the  duty  of  the  natives, 
in  case  of  apprehended  violence.  The  missionaries  replied,  that 
such  threats  would  not  be  executed;  that  every  officer  of  the 
American  navy  was  accountable  to  his  government  at  home;  and 
that  the  chiefs  need  not  be  anxious  on  the  subject.  This,  how- 
ever, did  not  satisfy  them.  The  inquiry  was  still  pressed,  "What 
shall  we  do,  in  case  your  houses  are  attacked?  You  are  our 
teachers.  We  are  not  willing  to  have  you  killed.  If  we  lose 
you  we  cannot  get  other  teachers,  and  we  shall  be  left  in  dark- 
ness." The  answer  was  the  same  as  before.  "The  commander 
of  the  Dolphin  will  not  dare  to  molest  us,  while  found  only  in 
the  prosecution  of  our  duty.  But  even  if  he  should,  we  intreat 
you  not  to  resort  to  violence  in  our  defence."  Beyond  all  rea- 
sonable doubt  it  was  owing  to  this  mild  advice,  and  this  tender  feel- 
ing toward  persecutors,  that  blood  was  not  shed,  in  the  subsequent 
affray;  and  if  the  natives  had  become  so   much  exasperated,  as 


1827.)  HONORURU.  19 

to  exert  their  physical  force  to  the  utmost,  there   is   no  conject- 
uring how  far  the  evil  might  have  extended. 

On  Sabbath,  the  26th  of  February,  public  worship  was  held  in 
the  forenoon  as  usual,  when  3,000  people  attended.  The 
service  was  in  the  open  air,  the  roof  of  the  great  chapel  having 
fallen  several  weeks  before,  in  consequence  of  a  violent  rain.  In 
the  afternoon,  the  unfavorable  state  of  the  weather  prevented  a 
meeting,  as  the  hearers  would  have  been  without  shelter.  At 
five  o'clock,  Mr.  Bingham  went  over  to  the  house  of  Karaimoku, 
for  the  purpose  of  holding  worship  there,  with  such  individ- 
uals of  the  chiefs  and  others,  as  might  find  it  convenient  to  attend. 
Soon  afterwards,  six  or  seven  sailors  from  the  Dolphin,  armed 
with  clubs,  entered  the  upper  room,  where  the  sick  chief  was 
lying  on  his  couch,  with  his  friends  around  him,  and  demanded 
that  the  law  should  be  repealed.  They  threatened,  in  case  of 
refusal,  to  tear  down  the  houses.  Confusion  ensued;  and,  before 
the  rioters  could  be  made  to  leave  the  house  and  the  yard,  they 
had  broken  all  the  windows  in  front.  While  this  was  going  on, 
their  number  was  increased,  by  the  arrival  of  several  others,  who 
made  similar  demands.  When  driven  from  the  house  of  Karai- 
moku, they  directed  their  course  to  the  house  of  Mr.  Bing- 
ham. Seeing  this,  and  knowing  his  family  to  be  unprotected, 
Mr.  Bingham  ran  home  another  way,  hoping  to  arrive  there  first, 
Not  being  able  to  do  this,  he  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  rioters,  by 
several  of  whom  he  was  seized,  some  of  them  holding  a  club 
over  him  in  the  attitude  of  striking.  The  natives,  who  had  borne 
the  whole  with  astonishing  forbearance,  now  interfered  by  laying 
hold  of  the  sailors,  so  that,  in  the  bustle,  Mr,  Bingham  was  re- 
leased. He  was  afterwards  pursued  by  other  small  parties.  One 
sailor  aimed  a  blow  at  him  with  a  club,  and  another  stabbed  at 
him  with  a  knife;  but  he  happily  escaped  without  injury.  All 
the  rioters  were  secured  by  the  natives?*  After  this  affray  had  ceas- 
ed, ten  other  sailors  arrived,  a  part  of  whom  attacked  Mr.  Bing- 
ham's house,  and  broke  in  a  window.  While  two  were  attempt- 
ing to  force  the  door,  one  of  them  suddenly,  and  in  an  unac- 
countable manner,  turned  round  and  struck  the  other  with  a  club, 
so  that  he  fell,  and  was  carried  off  as  dead. 

Many  of  the  circumstances  of  this  outrage  are  omitted,  as  a 
full  explanation  of  them  could  not  be  given  within  moderate 
limits,  and  as  some  of  them  seem  to  fall  especially   within  the 


8U  xMISSION     AT    THE    SANDWICH    ISLANDS.  [Report, 

cognizance  of  a  court  martial.  It  is  proper  to  say,  however,  that 
the  chiefs  were  in  the  highest  degree  solicitous  to  prevent 
violence  being  offered  to  the  rioters.  They  cried  out  to  the 
people  earnestly,  "Do  not  kill  the  foreigners; — hold  them  fast; — 
handle  them  carefully."  To  which  one  or  two  answered  with 
spirit,  "How  can  we  handle  them  carefully,  when  they  are  arm- 
ed with  knives  and  clubs?*'  One  of  the  crew  of  the  Dolphin 
received  some  dangerous  cuts  from  a  sabre  in  the  possession  of  a 
native;  and  of  the  two  or  three  sailors,  who  had  joined  the  mob 
from  other  ships,  one  was  indebted  to  the  direct  interference  of 
Mr.  Loomis  for  the  preservation  of  his  life.  The  forbearance  of 
the  chiefs  was  owing,  principally,  to  the  advice  of  the  missionaries, 
already  mentioned,  and  to  the  apprehension,  that  if  any  sailor, 
belonging  to  a  government  vessel,  should  be  killed,  how  much 
soever  he  may  have  been  the  aggressor,  the  American  govern- 
ment would  be  offended.  Probably,  if  both  these  causes  had  not 
operated  strongly,  none  of  the  rioters  would  have  escaped  alive. 
Several  of  the  principal  chiefs  said, — indeed  it  was  the  general 
opinion  of  all  classes, — that,  had  it  not  been  for  the  influence  of 
Christian  instruction,  all  the  seamen  engaged  in  this  affray  would 
have  been  killed.  And  some  of  the  chiefs  said,  if  such  an  out- 
rage had  been  offered,  before  the  introduction  of  the  Christian 
religion,  not  only  the  rioters,  but  all  the  foreigners  in  the  place, 
would  have  fallen  victims  to  the  fury  of  the  people.  A  member 
of  the  mission  family,  who  was  an  eye-witness,  remarked,  that  if 
one  of  the  natives,  or  one  of  the  missionaries,  had  been  wounded, 
probably  all  the  exertions  of  the  chiefs  to  save  the  lives  of  the 
rioters  would  have  been  in  vain. 

On  the  evening  of  the  same  day,  Lieut.  Percival  waited  on  the 
chiefs,  not  to  make  reparation  for  the  injury  they  had  experi- 
enced; not  to  express  his  regret  that  the  Sabbath  had  been  vio- 
lated, the  services  of  religion  interrupted,  the  languishing  chief 
disturbed  in  his  own  dwelling,  the  unprotected  family  of  a  mis- 
sionary thrown  into  terror,  while  the  life  of  the  missionary  him- 
self was  in  imminent  peril;  and  that  all  this  had  been  done  by 
seamen  under  his  own  command,  in  a  national  vessel.  Not  to 
express  regret  did  he  come;  but  to  urge  the  repeal  of  the  ob- 
noxious law?  On  that  occasion,  and  in  such  circumstances,  he 
declared,  in  the  presence  of  the  principal  chiefs,  that  the  prohi- 
bition should  come  off:  that  he  was  determined  not  to  leave  the 


1827.]  H0N0RURU.  81 

islands  till  the  law  was  repealed;  and  that  he  had  rather  have 
his  hands  tied  behind  him,  or  even  cut  off,  and  go  home  to  the 
United  States  mutilated,  than  to  have  it  said,  that  the  privilege 
oi*  having  prostitutes  on  board  his  vessel  was  denied  him,  alter  it 
had  been  allowed,  as  he  alleged,  to  a  certain  other  individual 
whom  he  named.  Messrs.  Bingham,  Loomis,  and  Chamberlain 
were  present  at  this  conversation,  and  two  ot  them  at  least  took 
part  in  it.  * 

But  the  most  painful  portion  of  this  sad  history  is  yet  to  come. 
The  next  day  it  was  rumored,  that  females,  who  should  go  on 
board  ships,  would  not  be  punished;  and,  in  a  day  or  two,  the 
missionaries  learned  with  sorrow,  that  some  of  the  chiefs,  wearied 
by  importunity,  and  terrified  by  threats,  had  given  a  kind  of  indi- 
rect permission,  by  intima-ting,  that  if  any  females  should  resort 
to  their  old  practices,  it  should  not  be  very  strictly  inquired  into, 
but  they  should  simply  be  considered  as  disgraced  and  excluded 
from  the  society  of  the  good.  Accordingly,  a  considerable  num- 
ber repaired  on  board.  When  the  first  boat  with  females  pass- 
ed along  the  harbor  of  Honoruru,  in  the  dusk  of  the  evening, 
a  9hout  ran  from  one  deck  to  another  as  if  a  glorious  victory 
had  been  achieved — a  shout,  at  which,  as  we  may  suppose 
without  much  danger  o/  extravagance,  hell  rejoiced,  and  angels 
covered  their  faces  in  grief. 

When  Karaimoku  was  informed  of  the  permission  which  had 
been  given,  he  was  very  indignant.  He  called  before  him  the 
chiefs,  who  had  relaxed  the  authority  of  the  law,  and  inquired 
of  them  what  the  facts  were.  They  quailed  at  the  severe 
•rebuke  of  the  venerable  man,  and  wept  under  his  chiding.  But  the 
fatai  deed  was  done,  and  could  not  be  recalled.  The  flood-gates 
of  immorality  were  open,  and  a  deluge  of  pollution  could  not  be 
prevented.  Had  Karaimoku  been  in  health,  there  is  much 
reason  to  think,  that  so  awful  a  calamity  would  not  have  taken 
place. 

As  to  the  chiefs,  who  yielded  to  the  storm,  much  may  be 
said  in  extenuation  of  their  fault.  They  seriously  believed, 
that  the  lives  of  the  missionaries  were  in  danger;  and  that, 
unless  the  controversy  were  speedily  settled,  they  should  be 
deprived  of  their  teachers  by  the  hand  of  violence.  This  ap- 
prehension filled  some  of  them  with  grief.     One   was  of  a  very 

pliable  temperament,  and  could  not  muster  courage  enough  to 
11 


82  MISSION     AT    THE    SANDWICH   ISLANDS.  [Report 

make  strong  and  pertinacious  resistance  to  unreasonable  demands 
Besides,  they  did  not  know  to  what  extent  they  might  carry 
their  internal  regulations,  without  giving  offence  to  the  United 
States  or  Great  Britain;  and,  feeling  their  own  weakness,  they 
wished  to  avoid  collision  with  overbearing  foreigners.  After  all, 
how  few  places  are  there  in  Christian  countries,  where,  at  the 
close  of  a  similar  struggle,  a  better  result  could  be  expected. 

The  law  in  question  had  been  in  operation  three  months  be- 
fore the  arrival  of  the  Dolphin;  and  had  thus  far  proved  effect- 
ual. For  seven  weeks  after  that  arrival,  the  incessant  efforts  to 
procure  a  repeal  were  resisted.  The  reasons  assigned  for  adher- 
ing to  the  law  were  of  the  most  honorable  character,  and  such  as 
no  Christian  ruler  should  be  unwilling  to  avow.  It  was  simply 
alleged,  that  the  law  of  God  forbids  licentious  intercourse  be- 
tween the  sexes;  and  that  the  chiefs  wished  all  their  people 
to  obey  a  law  so  divine,  and  so  favorable  to  human  happiness. 

No  considerate  man  will  think  lewdness  a  small  thing,  even 
when  the  moral  feelings  of  a  community  are  such,  as  to  drive 
it  into  the  obscure  haunts  of  vice.  No  species  of  immorality  is 
more  debasing  in  its  influence  upon  those,  who  are  enslaved  by 
it.  But  in  most  heathen  countries,  and  especially  in  the  islands 
of  the  Pacific,  lewdness  is  an  evil  of  overwhelming  extent  and 
frightful  enormity.  Except  in  those  cases,  where  it  has  been 
lately  restrained  by  Christianity,  it  pervades  all  classes,  strikes 
at  the  root  of  domestic  enjoyment,  renders  the  family  state  im- 
practicable, brings  down  what  might  otherwise  be  society  to  a 
level  with  gregarious  animals,  prevents  all  intellectual  improve- 
ment, entails  upon  the  people  abject  poverty  and  the  most  loath- 
some diseases,  and  completes  the  catalogue  of  its  baleful  effects 
by  leading  to  the  horrid  prevalence  of  child-murder.  It  is  need- 
less to  add,  that  so  long  as  such  an  evil  remains  in  undiminished 
force,  all  attempts  to  secure  the  permanent  melioration  of  the 
people  must  be  fruitless. 

The  man,  therefore,  who  promotes  lewdness  at  the  Sandwich 
Islands,  either  by  example  or  advice,  cannot  be  ranked  other- 
wise than  as  the  enemy  of  all  improvement,  the  ou|)oser  of  every 
benevolent  effort,  the  prompter  to  infanticide,  and  a  sharer  in 
its  guilt.  He  sacrifices  to  the  basdst  passions  the  present  and 
future  interests  of  multitudes,  who,  in  the  midst  of  their  ignor- 
ance and  their   wretchedness,   deserve  not  such  a   tremendous 


1827.]  hoxoruru.  83 

infliction  at  his  hands.  And  if  he  goes  from  a  land,  where  the 
lights  of  knowledge  and  religion  have  been  shining  around  him; 
where  he  has  seen  and  felt  the  benign  influence  of  probity  and 
chastity  and  good  institutions;  how  can  he  be  willing  to  mingle 
a  cup  of  such  inconceivable  bitterness,  and  present  it  to  the  lips 
of  his  perishing  fellow  men?  And  most  of  all,  if  he  sustains  the 
character  of  a  public  agent,  and  stands  forth  as  the  representa- 
tive of  the  government  of  a  civilized  country,  and  sails  under 
national  authority,  and  wields  a  physical  force  for  the  protection 
cf  the  weak  and  the  injured,  and  all  these  means  of  a  beneficent 
influence  become  perverted  in  his  hands,  the  means  of  annoyance 
to  the  good,  the  instruments  of  terror  to  the  timid  and  irresolute, 
and  a  rallying  point  for  the  abandoned  in  principle  and  life; — what 
words  can  adequately  describe  the  deplorable  tendency  of  such 
a  course,  or  the  miseries  which  must  inevitably  result  from  it? 

When  it  was  known  that  the  law  was  prostrate,  Lieut.  Per- 
cival  called  upon  the  chiefs  to  express  his  gratification.  He  said 
he  was  now  at  ease;  and  that  he  intended  to  visit  Maui  and 
Hawaii,  where  the  prohibition  was  still  in  force,  and  compel 
the  chiefs  in  those  islands  to  rescind  it.  So  great  a  calamity  was 
kindly  averted;  and  Honoruru  alone  was  polluted  by  a  visit  from 
the  Dolphin.  The  influence  of  this  vessel,  during  the  subse- 
quent ten  weeks  of  her  stay,  may  well  be  imagined.  So  odious 
was  it,  even  in  the  eyes  of  the  common  people,  that  they  applied 
to  the  vessel  and  her  commander,  interchangeably,  the  appella- 
tion of  the  mischief-making-man-of-war. 

From  May  till  October  the  opposition  of  foreigners,  which  had 
received  such  an  impulse,  continued  to  rage  against  the  mission 
with  increasing  violence;  nor  did  it  receive  any  material  check 
till  December.  The  greater  part  of  visitors  and  residents  were 
evidently  not  pleased  with  the  hold,  which  religion  appeared  to 
be  taking  upon  the  hearts  and  lives  of  the  inhabitants.  If  the 
truth  should  continue  to  advance  for  a  few  years  to  come,  as  it 
had  done  for  two  years  past,  vice  would  not  only  be  unfashionable, 
but  a  vicious  man  would  be  an  object  of  disgust  and  abhorrence. 
Now  appeared  the  favorable  period  for  resistance;  and  it  would 
seem  as  though  the  hope  was  really  entertained,  that  Mr.  Bing- 
ham would  be  driven  from  his  post,  and  the  progress  of  the 
mission  effectually  checked.  His  life  was  threatened,  and  was 
generally  thought  to  be  in   danger.      As   he   was  the  only  or- 


&4  MISSION    AT   TOE   SANDWICH   ISLANDS.  [Report. 

Gained  missionary  at  the  place,  spoke  and  preached  in  the  native 
language  constantly,  and  had  much  intercourse  with  all  classes 
of  the  people;  it  was  not  strange  that  he  should  be  the  object  of  pe- 
culiar hostility  with  those,  who  would  gladly  have  prolonged  the 
reign  of  ignorance  and  wickedness.  It  is  not  to  be  understood, 
however,  that  all  visitors  of  the  islands  are  enemies  of  mora!  Im- 
provement, and  of  the  mission.  Some  well-meaning  men  are 
overawed  by  the  noise  and  violence  of  the  profane;  and  they 
choose  to  be  silent.  Others,  of  a  more  decided  cast,  take  the 
part  of  the  missionaries  and  defend  them.  Of  this  class,  the  num- 
ber has  of  late  been  exceedingly  small.  Grateful  mention  is 
made,  however,  of  the  kind  and  friendly  conduct  of  captain 
Sayre-,  of  the  Marcus,  and  captain  Page,  of  the  Dido,  who  were 
at  the  islands,  at  a  time  when  the  opposition  of  foreigners 
was  most  violent.  Perhaps  there  were  others  equally  merito- 
rious, whose  names  have  not  been  communicated. 

When  it   is   considered    how    earnestly  and   industriously  the 
mission  was  opposed  by  foreigners  during  the  whole  of  last  year: 
that  fhe  port  of  Honoruru  was  visited  by  more   than  a  hundred 
ships,  and  more  than  2,000  seamen;  that  every  species  of  false- 
hood was  resorted  to,  and  much  vulgar  abuse  poured  forth  upon 
the  mission;  and  that  uncivilized  people  are,  for   the  most  part, 
easily  made    to  distrust   their  benefactors:— when    these  things 
are  considered,  it  is  truly  remarkable,  that  for  many  months,  none 
of  the  chiefs  or    people   appear  to  have   had   their  confidence 
in    the  missionaries    shaken.      All  the  highest  chiefs  were,  and 
continued  to  be,  decided  friends;  and  so   were  the  people  down 
to  the  month  of  November.      At   that  time,   and    subsequently, 
some  chiefs,  of  inferior  rank,  were  led  into  vice  by  the  unceasing 
temptations  of  the  foreigners.     A    considerable    number   of  the 
people    followed   so  pernicious   an   example,  and  began  to  relish 
their  old  games  of  chance,  and  to   relapse  into  intoxication.     As 
the   opposers  had   predicted,  that  the  great  attention  to  religion 
would  be  temporary,  they  endeavored  to  accomplish  their  own 
predictions    by    openly  attacking   and   secretly    undermining   the 
influence  of  the  missionaries,  and  by  leading  the   natives,  «o   far 
as  possible,  into  gross  vice      For  this  purpose,  they  took   great 
pains  to  establish  horse-races,  in  such  a  manner  as  to   interfere 
with  the  solemn  religious  services  of  the  first  Monday  in  every 
month.     For  this  purpose  they  inveigled  some  of  the  chiefs  to 


1327.]  H0N0RURV.  <i5 

play  cards  for  money,  urging  as  an  inducement,  that  this  was 
practised,  and  deemed  honorable,  by  men  of  high  standing  in 
Great  Britain.  For  this  purpose,  they  induced  as  many  as 
possible,  to  return  to  drinking,  and  to  the  songs  and  dances  of 
former  times.  And  though  they  had  not  been  very  succe^ml, 
down  to  the  dates  of  the  last  intelligence,  in  this  war  upon 
the  best  interests  of  the  people,  yet  it  is  deeply  to  be  lamented 
that  a  party  was  forming,  which  avowedly  preferred  some  degree 
of  licentiousness  to  the  strictness  of  Christian  morality.  Every 
device  was  used  to  detach  the  young  king  from  the  instructions 
of  the  missionaries,  and  to  prejudice  his  mind  against  Mr. 
Bingham,  who  had  been  his  regular  teacher.  How  far  this  lad 
of  fourteen  will  be  suffered  to  fall  into  the  hands  of  those,  who 
would  corrupt,  debauch,  and  destroy  him,  must  be  left  to  the  de- 
velopements  of  Providence. 

Preaching  of  fHE  Gospel.  Public  worship  was  well  attended 
by  the  natives,  at  Honoruru.  Sometimes  4,000  souls  were  pres- 
ent, as  during  the  preceding  year.  Mr.  Bingham  made  a  tour 
of  Oahu,  attended  by  Kaahumanu  and  other  chiefs.  During  this 
tour,  the  Gospel  was  preached  to  nearly  all  the  people.  They 
were  faithfully  exhorted  by  the  chiefs,  and  gave  the  profoundest 
attention.  Schools  were  visited,  and  new  ones  instituted,  and 
the  effect  was  very  auspicious.  Mr.  Chamberlain  had  taken 
a  similar  tour  just  before;  and  though  he  is  not  a  preacher,  he 
had  it  in  his  power  to  give  much  good  advice,  and  to  ascertain 
the  real  state  of  the  people  in  the  different  villages  and  districts. 

When  Mr.  Bingham  was  absent  to  attend  the  general  meeting 
at  Kairua,  the  assemblies  on  the  Sabbath  were  very  large,  and, 
as  there  was  no  crdained  missionary  present,  leading  individuals 
among  the  religious  natives  conducted  the  services  with  great 
propriety.  How  extensively  serious  impressions  were  made 
upon  the  minds  of  hearers  could  not  be  ascertained;  but  in 
almost  every  place  where  religious  truth  had  been  communicated, 
some  persons  «eemed  to  be  deeply  affected.  Early  in  the  pres- 
ent year,  a  female  chief  of  high  rank  requested  Mr.  Bingham 
to  preach  to  those  of  her  own  sex,  who  professed  to  be  desirous 
of  learning  the  way  of  salvation.  At  this  select  meeting  700 
females  assembled. 


86  MISSION    AT   THE   SANDWICH    ISLANDS.  [Report^ 

Schools.  The  system  of  general  instruction  has  been  pursued 
with  commendable  zeal  and  regularity,  though  the  opposition 
above  described  was  not  without  its  influence  upon  every  part  of 
missionary  labor.  Such  was  the  pressure  of  business  and  of 
anxiety  which  it  occasioned,  that  two  quarterly  examinations  of  the 
schools  were  necessarily  omitted;  and  so  furiously  were  the 
missionaries  beset,  during  a  great  part  of  the  last  year,  that 
they  could  not  keep  the  public  journal  of  the  station  written  out 
in  full,  nor  maintain    their  usual  correspondence  with  the  Board. 

On  one  occasion  in  December  last,  when  captain  Jones,  of  the 
United  States  sloop  of  war  Peacock,  was  present,  the  pupils 
of  the  town  and  neighborhood  of  Honoruru  were  called  forth 
to  an  examination;  or  at  least  so  many  of  them  as  possessed 
slates,  or  could  obtain  them  by  purchasing,  or  borrowing.  Five 
hundred  and  seventeen  presented  themselves,  marshalled  in 
proper  order,  and  promptly  wrote  words  and  short  sentences, 
which  were  submitted  to  the  inspection  of  the  visitors. 

In  January,  an  examination  of  all  the  school-!  of  this  island, 
so  far  as  they  could  be  collected,  was  attended  to,  and  occupied 
four  days.  On  this  occasion,  7,177  adults  and  children  ap- 
peared, and  passed  under  review.  Most  of  them  could  read, 
spell,  and  recite  portions  of  hymns  and  tracts.  Twelve  hun- 
dred and  eighteen  could  write  a  decent  hand  on  a  slate.  Of 
learners  who  did  not  appear  at  the  examination,  1,126  were 
accounted  for;  making  the  total  number  of  learners,  connected 
with  the  schools  of  Oahu,  8,303. 

Printing.  On  executing  the  edition  of  hymns,  which  was 
mentioned  in  the  last  Report,  as  being  in  the  press,  the  number 
was  fixed  at  10,000  instead  of  15,000,  which  was  the  number 
first  contemplated.  Probably  the  reason  of  this  diminution  was 
the  want  of  a  portion  of  the  paper  for  more  pressing  demands. 
Of  the  elementary  tract,  which  answers  for  a  spelling  book, 
22,000  copies  were  printed  last  year,  making  63,000  in  the 
whole.  Between  June  1825,  and  October  1826,  of  tract  No.  2, 
there  were  printed  7,000  copies;  of  No.  3,  a  small  catechism, 
11,500;  of  No.  4,  containing  the  Decalogue,  Lord's  Prayer, 
and  other  things,  10,000;  of  No.  5,  original  compositions  of  the 
chiefs,  3,000;  and  of  the  parable  of  the  Good  Samaritan,  500. 
Since  Mr.  Loomis  left  the  islands,  a  tract  of  16  pages,  containing 


1827.]  waimea.  87 

our  Saviour's  Sermon  on  the  Mount,  and  some  other  extracts  from 
the  Gospel  of  Matthew,  has  been  published  in  an  edition  of 
15,000  copies  for  the  mission,  and  2,000  at  the  expense  of  two 
female  chiefs.  A  set  of  certificates  for  native  teachers  has 
also  been  printed.  Mr.  Bingham  superintends  the  press.  The 
work  is  done  principally  by  natives. 

Visit  of  the  Peacock.  This  national  vessel,  under  the  com- 
mand of  captain-  Thomas  Ap  Catesby  Jones,  arrived  at  Hono- 
ruru  about  the  middle  of  October,  and  remained  till  January. 
During  the  first  part  of  this  period,  Mr.  Bingham  was  absent. 
Such  had  been  the  influence  of  the  Dolphin,  that  the  remaining 
members  at  this  station,  not  knowing  the  character  of  captain 
Jones,  were  not  inclined  to  bring  forward  the  state  and  interests 
of  the  mission  to  his  special  attention.  '  He  was  exposed  to  the 
misrepresentations  ot  those,  whose  feelings  were  in  the  highest 
degree  adverse  to  the  religious  and  moral  improvement  of  the 
natives;  but,  with  an  independence,  which  cannot  be  too  highly 
commended,  he  determined  to  judge  for  himself,  and  to  wait  for 
evidence  before  he  formed  his  opinion.  Having  a  favorable  op- 
portunity to  get  this  evidence,  as  will  be  described  in  a  sub- 
sequent page,  he  did  not  hesitate  to  bear  a  most  decided  and 
honorable  testimony  to  the  mission. 

AVA1MEA. 

1820. 

This  place  is  on  the  southern  shore  of  the  island  of  Tauai. 

At  the  date  of  Mr.  Whitney's  last  letter,  which  was  on  the 
6th  of  March,  he  «was  about  removing  his  family  to  Lahaina, 
Mrs.  Whitney's  extremely  feeble  health  required,  that  she  should 
reside  where  she  could  receive  the  attentions  of  some  female 
friend  connected  with  the  mission.  Mr.  Whitney  had  also  lately 
experienced  a  severe  attack,  of  the  bilious  kind,  from  which  he 
had  but  just  recovered. 

Mr.  Ruggles  had  previously  left  this  station,  on  account  of 
health,  in  the  expectation  that  a  residence  at  Waiakea,  where 
the  change  of  air  is  very  great,  would  be  of  permanent  benefit. 

Though  these  removals  were  made  in  consequence  of  ur- 
gent necessity,  and  with  the  approbation  of  all    the  missionaries 


80  MISSION    AT    THE   SANDWICH    ISLANDS.  [Report, 

who  could  be  consulted,  it  was  a  matter  of  grief  that  the  station 
should  be  left  without  a  spiritual  teacher,  or  any  one  to  advise 
the  people,  or  superintend  the  schools. 

As  it  respected  the  people,  there  was  much  to  encourage  to 
faithful  labor.  The  wife  of  the  governor  had  been  admitted 
to  the  church,  and  three  others  were  proposed  for  admission. 
Not  a  tew  are  seeking  with  childlike  simplicity  the  way  to 
heaven.  There  are  fifty  flourishing  schools,  containing  more 
than   1,600  learners,  the  most  of  whom  can  read  and  write. 

The  house  ot  Mr.  Whitney  had  been  the  daily  resort  of  an  in- 
quiring multitude.  When  the  people  came  to  him  in  tears, 
and  wished  to  know  when  he  should  return,  the  only  answer 
Was,  When  the  good  people  in  America  should  send  him  an  associate. 
The  governor,  who  has  been  sincerely,  and,  from  the  first, 
friendly  to  the  mission,  was  so  desirous  of  having  an  associate 
teacher  with  |Vlr.  Whitney,  that  he  made  a  contract,  by  which  a 
sea-captain  engaged,  lor  a  stipulated  quantity  of  sandal  wood,  to 
procure  a  pasage  for  a  missionary  and  his  wife,  if  the  Board 
would  send  him  one.  As  this  island  is  not  much  exposed  to  the 
visits  of  ships,  it  is  hoped  that  the  people  will  not  be  so  much 
annoyed  by  wicked  and  profligate  foreigners,  as  some  other  places 
have  been.. 

LAHAINA. 

Rev.  William  Richards,  Missionary. 

Mrs.  Richards. 

Rev.  Samuel  Whitney,  Missionary. 

Mrs.  Whitney. 

Stephen  Pupuhi,      ^ 

Robert  Hawaii,  and  >  Native  Assistants. 

Taua,  •     S 

Mr.  Richards  felt  constrained  to  visit  Honoruru,  in  January  of 
last  year,  from  a  regard  to  the  delicate  circumstances  of  Mrs. 
Richards's  health,  it  not  being  safe  for  Dr.  Blatchely  to  leave 
Karaimoku,  then  in  a  very  critical  situation,  and  whose  life  seem- 
ed ol  great  importance  to  the  mission  and  to  the  people.  As  it 
became  known  to  the  inhabitants  of  Lahaina,  that  their  minis- 
ter was  about  to  be  absent,  they  exhibited  plain  indications  of 
attachment.     Many  wept,  and  all  expressed  sorrow,  in  the  strong- 


J  7.  LAHAINA.  •  89 

est  terms,  inquiring  what  they  should  do  without  a  shepherd. 
A  thousand  assembled  on  the  beach  to  take  leave;  and,  after 
commending  them  to  God  in  prayer,  Mr.  Richards  and  his  family 
embarked. 

On  the  19th  of  May,  after  an  absence  of  four  months,  he 
returned.  During  this  time  he  had  received  many  interesting 
letters  from  the  people  of  his  charge,  particularly  from  the  young 
princess  Nahienaena.  Mr.  Richards  would  have  returned  earlier, 
had  he  not  dreaded  a  visit  from  the  Dolphin,  which  was  threat- 
ened, in  case  any  missionary  went  there,  before  that  vessel  should 
leave  the  islands. 

The  number  of  pupils  appears  to  have  diminished  during 
this  interval,  but  the  schools  were  continued.  Religious  wor- 
ship was  conducted  regularly  by  Robert  and  Taua.  On  num- 
bering those  who  attended  private  prayer-meetings,  they  were 
found  to  amount  to  200;  and  it  was  supposed  that  prayer  was  offer- 
ed daily  in  two  thirds  of  the  families.  As  the  advantages  of 
Christianity,  when  compared  with  the  ancient  idolatry,  were 
very  apparent,  and  the  reception  of  the  Gospel  was  very  pop- 
ular, the  missionaries  thought  it  prudent  to  be  cautious  and  slow 
in  admitting  church  members. 

The  attachment  of  the  natives  to  Mr.  Richards  was  manifest, 
not  only  by  their  grief  at  his  departure,  and  their  joy  at  his 
return,  which  immediately  brought  numbers  of  them  seven  or 
eight  miles  to  see  him,)  but  by  their  solicitude  for  his  recovery 
when  sick,  and  by  the  earnest  attention,  which  they  gave  to 
his  instructions.  The  monthly  concert  is  attended  here,  much 
as  in  the  United  States.  The  people  are  made  acquainted  with 
the  state  of  the  heathen  in  all  parts  of  the  world.  Two  of  the 
prayers  are  offered  by  natives. 

At  a  public  examination  of  the  schools,  July  11,  1826,  there 
were  present,  from  29  schools  in  Lahaina,  568  male  pupils  and  570 
females,  in  the  whole  1,138.  Absent  members  of  the  same  schools, 
282;  making  1,420  enrolled  scholars  in  the  town  of  Lahaina. 
There  were  present  pupils  from  other  parts  of  the  island,  and 
from  neighboring  small  islands,  amounting  to  1,895,  making  the 
whole  number  present  3,033.  Of  these  more  than  three  fourths 
were  found  able  to  read  in  all  the  books  printed  in  the  language. 
From  what  was  known  of  other  schools  not  assembled  here, 
it  was  computed  that  about  8,000  were  deriving  some  instruction 
12 


90  MISSION    AT    THE    SANDWICH    ISLANDS.  [Report, 

in  letters  from  this  single  station.  The  school  of  the  young 
princess  was  much  distinguished  at  this  examination,  as  it  had 
been  at  preceding  ones. 

When  Mr.  Richards  was  absent  from  Lahaina,  at  a  general 
meeting  of  the  missionaries,  in  October  last,  the  station  was  vis- 
ited by  English  and  American  whaleships,  whose  crews  commit- 
ted gross  outrages  upon  the  peace  and  property  of  the  inhabitants. 
The  governor  was  absent  likewise,  and  the  place  was  left  in  the 
charge  of  a  female  chief,  a  neice  of  Karaimoku.  The  anger  of 
the  sailors  was  excited  by  the  fact,  that  prostitution  was  forbidden. 
This  prohibition  they  charged  upon  Mr.  Richards;  and  a  mob 
proceeded  to  his  house  for  the  purpose  of  killing  him,  as  they 
declared.  Net  finding  him  at  home,  and  his  house  being  guard- 
ed by  faithful  natives,  they  turned  to  such  of  his  other  property 
as  they  could  find,  and  destroyed  it.  Kekauonohi,  the  female 
chief,  with  admirable  spirit  and  energy,  commanded  all  the 
females  of  the  place  to  flee  with  her  to  the  mountains,  which 
order  was  promptly  obeyed.  The  riotous  sailors,  after  filling 
the  place  with  violence  for  a  number  of  days,  pillaging  the 
houses  of  the  unoffending  natives,  and  destroying  their  property, 
returned  on  board,  having  totally  failed  of  their  object.  The 
people  did  not  resist,  partly  becauee  they  had  no  high  chief  to 
lead  them,  and  partly  because  they  had  been  taught  the  peace- 
able maxims  of  Christianity.  They  submitted  to  the  spoiling 
of  their  goods,  knowing  that  they  were  persecuted  for  righteous- 
ness' sake.  The  town  of  Lahaina  contains  4,000  inhabitants. 
What  would  be  thought  in  this  country  of  the  crews  of  foreign 
vessels,  who  should  land  on  the  coast,  and  compel  all  the  females 
to  flee  into  the  interior  in  order  to  avoid  guilt  and  dishonor? 

Lahaina  is  on  the  southwestern  point  .of  the  island  of  Maui. 
The  mission  became  established  here  in  the  summer  of  1823. 

KAIRUA. 

1820,  recommenced  1824. 

This  place  is  on  the  west  side  of  Hawaii,  and  about  equi-distant 
from  the  northern  and  southern  points  of  the  island.  In  the  days 
of  Tamehameha,  it  was  the  seat  of  government  for  all  the  islands, 
and  the  governor  of  Hawaii  now  resides  here.  It  is  in  a  barren 
and  desolate  region,  on  a  rough  bed  of  lava.      No  sweet  water 


1827.]  KAIRUA.  91 

can  be  had  for  drinking,  except  that  which  is   brought   by   hand 
about  four  miles. 

Rev.  Asa  Thurston,  Missionary. 
Mrs.  Thurston. 

Rev.  Artemas  Bishop,  Missionary. 
Mrs.  Bishop. 

For  fifteen  months  before  the  autumn  of  1826,  there  was  a 
very  pleasing  attention  to  religion  at  this  place.  A  number  of 
individuals  were  thought  to  give  increasing  evidence  of  piety.. 
There  can  be  no  doubt  that  they  were  deeply  concerned  for 
the  salvation  of  their  souls,  and  that  their  conduct  was  essentially 
changed  by  the  motives  presented  in  the  Gospel.  A  safe  and 
prudent  course  has  been  pursued.  The  missionaries  have  not 
been  in  haste  to  admit  the  natives,  even  those  in  whom  they 
had  the  greatest  confidence,  to  a  profession  of  religion;  lest  in 
time  of  temptation  they  should  fall  away,  and  bring  a  reproach 
upon  the  cause. 

On  the  27th  of  September,  1826,  a  large  church  was  ded- 
icated to  the  service  of  God.  Mr.  Ely  preached  from  1  Kings 
viii,  27,  and  Mr.  Bingham  made  the  dedicatory  prayer.  This 
building  is  180  feet  long  and  78  broad.  The  posts,  fifty  one  on 
each  side,  are  firmly  set  in  holes  blasted  in  a  rock  of  lava.  The 
roof  and  the  sides  are  covered  with  firm  and  durable  thatch.  It 
is  hoped  that  the  building  will  last  twenty  years.  Some  idea 
of  the  amount  of  labor  bestowed  upon  it  may  be  formed  by  the 
following  facts.  All  the  men  in  the  district  were  called  out 
by  the  governor  in  the  February  preceding,  to  cut  the  timber,  and 
bring  it  from  the  mountains  by  hand.  In  this  manner  400  trunks  of 
trees,  from  40  to  60  feet  long,  were  collected  in  a  few  weeks.  The 
posts  having  been  raised  before  July,  the  people  were  again  called 
out  to  put  on  the  thatch.  About  4,000  came,  bringing  with  them  the 
materials.  In  a  month  they  had  accomplished  this  part  of  the  work. 
The  floor  is  a  bed  of  stones,  three  feet  deep,  laid  upon  the  rock,  and 
covered  with  a  thick  layer  of  rushes.  Mats  are  spread  upon 
the  whole.  It  is  supposed  that  6,000  persons  were  present  at 
the  dedication. 

This  is  certainly  a  work  of  great  public  spirit,  on  the  part  of  Ku- 
akini,  the  governor.  He  was  prompted  to  it  by  seeing  the  multitudes 


92  MISSION    AT    THK    SANDWICH    ISLANDS.  [RepOl't. 

assembled  for  religious  worship,  without  any  convenient  place  in 
which  they  could  hear  the  word  of  God. 

On  the  day  after  the  dedication,  the  people  were  again  assem- 
bled, and  were  addressed  by  Kuakini,  and  several  other  high 
chiefs,  all  of  whom  expressed  a  determination  to  follow  the 
precepts  of  Christianity  in  their  government. 

On  the  29th,  Mr.  Goodrich  was  ordained  to  the  work  of  the 
ministry,  having  previously  sustained  the  character  of  a  licensed 
preacher  from  the  time  of  his  leaving  America.  Mr.  Whitney 
was  ordained  at  the  same  place  in  November  1825. 

The  usual  audience  at  Kairua,  on  the  Sabbath,  consists  of 
about  3,000  souls.  Many  of  the  inhabitants  of  neighboring  vil- 
lages constitute  a  part  of  it.  The  missionaries  make  weekly 
excursions  to  more  distant  villages. 

In  December  1825,  Mr.  Bishop  commenced  a  tour  of  the 
island,  which  he  completed  in  the  beginning  of  the  following 
month.  In  this  circuit  of  350  miles,  he  preached  at  most  of  the 
Villages  on  his  way,  and  conversed  much  with  the  people.  He 
found  them  willing  to  hear,  and  favorably  impressed  in  regard 
to  the  Christian  religion.  They  felt  their  ignorance,  and  were 
ready  to  acknowledge  it.  Eighty  schools  were  in  operation,  con- 
taining not  less  than  4,800  pupils,  in  the  whole.  This  number 
was  greatly  augmented,  in  the  subsequent  months  of  the  year. 
Wherever  schools  were  found,  the  Sabbath  was  observed.  The 
people  abstained  from  labor  and  diversion,  and  listened  to  the 
exhortations  of  the  schoolmaster.  What  is  most  remarkable, 
drunkenness  was  almost  entirely  suppressed.  Mr.  Bishop  saw 
but  one  intoxicated  man;  though,  only  two  years  before,  the 
inhabitants  of  whole  villages  were  in  a  state  of  inebriation  at  the 
same  time. 

When  Kaahumanu  visited  this  island,  in  the  fall  of  1826,  Mr> 
Bishop  accompanied  her  in  a  short  excursion,  and  witnessed  the 
faithfulness  of  her  exhortations,  and  the  deep  and  solemn  in- 
terest which  she  manifested  in  the  moral  condition  of  the  peo- 
ple. She  was  formerly  very  haughty;  but,  since  she  became 
pious,  her  meekness  and  condescension  attract  much  observation, 
and  greatly  endear  her,  not  only  to  the  missionaries,  but  to  all 
classes  of  the  natives. 

On  one  occasion,  Mr.  Bishop  preached  to  10,000  hearers,  as- 
sembled in  a  cocoa-nut  grove.     This  vast  concourse   was  brought 


J827.J  WAIAKEA.  93 

together  by  proclamation  of  the  chiefs,  for  the  purpose  of  being 
instructed  in  the  design,  which  their  rulers  had  for  some  time 
entertained,  of  forming  a  code  of  laws  upon  the  basis  of  the 
word  of  God. 

The  Gospel  of  Matthew  had  been  translated  here,  as  well  as 
at  four  other  stations.  From  these  five  copies  a  standard  copy 
was  agreed  upon.  The  governor  very  kindly  aided  in  the  work 
of  translating. 

Mrs.  Thurston  had  been  in  a  declining  state  of  health,  but  ap- 
peared somewhat  better.  The  other  members  of  the  family 
had  been  exempt  from  sickness  the  last  year. 

Missionaries  from  all  the  stations  assembled  here  in  September, 
and  held  deliberations  for  several  weeks,  on  the  general  con- 
cerns of  the  mission.  The  chiefs  held  a  meeting  also,  at  the 
same  time.  Here  Karaimoku  died,  on  the  8th  of  February  last; 
but  this  event  deserves  a  more  particular  notice,  which  will 
be  found  unde$  the  head  of  General  Remarks  relating  to  this 
mission. 

WAIAKEA. 

1824. 

This  place  is  on  the  north-eastern  side  of  Hawaii,  and  is  also 
called  Byron's  Bay.  It  has  a  fine  harbor.  The  soil  in  the  vi- 
cinity is  very  fertile,  as  it  is  moistened  by  showers  almost  daily. 
The  climate  is  essentially  different  here  from  what  it  is  on  the 
other  side  of  the  island.  There  it  is  dry  and  sultry;  here  it  is 
damp  and  always  exposed  to  the  trade  winds. 

Rev.  Joseph  Goodrich,  Missionary. 

Mrs.  Goodrich. 

John  Honorii,  Native  Assistant. 

The  church,  which  was  mentioned  in  the  last  Report  as  com- 
menced, was  completed  in  December  1825,  and  dedicated  on 
the  last  day  of  the  year.  It  is  96  feet  long  and  30  broad,  and  has 
been  generally  filled  with  worshippers.  The  chief  of  the  place  is 
less  favorably  inclined  towards  Christianity,  than  are  the  rulers 
of  any  other  district,  in  which  "missionaries  reside.  He  is  not 
of  high  rank;  nor  has  he  any  influence,  beyond  the  effect  of  his 
example.     The  number  of  schools  is  increasing. 


94  MISSION    AT    THE    SANDWICH    ISLANDS.  [Report-, 


KAAVAROA. 

1824. 

This  station  is  on  the  western  side  of  Hawaii,  sixteen  miles 
south  of  Kairua,  and  near  the  place  where  Captain  Cook  was 
killed. 

Rev.  James  Ely,  Missionary. 

Mrs.  Ely. 

Thomas  Hopu,  Native  Assistant. 

A  letter  from  Mr.  Ely  dated  Nov.  23,  1826,  gives  a  full  and 
very  interesting  account  of  this  station.  Within  ten  miles  of 
the  place  were  schools  containing  more  than  2,000  pupils;  and 
about  the  same  number  were  taught  in  schools  more  remote, 
which  originated  from  the  influence  here  exerted.  Mr.  Ely 
is  of  opinion,  that  full  one  half  the  inhabitants  of  Hawaii,  reckon- 
ing men,  women,  and  children,  are  desirous  of  learning  to 
read;  and  that,  within  two  years  from  the  date  of  his  letter, 
20,000  persons  will  be  able  to  read  the  Gospels;  and  that  more 
than  that  number  of  copies  will  be  wanted.  The  people  will 
gladly  pay  for  books,  either  in  labor  or  in  the  produce  of  the 
country;  and,  in  this  way,  the  expenses  of  the  mission  may  be 
very  materially  diminished. 

The  chiefs,  who  reside  here,  have  always  been  friendly,  but 
are  becoming  more  and  more  kind  and  attentive  to  instruction. 
Naihi,  the  principal  chief,  has  enlisted  with  great  zeal  in  the 
pursuit  of  knowledge,  and  appears  very  thoughtful    and   serious. 

His  wife  Kapiolani  continues  to  give  evidence  of  decided  piety. 
Kamakau  and  Alapai,  the  first  an  old  man,  the  other  a  youth,  are 
considered  as  ornaments  to  the  church. 

The  people  generally  attend  public  worship,  and  many  of 
them  are  interesting  inquirers.  They  are  very  kind  and  atten- 
tive, and  ready  to  do  the  missionaries  any  favor  which  is  asked. 
"We  often  leave  our  house  with  unlocked  doors,"  says  Mr.  Ely, 
"and  our  goods  exposed,  and.  on  our  return,  we  always  find  them 
unmolested." 


1827.]  MISSION    AT    THE    SANDWICH    ISLANDS. 


GENERAL    REMARKS. 

The  history  of  this  mission,  from  the  landing  of  the  first  mis- 
sionaries to  the  date  of  the  last  letters,  comprises  a  period  of 
somewhat  less  than  seven  years.  The  change  which  has  been 
wrought  within  that  time,  is  one  of  the  most  remarkable  events 
to  be  found  on  record.  From  a  state  of  utter  ignorance,  on 
religious  and  moral  subjects,  the  chiefs  and  people  have 
been  so  much  instructed  in  the  Gospel,  and  have  so  far  been 
brought  under  its  influence,  that  the  salutary  effects  are  every 
where  perceptible.  Some  of  the  highest  chiefs,  who  possess 
nearly  the  whole  authority  of  the  islands,  bear  most  decided 
testimony  to  the  excellent  character  and  benevolent  labors  of 
the  missionaries.  The  most  distinguished  chiefs  have  for  some 
time  given  satisfactory  evidence  of  piety,  and  have  directed  their 
influence  constantly  to  the  promotion  of  religion  and  good 
morals  among  the  people.  The  great  complaint  of  the  opposers 
of  the  mission  is,  that  too  much  time  is  given  to  religious  ex- 
ercises, and  to  attendance  at  school. 

In  a  circular  letter,  printed  at  the  mission  press,  dated  Oct. 
3,  1826,  and  signed  by  eight  missionaries,  representing  all  the 
stations,  it  is  announced  to  the  world,  and  especially  to  all  the 
residents  at  the  islands,  whether  friends  or  enemies,  that  'nearly 
all  the  chiefs  and  leading  persons  on  the  islands,  and  many  others 
too,  had  been  taught  to  read  and  write  so  correctly  as  to  cor- 
respond by  letter;'  that  'the  vices  of  drunkenness  and  gambling, 
with  which  the  land  was  formerly  almost  overrun,  were  now 
limited  to  a  comparatively  small  number;'  that  'the  observance 
of  the  Sabbath  was  almost  universal;'  that  'schools  were  estab- 
lished in  every  part  of  the  islands^  attended  by  25,000  scholars 
in  the  whole;'  that  'a  number  of  the  leading  persons  in  the 
nation,  as  well  as  several  others  of  a  lower  rank,  publicly  de- 
clared their  belief  in  the  doctrines  and  rendered  obedience  to 
the  precepts  of  the  Bible;'  and  that  'thousands,  who  formerly 
devoted  their  time  to  gaming,  quarrelling,  and  the  practice  of 
iniquity  in  all  its  varied  forms,  and  thousands  who  wasted  their 
days  in  idleness,  were  now  assembled  in  schools,  and  in  the 
habit  of  spending  their  leisure  time  in  reading  scripture  tracts  and 
listening  to  instruction.' 


96  MISSION     AT    THE    SANDWICH    ISLANDS-  [Report^ 

This  circular  was  designed  to  meet,  and    indirectly  to  refute, 
the  cavils  and  misrepresentations  of  evil-minded   men.*      It  con- 
tained   a    developement    of  the    principles   of  the  mission,  and 
challenged   an    investigation.       Some   of  the   residents    at  Hon- 
oruru,  dwelling    much    upon    the    word  challenge,   formally  pro- 
posed   a    public    investigation.       The    missionaries,   after   some 
deliberation,   concluded   to  assemble    for   the   purpose;    though, 
after  their  long  general  meeting,  such  a    measure    was   attended 
with   great    inconvenience.       They  had   suffered  so  much,  how- 
ever, from  false  allegations,  which    they    had   no   opportunity  to 
meet,  that  they  were  desirous  of  giving  every  facility  to  an  inquiry? 
where  witnesses  could  be   introduced,    and   the    whole   business 
transacted  in  public.     They  supposed  that  the  residents  who  had 
laid  hold  of  the  offer  of  an  investigation,  intended    to  make  defi- 
nite charges  against  the    mission;  but,    on   attempting   to  settle 
the  preliminaries  of  the  meeting,  it  was  found  that  no  accusers 
were  to  appear,  but   that    the    missionaries   were    to  have    the 
privilege    of    vindicating   themselves   generally,    or    of  proving 
the  truth  of  their    own    assertions,  which  were  not   to  be   con- 
tradicted. 

The  meeting  was  held  on  the  8th  of  December,  in  the  pres- 
ence of  Captain  Jones  of  the  Peacock,  several  of  his  officers, 
and  many  others.  The  missionaries  appointed  Mr.  Richards 
to  speak  in  their  behalf,  and  Mr.  Charlton,  the  British  consul, 
took  the  lead  in  the  opposition.  He  brought  forward  the  busi- 
ness of  the  meeting  by  mentioning  the  circular; — allud.ed  to 
the  complaint  and  remonstrance  therein  made,  and  to  the  en- 
gagement of  the  missionaries,  that  they  would  substantiate  with 
witnesses  every  thing  they*  had  asserted; — and  then  said  that 
he  and  his  friends  had  assembled  to  hear  what  the  missionaries 
had  to  say  and  prove. 

The  missionaries  stated,  (in  accordance  with  what  had  been 
previously  stated  in  a  letter,  while  attempting  to  settle  the  pre- 
liminaries of  the  meeting,)  that  the  obvious  import  of  the 
circular  was,  that  if  any  assertion  contained  in  it  should  be  de- 
nied, or  the  character  or  conduct  of  the  missionaries  should  be 
impeached,  and  such  denial  or  impeachment,  should  be  presented 
in  a  definite    form,    and   any   attempts   should  be    made  to  sup- 

*  See  this  document  at  large  in  the  Appendix.  No.  JI. 


1827.]  GENERAL    REMARKS.  97 

port  it  by  evidence  then   the   missionaries    would  feel  bound  to 
answer,  by  the  introduction  of  testimony  on  their  part. 

To  this  Mr.  Charlton  replied,  that  he  and  his  friends  had  not 
come  together  as  the  accusers  of  the  missionaries,  although  he, 
for  one,  was  exceedingly  dissatisfied  with  the  operations  of 
the  mission,  and  had  made  official  complaint  to  his  govern- 
ment against  it.  He  proceeded  with  several  vague  and  ex- 
travagant declarations  and  insinuations,  with  a  view  to  leave 
the  impression  that  the  people  were  growing  worse  and  worse. 

The  missionaries  merely  demanded,  that,  if  these  things  were 
designed  as  charges,  they  should  be  written  down,  and  the  evi- 
dence produced  in  support  of  them. 

Mr.  Charlton  said,  for  himself  and  his  party,  that  they  were 
not  in  the  habit  of  writing;  but  that  he  knew  the  people  here, 
and  at  the  Society  Islands  also,  were  a  great  deal  worse  than 
they  were  when  Cook  was  here.  He  went  on  some  time, 
in  the  same  loose  and  desultory  manner  as  before. 

Two  American  captains  then  spoke,  in  a  very  boisterous 
and  insulting  manner,  but  without  making  any  charge,  or  allega- 
tion, whatever. 

To  all  this,  and  every  thing  else,  the  missionaries  replied: 
"We  have  challenged  an  investigation.  You  have  accepted 
the  challenge.  Let  your  charges  be  stated  definitely,  and 
bring  your  evidence  in  support  of  them;  then,  and  not  till 
then,  will  there  be  any  thing  for  us  to  do." 

Mr.  Charlton  said,  that  there  was  not  a  chief  on  the  islands, 
who  dared  to  testify  against  a  missionary. 

Another  opposer  added,  that  the  evidence  against  the  mission- 
aries was  of  such  a  kind,  that  it  was  impossible  to  get  at  it,  so  as 
to  bring  it  forward. 

The  missionaries  said,  that  they  did  not  expect  their  opposes 
to  bring  sworn  witnesses,  or  such  evidence  as  would  be  deemed 
legal  by  a  regular  court;  but  any  evidence,  of  any  sort^  which 
would  at  all  influence  a  candid  mind,  might  be  exhibited,  and 
to  such  evidence  they  would  reply:  but  if  no  evidence,  of  any 
kind  whatsoever,  could  be  exhibited,  then  they  should  confidently 
leave  it  to  the  friends  of  civilization  to  decide,  whether  their 
cause  and  character  did  not  remain  unimpeached. 

Captain  Jones  remained  a  mere  spectator,  until   he  perceived 
the  whole  ground  of  dispute;    and  then  rising,  proposed  that  the 
o 


98  MISSION   AT    THE   SANDWICH    ISLANDS.  [Report,, 

circular  should  be  read  entire,  that  it  might  be  looked  at  as  a 
whole;  for  he  thought  some  had  misunderstood  it,  in  conse- 
quence of  looking  at  it  in  detached  parts,  which  was  not  a  correct 
way  of  examining  such  a  communication. 

It  was  read,  according  to  his  request,  after  which  he  rose 
again,  and,  in  a  very  clear  and  explicit  manner,  stated  what  he 
thought  to  be  its  purport.  He  said  that,  as  he  viewed  the  sub- 
ject, it  was  the  business  of  those  gentlemen,  who  had  replied 
to  the  circular,  to  direct  the  attention  of  the  missionaries  to 
some  special  charge,  and  bring  their  evidence  in  support  of  that 
charge:  otherwise  nothing  could  be  done;  for  no  one  would  ex- 
pect the  missionaries  to  arraign,  try,  and  condemn  themselves. 
He  thought  the  circular  was  a  clear,  full,  and  proper  dec- 
laration of  the  objects  and  operations  of  the  mission,  and  that, 
the  public  were  candidly  and  fairly  called  upon  to  point  out  any 
mistakes,  either  in  principle  or  conduct,  and  to  bear  witness  of 
the  evil,  if  there  were  any.  He  thought  the  gentlemen  of 
the  mission  had  done  every  thing  they  could  on  their  part,  and 
that  now  the  burden  of  proof  must  lie  on  those,  who  accepted 
the  challenge;  and  if  charges  should  be  proved  against  the 
missionaries,  then  they  might  be  expected  to  answer. 

He  begged  pardon  for  his  intrusion  if  it  were  such,  and  took 
his  seat. 

This  seemed  to  damp  the  spirits  of  the  opposers  not  a  little, 
and  one  of  them  soon  moved  an  adjournment. 

Captain  Jones  rose  again,  and  said  he  did  not  wish  any  one 
to  think,  that  he  appeared  there  as  the  champion  of  the  mission- 
aries. That  was  not  his  intention,  though  he  had  taken  the 
liberty  of  expressing  his  opinion.  He  thought  the  missionaries 
might  err,  as  well  as  other  men;  and  where  he  thought  they 
could  improve,  he  was  ready  to  express  his  opinion  to  them, 
and  had  even  done  so;  and,  as  they  had  so  frankly  called  upon 
the  public  to  do  the  same,  he  saw  not  why  the  gentlemen  pres- 
ent should  refuse. 

Another  of  the  opposers  renewed  the  motion  for  an  adjourn- 
ment, and  the  meeting  broke  up. 

In  the  close  of  the  account,  which  the  missionaries  forwarded, 
of  these  transactions,  they  say:  "Thus  ended  our  trial,  as  it  has 
been  called,  although  our  enemies  did  not  dare  venture  in  writing 
even  a   single   charge: — and   that  too,  when  they  had  been    re- 


1327.]  GENERAL   REMARKS.  90 

peatedly  challenged  to  do  it.  In  all  these  occurrences,  we  have 
great  occasion  to  notice  the  finger  of  Him,  who  has  ordered  all  the 
circumstances  of  this  mission  with  so  much  wisdom  and  mercy." 

They  speak,  also,  very  respectfully  and  affectionately  of  Capt. 
Jones,  as  a  gentleman,  an  officer,  and  a  man  of  religious  principle; 
and  add,  "he  has  greatly  endeared  himself  to  us,  and  to  the  chiefs 
of  the  island." 

The  service,  which  this  officer  rendered  to  the  cause  of  truth 
and  good  morals,  on  an  occasion  so  important,  made  a  very  grate- 
ful impression  on  the  minds  of  the  Committee,  and  will  doubtless 
be  highly  appreciated  by  the  Christian  public.  When  about  to 
leave  the  islands,  more  than  three  weeks  after  these  transac- 
tions, and  when  there  had  been  sufficient  time  for  deliberation  and 
further  inquiry,  Captain  Jones  wrote  an  affectionate  farewell  let- 
ter to  the  missionaries,  in  which  he  bears  testimony  to  the 
good  effects  of  missionary  labors,  as  they  had  fallen  under  his 
own  observation,  both  at  the  Sandwich  and  at  the  Society  islands; 
says,  that  he  has  heard  of  ill  effects  of  these  labors,  but  has 
not  seen  them;  declares,  that  he  witnessed  the  readiness  of  the 
missionaries  to  meet  an  investigation,  and  to  answer  any  written 
charges,  which  could  be  susceptible  of  proof  or  refutation, 
and  that,  as  no  charges  derogatory  to  their  characters  had 
been  brought  forward  after  so  long  a  notice,  it  was  but  fair 
to  conclude  that  none  could  be;  and  expresses  sincere  acknowl- 
edgments for  the  kind  attention  he  had  received  from  the 
missionaries  individually.  He  concludes  by  saying,  "If  it 
should  hereafter  appear,  that  this  visit  has,  in  however  remote 
and  minute  a  degree,  contributed  to  further  the  missionary 
efforts,  I  shall  be  well  recompensed  for  the  long  absence  from 
my  family." 

Besides  the  native  teachers  already  mentioned  under  the 
title  of  Native  Assistants,  Richard  Kalaiaulu,  Kahikona,  Bar- 
timea  Lalani,  and  a  considerable  number  of  others,  have  been 
employed  to  conduct  prayer-meetings  among  the  people  at  dif- 
ferent places,  and  have  been  useful  in  this  way,  as  well  as  in 
teaching  and  superintending  schools.  In  every  district  of  all 
the  islands,  schools  have  been  established,  and  so  rapidly  have 
they  increased,  that  an  exact  register  of  them  all  had  not  been 
kept.     In  the  instruction    of  these  schools,    not   less  than    400 


100  MISSION    AT    THE    SANDWICH    ISLANDS.  [Report, 

native  teachers  are  employed,  who,  being  able  to  read  and 
write,  and  apparently  well  disposed,  are  in  no  small  degree  useful 
to  those  under  their  charge.  The  missionaries  have  adopted 
a  regular  system  of  employing  schoolmasters,  and  of  giving  them 
certificates  of  appointment. 

The  subject  of  marriage,  as  it  concerns  the  inhabitants  in 
their  new  circumstances,  has  demanded  much  attention;  and 
it  is  a  constant  part  of  missionary  labor  to  introduce  Christian 
principles  in  regard  to  all  the  intercourse  between  the  sexes. 

Among  the  numerous  decisions  at  the  general  meeting,  was  one 
directing  an  application  to  the  Board  for  a  reinforcement,  con- 
sisting of  at  least  five  ordained  missionaries,  a  physician,  and 
a  printer.  At  all  the  stations,  it  is  the  earnest  desire  of  most 
of  the  chiefs  and  many  of  the  people,  that  the  number  of  mis- 
sionaries should  be  increased;  and  that  every  village  should  be 
enlightened  by  the  Gospel. 

death  of  karaimoku.  This  distinguished  chieftain  possessed 
great  power  and  influence  at  the  islands,  during  a  period  of 
more  than  thirty  years.  He  was  a  hereditary  chief,  but  not 
of  high  rank.  His  capacity  for  public  business  recommended 
him  to  Tamehameha,  to  whom  he  proved  a  faithful  and  most 
responsible  agent.  From  the  death  of  that  king,  in  May  1819, 
till  his  own  death,  he  shared  the  principal  authority  with  Kaa- 
humanu.  For  the  last  year  of  his  life,  he  was  in  a  constant 
state  of  suffering  from  the  dropsy,  to  relieve  him  from  which 
he  was  the  subject  often  or  twelve  operations.  In  January  last, 
he  felt  so  well,  that  he  desired  to  visit  Hawaii,  thinking  he  should 
probably  die  there.  He  touched  at  Lahaina,  witnessed  the  re- 
ception of  the  young  princess  into  the  church,  and  proceeded 
with  a  degree  of  comfort  to  Hawaii.  Under  an  unsuccessful  op- 
eration he  fainted,  revived  a  little,  and  died  in  a  few  hours. 
The  missionaries  learned  from  Tute,  his  Tahitian  teacher,  that 
Karaimoku's  mind  appeared,  in  his  last  conversation,  to  be  stead- 
fast in  the  faith  and  hope  of  the  Gospel. 

Some  months  before  his  death,  he  had  his  parting  advice  to 
his  people  committed  to  paper.  Just  before  he  left  Oahu,  it 
was  read  to  him.  "These  are  my  sentiments  still,"  said  he, 
"and  on  the  day  that  I  am  taken  away,  I  wish  the  people  to  be 
assembled,  and  these  words  to  he  read  to  them  as   mine.*'     This 


1627. j  DEATH  OF  KARA1M0KC.  lUl 

document,  like  his  other  compositions,  since  his  professed  obe- 
dience to  the  Gospel,  is  described  as  breathing  a  spirit  of  piety, 
and  exhibiting  evidence  of  the  Christian  hope. 

Before  the  arrival  of  the  mission  at  the  islands,  this  heathen 
chief  had  never  learned  any  thing  respecting  religious  or  moral 
subjects.  Though  shrewd  and  sagacious  as  a  ruler  of  savages, 
and  as  accustomed  to  transact  business  with  many  sorts  of  men,  he 
had  been  habituated  to  most  of  the  vices  of  the  heathen  state. 
It  was  not  till  two  or  three  years  after  the  establishment  of  the 
mission,  that  Christian  instruction  appeared  to  exert  much  in- 
fluence upon  his  mind.  From  the  lime  of  the  insurrection  at 
Tauai,  his  conduct  seemed  to  be  regulated  by  religious  principle. 
The  evidences  of  his  Christian  character,  are  thus  enumerated 
by  Mr.  Bingham,  in  his  last  letter. 

"The  consistency  of  his  life  with  what  he  knew  of  the  requirements  of  the 
"word  of  God; — his  steady  adherenre  to  Christian  principles,  which  he  professed 
to  follow  since  his  contest,  preservation,  and  victory  at  Tauai; — hissteady,  warm, 
and  operative  friendship  for  the  missionaries,  and  his  constant,  and  earnest,  and 
efficient  endeavors,  while  his  health  would  allow  it,  to  promote  the  cause  of  in- 
struction and  religious  improvement  among  the  people; — his  constancy  in  at- 
tending the  worship  of  God; — his  firmness  in  resisting  temptation; — his  faithful- 
ness in  reproving  sin; — his  patience  in  suffering;— his  calm  and  steady  hope 
of  heaven,  through  the  atonement  of  Christ,  whom  he  regarded  as  the  only 
Saviour,  to  whom  he  had,  as  he  said,  given  up  himself,  heart,  soul  and  body,  to 
be  his  servant  for  ever; — all  combine  to  give  him  a  happy  claim  to  that  most 
honorable  title  of  rulers  on  earth,  a  nursing  father  in  Zion,  and  to  the  name  of 
'Christian,  the  highest  style  of  man.'  This  world,  he  said,  is  full  of  sorrow; 
but  in  heaven  there  is  no  sorrow  nor  pain; — it  is  good;  it  is  light;  it  is  happ?j." 

It  is  a  subject  of  gratitude,  that  the  life  of  so  important  a 
man  was  preserved  during  the  troubles  of  last  year,  when  his  sud- 
den removal  might  have  been  followed  by  most  disastrous  con- 
sequences. Thanks  should  be  rendered,  also,  for  the  gracious 
support  which  was  afforded  him,  during  his  long  illness,  as  death 
gradually  advanced.  The  power  of  religion  was  strikingly  man- 
ifest in  the  victory,  which,  in  this  instance,  faith  gained  over 
inveterate  habits,  pride,  the  love  of  sin,  and  the  love  of  the 
world.  Nothing  but  Christian  truth  ever  obtained  such  a  con- 
quest. 

It  is  not  improbable  that  some  of  the  natives,  disliking  the  re- 
straints of  a  strict  morality  and  the  claims  of  the  divine   law, 


102  MISSION    AT   THE   SANDWICH    ISLANDS.  [Report' 

may  form  a  party  io  opposition  to  the  progress  of  the  Gospel. 
Such  a  party  would  be  cherished  by  all  foreigners  of  loose 
principles  and  bad  character.  If  the  missionaries  are  called  to 
meet  opposition  in  any  new  form,  let  their  brethren,  scattered 
throughout  our  Christian  community,  intercede  for  them,  that 
they  may  receive  wisdom  from  on  high. 

The  debts  contracted  by  the   improvidence  of  the  chiefs,  have 
presented  a  serious  obstacle  to  the  work  of  improvement.     The 
amount  of  these  debts  is  found   to  be  about  $1 60,000;  and  the 
government  is  making  exertions  to  pay  them  off  soon.     For  this 
purpose  a  tax    was   recently  laid,  which,  considering   the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  people,  must  be   denominated  a  heavy   one. 
Every  able  bodied  man  is  required  to  cut  in  the  mountains,  and 
bring   to   some    prescribed    port,   half  a  picul    of  sandal  wood, 
which  is  valued  at  four  dollars,  and  is  taken  at  that  rate   by  the 
creditors  of  the  government.     On  his   complying  with  this  requi- 
sition, he  is    permitted    to  cut  the  same  quantity,  and    dispose  of 
it  for  his  own  benefit.     Such  a  privilege  was  never  before  grant- 
ed to  the   people,  and  is   one   proof  of  the  beneficial   effects  of 
Christianity  in  opening    the  minds  of  the  chiefs   to    principles   of 
right  and   wrong.      It  should  here  be    mentioned,    that    Karai- 
moku  had  for  some  time  been  in  the  habit  of  paying  his  laborers 
regularly  for  their  services,  instead  of  compelling   his    vassals  to 
work  for  him  without  compensation,  as   had  previously  been  the 
practice.     In  this  general   exertion  to  pay  off'  the    public    debt, 
every  adult  female  is  required  to  pay  one  dollar,  or  products  of  her 
labor  to  that  value. 

In  closing  the  account  of  this  mission,  the  Committee  would 
express  their  unfeigned  thanks  to  God  for  his  kindness  to  the 
missionaries,  when  placed  in  new  and  arduous  circumstances;  and 
for  the  prospect  of  sending  a  reinforcement  to  their  aid.  With 
the  permission  of  Providence,  such  a  reinforcement,  consisting 
of  four  ordained  missionaries,  a  physician,  a  printer,  their  wives, 
and  several  other  individuals,  will  embark  from  Boston,  about  the 
first  of  November.* 

*  See  Appendix  No.  III. 


1827.]  BRAINERI).  103 


V.     MISSION  AMONG  THE  CHEROKEES. 

The  country  now  inhabited  by  the  Cherokees  was  received 
by  them  from  their  ancestors.  By  numerous  treaties  large  tracts 
have  been  sold  to  the  United  States.  The  territory,  which  re- 
mains to  the  tribe,  is  supposed  to  contain  from  10,000  to  12,000 
square  miles,  or  from  6,000,000  to  8,000,000  acres.  About  two 
thirds  of  this  country  lie  in  the  N.  W.  corner  of  Georgia;  about 
one  fifth  in  the  N.  E.  part  of  Alabama  one  tenth  in  the  S.  E.  part 
of  Tennessee,  and  a  small  fraction  in  the  S.  W.  corner  of  North 
Carolina.  The  Chatahoochie  river  forms  the  S.  E.  boundary, 
and  the  Tennessee  river  the  N.  W.  boundary.  There  is  some 
land  of  the  first  quality:  much  that  is  of  inferior  value,  and 
not  a  little  entirely  incapable  of  cultivation.  The  number  of  peo- 
ple is  supposed  to  be  about  14,000. 

No  change  of  the  individuals,  connected  with  this  mission,  has 
taken  place  within  the  year  past,  except  that  two  unmarried  fe- 
males are  on  their  way,  to  aid  in  various  domestic  cares  and 
labors. 

BRAINERD. 
1817. 

This  place  is  situated  near  the  35th  parallel  of  latitude,  about 
7  miles  S.  E.  of  the  Tennessee  river. 

Rev.  Samuel  A.  Worcester,  Missionary. 

Mrs.  Worcester. 

Mr.  John  C.  Elsworth,  Teacher  and  Superintendent  of  sec- 
ular concerns. 

Mrs.  Elsworth. 

Mr.  John  Vail,  Farmer. 

Mrs.  Vail. 

Mr.  Ainsworth  E.  Blunt,  Farmer  and  Mechanic, 

Mrs.  Blunt. 

Miss  Sophia  Sawyer,  Teacher. 

Mr.  Luke  Fernal,  Mechanic. 

Mrs.  Fernal. 

Mr.  Henry  Parker,  Miller. 

Mrs.  Parker. 


104  MISSION    AMONG   THE    CHEROKEES.  [Report, 

Mr.  Worcester  is  still  employed  in  acquiring  the  Cherokee 
language,  with  a  view  to  preaching,  translating  the  Scriptures, 
preparing  school-books,  #c.  He  expects  to  remove  to  Newtown, 
in  a  few  months,  for  the  purpose  of  securing  some  advantages,  in 
regard  to  the  language  and  translations,  which  could  not  be  so 
well  secured  elsewhere. 

The  schools  continue  to  flourish.  The  examination  last  June 
was  peculiarly  gratifying.  Mr.  Worcester  gave  a  full  account  of 
it,  which  appears  in  the  Missionary  Herald  for  September.  Among 
the  instances  of  proficiency,  which  seem  quite  remarkable,  are 
these:  In  the  school  for  girls,  two  of  the  pupils  answered  sixty 
two  questions  in  geography,  (many  of  the  answers  being  very  long 
and  complicated,)  without  any  mistake,  except  in  regard  to  the 
southern  boundary  of  one  of  the  United  States.  In  the  school  for 
boys,  though  many  words  were  spelled,  in  different  parts  of  the 
spelling  book,  not  a  single  mistake  was  made  in  this  exercise.  The 
number  of  pupils  here  is  about  fifty;  of  whom  rather  more  than 
half  are  boys.  Some  of  the  girls  are  beginning  to  show  quite  a 
fondness  for  reading. 

Mr.  Parker  removed  hither  from  Carmel  last  winter,  as  his 
services  were  particularly  needed  for  tending  the  mills. 

The  smith's  shop  was  burned  by  accident  in  December,  which 
occasioned  considerable  loss,  not  only  by  the  destruction  of  pro- 
perty, but  by  the  delay  before  this  branch  of  business  could  be 
resumed.  The  Cherokees  in  the  neighborhood  felt  the  incon- 
venience of  this  interruption  very  sensibly. 

The  mission  family  has  suffered  much  by  the  ague  and  fever. 
Though  this  disease  has  generally  yielded  to  medicine,  within  a 
short  period,  yet  relapses  have  been  frequent.  There  is  reason 
to  fear  that  the  mill  pond,  half  a  mile  distant,  has  an  unfavorable 
influence  upon  health. 

CARMEL. 
1820. 

On  the  road  from  Augusta  to  Nashville,  62  miles  S.  E.  of 
Brainerd. 

Mr.  Isaac  Proctor,  Teacher. 

Mrs.  Proctor. 

Mr.  Josiah  Hemmingwav,  Farmer, 


i  8i27.  j  CREEK*  ATJI.  I0o 

It  was  found  on  trial,  that  the  farming  business  Of  the  station 
could  be  done  by  Mr.  Hemmingway,  with  some  aid  from  hired 
natives,  and  that  Mr.  Parker  could  be  more  advantageously  em- 
ployed at  Brainerd  than  here.  The  crops  of  last  year  were  abun- 
dant. Eight  hundred  bushels  of  corn  were  gathered,  with  a  suffi- 
cient quantity  of  forage  for  the  cattle  and  horses.  From  the  live 
stock  of  the  mission  a  supply  of  beef  and  pork  was  derived.  The 
example  of  farming  set  here  has  had  a  very  pleasing  effect  upon 
the  natives  in  the  vicinity,  and  has  stimulated  them  to  new  agri- 
cultural labors.  The  prospect  of  crops  the  present  year  is  very 
good. 

The  school  has  been  uniformly  in  a  pleasing  state.  The 
proficiency  of  the  scholars  is  very  respectable.  The  average 
number  through  the  year  is  about  25; — more  in  the  winter, 
fewer  in  the  summer,  when  they  are  taken  away  to  labor.  Sev- 
eral children  live  in  Mr.  Proctor's  family,  greatly  to  the  satisfac- 
tion of  their  parents.  In  some  instances,  there  is  a  rapid  im- 
provement; and,  in  one  instance  lately,  a  painful  disappointment 
of  the  hopes  of  the   teacher. 

Four  persons  have  been  added  to  the  church,  within  the  year 
past;  three  whites  and  one  native.  They  all  appear  to  give  re- 
markable evidence  of  piety.  There  are  twenty  nine  natives, 
now  members  of  the  church,  in  good  standing.  Four  or  five 
have  been  dismissed  to  join  other  churches.  There  is  much  i°-- 
norance,  however,  on  religious  and  moral  subjects,  still  remaining 
with  the  professors  of  religion,  and  much  skill  and  patience  are 
necessary  to  guide  them  aright  in  the  way  of  truth, 

CREEKPATH. 
1820. 

Situated  four  miles  south  of  the  Tennessee  river,  and  a  hundred 
miles  W.  S.  W.  from  Brainerd. 

Rev.  William  Potter,  Missionary, 
Mrs.  Potter. 

Mr.  Fenner  Bosworth,  Farmer, 
Mrs.  Bosworth. 
MissErminia  IS  ash. 
At  the  last  intelligence  from  this  station,  there  was  an  unusual 
degree  of  seriousness  among  the  people.      A  number  wer*  atn-- 

14 


iUt>  MISSION    AMONG    THE    CHERGKEES.  [RepO/\, 

iously  inquiring,  with  reference  to  their  own  salvation.  Some 
of  the  native  converts  lead  very  exemplary  lives,  and  greatly 
recommend  the  Gospel  by  the  consistency  of  their  conduct. 

The  Rev.  John  Allan,  of  Huntsville,  recently  attended  the  ex- 
amination of  the  school,  and  transmitted  a   full  account  of  it   to 
the  Corresponding    Secretary.      The    following    particulars   are 
taken  from  this  account.     A  considerable  portion  of  the  scholars 
read  with  fluency  in  English:  some  of  them  as  well  as  any  chil- 
dren, of  the  same  age,  among  the  whites.     A  number  had   made 
respectable  proficiency  in  grammar  and  geography.     The  exam- 
ination on  these  branches   was  thorough  and  highly  satisfactory. 
A  few    of  the    most   advanced  pupils  had    carefully  studied    the 
history  of  this  country.     There  was,  also,  an  exhibition  of  speak- 
ing.     The   girls   showed  specimens    of  needlework.     All  were 
then  examined  in  the  catechisms,  which  they  had  learned.     The 
exercises  were  closed  by  two  addresses; — one  of  them  by  an  aged 
Indian,    in    his    native   tongue,    who   warmly  recommended    the 
school  to  the  children.     "I  could  have  wished,"    says  Mr.  Allan, 
"that  all    those   who  feel  indifferent  or  opposed  to   missions  had 
been  present.     Their   ill-founded  prejudices    must   surely   have 
vanished,  in  view  of  such  an  interesting  spectacle." 

On  the  following  Sabbath  the  sacrament  of  the  Lord's  supper 
was  administered.  Mr.  Allan  remained,  and  took  part  in  the 
solemn  services.  He  describes  his  whole  visit  as  in  a  high  de- 
gree gratifying  to  his  Christian  and  philanthropic  feelings. 

The  little  society,  formed  among  the  native  females  here  un- 
der the  auspices  of  Catharine  Brown,  continues  to  raise  an  annual 
contribution,  in  aid  of  evangelical  operations. 

HIGHTOWER. 

1823. 

One  mile  south  of  Hightower  river,  and  about  eighty  miles 
S.  S.  E.  from  Brainerd  The  inhabitants  of  this  neighborhood  are 
nearly  all  natives. 

Rev.  Daniel  S:  Butrick,  Missionary. 
Mrs.  Butrick. 

During  last  autumn  the  school  was  continued  by  Miss  Proctor, 
who  had  been  very  useful  in  that  employment.     An  arrangement 


1327.]  W1LL8T0WN.  lO'i 

was  made  by  the  missionaries,  in  consequence  of  which  Mr.  Boudi* 
not  and  his  wife  resided  here  through  the  winter.  The  boys  were 
taught  by  Mr.  Boudinot,  who  also  aided  Mr.  Worcester,  in  his 
acquisition  of  the  language.  In  the  spring,  Mr.  Butrick  and  Miss 
Proctor  were  united  in  marriage.  There  are  some  encourag- 
ing appearances  at  this  station.  Several  of  the  church  members 
are  quite  engaged  in  their  holy  calling;  and  would  exceedingly  re- 
gret the  loss  of  the  school  and  the  removal  of  religious  privileges. 
The  exact  number  of  pupils  in  the  school  is  not  mentioned. 
Nine  on  ten  board  in  the  family,  of  whom  four  or  five  are  provid- 
ed for  at  the  expense  of  their  parents. 

W1LLST0WN. 

1823. 

Situated  in  Wills  Valley,  between  Lookout  and  Racoon  moun- 
tains, about  50  miles  S.  S.  W.  of  Brainerd. 

Rev.  Ard  Hoyt,  Missionary. 

Mrs.  Hoyt. 

Rev.  William  Chamberlain,  Missionary. 

Mrs.  Chamberlain. 

Mr.  Sylvester  Ellis,  Teacher. 

Mrs.  Ellis. 

John  Huss,  Native  Assistant. 

The  employment  of  Mr.  Chamberlain  is,  principally,  to  preach 
as  an  evangelist,  in  different  parts  of  the  nation,  where  his  ser- 
vices are  especially  demanded.  During  a  part  of  the  year  past, 
he  had  the  assistance  of  Mr.  Steiner,  as  an  interpreter,  and  sub- 
sequently of  other  individuals.  At  a  preaching  station  14  miles 
south  of  the  mission  house,  among  secluded  natives,  who  have 
had  little  intercourse  with  the  whites,  there  has  been  a  serious 
attention  to  religion,  on  the  part  of  three  or  four  individuals. 
The  wife  of  the  man,  at  whose  house  the  meetings  are  held, 
appears  to  be  truly  converted  to  God.  There  has  also  been 
more  than  ordinary  attention  to  preaching,  in  various  other  direc- 
tions. 

Mr.  Hoyt,  in  a  communication  dated  July  3d,  says:  "We  are 
called  to  give  thanks  to  God  for  his  abundant  grace,  in  preserv- 
ing the  unity  and  peace  of  the  church,  and  in  adding  to  our  small 


lOo  MISSION   AMONG    THE   CjH.KROKE.Ej5.  [Report  , 

number  two  more,  who,  in  the  judgment  of  charity,  have  been 
made  partakers  of  renewing  grace.  Among  the  people  there 
has  been  no  falling  off,  in  a  general  disposition  to  attend  preach- 
ing and  respect  the  Sabbath;  and  there  appears  to  be  a  gradual 
increase,  in  the  practice  of  the  moral  and  social  virtues,  and  in- 
dustrious habits.  Still,  in  more  instances,  we  have  to  lament  a 
want  of  attention  to  spiritual  things,  and  a  cold  indifference  re- 
specting the  Sabbath  and  the  house  of  God. 

The  school  has  been  small,  not  exceeding  eleven  children,  on 
an  average.  The  health  of  Mr.  Ellis  has  improved,  so  that  he 
has  attended  more  regularly  to  the  business  of  teaching  than  in 
former  years. 

Mr.  Darius  Hoyt  has  so  far  advanced  in  his  theological  educa- 
tion, as  to  have  been  licensed  to  preach  the  Gospel  by  the  Pres- 
bytery in  Tennessee,  under  whose  direction  he  has  been  study- 
ing at  Maryville. 

HAWEIS. 

1323. 

Cn  the  north  bank  of  Hightower  river,  about  50  miles  south  of 
Brainerd. 

Dr.  Elizur  Butler,  Physician  and  Catcckist. 
Mrs.  Butler. 

A  church  was  formed  here,  on  Lord's  day  Sept.  17,  1826.  But 
four  natives  were  admitted  as  members,  at  the  first  organization. 
Ten  others  were  proposed  to  be  admitted  afterwards.  At  the 
close  of  July  last,  the  number  of  church  members  had  increased 
to  twenty,  and  others  were  proposed  for  admission.  There  has 
been  a  great  readiness  among  the  people  to  receive  instruction 
in  religion. 

The  mission  family  suffered  much  with  sickness  in  the  early 
part  of  summer.  Before  that  time,  eleven  Cherokee  girls  were 
boarded  and  taught  in  the  family.  There  is  some  opposition 
to  religion  in  the  neighborhood;  but,  on  the  whole,  the  state 
of  things  is  improving. 

It  is  a  pleasing  fact,  that  a  pious  Cherokee  young  woman,  who 
received  her  education  in  Mr.  Potter's  family,  has  rendered  im- 


tb27.]  candy's  creek.  Ill 

portant  aid   in  the  domestic  concerns    of  this   station,  especially 
during  the  season  of  sickness. 

candy's  creek. 

1824. 

Twenty  five  miles  N.  E.  of  Brainerd,  and  ten  miles  S.  W.  of 
the  Cherokee  Agency. 

Mr.  William  Holland,  Teacher. 
Mrs,  Holland. 

There  are  some  striking  instances  of  the  effect  of  religious 
teaching  here.  Among  these  was  the  case  of  a  Cherokee  man 
and  his  wife,  who  live  in  a  retired  place  and  speak  no  English. 
The  man  was  long  in  a  Serious  and  anxious  state  of  mind,  and  at 
last  gave  pleasing  evidence  of  a  change  of  character. 

The  school  has  been  continued  as  heretofore,  and  is  increas- 
ingly useful. 

GENERAL    REMARKS. 

The  establishment  of  a  printing  press,  at  the  expense  and  un- 
der the  direction  of  the  Cherokees  themselves,  has  been  delayed 
by  various  causes;  but  seems  likely  to  take  place  soon.  The 
Committee  have  been  requested  to  execute  this  business,  and 
have  cheerfully  undertaken  it  for  their  Cherokee  friends.  Punches 
have  been  cut,  and  types  cast,  after  the  model  of  Guess's  alphabet, 
at  the  foundry  of  Messrs.  Baker  and  Greele,  Boston.  A  fount 
of  English  types  has  also  been  procured,  and  a  press  of  a  very 
superior  kind.  It  is  hoped  that  printing  will  be  commenced,  in 
Cherokee  and  English,  early  in  the  ensuing  year.  Mr.  Boudi- 
not  has  been  engaged,  by  the  Cherokee  council,  to  superintend 
the  publication  of  a  newspaper,  and  of  such  other  works,  in  the 
department  of  school-books,  translations,  $-c.  as  the  exigency  of 
the  times  may  call  for. 

A  very  considerable  advance  has  been  made  recently,  in  the 
organization  of  a  regular  civil  government.  Courts  have  been 
established  for  several  years,  and  justice  has  been  administered 
according  to  the  usages  of  civilized  countries.  The  national  coun- 
cil has  met.  annually,  and  exercised  the   functions  of  a  legislative 


110  MISSION    AMONG    THE    CHOCTAW'S.  [KepOrt.t 

body.  But  something  of  the  nature  of  a  regular  constitution 
of  government  was  deemed  necessary.  For  the  purpose  of  pro- 
viding such  an  instrument  a  council  was  held  last  summer;  and 
a  committee  was  appointed  to  prepare  the  draft  of  a  constitution, 
and  report  it  to  the  council,  which  is  to  assemble  in  the  present 
month,  October.  Some  dissatisfaction  was  manifested  by  the  less 
enlightened  of  the  people;  but  it  appears  to  have  subsided,  when 
mild  and  temperate  explanations  were  given. 

The  two  highest  chiefs  died  the  last  winter.  The  first  was 
Pathkiller^  an  uninstructed  Indian  who  could  speak  no  English. 
The  other  was  Mr.  Charles  R.  Hicks,  a  respectable  man,  who  had 
for  more  than  ten  years  been  an  exemplary  professor  of  religion. 
He  long  enjoyed  the  confidence  of  his  people,  and  proved  himself 
worthy  of  that  confidence.  To  great  moderation  he  joined  great 
firmness  of  principle,  and  his  death  must  be  considered  a  public 
loss. 

VI.     MISSION  AMONG  THE  CHOCTAWS. 

Though  the  principles,  upon  which  the  missionaries  among 
the  Indians  offer  their  services,  have  been  fully  explained  here- 
tofore, yet  it  may  be  useful  to  insert  in  this  Report  the  following 
paragraphs,  from  the  introduction  to  an  account  of  the  Choctaw 
Schools;  prepared  by  Mr.  Kingsbury,  and  published  last  winter, 
under  his  name,  in  an  Alabama  newspaper.  The  object  of  the 
writer  was,  to  communicate  facts  for  the  information  of  the 
people  in  the  neighboring  white  settlements;  and  thus  to  correct 
many  misrepresentations  which  had  gone  abroad. 

"There  is  one  point,  on  which  I  feel  it  a  duty  particularly  to  remark:  it  re- 
spects the  services  of  the  missionaries.  These,  so  far  as  pecuniary  compensa- 
tion is  concerned,  have  all  been  gratuitous. — Seven,  who,  with  one  exception, 
came  on  missionary  ground  with  vigorous  health,  and  in  the  bloom  of  life, 
have  finished  their  labors,  and  entered,  as  we  trust,  on  their  eternal  rest.  They 
sought,  and  they  obtained,  no  earthly  reward,  either  for  themselves,  theii 
friends,  or  their  children.  The  surviving  missionaries  have  no  expectation, 
that,  in  this  world,  they  will,  in  any  way,  receive  a  compensation  for  theii 
services. 

"The  missionaries  receive  food  and  clothing  for  themselves  and  families 
and  the  means  necessary  for  the  prosecution  of  their  work.  But,  lest  it  shouh 
be  supposed,  that  large  sums  are  drawn  from  the  funds  to  furnish  the  mission 
nries    and  their  families  with  clothing,  bedding  and  furniture,  it  must  be  stated 


1827.  j  ELUOT.  Hi 

• 

that,  hitherto,  most  of  the  missionaries  have  been  principally  supplied,  either 
from  what  was  their  own  property  or  from  what  has  been  furnished  by  their 
particular  friends. 

There  are  families  in  the  Choctaw  mission,  containing  from  four  to  seven 
individuals,  who  have  not  expended  from  the  funds  of  the  mission,  twenty- 
five  dollars  a  year,  for  their  clothing,  bedding,  and  furniture.  It  may  be  fur- 
ther remarked,  that  the  missionaries,  in  addition  to  their  own  services,  have 
applied  more  than  two  thousand  dollars  of  what  was  their  own  property  befoie 
they  joined  the  mission,  to  the  establishment  and  support  of  the  mission  and  the 
schools.  Nor  is  there  the  most  distant  expectation,  that  this  will  be  refunded, 
They  have,  also,  made  donations  to  different  societies,  to  a  still  larger  amount. 
It  is  with  reluctance  I  make  these  statements;  but,  on  account  of  the  erro- 
neous reports  and  inpressions  that  have  gone  abroad  on  this  subject,  I  feel  con- 
strained in  justice  to  the  cause  of  missions,  to  state  things  as  they  are. 

"We  put  in  no  claim  of  merit,  on  account  of  what  we  have  done.  It  is  no  more 
than  was  our  duty;  no  more  than  the  spirit  of  the  Gospel  requires;  no  more  than 
we  owe  to  Him  who  died  for  our  redemption,  and  who  enjoined  it  on  his 
disciples,  to  'go  into  all  the  world/  and  'teach  all  nations/  Nor  is  the  sacrifice 
of  doing  this,  so  great  as  many  imagine.  All  that  any  of  us  really  need  in  this 
world,  is  the  means  of  subsistence  while  we  live  in  it.  How  many  thousands  who 
have  no  higher  object  than  this  world's  goods,  labor  hard  all  their  days,  and,  at 
their  death,  leave  nothing  for  their  families?  And  how  many  thousands,  to  whom 
fortunes  are  left,  would  have  been  better  without  any?  All  the  mission- 
aries claim,  is  the  character  of  honest  men:  of  being  influenced  by  a  sincere  de- 
«ire  to  benefit  a  wretched  and  suffering  portion  of  the  human  family." 

Mr.  Philo  P.  Stewart,  who  was  compelled  by  ill  health  to  leave 
the  mission,  in  the  spring  of  1825,  and  who  has  since  spent  a 
part  of  his  time  in  rendering;  various  services  to  the  Board,  is 
now  on  his  way  to  the  field  of  his  former  labors.  He  is  ac- 
companied by  Mr.  Bliss,  who  made  a  visit  to  the  north  by  per- 
mission of  the  Committee,  Mr.  Elijah  S.  Town,  who  goes  to  May- 
hew  to  aid,  for  a  limited  time,  in  the  farming  department,  and 
six  unmarried  females,  who  have  been  approved  as  well  qualified 
to^be  useful  in  the  capacity  of  teachers  of  children  and  helpers 
in  domestic  concerns. 

ELLIOT. 

1818. 

Situated  in  latitude  33  and  a  half,  about  50  miles  east  of  the 
Mississippi  river. 

Mr.  John  Smith,   Farmer   and  Superintendent^  of  Secular 

Concerns. 
Mr?.  Smith, 


Jii2  mission  among  the  choctaws.  [Report* 

Mr.  Joel  Wood,  Teacher. 
Mrs.  Wood. 

Mr.  Zechariah  Howes,  Farmer. 
Mrs.  Howes. 

The  farming  business  of  this  station  is  managed  with  such  skill 
and  success,  and  so  much  advantage  is  derived  from  the  live 
stock,  that  the  station  has  more  than  supported  itself  the  year 
past.  About  a  hundred  acres  of  land  have  been  reclaimed  from 
the  wilderness,  since  the  commencement  of  labor  here,  of  which 
twenty  five  were  planted  with  corn  last  spring,  and  the  prospect 
of  a  good  crop  was  favorable  on  the  first  of  July.  The  health 
of  the  mission  family  was  uncommonly  good  for  several  months 
preceding;  though  several  members  suffered  severely  from  sick- 
ness last  autumn. 

The  school,  in  this  place,  some  years  ago  experienced  various 
disappointments,  arising  principally  from  the  fickleness  and  prej- 
udices of  the  natives,  and  the  inauspicious  influence  of  some  un- 
reasonable men  among  them.  The  state  of  things  has  been  im- 
proving of  late,  especially  within  the  last  year.  Mr.  Smith  and  Mr. 
Wood  write  in  terms  of  high  satisfaction,  and  with  expressions  of 
devout  gratitude  on  account  of  the  favorable  turn  in  this  respect. 
The  former  says,  "The  good  deportment  of  the  scholars,  their  un- 
common diligence  in  study,  their  subordination,  and  their  improve- 
ment in  learning  the  last  nine  months,  have  exceeded  the  most 
pleasing  anticipations  of  the  friends  of  schools, — have  put  to 
silence  enemies  and  gainsayers,  and  given  a  new  impulse  to  others, 
who  formerly  took  neutral  ground.  We  .cannot  always  judge 
accurately  from  appearances;  but  I  think  it  more  than  probable, 
that  we  shall  be  under  the  necessity  of  rejecting  numbers,  who 
will  be  offered  for  admission  at  the  commencement  of  the  next 

term." 

Mr  Wood  says,   "The. highest  class  is  further  advanced,  and 

more  promising,    than  any    class  of  equal   number,   which   this 

school  has  ever  contained.     Several  of  the  largest  scholars  have 

set  an    example  for  others,  in   study   and  behavior,    worthy  of 

imitation;  and  their  influence  has  been  salutary.      The  pupils 

generally  have   been   more   easily  governed   than   heretofore. 

Contentment  and  complaisance  have  been  visible  in  most  of  their 

deportment.     Religious  instruction  has  been  attended  to,  with  as 


1827.]  MAYHfcW.  115 

much  interest  as  is  common,  or  more.  A  few,  sometime  in  the 
winter,  and  especially  the  girls,  manifested  an  unusual  degree  of 
tenderness,  and  sometimes  wept.  We  feel  encouraged,  and 
would  record  these  tokens  of  divine  mercy,  while  at  the  same 
time  we  would  remember,  as  well  we  may,  that  except  the  Lord 
build  the  house,  they  labor  in  vain  that  build  it.  Goodness  and 
mercy  have  followed  us  all,  and  to  our  ever  blessed  Benefactor 
be  praise  and  honor." 

The  whole  number  of  native  pupils  taught  within  the  year  is 
44:  the  average  number,  38;  of  whom  26  were  boys,  and  12  girls. 
Children  of  the  mission  family  5.  Twenty  four  native  pupils 
write  on  paper;  seventeen  have  written  compositions;  the  same 
number  have  studied  arithmetic;  twelve  have  studied  geography; 
and  nine  have  applied  themselves  to  book-keeping.  Eight  boys 
and  three  girls,  (natives,)  can  readily  answer  about  400  questions, 
on  the  maps  of  the  world,  N.  and  S.  America,  Africa,  and  espe- 
cially the  United  States.  They  can  accurately  describe  the 
boundaries  of  the  several  states,  and  the  courses  of  between  30 
and  40  of  the  principal  rivers.  The  students  in  arithmetic  are 
in  various  stages,  from  multiplication  to  compound  proportion, 
Most  of  the  writers  have  been  taught  to  keep  a  counting  house 
calendar  and  to  write  notes,  orders,  &c." 

The  girls  have  made  178  garments,  under  the  direction  of 
Mrs.  Howes,  beside  attending  to  the  ordinary  employments  of 
housekeeping. 

The  boys,  under  the  superintendence  of  Mr.  Howes,  have  cut 
the  wood  for  eight  fires;  cut  and  helped  to  clear  two  acres  of  heavy 
timbered  land;  planted  and  hoed  more  than  twenty  acres  of 
corn  and  potatoes;  dug  300  bushels  of  potatoes;  split  500  rails; 
ground  meal  for  the  large  family  six  months  in  a  hand  mill,  and 
aided  in  milking,  and  in  washing  their  own  clothes,  besides  numer- 
ous occasional  jobs. 

Every  successive  examination  is  more  interesting. 

Articles  of  clothing  given  to  the  school  valued  at  $184. 

MAYHEW. 

1820. 

Ninety   miles   east  of  Elliot,  and   25   miles  west  of  the  line, 
which  separates  Mississippi  from  Alabama, 
15 


m 

114  MISSION    AMONG    THE    CHOCTAWS.  [Report, 

Uev.  Cyrus  Kingsbury,  Missionary,  and  Superintendent  of 
the  (-hoct  aiv  Mission. 
Mrs.  Kingsbury. 
Mr.  William  Hooper,  Teacher, 
Miss  Anna  Burnham,  Teacher. 
Mr.  Anson  Gleason,  Teacher. 
Mrs.  Gleason. 

Mr.  Stephen  B.  Macomber,  Teacher. 
Mrs.  Macomber. 
Miss  Phiiena  Thatcher. 

All  the  individuals,  mentioned  in  the  above  list  as  teachers,  are 
not  employed  in  that  capacity  at  present.  Mr.  Macomber's  time 
is  taken  up  in  attending"  upon  his  wife,  who  is  apparently  in  the 
last  stages  of  a  decline.  Mr.  Hooper  being  temporarily  relieved 
in  his  department  by  Mr.  Gleason,  volunteered  his  services  to 
our  respected  brethren  of  the  Chickasaw  mission;  their  station 
at  Monroe  being  destitute  of  a  teacher.  All  the  missionaries  ap- 
proved of  this  measure. 

The  average  for  the  school  for  boys  has  not  exceeded  20;  that 
of  the  school  for  girls  has  been  the  same;  not  reckoning,  in 
either,  the  children  of  the  mission  families. 

Some  children  have  left  the  school  because  they  were  tired 
of  confinement;  and  some  on  account  of  their  parents  being  dis- 
satisfied with  the  state  of  religious  inquiry  at  May  hew.  Others 
have  made  rapid  improvement,  and  commended  themselves 
strongly  to  the  affection  of  their  teachers.  Miss  Burnham  says, 
of  the  girls  under  her  care,  uThe  conduct  of  those  who  are  now 
present,  has  been  as  good  as  in  schools  generally;  and  the 
propriety  of  behavior  observable,  in  some  of  them,  it  is  believed 
is  not  excelled  by  any  school  in  any  country." 

During  last  winter  and  spring  this  station  was  greatly  favored 
by  manifestations  of  divine  grace.  A  large  part  of  the  members 
of  the  school  and  the  family  were  deeply  concerned  for  the  sal- 
vation of  their  souls.  From  that  time  to  the  present  a  number 
have  given  satisfactory  evidence  of  having  truly  accepted  the 
offers  of  salvation.  On  the  first  sabbath  of  June  nine  persons 
were  admitted  to  the  mission  church;  viz.  three  hired  men,  two 
of  Mr.  Cushman's  children,  a  black  woman  employed  in  the 
kitchen,  a  lady  from  Columbus,  and  two  native  girls,  members 
of  the  school.      Another  lady  and  a  gentleman  from  Columbus 


1827.  J  iMMAUS.  Ill 

would  have  been  admitted,  had  it  not  been  for  the  sickness  of  the 
lady,  who  died  soon  after,  and  left  pleasing  ground  of  consolation. 
An  aged  white  man,  who  had  long  resided  among  the  Choctaws, 
and  a  native  young  woman,  who  had  been  educated  in  the  school, 
were  proposed  for  admission  at  the  same  time. 

This  merciful  dispensation  of  Providence  is  acknowledged  by 
the  missionaries  with  devout  gratitude,  and  as  a  blessing  of  in- 
estimable value. 


BETHEL. 


1321 


On  the  Natchez  road,  about  60  miles  S.  W.  of  May  hew,  and 
nearly  the  same  distance  S.  S.  E.  from  Elliot. 

As  nearly  all  the  people  have  removed  from  this  neighbor- 
hood, it  has  been  thought  expedient  to  discontinue  the  station. 
The  school  was  relinquished  in  June,  the  number  of  pupils  hav- 
ing been  small.  Mr.  Macomber  and  his  wife  removed  to  Mayhew 
in  the  latter  part  of  summer. 

Seven  of  the  pupils  were  removed  from  this  place  to  the 
Choctaw  academy  in  Kentucky.  Five,  in  addition  to  reading, 
writing,  and  spelling,  had  reviewed  Murray's  Abridgment,  and 
attended  to  parsing.  They  had  also  been  in  the  habit  of  writing 
compositions.  Four  had  proceeded  in  arithmetic  as  far  as  the 
extraction  of  the  square  root. 

EMMAUS. 

1822. 

About  110  miles  N.  N.  W.  of  Mobile  and  130  S.  S:  E.  of 
Mayhew,  within  two  miles  of  the  southern  limit  of  the  Choctaw 
country. 

Mr.  Moses  Jewell,  Assistant  Missionary.] 

Mrs.  Jewell. 

Mr.  David  Gage,  Teacher. 

Mrs.  Gage. 

The  number  of  native  pupils  is  fifteen.  Several  have  been 
removed  to  the  academy  in  Kentucky,      This  station   has  been 


H6  MISSION    AMONG    THE    CHOCTAW?. 

■ 

aided  by  an  interpreter,  and  the  scholars  have  made  much  greater 
proficiency  than  heretofore  in  reading  and  speaking  English, 

SCHOOL    AT    MR.    JUZ0N?S. 

1823. 

About  85  miles  S.   S.  E.  of  Mayhew,  on  the  old  Mobile  road. 

This  school  is  taught  by  a  person  hired  to  perform  that  ser- 
vice. The  man.  who  was  thus  employed  last  winter,  became 
hopefully  pious,  while  on  a  visit  to  Mayhew.  No  exact  return 
from  this  school  has  been  received.  Probably  the  number  of 
pupils  has  diminished  by  the  removal  of  several  to  the  academy 
above  mentioned.     Jn  1826  the  number  was  15. 

GOSHEN. 

1824. 

About  50  miles  W.  N.  W.  of  Emmaus,  115  S.  S.  W.  of  May. 
hew,  and  8  S.  E.  of  the  military  road. 

Rev.  Alfred  Wright,  Missionary- 

Mrs.  Wright. 

Mr.  Elijah  Bardwell,  Farmer. 

Mrs.  Bardwell. 

Mr.  Samuel  Moulton,  Teacher. 

Miss  Eliza  Buer. 

Mr.  Moulton  was  sent  forth  by  the  Board  in  December  last, 
to  aid  in  the  business  of  instruction,  wherever  Mr.  Kingsbury 
should  think  his  labors  most  necessary.  The  small  school  in 
this  place  was  assigned  him,  and  Mr.  Bardwell,  who  had  previously 
taught  it,  was  released  to  engage  in  more  active  labors,  which, 
it  was  supposed,  would  be  more  conducive  to  his  health.  He 
had  suffered  much  from  confinement. 

Mr.  Wright  has  been  much  occupied  in  learning  the  language 
of  the  natives,  and  in  preparing  elementary  books,  in  connexion 
with  Mr.  Byington.  For  several  months  past  his  health  has  suf- 
fered severely.  As  opportunities  are  presented,  he  preaches  in 
the  neighboring  white  settlements,  or  communicates  divine  truth 
to  the  natives  in  their  own  language. 


,   127.1  Al-IK-HUN-NUH.  1  17 

There  was  a  time  of  religious  attention  here  also,  while  the 
seriousness  prevailed  at  Mayhew.  Several  persons  were  under 
deep  impressions,  and  two  have  been  admitted  to  the  church: 
viz.  a  child  of  Mr.  Bardwell  and  a  native  young  woman,  who  had 
been  taught  in  the  school. 

The  people  in  this  vicinity  are  not  yet  able  to  appreciate  the 
value  of  instruction.  They  remove  their  children  from  school 
on  frivolous  pretences;  and  it  will  probably  take  some  time  to 
give  them  adequate  views  of  their  true  interests.  Only  six 
native  children  have  attended  school  here  during  the  year  past. 

Mr.  Bliss  whose   diligence   and   judgment,    in    conducting  the 
agricultural  business,  have  been  particularly  useful  to  the  station, 
made  a  visit  to  the  north  last  spring,  with  the  permission  of  the 
Committee.     He  is  now  on  his  return,  but  whether  he    will  re 
side  at  Goshen,  or  at  some  other  place,  is  uncertain. 

U-IK-HUN-NUH. 

1324. 

Near  the  Natchez  road,  about  35  miles  W.  of  Mayhew. 

Rev.  Cyrus  Byington,  Missionary. 
Mr.  David  Wright,  Teacher. 

There  has  been  an  increase  of  religious  attention  here,  though 
confined  to  a  few  individuals.  One  Choctaw  man,  it  is  thought, 
has  become  pious.  Mr.  Byington  has  been  absent  the  greater 
part  of  the  time;  but  Mr.  Wright  has  endeavored  to  supply  his 
place,  so  far  as  he  could,  in  giving  religious  instruction  on  the 
Sabbath,  and  at  other  times,  and  in  going  from  house  to  house. 
V  The  average  number  of  pupils  was  20.  The  usual  course 
of  studies  has  been  pursued.  The  highest  class  read  the  New 
Testament,  English  Reader,  and  Webster's  Spelling  Book.  The}' 
read,  write,  and  spell  well;  and  speak  and  understand  English 
tolerably.  The  conduct  of  the  pupils,  with  very  few  exceptions, 
has  been  highly  commendable.  Seldom  is  any  kind  of  punish- 
ment necessary.  Much  use  has  been  made  of  the  Choctaw  Spell- 
ing Book. 

Mr.  Wright  has  been  called  to  drink  deep  from  the  cup  of  af- 
fliction. After  much  distressing  sickness,  in  the  summer  and  fall 
<-f  !82G,  Mrs.  Wright  was   removed   by  death,    on    the    13th   of 


118  MISSION    AMONG    THE    CHOCTAWS.  [Rcporl. 

November.  Within  four  days,  an  infant  son,  six  months  old, 
followed  the  mother  to  the  grave.  Soon  afterwards,  Mr. 
Wright  was  seized  with  a  disease,  which  lasted  long  and  wore 
a  very  threatening  aspect.  During  all  this  season  of  trial,  he 
was  sustained  by  heavenly  consolations.  His  dying  consort  had 
evidently  been  in  a  state  of  happy  preparation  for  leaving  this 
world;  and  he  rejoiced  in  the  glorious  provisions  of  the  Gospel  on 
her  account  and  his  own.  She  had  been  a  laborious  and  faithful 
helper  in  the  missionary  work,  and  her  services  appeared  to  be 
needed  still;  but,  as  the  decision  of  infinite  wisdom  was  not  in  ac- 
cordance with  our  short-sighted  views,  nothing  remained  but  quiet 
submission  to  the  purposes  of  heaven. 

Mr.  Byinglon  spent  a  great  part  of  the  winter  at  Mayhew,  in 
company  with  the  Rev.  Alfred  Wright,  revising,  correcting,  and 
enlarging  several  elementary  books,  which  had  been  some  time 
in  a  course  of  preparation  for  the  press.  Great  pains  were  taken 
to  have  them  correct.  Many  parts  were  read  to  five  or  six  in- 
terpreters separately,  and  the  whole  was  examined  in  the  presence, 
and  with  the  aid,  of  Mr.  Israel  Folsom,  who  has  been  recently 
employed  as  an  interpreter  at  Mayhew,  and  whose  services  in  that 
department  are  exceedingly  valuable.  Mr.  Folsom  spent  several 
years  at  Cornwall,  Con.  and  there  evinced  that  he  possessed  a 
mind  capable  of  accurate  investigation. 

On  his  journey  to  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  for  the  purpose  of  super- 
intending the  publication  of  these  books,  Mr.  Byington  visited 
the  Chickasaw  mission;  and  as  he  passed  through  Tennessee 
and  Kentucky,  pleaded  with  Christians  in  its  behalf,  and  took 
up  several  collections  in  its  favor.  The  Committee  entirely  ap- 
prove of  this  kind  and  fraternal  regard  to  a  sister  institution.  So 
far  as  the  printing  at  Cincinnati  permitted  Mr.  Byington  to  be 
absent,  he  made  excursions  in  the  neighborhood,  attended  meet- 
ings of  clergymen,  and  invited  contributions  toward  defraying 
the  expenses  of  publication.  He  was  very  cordially  received 
by  his  Christian  brethren  in  Cincinnati,  and  such  other  places 
as  he  visited.  His  design  was  not  fully  accomplished  probably, 
before  the  beginning  of  the  present  month.* 

*  Before  this  part  of  the  Report  was  printed,  the  Committee  learned,  that  Mr. 
Byington  was  ordained  to  the  work  of  the  Gospel  ministry,  by  the  Presbytery 
of  Cincinnati,  at  Oxford,  Ohio,  on  the  4th  of  October.  His  joining  the  Choctaw 
minion  in  1320  was.  owinsr  to  circumstances  which  need  not  here  be  detnilprf. 


J  327.  J  STATION    NEAR    COL.    *'OLSOM's.  119 


HACHAH. 

1824. 

About  50  miles  3N.  W.  of  Goshen  and  90  miles  S.  W.  of  May- 
hew. 

Mr.  Gleason  left  this  station  and  came  to  the  north,  by  per- 
mission of  the  Committee,  in  the  spring  of  1826.  He  returned, 
in  the  beginning  of  last  winter,  having  become  united  in  mar- 
riage to  Miss  Bethiah  W.  Tracy,  of  Lebanon,  Con.  During  his 
absence,  the  principal  patron  of  the  school,  a  native  by  the 
name  of  Harrison,  was  removed  by  death.  This  event  altered 
the  circumstances  of  the  station  so  much  that  it  was  thought  best 
for  Mr.  Gleason  to  remove  to  Mayhew;  whence  he  could  go 
about  four  times  a  week  to  a  village  five  miles  distant,  in  a  south- 
erly direction,  with  a  view  to  the  instruction  of  the  natives,  both 
adults  and  children,  in  their  own  language.  Mr.  Gleason  would, 
in  the  mean  time,  be  usefully  employed  in  various  duties  and 
<  ares  belonging  to  so  large  an  establishment. 

BOK-I-TUN-NUH. 

1825. 

Four  miles  west  of  Emmaus. 

Mr.  Loring  S.  Williams,  Assistant  Missionary. 
Mrs.  Williams. 
As  the  opportunities   of  usefulness  in  this  neighborhood    are 
not  great,   or  frequent,   Mr.  Williams  will  probably  remove  to 
some  other  station  in  the  course  of  a  few  months. 

STATION    NEAR   COL.    FOLSOM'S. 

1826. 

About  20  miles  S.  E.  of  Mayhew. 

In  the  summer  of  last  year,  Mrs.  Sarah  C.  Moseley,  widow  or 
the  late  Rev.  Samuel  Moseley,  commenced  a  school  in  the  family 

sudden  and  unexpected.  As  a  licensed  preacher,  from  the  time  of  completing 
his  theological  course  at  Andover,  he  had  pleaded  the  cause  of  missions,  for  a 
year  previous  to  his  engaging  in  missionary  labor.  Having  been  constantly- 
employed  in  the  wilderness,  it  has  never  before  been  convenient  to  attend  any 
meeting  of  ministers,  so  as  to  be  fully  invested  with  the  ministerial  office. 


120  MISSION    AMONG   THE    CHOCTAYVS.  [^Report* 

of  Col.  Folsom,  where  she  had  reason  to  think  her  services  were 
acceptable  and  useful. 

Mr.  Anson  Dyer,  who  has  for  some  years  been  attending  to 
the  study  of  the  Choctaw  language,  has  availed  himself  of  the 
kindness  and  hospitality  of  Col.  Folsom  to  prosecute  his  studies 
still  further.  For  this  purpose  he  also  resided  in  the  same  family 
about  three  months.  Afterwards  he  went  to  assist  Mr.  Wright 
at  Ai-ik-hun-nuh;  but,  at  the  solicitation  of  Col.  Folsom,  he  re- 
turned, and  commenced  two  schools,  with  the  countenance  and 
aid  of  his  patron,  in  villages  a  few  miles  oif.  The  principal 
design  was  to  teach  adults  and  children  to  read  their  own  lan- 
guage. At  first,  there  were  35  learners  in  one  of  these  schools, 
and  20  in  the  other;  but  after  the  novelty  was  over,  the  number 
was  diminished  to  eight  in  each.  The  perseverance  of  even 
this  number,  however,  considering  all  the  circumstances  of  the 
case,  is  a  favorable  indication.  Whenever  teachers  shall  be 
furnished  who  are  familiar  with  both  languages,  and  who  shall 
be  amply  supplied  with  elementary  books,  there  is  reason  to 
hope  that  the  attention  of  the  natives  generally  will  be  roused 
to  the  importance  of  letters  and  civilization. 

The  place  of  Col.  Folsom  is  three  miles  from  the  U.  S.  agency 
He  has  chosen  for  it  the  scriptural  name  of  Gibeon. 

STATION   AT   MR.    ROBERT   FOLSOm'S. 

1827. 

About  1 1  miles  W.  of  Mayhew. 
Mr.  Calvin  Cushman. 
Mrs.  Cushman. 

It  is  but  a  few  weeks  since  it  was  determined  to  commence 
a  residence  here.  The  family  of  Mr.  Cushman  is  in  peculiarly- 
favorable  circumstances  for  exerting  a  happy  influence  upon  the 
natives,  as  two  or  three  of  his  oldest  children  are  thought  to  have 
become  pious.  From  having  been  brought  up  in  the  same  school 
with  Indian  children,  they  are  in  habits  of  communicating  their 
thoughts  in  the  Choctaw  language. 

Beside  the  missionaries  and  assistants  above  mentioned,  in  con- 
nexion with  different  stations  among  the  Choctaws,  Mr.  Adin  C. 
Gibbs   has  been  employed  the  year  past,  first  at  Goshen   and 


1827.]  GENERAL  NOTICES.  121 

then  at  other  places,  as  a  teacher  in  the   schools.     He   will  prob- 
ably be  stationed  at  Emmaus. 

GENERAL    NOTICES. 

From  the  foregoing  account  it  is  apparent,  that  the  history 
of  the  last  year  should  prompt  to  sincere  and  hearty  expres- 
sions of  thanks  to  God,  for  his  gracious  visitation  in  awakening 
sinners  to  a  state  of  concern  for  their  souls,  and  in  bringing 
them,  as  is  hoped  and  believed,  to  the  saving  reception  of  the 
Gospel.  Such  an  exhibition  of  divine  power  and  love  should 
lead  to  more  fervent  prayer,  and  more  zealous  labor,  in  this 
great  work.  Individuals  of  European,  African,  Anglo-American, 
and  Aboriginal  American  descent,  have  become  members  of  the 
household  of  faith,  united  in  affection  and  in  a  public  covenant, 
the  object  of  which  is  to  secure  everlasting  benefits;  and  thus, 
in  connexion  with  a  single  mission,  in  the  course  of  one  year,  the 
Gospel  appears  to  have  become  the  power  of  God  and  the 
wisdom  of  God,  to  persons    of  so  many  different  classes. 

The  school  at  Elliot  has  doubtless  risen  much  in  the  estima-. 
tion  of  the  natives;  and  some  advances  have  been  made  in  teach- 
ing the  Choctaw  language,  at  nearly  all  the  stations.  It  is  to  be 
admitted,  however,  that  the  progress  of  knowledge  has  not  been 
so  rapid,  as  was  anticipated  by  most  friends  of  missions;  and 
the  natives  have  not  all  that  confidence  in  the  advantages  of 
education,  and  in  the  success  of  the  mission  schools,  which  could 
be  desired.  Their  hopes  are  now  much  fixed  ^upon  the  Choc- 
taw academy  in  Kentuck}',  where,  it  is  stated,  the  pupils  are 
much  pleased  with  the  treatment  they  receive,  and  are  mak- 
ing good  proficiency  in  their  studies.  It  is  to  be  remembered', 
that  these  pupils  were  generally  taken  from  among  the  most 
forward  scholars  in  the  schools  under  the  care  of  this  Board; 
and  that  they  entered  upon  their  new  course  with  peculiar 
alacrity,  owing  to  several  circumstances,  one  of  which  was, 
that  they  were  not  required  to  labor  with  their  hands,  in  the  inter- 
vals of  study,  as  has  been  the  practice  at  all  the  mission  schools. 
It  has  been  a  prevailing  opinion,  that  Indian  young  'men  ,  should 
be  accustomed  to  some  kind  of  agricultural  or  mechanical  labor, 
in  order  to  prepare  them  for  a  course  of  hardy   industry,  when 

tlieir  education  shall  have  been    completed.      As   all    ohildr"en, 

if. 


122  mission  among  the  choctaws.  [Report. 

and  especially  children  who  have  known  little  of  parental  gov- 
ernment, are  much  fonder  of  play  than  of  labor,  it  has  often 
been  a  cause  of  dissatisfaction  with  the  schools,  that  the  pupils 
are  constrained  to  work  in  the  intervals  of  study.  Many  of  the 
natives,  however,  in  ihe  successive  years  of  the  mission,  have 
decidedly  approved  of  the  plan.  The  Committee  sincerely  de- 
sire, that  the  Choctaw  Academy  may  fully  answer  the  expecta- 
tions of  its  friends;  and  that  advances  may  be  made  in  the  great 
work  of  evangelizing  and  civilizing  the  American  Indians,  by 
every  experiment  intended  for  their  benefit. 

Within  the  last  year  and  a  half,  important  changes  have  taken 
place,  in  what  may  be  called  the  civil  polity  of  the  Choctaws. 
The  principal  influence  has  been  heretofore  exerted  by  three 
high  chiefs,  one  in  each  of  three  districts  into  which  the  whole 
territory  is  divided.  In  the  spring  of  182G,  two  of  these  chiefs, 
having  been  for  some  time  unpopular,  were  displaced  by  the 
captains  and  warriors,  that  is,  by  all  the  male  inhabitants,  who 
saw  fit  to  ailend  councils  held  for  the  purpose.  Men  of  more 
knowledge,  intelligence,  and  public  spirit,  were  chosen  in  their 
stead.  This  was  the  first  movement  toward  forming  a  regular 
civil  government. 

In  August,  a  council  was  held,  at  which  some  principles  were 
fixed,  and  adopted  in  the  form  of  a  written  constitution.  Among 
the^e  principles  were  the  following:  that  there  shall  be  a  general 
council  twice  a  year,  to  be  composed  of  the  three  chiefs,  the 
captains,  (viz.  the  head  men  in  each  village,  neighborhood,  or 
small  district,)  and  a  warrior,  or  common  man,  to  accompany 
each  captain:  that  no  law  shall  be  valid,  unless  enacted  by  the 
votes  of  a  majority  of  the  council,  with  the  approbation  of  two 
of  the  chiefs:  that  the  soil  is  the  common  property  of  the  whole 
people,  and  no  part  can  be  sold  without  the  consent  of  the  inhabit- 
ants of  each  district:  and  that  there  shall  be  a  Standing  Committee 
in  each  district  to  watch  over  the  general  welfare.* 

Whiskey  still  continues  to  he  the  bane  of  this  people,  though 
there  is-a  sensible  improvement  in  one  of  the  districts,  where 
much  less  is  consumed  than  formerly. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  printing  of  Choctaw  books,  which  has  recent- 
been  completed  by  Mr.  Byington,   will  give  an  impulse  to  the 

_\v  ndij  "';'    IV, 


18^1.  ;  GENEBAL   .NOTICES. 

work  oflnstruction.  One  Spelling  Hook,  Choctaw  and  English,  an- 
other in  the  Choctaw  only,  and  ten  tracts,  containing  a  considerable 
variety  of  useful  matter,  must  be. an  invaluable  treasure  to  those, 
who  are  just  beginning  to  see  the  advantages  of  mental  cultiva- 
tion. 

The  Chickasaw  mission,  under  the  care  of  the  Synod  of  South 
Carolina  and  Georgia,  has  been  peculiarly  favored  during  the 
year  past.  At  Monroe,  the  principal  station,  there  was  much 
attention  to  religion  in  the  spring  and  summer.  Among  the  hope- 
ful converts  are  about  twenty  black  people.  Mr.  Byington's 
labors,  as  he  passed  through  the  Chickasaw  country,  were 
especially  useful.    Monroe  is  about  50  miles  N.  N.  W.  of  Mayhew. 

There  has  been  another  missionary  establishment,  among  the 
Chickasaws,  for  five  or  six  years  past,  about  50  miles  N.  N.  E. 
of  Mayhew.  It  is  called  Charity  Hall,  and  is  under  the  direction 
of  the  Rev.  Robert  Bell.  The  means  of  support  are  derived  in 
part  from  agricultural  labors,  and  in  part  from  contributions  in 
Tennessee  and  Kentucky,  conveyed  through  the  channel  of  a 
missionary  society.  Mr.  Bell  is  connected  with  a  class  of  min. 
isters,  who  are  known,  in  that  part  of  the  country,  by  the  name 
of  Cumberland  Presbyterians.  He  has  persevered,  in  his  work  of 
benevolence,  through  many  labors  and  difficulties.  His  school 
has  contained  from  21  to  31  pupils; — about  26  on  an  average* 
It  has  been  subject  to  the  discouragements  of  most  schools 
among  the  Indians; — especially  to  the  removal  of  pupils,  either 
for  slight  reasons,  or  without  any.  Still,  a  considerable  number 
of  children  have  learned  to  read  and  write,  and  some  have  studied 
arithmetic  and  grammar. 

VII.     MISSION  AMONG  THE  CHEROKEES  OF  THE 

ARKANSAS. 

No  addition  to  the  number  of  laborers  in  this  mission  has  been 
made  within  the  year  past.  One  valuable  member,  the  wife  of 
Mr.  Asa  Hitchcock,  was  suddenly  removed  by  death,  on  the  3rd  of 
March.  She  had  resided  upon  mission  ground  nearly  three 
years,  and  had  proved  herself  well  fitted  for  her  station. 


issiok  AMo.Ni.  'ini;  cberokees  i  Report. 


DWIGHT. 

1820. 

On  the  north  side  of  Arkansas  river,  about  three  miles  up 
Illinois  creek,  and  very  near  the  35th  parallel  of  latitude.  The 
Missisippi  river,  at  the  nearest  point,  is  probably  somewhat  less 
than  200  miles  distant. 

Rev.  Alfred  Finney,  Missionary. 

Mrs.  Finney. 

Rev.  Cephas  Washburn,  Missionary. 

Mrs.  Washburn. 

Dr.  George  L.  Weed,  Physician  and  Teacher. 

Mrs.  Weed. 

Mr.  Jacob  Hitchcock,  Steward. 

Mrs.  Hitchcock. 

Mr.  James  Orr,  Farmer. 

Mrs.  Orr. 

Mr.  Samuel  Wisner,  Mechanic. 

Mrs.  Wisner. 

Mr.  Asa  Hitchcock,      \ 

Miss  Ellen  Stetson,       \  Teachers. 

Miss  Cynthia  Thrall,    S 

The  projected  removal  of  Mr.  Finney  to  Spadre  creek  was  re- 
linquished, in  consequence  of  unexpected  objections,  on  the 
part  of  the  people.  It  was  thought  best,  however,  that  Mr.  Fin- 
ney and  his  family  should  reside  near  the  mills,  about  a  mile 
from  Dwight,  with  a  view  to  his  being  less  incumbered  with 
the  general  cares  of  the  mission,  and  having  more  time  for 
preaching  to  the  people  and  visiting  them.  To  the  congrega- 
tion, which  assembles  at  Dwight,  composed  of  the  mission  family, 
the  pupils  in  the  schools,  neighboring  white  people,  native  Cher- 
okee?, and  descendants  of  Africa,  Mr.  Finney  has  preached  often, 
while  Mr.  Washburn  has  usually  spent  the  Sabbath  at  various 
jrnd  remote  settlements.  The  encouragement  to  evangelical 
labor  among  the  natives  was  never  so  great,  as  during  the  past 
year.  Some  hopeful  conversions  have  taken  place,  and  ftie  in- 
fluence of  religious  instruction  is  obviously  felt. 


1*827.]  D  WIGHT.  1^0 

In  November,  the  annual  missionary  meeting  was  held  at 
Dwight.  Delegates  attended  from  Union.  The  views- of  the  mis- 
sionaries  were  expressed  in  the  tjorm  of  resolutions,  on  several 
very  interesting  subjects.  About  the  same  time,  Mr.  Washburn 
attended  councils,  in  repeated  instances,  at  the  request  of  the 
chiefs.  On  these  occasions,  he  opened  their  meetings  with  prayer, 
and  preached  to  them  on  the  Sabbath. 

Maj.  Duval,    the  U.  S.  agent,  is  spoken  of  in    warm   terms   of 
commendation,  as   having  exerted  a   very  favorable   influence  in 
regard   to   the  mission,  and  as  bearing  a  decided  testimony  to  its 
good  effects. 

Early  in  February,  a  war  with  the  Osages  was  determined  on, 
and  a  party  set  out  with  the  intention  of  coming  upon  an  Osage 
village  by  surprise.  The  advancing  Cherokees,  however,  were 
diverted  from  their  purpose,  by  the  zeal  and  spirit  of  Col. 
Webber,  a  half  brother  of  Mr.  David  Brown,  who  mounted  a 
fleet  horse,  overtook  them  just  before  they  reached  the  Osage 
country,  and  expostulated  with  them,  till  they  consented  to  re- 
turn.    Better  councils  prevailed,  and  the  war  was  abandoned. 

The  health  of  Dr.  Weed  had  become  so  low,  in  the  fall  of 
last  year,  that  he  was  compelled  to  give  up  the  school  which  he 
had  taught.  Forty  boys  had  been  under  his  tuition;  and  of  these 
all  but  eight  could  read  in  the  New  Testament,  and  one  third 
had  a  good  knowledge  of  geography.  In  the  school  for  girls, 
also,  there  has  been  a  manifest  advance,  especially  in  plain  and 
ornamental  needle  work. 

These  schools  were  considerably  diminished  several  months 
ago,  owing  to  various  causes;  but,  at  the  last  intelligence,  the 
number  of  pupils  was  increasing.  The  average  number  may 
have  been  about  fifty. 

A  flourishing  Sabbath  school  had  been  kept  in  operation.  The 
whole  number  of  verses  of  Scripture,  answers  of  the  catechism, 
4'C.  which  had  been  committed  to  memory  by  fifty  learners,  was 
about  31,000.  One  of  these  learners,  a  girl  of  fifteen  had  com- 
mitted 1,500. 

Last  autumn  the  mission  experienced  a  serious  bereavement, 
in  the  death  of  Mr.  John  Brown,  known  to  the  Christian  public 
as  an  exemplary  and  consistent  Christian,  and  as  the  father  of 
Catharine   and   John  Brown,  jun.   who  had  previously  departed 


126  MISSION    AMONG    THE    OSAGES    OF   THE   NEOSHO.  [Repon. 

in  faith,  and  of  David  Brown,  who  survives  for  the  benefit,  as  we 
trust,  of  his  countrymen. 

VIII.    MISSION  AMONG  THE  OSAGES  OF  THE  NEOSHO. 

The  Committee  now  enter  upon  a  Report  of  those  missions, 
which  came  under  the  superintendence,  of  this  Board,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  Union  with  the  United  Foreign  Missionary  Soci- 
ety, which  was  proposed  in  September  1825,  and  consummated 
in  June  1826. 

UNION. 

1820. 

The  site  of  this  station  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  Neosho, 
(usually  called  Grand  river,)  about  twenty  five  miles  above  its 
mouth.  The  course  of  the  Neosho  is  almost  due  south,  from 
its  source,  near  the  western  line  of  the  state  of  Missouri,  to  the 
place  where  it  falls  into  the  Arkansas.  It  is  navigable  for  boats 
nearly  its  whole  length.  Union  is  about  150  miles  N.  W.  from 
Dwight  near  the  36  parallel  of  latitude,  and  the  97th  of  west 
longitude. 

The  first  mission,  sent  forth  by  the  United  Foreign  Missionary 
Society,  left  the  city  of  New  York  in  April  1820,  and  became  set- 
tled, at  this  place,  about  the  close  of  the  same  year.  After  vari- 
ous changes,  by  death  and  other  causes,  the  following  persons 
now  reside  here. 

Rev.  William  F.  Vaill,  Missionary  and  Superintendent. 

Mrs.  Vaill. 

Dr.    Marcus   Palmer,  Licensed   Preacher,   Physician,   and 

Assistant  Superintendent. 
Mrs.  Palmer. 

Mr.  George  Requa,  Steward. 
Mr.  Abraham  Redfield,  Carpenter. 
Mrs.  Redfield. 

Mr.  Alexander  Woodruff,  Blacksmith. 
Mrs.  Woodrufl'. 
Mr.  George  Douglas,  Farmer. 
Miss  Elisabeth  Selden 
Mr.  Stephen  Fuller  and  his  family  have  been  released  from  the 
the  mission,  at  their   request,  and  have  settled  in  the  vicinity. 
Mr.  Fuller  is  a  farmer. 


1827.]  umion.  127 

This  ststion  is  far  removed  into  the  western  wilderness,  within 
four  hundred  miles  of  the  foot  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  It  is 
probably  200  miles  further  from  Bosion  to  Union,  in  a  straight 
line,  than  from  Union  to  the  gulf  of  California. 

As  the  Osages  were  entirely  unacquainted  with  civilization, 
when  the  mission  first  commenced,  it  could  not  be  expected  that 
the  advance  of  knowledge  among  them  should  be  rapid.  The 
first  thing  to  be  provided  by  the  missionaries  was  a  shelter; 
the  second,  the  clearing  of  some  land  for  cultivation;  the  third, 
the  formation  of  a  school,  by  the  reception  of  Osage  children. 
This  process  was  begun,  and  has  been  carried  forward,  with 
much  labor  and  patience,  and  in  the  midst  of  many  cares  and 
interruptions,  much  sickness  and  repeated  instances  of  death. 

In  the  spring  of  1826,  Mr.  Vail!,  having  fir-t  obtained  permission 
from  the  the  Board  of  Managers  of  the  United  Foreign  Missionary 
Society,  returned  to  New  York  and  New  England,  bringing  with 
him  the  widow  and   children  of  the  late  Rev.  Epaphras  Chap- 
man, and  a  daughter  of  his  own.      He  spent  the  summer  in  re- 
cruiting his  health,  which  had  been  sensibly  impaired;  in  visiting 
many  towns  in  Connecticut  as  an  agent,  and  preaching  on  the 
subject  of  missions;  and  in  various  consultations  and  preparations, 
with  reference  to  his  again  entering  upon  the  duties  of  his  calling, 
It  seems  no    more   than    proper   to   say,  that    Mr.   Vaill,    after 
having  known  what   missionary  service  is,  often  in  very  discour- 
aging  circumstances,    uniformly    manifested,   during  his  visit,    a 
warm    devotion    to  the    cause,     and    an    anxious  desire    to  see 
the  Gospel  carried  into  every  part  of  our  continent.     He  left  New 
York  on  his  return  early  in  December,  accompanied  by  a  daugh- 
ter,  who  had   been   two  years  in  Connecticut  for  her  education, 
and  by  Miss  Elisabeth  Selden,  a  sister  of  Mrs.  Vai!!.     On  his  way, 
he  made  some  stop,  and  preached  at,  each  of  the  following  place:- 
viz,  Philadelphia,  Chambersburg,  Pittsburg,  Marietta,  Cincinnati, 
and  Louisville;  and  was   every  where  received   with  great  cor- 
diality and  kindness.     Availing  himself  of  a  steamboat,  which  as- 
cended the  Arkansas  to  the  mouth  of  the  Neosho,  he  reached  his 
station  about  the  close  of  April,  after  an    absence   of  more   than 
thirteen  months.     This  period  had  been  a   season  of  great  afflic- 
tion to  the  family.    Sickness  had  prevailed.    Mrs.  Requa,  an  excei- 
1  :nt  helper  in  the  missionary   work,  died  in   August,  soon    after 
the  death  of  erne  of  her  children:  and   in  the  next  month,  the 


128  MISSION   AMONG    THE    CHEROKEES    OF    THE   NEOSHO.  [RepOTl, 

youngest  child  of  Mr.  Vaill  was  also  removed.  The  natives 
had  been  in  a  state  of  alarm,  from  an  apprehension  of  war,  and 
a  sweeping  inundation  had  borne  away  the  labors  of  the  mis- 
sion, and  of  the  little  Osage  settlement,  as  will  be  mentioned 
hereafter. 

The  farm  consists  of  about  140  acres  of  ploughed  land,  of 
which  47  are  on  the  river  bottom.  In  the  summer  of  1825, 
the  produce  was  900  bushels  of  wheat,  and  1,600  of  corn.  The 
fields  were  well  fenced,  till  laid  waste  by  the  floods  of  last  year- 
These  floods  were  very  destructive.  In  March  1826,  the  Neo- 
sho rose  seven  feet  higher,  than  at  any  previous  time  since  the 
commencement  of  the  mission.  Mr.  Fuller,  who  lived  rear 
the  bank  of  the  river,  was  obliged  to  put  his  furniture  in  an 
upper  story,  and  then  abandon  his  house.  The  summer  was 
very  rainy;  and  in  September,  the  earth  being  filled  with 
water,  copious  showers  descended,  which  raised  the  river  ten 
feet  higher  than  in  March.  Mr.  Fuller  removed  his  family 
In  the  utmost  haste,  to  save  their  lives;  and,  before  the  next 
morning,  the  house  and  its  contents,  with  the  fences  and  other 
property,  were  entirely  swept  away.  Thirty  five  acres  of  the 
finest  corn  were  made  a  desolation.  The  loss  of  the  mission 
from  this  flood,  in  corn,  live  stock,  fences,  Sec.  was  estimated, at 
two  thousand  dollars. 

The  school  was  commenced,  at  as  early  a  period  of  the  mis- 
sion  as  was  practicable.  The  numl»er  of  children  was  small  at 
first.  In  1824,  there  were  22  pupils;  in  the  following  year,  35; 
in  March  1826,  the  number  was  40,  and  two  months  afterwards 
it  had  risen  to  50.  About  this  time,  many  of  the  parents,  who 
had  children  in  the  school,  having  been  first  alarmed  by  a  fear 
of  war  with  the  Cherokees,  and  then  by  a  more  distressing  dread 
of  the  Delawares  and  Piankashaws,  concluded,  as  the^only  means 
of  safety,  to  betake  themselves  to  the  great  western  prairie. 
When  doing  this,  they  were  not  willing  to  leave  their  children 
behind:  and  the  school  was  suddenly  reduced  to  20.  They  did 
not  appear  to  distrust  the  missionaries;  but  they  were  afraid 
that  their  enemies  would  come  suddenly  and  take  vengeance  on 
any  of  the  tribe,  young  or  old,  who  might  be  found.  It  would 
appear  that  their  terrors  have  in  some  measure  subsided;  for,  in 
the  beginning  of  July  last,  the  number  of  children  in  the  school 
was  40.     Mr.  Vaill  himself  had  then  the  charge  of  instruction, 


i  827.]  HOPEFIELD.  12fc> 

In  May,  a  severe  influenza  prevailed,  by  which  the  whole 
family  was  visited,  and  which  prevented  the  prosecution  of 
the  accustomed  duties.  In  August,  a  remittent  bilious  fever, 
of  a  very  dangerous  type,  had  a  general  course  through 
the  family.  Scarcely  an  individual  escaped.  Dr.  Palmer 
happily  recovered  from  his  attack,  before  the  rest  were  seized. 
All  labor  and  teaching  were  suspended.  There  was  no  public 
worship  on  the  Sabbath.  The  sick  could  not  receive  proper 
attention;  and  it  was^  even  difficult  to  find  any  one,  who  could 
pray  with  them.  In  this  trying  time,  though  no  human  help 
could  be  afforded,  the  family  were  sustained  by  spiritual  consola- 
tions. Mr.  Vaill,  on  his  return,  expressed  the  opinion,  that 
although  there  had  been  such  a  succession  of  calamities,  not  one 
had  been  occasioned,  or  augmented,  by  his  absence;  and  that  no 
persons  could  have  managed  things  more  discreetly,  in  such  cir- 
cumstances, than  Dr.  Palmer  and  his  associates  had  done. 

Besides  the  disasters  above  mentioned,  the  annoyance  of  the 
prairie  flies,  one  of  the  plagues  of  the  country,  was  worse  than 
in  any  previous  season.  To  horses  this  insect  is  an  intolerable 
evil.  Besides  losing  several  of  these  noble  animals,  the  mission 
was  deprived  of  milk,  during  the  whole  summer  of  1826,  and 
the  following  winter,  in  consequence  of  the  cows  betaking  them- 
selves with  their  calves  to  the  forests.  This  was  the  only 
way  in  which  they  could  have  avoided  destruction  by  the  flyo 
Ten  head  of  valuable  cattle,  probably  in  consequence  of  their 
having  fled  from  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the  mission, 
were  killed  by  the  Indians.  Thus  it  happened,  that  all  the 
unfavorable  occurrences  were  of  a  nature  to  increase  the  ex- 
penses of  the  mission;  especially  when  compared  with  the  good, 
which  it  was  in  the  power  of  the  missionaries  to  confer  upon 
'he  natives. 

HOPEFIELD. 

1823. 

This  is  a  little  farming  settlement,  about  four  miles  distant 
from  Union.  It  was  commenced  in  December,  1823.  The 
design  was  to  show  the  Osages  the  benefits  of  agriculture* 
by  an  experiment  conducted,  in  great  part,  bv  their  own  people. 

IT 


i30  MISSION   AMONG   THE    OSAfrLS    OF    THE   NLOsHO.  [Report^ 

Rev.  William  B.  Montgomery,  Missionary. 
Mr.  William  C.  Requa,  Farmer. 
Mrs.  Requa. 

In  the  spring  of  1824,  eleven  Osage  families  became  fixed  in 
their  residence  here,  with  a  view  of  being  regular  farmers.  They 
were  put  to  great  inconvenience  for  the  want  of  agricultural 
implements;  but  entered  upon  their  labors  with  a  good  degree 
of  courage  and  zeal.  In  August,  they  carried  their  first  fruits 
to  fort  Gibson,  about  twenty  five  miles  down  the  river,  for 
sale  and  barter.  The  next  year,  the  number  of  families  had 
increased  to  fifteen,  containing  ninety-one  souls. 

But  when  war  was  apprehended  from  the  Delawares  and  the 
Piankashaws,  in  May  1826,  these  poor  settlers  were  oppressed  by 
the  most  cruel  fears.  They  repeatedly  fled  from  their  dwellings  and 
took  refuge  at  Union.  Sometimes  they  were  so  overwhelmed  with 
terror,  that  they  rushed  into  the  mission  houses,  ran  up  stairs,  and 
crawled  under  the  beds,  that  they  might  certainly  reach  a  place 
of  safety.  They  had,  indeed,  good  reason  to  be  afraid;  for  strag- 
glers from  these  hostile  tribes  were  seen  lurking  around;  and 
several  Osages  had  been  killed  by  them  in  cold  blood.  One 
murder  of  this  kind  was  peculiarly  indicative  of  savage  habits. 
A  father  of  one  of  the  children  in  school,  a  blind  man,  incapa- 
ble of  walking  without  a  guide,  was  sitting  in  the  yard  of  a  house 
whither  he  had  gone  for  safety,  when  he  was  shot  by  an  enemy 
who  had  silently  approached. 

The  Osages  wished  to  preserve  peace,  as  they  alleged,  from 
respect  to  their  great  father,  the  President  of  the  United  States. 
At  any  rate,  it  does  not  appear  that  they  took  measures  of  re- 
taliation. 

It  is  sometimes  imagined  that  savage  tribes,  in  all  their  bold- 
ness and  ferocity,  suffer  nothing  from  fear  and  apprehension. 
This  is  a  total  mistake.  No  men  suffer  so  much  from  fear  as 
savages.  War  has  been  the  great,  constant,  universal  torment 
of  uncivilized  tribes.  Although  the  savage  warrior  sometimes 
exhibits  the  most  dauntless  bravery,  and  submits  to  torture  and 
death  with  the  most  stoical  apathy;  yet,  at  other  times,  he  trem- 
bles at  the  shaking  of  a  leaf,  and  becomes  the  sport  of  the  most 
abject  cowardice:  and  as  to  the  women  and  children,  they  have 
always  fled,  like  young  patridges,  on  the  slightest  cause  of  alarm. 
Thus  fne  sroo  of  this  world,  the  deceiver:  o('  the   nations,  tiiral 


4  8lJ  ,  HOPEFIELD.  ,  131 

self  a  murderer  from  the  beginning,  has  held  the  mass  of  man- 
kind in  almost  constant  dread  of  violence  from  the  hands  of  each 
other;  and  from  this  wretched  bondage  they  can  never  be  de- 
livered, except  by  the  power  of  the  Gospel. 

The  settlers  at  Hopefield  suffered  severely  by  the  inundation 
which  has  been  described.  All  their  crops,  their  houses,  fences^ 
and  all  their  moveables,  which  they  had  provided  for  themselves 
with  great  patience  and  toil,  were  at  once  swept  away;  and  they 
were  suddenly  left  houseless,  and  without  any  provision  for  the* 
winter.  During  the  subsequent  months,  they  were  driven  to 
extreme  privations,  and  obliged  to  rely  for  subsistence,  in  a 
great  measure,  upon  roots  dug  in  the  prairies.  They  were  not 
utterly  discouraged,  however;  and,  when  the  last  spring  arrived, 
they  entered  with  some  alacrity  upon  renewed  agricultural  labors. 
It  may  be  presumed,  that  they  have  this  year  received  the  usual 
rewards  of  the  husbandman. 

That  part  of  the  Osage   tribe,  for  whose   benefit  this  mission 
was  especially  designed,  was  thought  to  contain  about  5,000  souls. 
Probably  the  number   was   over  estimated.     The  principal  town, 
or  village,  was  about  25  miles  from  Union.     Two  or  three  years 
ago,  a  treaty  was  made,  by  which  the  Osages  relinquished  their 
title  to  lands  in  the  vicinity  of  the  mission,  and  agreed  to  remove 
70  or  80  miles  to  the  north.      A  section   of  land,  that  is,  a  mile 
square,  was  reserved  for  the  use  of  the  missionary  establishment. 
It  has  been  a  subject  of  deliberation  whether  the  mission  should 
follow    the   Indians,  or  still   remain   at  Union.      The  reasons  us 
favor  of  remaining  appear  to  preponderate,  as,  in  that   case,    the 
buildings  and  farm  will  not  be  lost,  and  there  are  some  advanta- 
ges in  having  a  boarding  school  for  Indian  children,  at  a  considera- 
ble distance  from  the  residence  of  their  parents.     Col.  Arbuckle, 
the  commanding  officer  at  fort  Gibson,  has  given  a  written  opinion 
in  favor  of  the  place,  as  a  suitable  situation  for  a  central  school, 
designed  to  accommodate  several  distinct  tribes;  if,  in  accordance 
with  the  plan  of  the  general  government,  these  tribes  should   be 
removed  into  the  neighboring  regions.    These  tribes,  here  partic- 
ularly referred  to,  are  from  the  northern  parts  of  the  states  east 
of  the  Mississippi,  and  from  the  Michigan  territory.     Many  of  the 
chief  are  said  to  have  consented  to  a  removal;  but  the  success  af 
the  experiment  must  be  considered  as  doubtful. 


132  Mission  among  the  osages  of  MISSOURI.  [Report. 

The  Osages  are  very  different  from  most  of  the  aborigines 
in  this  particular;  viz.  that  they  make  audible  prayers  to  a  supe- 
rior being,  called  JVau-kon-dah,  who  comprises  in  his  character 
all  that  they  imagine  of  God.  This  being,  concerning  whom  they 
have  very  vague  notions,  seems  to  be  thought  to  have  a  material 
body,  to  go  from  place  to  place,  and  yet  generally  to  be  so  near  as 
to  understand  the  prayers,  which  are  offered  to  him.  Prayers  are 
made  by  those,  who  are  in  distress,  or  who  are  suffering  under 
some  urgency  of  want,  or  of  desire;  not  at  all,  it  would  seem, 
by  those  who  are  in  prosperity.  The  prayer  consists  entirely 
in  stating,  and  repeating  the  wants,  or  the  desires,  of  the  worship- 
per, in  few  and  simple  terms;  so  that  three  or  four  short  sen- 
tences, containing  three  or  four  words  each,  form  the  whole 
of  many  a  prayer.  These  short  sentences  are  repeated,  with 
increasing  earnestness,  and  often  with  sobs  and  tears,  for  a  con- 
siderable  time.  The  season  of  prayer  is  from  day-break  to 
sunrise. 

The  Osages  are  tall  and  well  formed  in  person,  hospitable  to 
strangers,  sometimes  generous,  always  great  beggars,  as  if  every 
white  man  were  under  obligation  to  them,  improvident  in  their 
habits,  and  extremely  poor.  As  to  their  physical  and  moral  con- 
dition, they  present  strong  claims  to  the  pity  of  all,  who  enjoy 
the  Gospel. 

Clamore,  the  chief  of  this  part  of  the  Osage  tribe,  is  a  shrewd 
man,  of  rather  a  suspicious  and  unhappy  temper,  and  not  very 
friendly  to  the  mission.  He  was  one  of  the  party,  who  were 
conveyed  through  all  our  great  cities  as  far  eastward  as  Boston, 
at  the  charge  of  the  United  States,  in  the  early  part  of  Mr.  Jef- 
ferson's presidency.  He  complains  bitterly  that  he  and  his  peo- 
ple are  poor;  and  that  the  white  people  are  getting  alt  the  land 
of  the  Indians. 

IX.     MISSION  AMONG  THE  OSAGES  OF  MISSOURI. 

This  was  the  second  enterprise  of  magnitude  which  was  under- 
taken by  the  United  Foreign  Missionary  Society,  and  it  was  design- 
ed for  the  benefit  of  the  other  great  branch  of  the  Osage  tribe, 


1827.]  HjiRMOIO  ISo 


HARMONY. 
1821. 

Situated  in  the  state  of  Missouri,  near  the  western  line,  on  a 
branch  of  the  Osage  river  called  Marie  du  Cein,  and  about  150 
miles  north  of  Union. 

Rev.  Nathaniel  B.  Dodge,  Missionary  and  Superintendent. 

Mrs.  Dodge. 

]\Ir.  Amasa  Jones,  Teacher  and  Licensed  Preacher. 

Mrs.  Jones. 

Mr.  Daniel  H.  Austin,  Carpenter  and  Millwright, 

Mrs.  Austin. 

Mr.  Samuel  ft.  Bright,  Fanner. 

Mrs.  Bright. 

Mr.  Richard  Colby,  Blacksmith. 

Miss  Mary  Etris. 

Miss  Harriet  Woolley. 

In  the  year  1823,  the  school  consisted  of  18  pupils;  in  the 
next  year  it  had  risen  to  36,  and  in  1825  to  40.  Early  in  last 
year,  it  was  reduced  to  20,  in  consequence  of  apprehended  wars 
between  the  Osages  and  the  Delawares.  There  was  danger, 
also,  that  several  other  small  tribes  would  be  implicated.  At  one 
time  the  Delawares  had  twelve  children  in  school,  all  of  whom 
but  two  were  removed  on  the  rumor  of  war.  In  September  of  last 
year,  the  number  in  school  was  25,  of  whom  fifteen  were  able 
to  read  in  the  New  Testament,  and  five  were  studying  arithme- 
tic. During  the  summer  of  the  present  year,  the  number  was 
35,  where  it  has  remained  stationary  for  a  considerable  time. 
The  children  are  becoming  more  docile,  and  more  fond  of 
study.  Mr.  Jones  describes  them  as  healthy,  fine,  and  interesting. 
Twenty  five  could  read  the  word  of  God,  and  a  part  of  them 
were  so  far  advanced  that  they  could  peruse  many  books  with 
interest.  At  various  times,  there  had  been  seriousness  in  the 
school;  but  it  does  not  appear  to  have  resulted  as  yet,  in  produ- 
cing any  established  religious  character.  The  Lancasterian  plan 
of  instruction  is  partially  adopted. 

It  is  thought  to  be  of  no  disadvantage  to  the  school,  that  the 
natives  have  ceded   their  lands,  here  also,  to  the  United  States, 


134  MISSION    AMONG    THE    OSAGES    OF   MISSOURI.  [Report. 

reserving*  two  sections  for  the  use  of  the  station.  The  inter- 
ference of  heathen  parents,  in  the  business  of  instruction  and  gov- 
ernment, always  proves  a  serious  inconvenience.  A  boarding 
school  for  Indian  pupils  seems  most  advantageously  situated, 
therefore,  when  so  far  removed  from  the  Indian  villages,  that 
the  visits  of  parents  shall  not  be  too  frequent;  and  when  so  near 
that  children  can  easily  be  brought  to  school. 

The  farm  was  so  much  brought  under  subjection,  in  the  year 
1824,  that  it  produced  460  bushels  of  wheat,  and  1,600  bushels 
of  corn.  The  excessive  heat  of  summer  and  the  most  grievous 
annoyance  of  the  prairie  fly,  are  impediments  in  the  way  of  ag- 
ricultural labor.  The  violent  showers,  and  sudden  inundations, 
are  sometimes  destructive  of  the  labors  of  the  husbandman. 

Mills  have  been  erected  at  a  great  expense,  both  here  and  at 
Union.  Here  the  propelling  power  is  water,  and  the  building 
is  so  often  immersed  by  floods,  that  the  frame  will  soon  be  rot- 
ten. At  Union,  a  horizontal  wheel  is  turned  by  the  weight  of 
oxen.  In  both  places,  the  mills  are  extremely  important  to  the 
welfare  of  the  family. 

As  an  instance  of  the  floods,  which  occur  in  this  part  of  the 
country,  the  Marie  du  Cein,  a  small  river,  was  raised  to  the  height 
of  30  feet  above  low  water  mark,  on  the  20th  of  July  last.  Much 
corn  was  destroyed. 

The  missionaries  here  have,  at  times,  been  greatly  discouraged, 
in  regard  to  their  future  prospects.  This  has  been  especially 
the  case  with  the  farmers,  and  other  lay  members  of  the  mission, 
Several  families  had  left  the  station,  on  this  account,  about  the 
time  it  was  transferred  to  the  Board.  Of  course  their  names  do 
not  appear,  in  the  foregoing  list.  The  occasions  of  discourage- 
ment were,  the  untractableness  of  Indians,  their  fickleness,  their 
apparent  want  of  gratitude,  the  slowness  of  the  process  intended 
for  their  benefit,  the  want  of  united  counsels  in  the  mission  family, 
the  want  of  subordination  and  of  good  management,  the  greatness 
of  the  expense  in  proportion  to  the  good  effected,  the  frequent 
sicknesses  endured,  and  many  inconveniences  unavoidable  in  a 
new  settlement.  It  should  be  mentioned,  that  probably  no  modern 
effort  among  the  American  Indians  has  been  attended  with  more 
trials  of  various  kinds,  than  these  two  enterprises,  at  Union  and 
Harmony.  None  of  the  Osages  knew  any  thing  about  civiliza- 
tion.    None  of  them  could  appreciate  the  value  of  schools,   or 


1827.]  HARMOiNi.  135 

industry,  or  religious  teaching1.  They  had  seen  few  white  men, 
From  their  own  consciousness,  and  from  all  that  they  had  known 
of  human  nature,  they  supposed  that  all  men  had  selfish  and  sin- 
ister motives.  It  is  not  surprising,  therefore,  that  they  should 
be  slow  to  credit  professions  of  friendship,  made  with  special 
reference  to  objects  which  cannot  as  yet  be  clearly  and  distinctly 
understood  by  them. 

The  same  causes  of  discouragement  have  existed  to  some  ex- 
tent, at  nearly  all  the  larger  stations,  under  the  care  of  the 
Board.  There  seems  to  be  no  adequate  ground  for  reliance  upon 
any  thing  but  the  simple  truths  of  thevGospel,  for  the  permanent 
and  general  melioration  of  the  Indian  character.  No  other 
cause  will  exert  sufficient  efficacy  to  prepare  the  way  for  civil- 
ization. 

The  missionaries,  at  the  various  stations  under  the  care  of  the 
United  Foreign  Missionary  Society,  were  gratified  with  the  union 
between  that  institution  and  this  Board.  The  reasons,  which 
satisfied  the  Christian  public,  in  regard  to  the  expediency  of  the 
measure,  were  equally  satisfactory  to  the  missionaries.  On  this 
subject,  Mr.  Dodge  thus  expresses  himself:  "I  do  most  cheerfully 
acquiesce  in  the  late  union  established  between  the  two  Boards 
of  Missions.  I  think  it  to  be  a  most  judicious  and  excellent  step,  in 
promoting  missionary  operations;  as  it  will  not  only  serve  to  com- 
bine the  efforts  of  missionaries,  who  are  actually  in  the  field;  but 
it  will  form  one  common  centre,  to  which  the  charities  of  the 
Christian  public  will  flow."  The  other  members  of  this  establish- 
ment expressed  similar  opinions  and  feelings. 

The  attempts  to  evangelize  the  Osages  have  been  especially 
embarrassed  by  the  want  of  a  knowledge  of  their  language, 
and  of  competent  interpreters.  As  this  impediment  is  gradually 
removed,  it  may  be  hoped  that  greater  success  will  attend  mis- 
sionary labors.  An  interesting  case  occurred  at  Harmony,  during 
the  year  past,  of  an  old  man,  whom  Mr.  Dodge  and  others  had 
been  able  to  instruct  in  such  a  manner,  as  to  bring  him  appar- 
ently under  the  powerful  influence  of  religious  truth; — and 
as  to  fill  him  with  a  strong  and  operative  desire  that  his  people 
should  be  taught  the  things  which  belong  to  their  everlasting 
peace. 


loO*  MISSION   AMONG   THE    OSAGES   OF    MISSOURI.  [Report^ 

One  young  man  from  the  white  settlements  was  admitted  to  the 
church  last  summer,  and  the  oldest  daughter  of  Mr.  Austin  was 
proposed  for  admission. 

A  Jesuit  priest  has  recently  visited  this  part  of  the  country, 
and  baptised  several  children  belonging  to  the  school.  This  he 
did,  of  course,  without  consulting  the  missionaries,  and  when  the 
children  were  with  their  parents. 

NEOSHO. 

1824. 

This  station  is  near  an  Indian  village,  upon  the  river  Neosho, 
about  sixty  miles  from  Harmony  and  a  hundred  from  Union,  a 
little  west  of  a  direct  line  from  one  of  these  places  to  the  other. 

Rev.  Benton  Pixley,  Missionary. 
Mrs.  Pixley. 

The  design  of  forming  a  small  station  here  was  first  enter- 
tained  in  the  summer  of  1824;  and  Mr.  Pixley  commenced  a 
residence  there  in  September  of  that  year.  His  family  occu- 
pies some  old  buildings,  the  use  of  which  was  given  for  that 
purpose  by  a  trader.  Mr.  Pixley  had  previously  made  some 
progress  in  learning  the  language  of  the  natives,  and  cherished 
a  strong  desire  of  communicating  divine  truth  to  them.  This 
knowledge  was  obtained  with  considerable  labor,  and  at  the  ex- 
pense of  not  a  few  privations. 

When  permission  was  asked  to  come  and  live  in  this  neighbor- 
hood, he  leading  men  said,  that  though  they  were  pleased  with 
the  proposal,  they  were  apprehensive  they  could  not  restrain  their 
young  men  from  stealing,  or  injuring,  the  property  of  the  mis- 
sionaries. Not  much  property,  however,  was  conveyed  thither. 
The  establishment  was  commenced  in  quite  a  humble  style. 
Mr.  Pixley  and  his  family  resided  here  without  any  one  to  share 
in  the  labors  for  more  than  a  year.  They  were  then  joined  by 
Mr.  Bright  from  Harmony,  who  worked  as  a  farmer,  till  he  was 
recalled,  at  the  beginning  of  the  present  year,  to  supply  the 
same  kind  of  service  at  the  larger  station  which  he  had  left, 
and  where  his  aid  was  imperiously  demanded.  In  the  year  1826, 
he  field,  at  this  little  station-,  produced  260  bushels  of  corn;  am* 


1827.]  neosho.  137 

the     expense    of    supporting    the    mission    families   was    very 
moderate. 

The  Osages  set  out  upon  their  great  hunting  expedition  about 
the  first  of  September  and  do  not  return  till  the  last  of  January; 
and  they  are  not  stationary  more  than  four  or  five  months  in 
the  year.  This  circumstance  in  their  condition  renders  it 
extremely  difficult  to  do  them  good.  By  residing  among  them, 
Mr.  Pixley  has  learned  much  of  their  character,  habits,  and 
customs;  and  has  considered,  and  examined,  all  the  methods, 
which  have  occurred  to  his  mind,  of  gaining  access  to  them. 
He  does  not  despair  of  the  grace  of  God  ultimately  reaching 
them;  but  the  whole  subject  seems  as  yet  very  much  shrouded 
in  darkness.  By  various  acts  of  kindness,  he  had  apparently 
succeeded  in  convincing  them  of  his  disinterestedness;  but  these 
convictions,  in  the  minds  of  savages,  are  extremely  faint  and 
evanescent. 

Neosho  is  about  in  the  centre  of  the  Osage  reservation  from 
north  to  south,  just  within  the  eastern  line  of  that  reserva- 
tion, and  without  the  western  line  of  Missouri.  The  face 
of  the  county  is  neither  level  nor  mountainous,  but  what  is 
called  rolling  prairie.  There  are  few  trees,  except  on  the 
banks  of  rivers  and  smaller  streams.  The  soil  is  good  and 
capable  of  producing,  in  great  abundance,  the  necessaries  and 
comforts  of  life.  If  the  Indians  should  become  moderately  in- 
dustrious, their  external  circumstances  would  be  rapidly  improv- 
ed; and  they  could  soon  get  all  the  implements,  which  are  re- 
quired, in  the  ordinary  progress  of  agriculture  from  a  rude  to  a 
more  perfect  state. 

It  would  seem  as  if  the  Osages  are  very  different  from  many 
other  Indians;  especially  from  those  tribes  whose  residence  is  nearer 
the  Atlantic,  and  the  gulf  of  Mexico.  They  are  stated  to  be 
very  apt  to  steal  from  each  other;  a  thing  quite  uncommon  with 
many  of  the  aborigines.  Though  not  a  warlike  people,  and 
extremely  solicitous  for  their  personal  safety,  they  are  still  much 
elated  with  the  glory  of  killing  an  enemy.  To  strike  an  Indian 
of  another  tribe  with  a  tomahawk,  surpasses,  in  their  estimation, 
all  other  conceivable  degrees  of  honor. 
18 


1?8  MISSION    AT    MACKINAW.  [Report* 


MACKINAW. 

The  island  called  Mackinaw,  or  Michilimackinac,  is  nine  miles 
in  circumference,  situated  in  the  straits  between  lakes  Huron  and 
Michigan,  near  the  46th  parallel  of  latitude,  350  miles  N.  N.  W. 
of  Detroit,  90  miles  S.  S.  E.  of  Sault  St.  Marie,  and  200  N.  E.  of 
the  head  of  Green  Bay. 

The  mission  was  commenced  in  the  fall  of  1823. 

Rev.  William  M.  Ferry,  Missionary  and  Superintendent, 

Mrs.  Ferry. 

Mr.  Martin  Heydenburk,   Teacher. 

Mrs.  Heydenburk. 

Mr.  John  S.  Hudson,  Teacher  and  Farmer. 

Mrs.  Hudson. 

Miss  Eunice  Osmar.  \ 

Miss  Elisabeth  M'Farland,     \  Teachers  and  Assistants, 

Miss  Delia  Cook,  } 

Much  aid  is  rendered  to  this  mission,  in  various  departments 
of  labor,  by  a  very  ingenious  general  mechanic  by  the  name  of 
Campbell,  who  is  partly  of  Indian  descent.  This  man  and  his 
wife  are  thought  to  be  uncommonly  pious,  and  to  have  become 
so  under  the  influence  of  the  mission.  A  discharged  soldier,  by 
the  name  of  Gibson,  sustaining  the  same  religious  character,  is  also 
employed  in  various  labors.  A  Mr.  Stephens  and  his  wife, 
from  the  western  part  of  New  York,  having  a  desire  to  afford 
assistance  in  the  missionary  work,  and  being  encouraged  by  some 
warm  friends  of  missions,  joined  the   establishment   last  summer. 

The  island  of  Mackinaw  is  principally  elevated  ground,  rising 
from  150  to  300  feet  above  the  level  of  the  water,  and  exhibit- 
ing a  very  romantic  scenery.  It  is  remarkable  for  its  being  the 
centre  of  operations  of  the  American  Fur  Trade  Company,  and  a 
common  rendezvous  for  the  various  tribes  of  Indians  in  our  north- 
western wilderness.  From  the  opening  of  spring  to  the  close 
of  navigation  in  the  fall,  the  place  is  visited  by  great  numbers 
of  the  natives,  from  numerous  and  distant  tribes.  Sometimes 
there  are  1,000,  or  1,500,  or  even  2,000,  encamped  on  the  shores 
of  the  island  at  once.  A  station  here  has  the  means  of  intercourse 
and  influence  with  the  Indians  all  around   the  three  great  lakes, 


lo27.|  MACKINAW.  139 

Huron,  Michigan,  and  Superior,  and  beyond,  north  and   west,  to 
Hudson's  Bay  and  the  Mississippi. 

This  mission  was  established  by  the  United  Foreign  Missionary 
Society.  Mr.  Ferry  and  his  wife  arrived  at  Mackinaw,  Oct.  19, 
1823.  Preparations  were  made  for  opening  a  school.  In  a 
week  after  a  proposal  was  announced  to  receive  pupils,  12 
were  admitted;  and,  in  the  spring,  the  number  had  increased  to  33. 
In  July  1824,  Miss  Osmar  and  Miss  McFarland  joined  the  station, 
and  in  October  Mr.  Heydenburk  entered  upon  service.  The 
school,  consisting  of  about  60  boarding  pupils  and  40  from  the  vil- 
lage, was  now  divided,  Mr.  Heydenburk  taking  charge  of  the  boys 
and  Miss  Osmar  of  the  girls.  The  buildings  were  small  and  in- 
commodious, and  the  labors  of  keeping  together  such  an  establish- 
ment, among  so  many  inconveniences,  were  very  arduous. 

In  the  summer  of  1825,  a  large  framed  building  was  erected, 
containing  accommodations  for  the  schools,  and  for  the  mission 
families.  Mr.  Hudson  and  Miss  Cook  were  added  to  the  number 
of  helpers  in  August  of  this  year.  The  boarding  scholars  were 
increasing  constantly,  so  that,  for  the  year  ending  July  1826,  the 
average  was  between  80  and  90;  and  for  the  year  ending  July 
last,  the  average  was  102.  In  August,  the  number  was  112,  and 
the  pupils  from  the  village  about  60. 

Some  of  the  children  of  the  boarding  school  are  full  blooded 
Indians;  but  the  far  greater  number  are  half  breeds.  Some  are 
but  one  fourth  Indians.  There  has  been  much  intercourse  be- 
tween whites  and  Indians  in  this  quarter,  as  a  consequence  of 
the  extensive  trading  establishments,  branching  forth  into  the 
interior.  The  resident  clerks  and  others,  connected  with  these 
establishments,  have  been  in  the  practice  of  cohabiting  with  na- 
tive women,  some  of  whom  are  taken  as  wives,  with  the  solemn 
and  public  ceremonies  of  marriage,  and  are  treated  with  kind- 
ness and  fidelity.  Others  live  with  the  men  for  many  years,  as 
their  concubines,  and  are  finally  deserted,  when  their  para- 
mours return  to  civilized  life.  Thus  the  progeny  of  native 
mothers  and  men  of  English  or  French  descent,  is  becoming  nu- 
merous. This  class  of  children  is  not  less  in  need  of  instruction 
than  "any  other;  and  the  advantages  of  their  being  well  educated 
are  very  great:  for  the  Indians  of  mixed  blood,  as  a  body,  never 
fail  to  have  more  influence  with  their  own  people,  than  the  un- 
mixed aboriginals.      As  a  matter  of  course,  they  get  more  knowl- 


140  mission  at  mackinaw.  [Report, 

edge,  and  aspire  to  a  higher  style  of  living.  It  would  seem,  that, 
so  far  as  civilization  and  Christianity  shall  extend  among  the  In- 
dians of  this  continent,  that  portion  of  them  here  described  is 
likely  to  exert  a  very  important  agency. 

Such  is  the  medium  of  intercourse  with  all  the  northwestern 
Indians,  that  children  can  as  easily  be  obtained  from  the  distance 
of  several  hundred  miles,  as  from  a  much  shorter  distance.  There 
are  now  in  the  school  children  from  the  borders  of  the  three  great 
lakes  above  mentioned,  two  from  the  shores  of  Hudson's  bay, 
three  or  four  from  Red  river,  two  from  lake  Athabasco,  far  in 
the  northwest,  several  from  the  interior  south  of  lake  Superior, 
and  several  west  of  lake  Michigan,  from  the  wilderness  near  the 
Mississippi.  These  children  are  from  the  different  bands,  or  sub- 
divisions, of  the  Ottawas, — the  various  bands  of  the  Chippeways 
— of  the  Kinnisternas,  the  Winnebagoes,  the  Menominies,  the 
Putowatomies,  and  of  the  Fox,  Sac,  and  Sioux  tribes. 

When  the  school  consisted  of  160  children,  the  number  of 
boys  was  90,  and  of  girls  70.  The  progress  in  learning  is  very 
respectable,  when  a  comparison  is  made  with  good  common 
schools  in  the  United  States.  The  testimony  of  visiters,  has 
been  uniformly,  so  far  as  is  known,  honorable  to  the  establish- 
ment, and  gratifying  to  the  friends  of  missions. 

By  an  act  of  the  legislative  council  of  Michigan,  provision  is 
made  for  binding  the  children  to  the  superintendent  of  the  mis- 
sion, by  legal  indentures,  so  that  they  cannot  be  taken  away  till 
they  are  of  age,  and  their  education  has  been  completed.  Mr. 
Ferry  relies  much  on  this  part  of  the  plan  to  secure  the  efficacy 
of  the  school.  Accordingly,  all  the  children,  who  are  received 
as  boarding  scholars,  are  bound  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  law, 
and  cannot  be  taken  away  at  the  caprice  of  their  ignorant  parents. 
It  is  a  great  labor,  in  the  first  instance,  to  take  these  children 
from  the  forest,  and  accustom  them  to  the  decencies  of  a  well 
regulated  family. 

The  mission  property,  at  this  station,  is  estimated  as  follows: 
Mission  buildings  with  inclosed  improvements,     $3,500 
Blacksmith's  shop,  barn,  and  outhouses,  -         800 

Materials  for  building  and  fences,         -         -         -     450-^4.750 


- 

275 

- 

250 

- 

700 

400 

60— 

-460 

1,000 

600 

< 

1,075- 

-2,675 

_ 

500 

- 

372 

- 

50 

1827.]  MAUMEE.  141 

Cart;?,  waggon,  and  other  farming  utensils, 
Blacksmith's  tools  and  stock,         - 
Stoves,  pipes,  and  household  furniture,     - 
New  schooner  of  18  tons,  with  chain  cables, 
Sail  boat,         __-__. 

Provisions;  viz.  pork,  flour,  kc. 
Produce  of  last  summer:  viz.  hay, 

Potatoes,  barley,  peas,  and  oats,     - 

• 
Wood  for  the  coming  winter, 

Live  stock, 

Wharf,  

$  10,032 

Within  the  year  past,  there  has  been  considerable  seriousness 
in  the  school;  and,  among  the  larger  and  more  intelligent  pupils, 
instances  have  occurred  of  hopeful  piety.  Other  individuals, 
who  have  come  within  the  influence  of  the  mission,  are  sensibly 
affected  by  it;  and  the  establishment  cannot  be  deemed  otherwise 
than  as  a  great  blessing  to  the  village,  and  to  the  extensive 
region,  for  whose  scattered  and  wandering  inhabitants  it  was  prin- 
cipally designed. 

XL    MAUMEE. 

This  mission  was  commenced  by  tjie  Western  Missionary  So- 
ciety, and  afterwards  transferred  to  the  United, Foreign  Missionary 
•Society.  It  is  situated  in  the  northwest  part  of  Ohio,  near  a 
small  Indian  reservation,  lying  upon  the  Maumee  river,  about  30 
miles  above  its  mouth. 

Mr.  Isaac  Van  Tassel,   Teacher  and  Licensed  Preacher. 

Mrs.  Van  Tassel. 

Miss  Stevens,  and  two  other  unmarried  females,  have  aided  in 
the  labors  of  the  mission. 

Mr.  Leander  Sackett,  who  had  been  employed  here  as  a  farmer, 
retired  from  missionary  service  on  the  6th  of  August  last.  His 
withdrawing  was  occasioned  by  the  want  of  harmony  and  kind 
co-operation,  between   himself  and  other  members  of  the  family. 


142  mission  at  maumee.  [Report, 

This  difficulty  had  been  of  long  continuance;  but  was  thought  to 
be  settled,  during  the  visit  of  the  Rev.  Messrs.  Macurdy  and 
Crane,  in  the  autumn  of  1825.  The  case  is  not  mentioned  for 
the  sake  of  conveying  censure;  especially  when  all  the  members 
of  this  mission  joined  it  from  motives,  (as  they  supposed,  and  as 
their  employers  believed,)  of  attachment  to  the  cause  of  Christ; 
and  made  a  cheerful  surrender  of  time,  and  property,  and  self- 
denying  labor  in  its  behalf:  but  it  seems  important  that  the  public 
should  be  aware,  that  one  of  the  evils,  against  which  missionaries 
should  be  peculiarly  on  their  guard,  is*  disunion  among  those,  who 
are  engaged  in  different  departments  of  the  same  great  work. 

The  Oltawas,  for  whose  benefit  this  station  was  designed,  re- 
side on  five  small  reservations.  The  places  of  these  reservations, 
the  number  of  acres  which  they  contain,  and  the  number  of  In- 
dians who  live  on  them,  are  as  follows: 

Reservation,  No.  1,  is  at  the  mouth  of  the  Maumee,  (Miami  of 
the  Lakes,)  bounded  on  the  west  by  the  river,  and  on  the  north 
by  lake  Erie.  It  contains  10,880  acres,  and  is  inhabited  by  253 
Ottawas. 

No.  2,  is  nearly  opposite  No.  1,  and  contains  the  same  quantity 
of  land,  and  222  inhabitants. 

No.  3,  lies  on  the  west  side  of  the  Maumee,  30  miles  from  its 
mouth.     Acres,  23,040.     Population,  113. 

No.  4,  is  on  Blanchard's  fork,  a  tributary  stream,  70  miles  from 
the  mouth  of  the  Maumee.     Acres,  16.000.     Population,  124. 

No.  5,  is  on  another  tributary  stream,  80  miles  from  the  mouth 
of  the  Maumee.     Acres,  5,760.     Population,  54. 

Total  in  the  five  reservations;  acres,  66,560.  Population, 
766;  which  is  7  and  a  third  to  a  square  mile,  or  one  to  87  acres. 

The  station  is  on  a  good  farm,  which  lies  east  of  the  river, 
opposite  to  reservation,  No.  3.  The  farm  contains  687  acres, -of 
which  80  acres  are  cleared.  The  portion  under  cultivation  has 
been  very  productive. 

The  school  consisted  of  32  pupils  in  October  of  last  year. 
Seventeen  were  of  Ottawa  descent.  Ten  were  Wiandots,  three 
Shawnees,  one  Chippeway,  and  one  Munsee.  Six  gave  evidence 
of  piety.  The  interpreter  is  a  pious  and  very  capable  young 
man.  His  name  is  Lewis  King.  When  not  employed  to  inter- 
pret, he  labors  for  the  mission  as  a  joiner. 


1827.]  tuscarora.  143 

Several  gentlemen  of  education  and  judgment,  who  have 
visited  the  school  at  different  times,  agree  in  using  expressions  of 
high  commendation  respecting  it. 

The  little  remnants  of  Indians,  who  remain  upon  the  reserva- 
tions, are  in  a  very  degraded  state.  The  vice  to  which  they  are 
most  exposed,  and  by  which  they  are  held  in  a  state  of  poverty, 
is  an  inordinate  attachment  to  ardent  spirits. 

How  large  a  proportion  of  the  Ottawa  tribe  is  embraced  in  the 
foregoing  account,  the  Committee  have  not  the  means  of  stating, 
It  is  believed,  that  various  bands  of  the  tribe  are  dispersed  in  the 
Michigan  territory. 

This  mission  is  regarded  with  great  interest  by  the  religious 
part  of  the  community  in  Ohio  and  other  western  states.  Some 
of  its  warmest  friends,  however,  entertain  doubts  respecting  its 
permanency.  There  are  two  adverse  causes,  which  seem  likely 
to  remain.  The  place  is  unhealthy,  and  the  Indians  must  be  con- 
stantly exposed  to  the  temptations  and  vicious  examples  of  the 
lower  classes  of  their  white  neighbors. 

XII.     TUSCARORA  MISSION. 

Situated  on  a  reservation  of  about  2,000  acres,  three  or  four 
miles  east  of  the  Niagara  river  at  Lewiston.  In  1818,  the  num- 
ber of  Tuscaroras  residing  here  was  314.  Some  removals  have 
taken  place  since  that  period.  The  number  now  remaining  is  be- 
tween 200  and  300. 

Mr.  John  Elliot,  Teacher. 

Some  years  since,  the  Rev.  James  C.  Crane,  late  Secretary  of 
the  United  Foreign  Missionary  Society,  labored  as  the  missionary 
here.  He  was  afterwards  employed  in  other  important  services, 
till  he  was  removed  by  death.  In  the  years  1824,  and  1825,  the 
Rev.  David  M.  Smith,  of  Lewiston,  preached  statedly  to  the  In- 
dians, by  the  appointment  of  the  above  named  Society.  In  the 
autumn  of  1825,  an  arrangement  was  made,  by  which  the  Rev. 
Thomson  S.  Harris,  missionary  at  Seneca*,  should  preach  here 
one  third  of  the  time.  It  was  thought  to  be  very  desirable,  how- 
ever, that  a  minister  of  the  Gospel  should  reside  at  the  village 
constantly,  and  that  a  school  should  be  kept  under  his  superin- 
tendence. To  the  accomplishment  of  this  object  the  Committee 
directed  their  efforts,  from  the  time  when  the  mission  looked  to 


144  mission  at  tuscarora.  [Report, 

them  for  support;  but  they  were  not  able  to  succeed  in  finding  a 
suitable  person,  till  near  the  close  of  last  year. 

In  the  mean  time,  as  it  was  not  practicable  for  any  member  of 
the  Committee  to  visit  the  stations  on  the  Niagara  frontier,  the 
Hon.  Nathaniel  W.  Howell,  and  the  Rev.  Evan  Johns,  of  Canan- 
daigua,  kindly  consented  to  perform  this  agency,  in  the  month  of 
October  1826;  and  made  a  report  of  their  visit  and  proceedings, 
immediately  afterwards. 

They  found  the  mission-house,  which  had  been  erected  by  Mr. 
Crane,  in  a  condition  to  accommodate  a  family.  It  is  situated  on 
the  Indian  reservation.  A  farm,  containing  132  acres,  and  esti- 
mated to  be  worth  $1,800,  belongs  to  the  mission.  It  is  not  a 
part  of  the  reservation,  but  lies  a  mile  and  a  half  distant. 

A  little  church  was  organized  here  some  years  ago.  Last  year 
it  contained  seventeen  members;  but  afterwards  the  number  ap- 
pears to  have  been  reduced  to  fifteen. 

The  Rev.  Joseph  Lane,  who  had  received  his  theological  edu- 
cation at  Bangor,  was  assigned  to  this  station.  He  was  ordained 
to  the  work  of  a  missionary  at  Sanbornton,  N.  H.  Sept.  20,  1826, 
and  left  Boston  to  enter  upon  his  labors  about  the  close  of  the 
year.  In  February,  he  had  collected  and  organized  a  school  of 
40  pupils,  and  his  prospects  of  usefulness  appeared  favorable.  A 
deep  depression  of  spirits,  occasioned  partly  no  doubt  by  the  state 
of  his  bodily  health,  rendered  it  necessary  that  Mr.  Lane  should 
suspend  his  services  in  the  spring.  The  Committee  authorized 
him  to  return  to  his  friends  in  New  England,  which  he  did  soon 
after.  Hopes  are  entertained,  that  his  health  may  be  restored; 
and,  should  this  be  the  case,  there  are  many  stations,  in  each  of 
which  he  might  be  employed  with  great  advantage. 

The  place  being  thus  left  destitute,  Mr.  Elliot,  a  young  man 
from  the  state  of  Maine,  was  appointed  a  teacher,  and  sent  forth, 
after  a  public  designation  and  instructions,  on  the  6th  of  June. 
The  school  was  re-organized  about  the  first  of  July,  and  has  been 
attended  regularly  from  that  time  by  30  or  40  children,  who  are 
greatly  in  need  of  instruction.  The  Indians  suffer  from  the  moral 
contamination,  which  results  from  their  proximity  to  settlements, 
that  furnish  too  many  examples  of  immorality.  It  is  unnecessary 
to  add,  that  the  sympathies  of  the  wise  and  good,  throughout  all 
the  surrounding  country,  are  enlisted  in  favor  of  every  attempt 


1827.]  SENKCA    MISSION.  145 

to  elevate  the  character  of  the  small  remnants  of  the  aboriginal 
tribes. 


XIII.     SENECA  MISSION. 

Situated  four  miles  from  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  on  a  res*ervation  con- 
taining 83,557  acres;  on  which,  in  1818,  resided  a  mixed  popula- 
tion of  686  Seneca,  Cayuga,  and  Onondaga  Indians.  The  pres- 
ent number  has  not  been  stated. 

Rev.  Thomson  S.  Harris,  Missionary  and  Superintendent. 

Mrs.  Harris. 

Mr.  Hanover  Bradley,  Steward  and  Farmer. 

Miss  Asenath  Bishop, 

Miss  Mary  Henderson, 

Miss  Phebe  Selden,  Teachers  and  Assistants. 

The  boarding  school  at  this  place  was  designed  to  accommo- 
date the  residents  on  the  Tuscarora  and  Cattaraugus  reservations, 
as  well  as  those  who  reside  here;  but  it  is  found,  that  the  pa- 
rents are  not  willing  to  send  their  children  from  home.  They 
are  all  importunate  to  have  a  boarding  school  upon  each  res- 
ervation; and  disposed  to  complain,  if  one  settlement  is  more 
favored  than  another,  in  this  respect.  The  forty  five  children  in 
the  school  are  all  from  within  the  distance  of  a  few  miles. 

Judge  Howell  and  Mr.  Johns  made  a  report  concerning  this 
school,  in  the  following  words:  uThe  school  is  popular  among 
the  surrounding  white  settlements,  and  is  becoming  so  among  the 
pagan  Indians.  We  consider  it  to  be  in  a  flourishing  condition; 
and  are  of  opinion,  that,  as  it  regards  discipline,  mode  of  instruc- 
tion, and  the  proficiency  of  the  pupils,  it  would  not  suffer  in 
comparison  with  the  best  common  schools  of  white  children, 
within  the  circle  of  our  acquaintance.  Under  the  fostering  care 
of  the  Board,  it  will  continue  to  flourish  and  increase;  and  we 
are  decidedly  of  opinion,  that  its  continuance  is  indispensable  to 
the  successful  prosecution  of  the  benevolent  designs  of  the  Board, 
and  of  the  Christian  public,  in  regard  to  these  poor  savages.  On 
account  of  the  dispersed  situation  of  the  families,  from  which  the 
scholars  are  collected,  no  other  than  a  boarding  school  can  be 
successfully  kept  up  at  this  place." 

19 


146  seneca  mission.  [Report, 

The  agents  recommended  an  additional  building  for  the  ac- 
commodation of  Mr.  Harris,  and  a  specific  allowance  for  his  sup- 
port. As  no  aid  could  be  expected  from  the  government  of  the 
United  States,  during  the  current  year,  for  the  erection  of  build- 
ings, the  committee  do  not  feel  warranted,  at  present,  to  take 
this  whole  charge  upon  the  Board.  In  regard  to  a  separate  and 
fixed  allowance  for  the  support  of  missionaries  among  the  Indians, 
there  is  no  doubt  that  such  a  measure  is  advisable,  wherever  it 
can  be  adopted  after  rufficient  experience,  so  that  a  just  and 
reasonable  appropriation  may  be  made,  according  to  the  circum- 
stances of  each  station. 

The  chiefs  at  this  place  expressed  their  entire  confidence  in 
Mr.  Harris  and  his  associates,  and  their  satisfaction  with  the  school; 
a  confidence,  which,  as  the  agents  thought,  was  abundantly  de- 
served 

The  mission  experienced  a  very  severe  loss  in  April  last,  bjr 
the  removal  of  Mr.  Gilman  Clark,  who  had  been  the  teacher  of 
the  school  for  two  years.  In  consequence  of  his  having  fallen 
into  a  state  of  mental  derangement,  he  was  conveyed  to  his  friends 
in  New  Hampshire.  His  services  as  a  teacher  had  been  very 
\useful  and  acceptable.  It  was  necessary  to  supply  his  place  by 
temporary  assistance. 

The  Committee  would  mention  with  devout  gratitude  the 
goodness  of  God,  as  manifested  by  the  addition  to  the  number 
of  the  hopefully  pious  at  this  station.  Last  fall  there  were  in- 
dications of  seriousness  in  the  school.  In  the  course  of  the  win- 
ter, the  disposition  to  inquire  respecting  religion  was  observable 
among  the  people  in  their  dwellings,  as  well  as  in  the  school. 
The  result  has  been,  that  six  natives  were  admitted  to  the  church 
in  May;  and  ten  have  been  admitted  since  that  time.  The  mem- 
bers of  the  church  now  amount  to  thirty.  From  the  journals  of 
Mr.  Harris  it  would  seem,  that  the  minds  of  many  who  have  not 
as  yet  made  a  public  profession  of  religion  were  very  deeply 
and  solemnly  affected.  The  Sabbath  school,  which  is  kept  up 
here,  was  not  without  its  good  influence,  during  the  season  of 
special  attention  to  religion. 

In  September  1826,  the  Seneca  Indians  sold  30,000  acres  of 
their  reserved  lands,  which  sale  included  all  that  they  had  remain- 
ing on  the  Genessee  river,  a  part  of  the  Cattaraugus  reservation, 
and  25,000  acres  of  wild  land  from  the  Buffalo  reservation.     The 


1827.  J  CATTARAUGUS    MISSION.  147 

effect  of  this  measure  will  probably  be  to  concentrate  the  scattered 
remnants  of  the  tribe  upon  what  still  remains  of  the  Buffalo  reser- 
e   vation,  which  is  about  58,000  acres.  # 

XIV.    CATTARAUGUS  MISSION. 

Situated  SO  miles  south  of  Buffalo,  on  a   reservation   containing 
26,880  acres,  and  a  population  of  between  300  and   400  souls. 

Mr.  William  A.  Thayer,  Teacher. 
Mrs.  Thayer. 

In  the  earlier  stages  of  this  mission  a  boarding  school  was 
taught  here,  on  the  same  plan  as  the  one  at  Seneca.  In  1824,  the 
number  of  pupils  was  45,  and  the  next  year  it  had  risen  to  70. 
A  regard  to  economy  induced  Mr.  Crane  and  an  agent  associated 
with  him,  to  recommend,  in  the  autumn  of  1825,  that  the  boarding 
school  should  be  discontinued,  and  that  the  parents  should  be 
allowed  to  send  their  children  to  the  Seneca  school.  This  pro- 
posal was  acceded  to,  with  apparent  cordiality,  by  the  Tuscarora 
and  Cattaraugus  Indians.  As  the  effects  of  the  measure  became 
manifest,  however,  it  has  been  the  cause  of  some  dissatisfaction 
in  these  two  settlements,  on  the  ground  that  they  are  less  favored 
than  the  other.  And  there  is  no  doubt,  that  it  will  be  a  difficult 
matter  for  Indians,  with  their  inadequate  views  of  education,  and 
their  want  of  energy  and  punctuality,  to  sustain  a  regular  school, 
while  all  the  children  are  fed  and  clothed  at  home.  Still  this 
seems  to  be  the  only  way  of  proceeding  in  many  places,  where 
the  expense  of  a  boarding  school  would  be  much  greater,  than 
the  Christian  publfwwould  deem  proportioned  to  the  good  ac- 
complished, when  compared  with  other  claims  upon  the  Board. 

In  the  summer  of  1826,  the  school,  (now  upon  the  same  plan 
with  the  common  schools  of  our  country,)  contained  40  learners. 
In  the  winter,  the  difficulty  of  attending  is  much  greater;  and  Mr. 
Thayer  is  much  discouraged,  as  to  the  practicability  of  keeping 
up  a  school  at  all  here,  unless  he  can  be  allowed  to  board  the 
children.  The  parents  say,  that  they  will  furnish  food,  if  the 
mission  family  can  prepare  it  for  their  children,  and  can  take 
the  charge  of  them  when  out  of  school.  It  is  probable  that  an 
experiment  of  this  kind  may  be  made,  though  with  rather  faint 
hopes    of  success;  for  there  is  much  reason  to  apprehend,  that 


148  GENERAL    REMARKS    ON    INDIAN    MISSIONS.  [Report, 

when  the  first  supplies  are  expended,  the  irregularity  will 
afterwards  be  so  great  as  to  defeat  the  plan. 

Though  the  list  of  children  who  occasionally  attend  the  school, 
contains  forty  names,  yet  the  average  number  present,  for  the 
last  six  months,  does  not  exceed  twelve. 

In  regard  to  the  religious  influence  of  this  station,  grateful 
notice  should  be  taken  of  the  favor  of  God,  which  has  been  shewn 
to  the  teaching  of  Mr.  Thayer,  and  the  occasional  labors  of  Mr. 
Harris.  In  the  spring  there  was  a  deep  and  thorough  attention 
to  the  concerns  of  the  soul.  Many  natives,  of  various  ages  and 
both  sexes,  were  anxiously  seeking  for  information  with  reference 
to  the  most  important  of  all  subjects.  On  the  9th  of  July  a 
church  was  organized,  and  twelve  hopeful  converts  admitted 
into  it,  of  whom  six  were  males  and  six  females.  Two  were 
members  of  the  school.  Ten  or  twelve  other  natives  were 
thought  to  give  evidence  of  piety. 

XV.     GENERAL  REMARKS  ON  INDIAN  MISSIONS. 

In  concluding  an  account  of  missionary  exertions  among  the 
Indians  of  our  continent,  the  Committee  would  express  the  hope, 
that  some  advance  has  been  made,  within  the  year  past,  toward 
the  accomplishment  of  the  great  end,  to  which  the  aim  of  the 
Christian  public  has  been  directed.  The  Cherokees,  on  both 
sides  of  the  Mississippi,  are  becoming  more  sensible  of  the  ben- 
efits of  education  and  civil  government,  and  are  taking,  with  a 
desirable  degree  of  unanimity,  preliminary  measures  to  secure 
these  benefits.  Among  the  Choctaws,  at  several  stations,  spirit- 
ual  influences  have  been  felt,  and  the  hope  is  entertained,  that 
souls  have  been  converted  to  God.  The  small  tribes  on  the 
Niagara  frontier,  and  the  larger  and  scattered  tribes  around  the 
great  lakes,  have  witnessed  the  effect  of  missionary  teaching, 
and  from  among  them  the  Lord  of  missions  has  been  pleased  to 
select,  as  we  trust,  some  trophies  of  his  grace  and  jewels  of  his 
imperishable  crown.  For  these  things  let  us  give  thanks;  and 
by  what  we  have  seen  and  known  let  us  be  encouraged. 

Still  we  must  not  forget  that  the  labors  for  these  wanderers  in 
our  forests  are  to  be  long  and  arduous;  that  if  they  are  ever 
delivered,  as  a  race,  from  the  dangers  which  surround  them,  it 
must  be  not  merely  by  incessant  toil,  but  by  the  peculiar  blessing 


1827.]  GENERAL    REMARKS    ON    INDIAN    MISSIONS.  149 

of  the  Most  High.  Rarely,  if  ever,  has  it  happened,  that  any 
portion  of  the  human  family  had  greater  evils  to  contend  against, 
than  these  very  people,  to  whom  American  Christians  are 
under  so  many  obligations.  Possessing  a  nominal  independence, 
they  are  unavoidably  thrown  iuto  circumstances  from  which  they 
cannot  escape,  and  in  which  they  are  exposed  to  the  evil  ex- 
ample of  numerous  white  men,  most  of  whom  left  civilized  society 
because  they  preferred  the  license  of  the  savage  state.  The 
lands  of  the  Indians  present  a  constant  lure  to  the  cupidity  of 
speculators  in  neighboring  white  settlements.  This  cause  alone, 
having  been  in  continual  operation  for  a  long  series  of  years,  has 
done  much  to  unsettle  the  minds  of  the  aboriginal  inhabitants, 
the  only  real  proprietors  of  the  lands,  where  they  reside,  and 
which  they  received  from  their  fathers,  and  much  to  make 
them  think  they  shall  never  have  a  resting  place  on  this  side 
the  grave.  This  anxiety  increases,  as  the  arts  of  civilized  life 
are  introduced,  and  the  benefits  of  a  fixed  residence  are  perceived, 
and  ultimately  produces  a  disregard  of  consequences,  and  a  de- 
spair of  the  future,  in  the  highest  degree  unfavorable  to  improve- 
ment. 

The  missionary  efforts  among  the  Indians  have  been,  as  there 
is  reason  to  believe,  the  means  of  salvation  to  a  considerable 
number  of  individuals;  and  it  would  be  wrong  to  doubt  that  the 
same  holy  influences  will  be  extended  to  many  more,  even  in 
our  day;  but  whether  any  tribes  as  distinct  communities  will  arrive 
at  the  elevation  of  a  decidedly  Christian  people,  in  a  permanent 
location,  and  will  transmit  their  privileges  to  future  generations, 
the  Providence  of  God  does  not  as  yet  authorize  any  one  to  assert, 
or  sanguinely  to  presume.  That  a  time  will  arrive,  when  all 
the  tribes  of  men,  then  existing  upon  earth,  shall  become  truly 
converted  to  Christ,  admits  of  no  question;  and  it  may  be  hoped, 
that  this  time  is  not  very  remote.  But  how  far  vice  and  misery 
may  be  suffered  to  prevail,  during  the  intervening  years,  and 
how  many  tribes  may  become  extinct,  it  has  not  pleased  the 
all-wise  Governor  of  the  world  to  disclose.  It  is  the  duty  of  mis- 
sionary societies,  therefore,  not  to  despise  the  opposing  forces, 
nor  underrate  the  difficulties  to  be  encountered;  but  to  gird 
themselves  for  the  spiritual  conflict,  and  use  all  the  means  at  their 
disposal  in  the  most  effectual  manner.  While  thus  engaged, 
if  individuals  are  from  year  to  year  brought  to  believe   the  truth 


150  FOREIGN    MISSION    SCHOOL.  [Report  ^ 

and  practise  holiness,  the  good  thus  accomplished  is  inconceiva- 
bly great;  and  if  it  should  be  the  ordinance  of  heaven,  that  great 
wisdom  and  benevolence  should  be  imparted  to  our  rulers,  in 
regard  to  measures  affecting  the  character  of  the  helpless  tribes 
within  our  borders,  and  that  a  spirit  of  affectionate  sympathy 
should  pervade  the  bosoms  of  our  people  extensively,  a  delight- 
ful consummation  may  be  witnessed.  These  remnants  of  ancient 
nations,  vindicated  from  the  power  of  Satan,  purified  by  the  ef- 
ficacy of  divine  truth,  adorned  with  the  graces  of  the  Spirit,  may 
yet  stand  forth  as  a  perpetual  testimony  to  the  blessed  results 
of  enterprise  in  a  good  cause,  and  to  the  power,  benevolence 
and  compassion  of  the  exalted  Redeemer. 

XVI.     FOREIGN  MISSION  SCHOOL. 

At  the  last  annual  meeting  of  the  Board,  a  resolution  was 
adopted  authorizing  the  transfer  of  the"  property,  connected  with 
this  establishment,  to  certain  gentlemen  in  the  vicinity  of  Corn- 
wall, who  might  be  inclined  to  sustain  the  school,  under  the 
patronage  of  its  friends  in  the  immediate  vicinity.  After  mature 
consideration,  however,  these  gentlemen  gave  up  the  design;  and 
nothing  remained  but  for  the  committee  to  discontinue  the  school, 
and  dispose  of  the  pupils  in  the  best  manner  in  their  power. 
To  aid  in  this  matter,  they  requested  the  President  of  this  Board, 
with  Henry  Hudson,  Esq.  of  Hartford,  and  the  Rev.  Ralph  Emer- 
son, of  Norfolk,  to  meet  at  Cornwall,  and  give  directions  in  be- 
half of  the  Committee,  for  the  preservation  of  the  property, 
and  the  disposition  of  the  pupils.  The  agency  was  promptly 
executed  by  the  President  and  Mr.  Hudson,  and  the  Com- 
mittee have  reason  to  believe,  that  the  best  arrangements  were 
made,  which  the  nature  of  the  case  would  admit  of. 

The  number  of  pupils  was  then  sixteen.  One  was  soon 
after  sent  to  Hanover,  N.  H.,  where  he  has  commenced  fitting 
for  college,  at  the  charge  of  a  charitable  provision  made  in  Scot- 
land for  the  education  of  American  Indians.  The  five  Osage 
lads  were  sent  in  the  spring  to  Oxford,  Ohio,  where  they 
were  received  for  the  purpose  of  being  educated  in  the  Miami 
College.  The  Rev.  Dr.  Bishop,  President  of  that  institution,  has 
taken  upon  himself  the  support  of  one  of  them;  one  has  returned 
to  his  tribe;  and  three   are   supported  by  this  Board.     The  four 


1827. J  SUMMARY.  151 

Sandwich  Islanders  in  the  school  are  now  ready  (o  embark  with 
the  contemplated  reinforcement  to  the  mission  among  their 
countrymen.  Two  Indian  young  men  are  now  under  the  care 
of  Mr.  Loomis,  the  late  steward,  who  has  labored  with  great 
fidelity  to  bring  the  concerns  of  the  school  to  a  close,  in  the 
most  prudent  and  economical  manner;  and  who,  during  his  con- 
tinuance in  that  office,  uniformly  manifested  a  public  spirited 
regard  to  its  interests.  The  four  remaining  pupils  returned  to 
their  own  people.  During  the  interval  between  the  dissolution  of 
the  school  and  the  removal  of  the  pupils,  those  youths  who  re- 
mained at  Cornwall  were  still  kept  under  the  care  and  instruction 
of  Mr.  Loomis.  Some,  who  spent  the  interval  in  other  places, 
were  received  into  pious  families,  where  they  either  earned 
their  own  support,  or  were  kept  without  charge. 

The  Committee  have  availed  themselves  of  all  the  informa- 
tion within  their  power,  which  could  be  brought  to  bear  upon 
the  question  of  continuing  the  school,  and  do  not  see  cause 
to  distrust  the  conclusion  to  which  they  came  more  than  two 
years  ago,  the  reasons  for  which,  as  stated  in  the  last  Report, 
have  not  been  at  all  invalidated.  They  are  therefore  still  of 
opinion,  that  the  great  designs  of  the  Christian  public  are  better 
accomplished  by  the  course  now  pursued,  than  they  could  have 
been  by  any  other  method  which  was  proposed. 

XVII.     SUMMARY. 

The  Board  has  under  its  direction  forty  one  ordained  missiona- 
ries, and,  including  these,  with  assistant  missionaries,  native  preach- 
ers, the   wives  of  missionaries,  and  unmarried  females,   who  aid 
in    various    departments    of  the    work,   the    whole  number   of 
adult  laborers  is  exactly  two  hundred.     These  devoted  men  and 
women  are  employed  in  four  missions,  occupying  fifteen  stations, 
in  distant  parts  of  the  world,  and  at  26  stations  among  the  abo- 
rigines of  our  continent;  making  forty-one  stations  in  the  whole. 
Under  the  direction  of  the    missionaries  are   taught  five    or  six 
thousand  heathen  children  in  Asia,  six  or  seven  hundred  in  Amer- 
ica, and  twenty-five   thousand  children  and   adults  at  the   Sand- 
wich Islands.     Printing  presses  are  in  constant  operation  for  the 
benefit    of    the     mission    at     Bombay,   Western   Asia,   and  the 
Islands    of  the    Pacific;  and  the  Gospel  is  now  preached  by  our 


152  contemplated  missions.  [Report, 

brethren,  who  went  from  among  ourselves,  in  many  languages, 
and  to  hundreds  of  thousands   of  immortal  beings,  who  otherwise 
would  probably  never  have  heard  the  name  of  Christ.    From  these 
multitudes  some  have  been    found,    in   tribes  far  distant  from  us, 
and  far   separated  from  each   other,  who  gave  evidence  by   a 
holy   and  consistent  life  and  a   peaceful  and  triumphant   death, 
that  the  Gospel  had  been  made  to  them  the  power   of  God  and 
the  wisdom  of  God  to  salvation;  that  it  had  transformed  their  char- 
acters, given  them  new  habits,  desires,  and  motives,  raised   them 
from  the  lowest  debasement  to  a  high  elevation  of  moral  princi- 
ple, and,  in  a  word,  snatched  them  from  hell  and  prepared  them 
for  heaven.    Others  still  remain  living  examples  of  the  efficacy  of 
divine  truth.     What  an  achievement  is  here?  and  what  a  reward 
for  labor  and  for  sacrifices  a  hundred  fold  greater  than  any  that 
have  been  endured,  or  offered? 

XVIII.     CONTEMPLATED  MISSIONS. 

The  Committee  have  not  lost  sight  of  Western  Africa,  as  a  field 
for  missionary  enterprise,  into  which  American  Christians  are 
especially  called  to  send  forth  laborers.  Correspondence  has 
been  held  with  reference  to  obtaining  suitable  persons,  of  Afri- 
can descent,  to  sustain  the  character  of  missionaries.  One  man 
of  this  description  has  been  warmly  recommended  by  com- 
petent judges;  and  the  only  occasion  of  delay  is,  the  reluctance, 
or  rather  hesitation,  of  his  wife  and  children,  in  regard  to 
leaving  America.  The  prosperous  condition  of  the  little  colony 
of  Liberia  is  a  powerful  recommendation  to  the  commencement 
of  missionary  operations  in  its  vicinity;  and  it  may  be  fairly 
anticipated,  that  the  friends  of  Africa  will  have  it  in  their  power 
to  send  forth  a  Christian  influence  into  that  oppressed  continent. 

Among  the  various  places  to  which  the  attention  of  the 
Committee  has  for  some  time  been  directed,  with  a  view  to 
new  establishments  for  the  benefit  of  the  Indians,  Green  Bay, 
on  the  west  side  of  Lake  Michigan,  seemed  worthy  of  par- 
ticular examination.  In  this  neighborhood  reside  the  Winne- 
bago and  Menominy  tribes;  and  hither  have  removed  families 
of  the  New  Stockbridge  Indians  from  Oneida  county,  N.  Y. 
These  families  have  long  been  numbered  with  the  civilized 
aborigines,  and  now  contain  a  regular  Christian  church.     Before 


1827.]  RECEIPTS    AND    EXPENDITURES.  153 

their  removal  they  had  enjoyed  the  labors  of  the  Rev.  Jesse  Mi- 
ner, to  whom  they  were  tenderly  attached.  The  Committee,  having 
learnt  that  Mr.  Miner  would  probably  consent  to  become  a  mis- 
sionary to  the  former  people  of  his  charge  and  to  their  neigh- 
bors, requested  him  to  undertake  an  agency  there,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  gaining  information,  both  as  to  the  wishes  of  the  set- 
tlers, and  the  prospects  with  other  tribes.  Mr.  Miner  spent  the 
summer  months  in  the  execution  of  this  agency,  and  has  made  a 
report  of  what  fell  under  his  own  observation.  He  was  kindly  and 
joyfully  received  by  those,  to  whom  he  had  formerly  preached; 
and  they  offered  to  aid,  according  to  their  means,  in  the  ereetion 
of  the  necessary  buildings  for  the  commencement  of  a  mission. 
The  Committee  are  encouraged  to  hope,  that  Mr.  Miner  and  his 
family  will  remove,  next  spring  or  summer,  to  the  Indian  village, 
which  the  settlers  call  Statesburgh,  at  the  falls  of  Fox  river, 
about  twenty  miles  from  Green  Bay. 

An  importunate  application  has  been  made  for  a  missionary 
establishment  upon  Magdalen  island,  which  is  near  the  head  of 
lake  Superior,  and  forms  a  centre  for  the  collection  of  Indians 
and  traders,  in  that  part  of  the  vast  interior  of  our  continent. 
There  are  some  very  favorable  circumstances  attending  this  ap- 
plication. Among  the  obstacles  are  the  remoteness  of  the  place, 
and  the  great  expense  of  transportation.  Intercourse  cannot  be 
held  with  these  remote  regions,  with  any  degree  of  certainty, 
except  by  the  boats  of  traders,  which  come  down  in  June  and 
the  following  months,  and  return  in  September  and  October. 

That  part  of  North  America,  which  goes  under  the  general 
denomination  of  the  North  West  Coast,  should  undoubtedly  be 
explored  by  the  enterprise  of  American  Christians;  and  the 
Committee  hope  that  the  resources  placed  at  the  disposal  of 
this  Board  will  authorize  the  preparations  for  a  mission,  from 
which  the  rays  of  Gospel  light  shall  emanate  into  the  darkness 
of  all  the  surrounding  regions. 

XIX.     RECEIPTS  AND  EXPENDITURES. 

The  Committee  have  the  satisfaction  of  stating,  that  the  re- 
ceipts into  the  treasury  of  the  Board  have  been  greater  than  in 
any  preceding  year.  The  amount  applicable  to  immediate 
use  is  somewhat  more  than  eighty  eight  thousand  dollars;  besides 

about  four  thousand  dollars  given  for  the  increase  of  permanent 
20 


-' 


154  GENERAL    ORGANIZATION.  [Report, 

funds,  the   income  of  which  is  to  be  expended  from  year  to 
year.      The  payments   from  the  treasury  have  been  more  than 
one  hundred  and  four  thousand  dollars;   of  which  about  eighty 
nine  thousand  are  properly  the  annual  expenses.     Nearly  four- 
teen thousand  dollars  have  been  remitted  to  the  east,  over  the 
sum  requisite  for  the  expenses  of  the  eastern   missions  in  one 
year.     The  occasion  of  this  extraordinary  remittance  is  the  fact, 
that,  for  the  two  preceding    years,    the   expenses  on  account  of 
the   missions   at  Bombay  and  in   Ceylon   had  been   exceedingly 
small.     Almost  the  whole  charge  had   been  defrayed  by  advan- 
ces made  at  Calcutta  on  the  credit  of  the   Board.      The  reasons 
for  this  measure  have  been  fully  explained  to   the  Board  and  to 
the  Christian  public.     A  similar  excess  will   be  necessary  next 
year;  after    which,  it  is  hoped  that  remittances   will  be  made  in 
advance.     The  sum  of  one  thousand  dollars  was  appropriated  to 
replace  money  lost,  and  thus  restore  the  permanent  fund,   which 
had  been  impaired  by  one  of  those  unexpected  events,  which 
take  place  in  human  affairs. 

In  February  last,  the  Committee  addressed  the  friends  of  mis- 
sions, on  the  subject  of  the  pecuniary  embarrassments,  which 
threatened  the  operations  of  the  Board.  It  was  then  frankly 
stated,  that  the  donations  should  afford,  on  an  average,  ten  thous- 
and dollars  a  month,  before  all  apprehensions  of  embarrassment 
would  be  removed,  even  in  regard  to  the  firm  support  and  vigor- 
ous prosecution  of  existing  missions.  This  address  had  an  im- 
mediate and  very  perceptible  effect;  and  the  Committee  have 
always  found,  that  their  representations  are  received  with  candor, 
favor,  and  sympathy  by  their  Christian  brethren. 

It  should  be  fully  understood,  however,  that  money  cannot  or- 
dinarily be  raised,  even  for  objects  of  the  most  unquestionable  util- 
ity, and  the  deepest  interest,  without  labor,  pains,  and  persevering 
activity;  and  it  well  becomes  the  members  of  this  Board  to  con- 
sider the  responsibility  inseparable  from  the  relation,  which 
subsists  between  them,  and  the  Christian  public,  and  missionaries 
in  heathen  lands. 

XX.    GENERAL  ORGANIZATION. 

The  Committee  have  pursued  the  plan  of  organization,  which 
the  friends  of  missions  have  extensively  approved,  and   which 


1827.]  conclusion.  155 

promises  to  combine  their  exertions  more  generally  and  effect- 
ually, than  any  system  which  has  been  heretofore  adopted.  This 
plan  has  been  received  with  special  favor  in  the  city  of  New 
York,  and  in  the  state  of  New  Jersey  within  the  year  past.  Sev- 
eral individuals  and  several  congregations  have  been  distinguished 
by  their  liberality,  and  a  conviction  has  been  gaining  upon  the 
minds  of  men,  that  a  union  of  all  who  feel  a  deep  interest  in  the 
success  of  the  missionary  enterprise  is  more  practicable  than 
had  been  supposed.  Four  auxiliary  societies  have  been  formed 
under  encouraging  auspices,  in  the  parts  of  Pennsylvania,  Virginia, 
and  Ohio,  within  75  miles  of  Pittsburgh  as  a  centre;  and  the 
county  of  Monroe,  N.  Y.  has  recently  entered  with  great  spirit 
into  the  work.  The  only  reason  why  other  portions  of  the 
country  have  not  been  brought  into  the  same  system  of  co-op- 
eration, is  the  want  of  competent  and  experienced  agents,  in 
sufficient  numbers  to  visit  numerous  places,  in  which  their  ser- 
vices are  much  desired  for  the  sake  of  presenting  the  subject 
distinctly  and  strongly  to  all  classes  of  the  inhabitants. 

XXI.    CONCLUSION. 

Of  all  the  moral  phenomena,  in  the  present  eventful  period 
of  the  world,  none  is  more  evident,  than  that  the  cause  of  relig- 
ion at  home  and  abroad  is  one;  that  the  same  principles,  which 
prompt  to  the  Christian  education  of  our  families  and  to  the  in- 
struction and  warning  of  our  relatives  and  friends,  naturally 
impel  to  evangelical  efforts  for  the  benefit  of  every  portion  of 
the  human  race;  that  this  tendency  of  benevolent  principles 
does  not  exist  in  theory  merely,  but  is  seen  in  daily  practice* 
and  that  henceforth  the  attempt  to  separate  living  piety  from 
expansive  beneficence  will  be  as  vain  as  it  is  unscriptural.  On 
this  subject  the  church  is  certainly  making  advances  of  the 
most  auspicious  character.  It  is  difficult  to  see  how  she  can  go 
backward,  without  such  a  dereliction  of  principle,  as  shall  seri- 
ously alarm  her,  and  arouse  her  from  any  partial  slumber, 
into  which  she  may  have  begun  to  fall.  May  we  not  rest  as- 
sured, then,  that  the  number  of  public-spirited,  self-denying 
Christians  will  be  increasing  in  all  future  time?  May  we  not 
take  it  for  granted,  that  all  existing  plans  for  the  melioration 
of  mankind  will  be  rendered   more  perfect,  and  more  enlarged 


156  CONCLUSION. 

in  their  operation,  and  that  more  of  sanctified  talent,  and  more  of 
that  wisdom  which  is  from  above,  will  be  called  into  the  admin- 
istration of  these  high  concerns?  and,  with  the  accompanying 
favor  of  heaven,  may  we  not  expect  to  see  the  waters  of  salvation 
flowing  in  broader  and  deeper  channels,  till  they  shall  have 
reached  the  remotest  habitations  of  men? 

These  pleasing  anticipations  seem  warranted  in  part  by  the 
course,  which  serious  and  contemplative  minds  are  taking,  in  the 
mcst  enlightened  countries  of  continental  Europe.  Evidence 
from  various  quarters,  and  of  many  kinds,  leaves  no  room  for 
doubting,  that  persons  of  a  philosophical  cast  are,  to  a  considera- 
ble extent,  looking  to  religion,  as  the  last  and  only  hope  of  man. 
Other  things  have  promised  much,  but  have  regularly  failed  in 
the  performance,  till  this  failure  is  generally  seen  and  acknowl- 
edged. The  inefficacy  of  human  systems  is  so  manifest,  that 
the  claims  of  Christianity  are  examined  anew,  and  with  increas- 
ing interest.  A  conviction  hence  arises,  and  is  spreading,  that 
for  the  improvement  of  man  in  all  his  domestic  and  social  rela- 
tions; for  the  acquisition  and  preservation  of  liberty;  for  the  wise 
and  equitable  administration  of  civil  government,  all  other  means 
are  immeasurably  inferior  to  the  simple  efficacy  of  the  Gospel. 
When  the  mind  has  proceeded  thus  far,  it  does  not  stop  till  the 
cause  of  this  astonishing  power  is  investigated;  and  when  it  is 
found,  that  the  Bible  consults  the  temporal  happiness  of  man  by- 
setting  before  him  a  law  which  reaches  the  heart,  and  with  the 
most  awful  sanctions  restrains  all  those  inordinate  desires,  by 
which  the  world  has  been  kept  in  so  much  agitation  and  suffer- 
ing; then  the  conclusion  is  irresistible,  that  the  Bible  had  its 
origin  with  Him,  who  is  wonderful  in  council  and  excellent  in 
working,  who  knew  what  was  in  man,  and  who  provides,  with 
all  a  father's  tenderness,  for  the  recovery  of  his  erring  chil- 
dren, by  sending  forth  the  renovating  and  healing  influences  of 
his  Spirit,  with  the  faithful  annunciation  of  his  Word.  In 
a  process  like  this,  the  minds  of  many  reflecting  and  intelli- 
gent men  are  at  this  moment  advancing.  They  hail  with  delight 
the  multiform  operations  of  Christian  benevolence;  and  seem  to 
look  with  anxious  expectation  for  the  blessed  results.  There  is 
most  manifestly  a  constant  accession  of  favor  to  the  missionary 
cause;  and  it   is   exerting  an  influence,   in   various   ways,  much 


1827.]  conclusion.  157 

greater  and  more  salutary,  than  inattentive   observers  are  in  the 
habit  of  suspecting. 

While  this  state  of  things  should  excite  grateful  emotions,  and 
lead  to  humble  confidence  in  God,  by  whom  the  hearts  of  princes, 
and  pontiffs,  and  philosophers,  are  turned  whithersoever  he  will, 
it  is  not  to  be  disregarded,  that  there  is,  also,  a  manifest  increase 
of  hostility  to  missions  and  to  the  great  cause  of  evangelical 
virtue.  Men  seem  extensively  to  be  taking  sides  -with  more 
determined  spirit  than  heretofore.  There  is,  no  doubt,  a  large 
inert  mass,  which  remains  as  yet  unmoved.  But  the  exertions  of 
Christians  for  so  many  and  so  noble  objects,  all  conspiring  to- 
gether for  the  grandest  consummation,  which  the  earth  is  ever 
to  witness,  cannot  escape  the  observation  of  those,  who  pay  any 
attention  to  the  movements  of  the  moral  world.  It  must  be 
expected,  therefore,  that  all  the  adherents  of  old  and  rotten 
systems  of  religious  error,  fenced  in  as  they  are  by  civil  and 
ecclesiastical  despotism;  all,  who  openly  cast  off  the  restraints, 
which  the  Gospel  imposes  upon  the  guilty  passions;  all,  who  have 
made  up  their  minds  that  they  will  never  deny  themselves,  nor 
do  good  to  others,  from  any  fear  of  God  or  regard  to  man;  and 
all,  who  would  dread  that  religion  should  get  such  a  power 
and  currency  in  the  world,  as  to  influence  public  opinion,  on 
the  great  subjects  of  human  interest: — these  classes  of  men,  and 
all  who  fall  under  their  sway,  are  rallying,  and  will  gradually 
assume  the  form  of  most  decided  resistance.  At  least  such  ap- 
pear to  be  the  indications  of  the  present  day.  After  the  expe- 
rience which  the  Christian  church  has  had  in  all  ages,  it  would 
seem  almost  certain  that  persecution  by  physical  force  is  to  be 
expected,  wherever  opposers  are  powerful  enough  to  take  such 
a  course.  But  in  this  country,  Great  Britain,  and  some  parts  of 
continental  Europe,  and  in  some  of  the  foreign  possessions  of 
Great  Britain,  religion  is  too  strongly  entrenched  in  the  hearts 
of  multitudes,  and  commands  too  much  public  respect,  to  admit 
of  this  form  of  persecution.  It  does  not  follow,  however,  that, 
in  these  countries,  there  will  not  be  a  bitter  and  persevering 
opposition  to  every  thing,  which  has  for  its  object  the  promo- 
tion of  the  pure  Gospel.  If  force  cannot  be  used,  resort  will 
be  had  to  ridicule,  slander,  and  every  species  of  falsehood  and 
misrepresentation. 


158  conclusion.  [Report, 

Our  fellow-laborers  on  the  other  side  of  the  Atlantic  are  duly 
aware  of  this  state  of  things,  and  are  calmly  preparing  for  a  more 
extensive  conflict  of  all  the  friends  of  God  and  truth  in  all  na- 
tions, than  has  ever  yet  been  experienced.  In  the  mean  time, 
we  should  not  omit  to  express  our  gratitude  for  the  favor  which* 
this  Board  has  received,  at  the  hands  of  the  Christian  public, 
and  for  our  exemption  from  any  opposition  of  a  formidable 
character. " 

It  may  be  a  part  of  the  plan  of  the  divine  administration,  that 
milder  influences  shall  prevail  in  these  latter  ages  of  the  world; 
that  the  great  adversary  of  mankind,  though  permitted  to  roar, 
and  show  his  lion-like  strength  and  ferocity,  shall  be  so  far 
chained,  that  he  shall  not  be  able  to  devour;  and  that  religion 
shall  send  forth  its  bland  and  sweet  attractions,  and  silently  sub- 
due multitudes  of  its  obdurate  foes,  till  the  remainder  shall  find  re- 
sistance hopeless,  and  quietly  submit  to  the  benign  authority  of 
the  Prince  of  peace.  In  whatever  way  it  may  please  the  great 
Captain  of  our  salvation  to  conduct  the  war,  which  is  to  issue 
in  the  establishment  of  his  kingdom,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that 
the  soldiers  of  the  cross  should  conform  to  circumstances,  and  not 
shrink  from  any  hard  service  to  which  they  may  be  fairly  called. 
Should  the  event  prove,  that  they  are  to  be  treated  with  severity, 
their  sufferings  may  greatly  redound  to  the  honor  of  the  cause, 
and  add  peculiar  splendor  to  their  imperishable  crown. 

Though  an  unreasonable  and  malignant  opposition  to  the  efforts 
now  making  for  the  spread  of  the  Gospel  should  be  deprecated, 
on  account  of  the  bad  influence  it  will  have  upon  opposers,  and 
all  who  are  misled  by  them;  yet,  even  such  an  opposition  would 
be  followed  by  many  good  consequences.  It  would  tend  to  make 
the  conductors  of  these  operations  in  the  highest  degree  circum- 
spect and  cautious  in  adopting  measures, — on  the  alert  to  observe 
their  nature,  as  developed  in  execution, — prompt  to  apply  a 
remedy  and  to  learn  by  experience.  It  will  make  them  reso- 
lute and  determined  in  what  they  have  fully  resolved  upon  as  the 
course  of  duty,  courageous  to  meet  every  assault,  and  persevering 
in  their  labor.  It  will  lead  them  to  consider  and  feel  where 
their  dependence  must  lie,  and  to  whom  they  must  look  for  ef- 
fectual aid.  Happily  for  the  friends  of  God  and  man,  the  New 
Testament  is  an  inexhaustible  magazine  of  weapons  suited  to 
this  holv  war.    If  missionaries  and  their  directors  take  good  care. 


1827]  conclusion.  159 

( 
so  far  as  practicable,  in  meekness  to  instruct  those  who  oppose 
themselves;  if  they  cultivate  humility,  and  a  proper  sense  of 
their  unworthiness  to  be  employed  in  these  great  services;  if 
they  possess  a  docile,  frank,  candid  spirit,  which  delights  only  in 
the  truth,  and  approves  of  nothing  which  would  not  bear  expos- 
ure to  the  gaze  of  the  assembled  world;  and  if  with  unshaken 
constancy  and  believing  prayer,  they  cast  themselves  and  their 
work  upon  the  promises  of  God;  they  need  not  be  anxious  for 
the  result.  He  will  vindicate  the  honor  of  his  own  name,  and 
bring  forth  judgment  to  victory. 

That  the  church  may  fulfil  her  high  destinies,  as  the  channel 
through  which  spiritual  blessings  are  dispensed  to  a  guilty  world, 
it  seems  necessary  that  professors  of  religion  generally,  and  lead- 
ing members  of  our  churches  especiallj',  should  make  great  ad- 
vances beyond  their  present  attainments.  A  few  of  the  particu- 
lars, in  which  such  an  advance  should  be  apparent,  are  all  that 
the  present  occasion  permits  to  be  mentioned. 

1.  Christians  should  more  properly  estimate  the  object  of  mis- 
sionary exertion.  Thousands  who  approve  of  this  object  and 
count  themselves  among  its  friends,  have  very  inadequate  notions 
of  its  magnitude  or  its  merits.  They  seem  not  to  he  aware  that 
the  object  of  missionary  exertions  is  no  less  than  the  moral  ren- 
ovation of  'a  world;  that  the  base  passions,  which  have  so  long 
and  so  deplorably  tyrannized  over  the  noble  faculties  of  man,  are 
to  be  subdued;  that  all  that  is  oppressive  in  governments,  all  that 
is  refractory  and  seditious  among  the  people,  all  that  is  fierce, 
overbearing  and  unjust  in  the  conduct  of  nations  toward  each 
other,  is  to  give  place  to  the  law  of  love  carried  equally  into 
the  greatest  and  the  least  transactions.  Wars  are  to  cease.  All 
the  domestic  relations  are  to  be  sanctified.  Every  village  is  to 
have  its  school  and  its  church;  every  family  its  Bible  and  the 
morning  and  the  evening  prayer.  The  tabernacle  of  God  is  to 
be  pitched  among  men.  The  favor  of  God  is  to  be  invoked  upon 
every  enterprise;  a  reverential  fear  of  God  is  to  pervade  every 
movement;  the  love  of  God  is  to  be  cherished  in  every  bosom. 
Then  will  have  arrived  the  time  when  trees  of  righteousness 
shall  stretch  forth  their  protecting  branches  in  every  country, 
and  display  their  fresh  and  undecaying  foliage  for  the  healing  of 
the  nations.  Then  the  days  of  mourning,  lamentation  and  woe 
shall  be  succeeded  by  universal  confidence,  peace,  and  joy;  and 


1 60  conclusion.  [Report, 

the  acclamations  of  ransomed  millions,  without  a  discordant  voice, 
will  ascend  from  all  the  continents  and  islands  of  this  regenerated 
and  happy  world. 

2.  The  disciples  of  Christ  should  more  justly  estimate  the  consequen- 
ces of  their  personal  efforts.  Perhaps  there  is  no  subject  on  which 
men  are  more  apt  to  err,  than  in  not  assigning  its  proper  and 
full  effect  to  a  consistent  example,  and  to  a  persevering  course 
of  Christian  beneficence.  The  individual,  who  holds  all  his  pow- 
ers and  faculties  consecrated  to  the  service  of  his  Lord,  will,  in 
the  lapse  of  years,  infuse  the  same  spirit  into  others;  and  will 
thus  multiply  the  means  of  doing  good  to  a  surprising  extent. 
And  now,  when  the  faithful  labors  of  the  pious  are  seen  to  have 
so  direct  a  bearing  upon  the  prosperity  of  our  own  churches, 
the  purification  of  our  great  community,  the  conversion  of  dis- 
tant tribes,  and  the  renovation  of  the  world,  what  excuse  can 
there  be  for  apathy,  or  for  slow,  hesitating,  and  feeble  movements? 
Whatever  may  have  been  the  case  in  former  times,  when  there 
was  little  communication  between  different  parts  of  the  world,  and 
when  all  the  advantages  of  concentrated  action  had  not  been  prov- 
ed, it  is  now  perfectly  apparent,  that  the  friends  of  God  and  man 
are  called  upon  to  act  with  one  heart  and  one  soul,  for  the  accom- 
plishment of  one  grand  object.  This  great  and  blessed  union,  so 
holy  in  its  design,  so  reasonable  in  its  nature,  so  glorious  in  its 
results,  cannot  be  promoted  in  any  way  so  rapidly,  or  so  effect- 
ually, as  by  bringing  to  its  aid  an  active,  zealous,  personal  influ- 
ence. Now  is  the  time  for  noble  examples,  attended  by  lively 
exhortations  and  a  faithful  testimony  to  others.  Let  the  man, 
who  can  easily  make  his  influence  felt  through  a  neighborhood,  or 
a  town,  give  himself  no  rest  till  it  shall  be  actually  thus  felt;  and 
till  his  friends  and  neighbors  shall  become  associated  with  him 
in  the  most  delightful  work,  to  which  their  hands  and  hearts  were 
ever  invited.  Is  he  able  to  move  a  county  or  a  state,  let  him 
feel  the  urgency  of  the  claims,  which  his  Saviour  has  upon  him. 
And  while  he  goes  forth  to  stimulate  his  brethren,  let  him  re- 
member how  great  will  be  the  difference  between  their  engag- 
ing in  the  cause  now,  with  their  whole  strength,  and  their  de- 
ferring it  to  a  more  convenient  season,  and  leaving  it  to  the  un- 
certainty of  future  years. 

3.  The  followers  of  Christ  have  need  to  make  much  greater  ad- 
vances than  they  have  yet  made,  in  feeling  and  manifesting  an  in* 


1827.]  CONCLUSION.  161 

terest  in  the  success  of  their  Master's  cause.  If,  as  the  Apostle  says, 
whether  one  member  suffer,  all  the  members  suffer  toith  it;  or  one  mem- 
ber be  honored,  all  the  members  rejoice  with  it,  how  livel}'  should 
the  sympathy  be,  at  the  present  day,  between  the  professors  ofgod- 
liness  in  Christian  lands  and  their  brethren  among  the  heathen; — 
between  the  great  host  of  the  faithful,  and  the  small  band  of  pio- 
neers, who  have  penetrated  into  the  territories  of  the  enemy. 
Far  from  the  heart  be  apathy,  negligence,  lukewarmness.  Every 
man,  and  every  woman,  who  can  feel  for  the  sufferings  of  our 
race,  and  can  judge  what  it  is  to  have  no  hope,  and  to  live  with- 
out God  in  the  world,  should  watch  every  movement  in  the  prep- 
arations for  the  great  struggle  which  is  commencing.  What 
right  will  any  one  have  to  exult  in  the  victory,  who  now 
sits  with  his  arms  folded,  and  his  mind  at  ease,  when  the 
greatest  of  all  controversies  is  about  to  be  decided?  What 
right  has  such  an  one  to  number  himself  among  the  soldiers  of  the 
cross?  If  a  man  does  not  exhibit  signs  of  life  at  such  a  time  as 
this,  how  can  it  be  concluded  that  he  has  the  principle  of  life 
within  him?  Let  it  be  well  considered,  then,  how  vast  an  augmenta- 
tion of  interest  there  must  be  in  our  churches,  before  all  the 
members  shall  be  prepared  to  take  that  part  in  the  benevolent 
operations  of  the  day,  which  would  comport  so  well  with  their 
profession,  and  to  which  they  are  urged  by  every  motive  of  fidel- 
ity to  their  Lord. 

4.  It  should  be  more  generally  felt,  than  it  seems  to  be  at 
present,  that  great  advances  in  personal  holiness  are  indispensable 
to  a  rapid  and  successful  prosecution  of  the  missionary  work.  This 
is  a  matter  of  vital  importance.  If  it  is  overlooked,  all  the  ma- 
chinery of  missions,  schools  and  presses,  will  be  a  cumbersome 
apparatus, — a  laborious,  exhausting,  useless  parade.  It  is  believ- 
ed, indeed,  that  true  piety,  sincere  love  to  God  and  man, — is  at 
the  bottom  of  the  extraordinary  efforts,  which  we  behold.  But 
a  great  increase  of  piety,  at  home  and  abroad,  is  extremely  de- 
sirable. After  all  proper  allowances,  on  account  of  the  reverence 
which  we  justly  feel  for  the  memory  of  saints  in  ages  that  are 
past,  where  can  we  now  find  such  men  as  Baxter  and  Doddridge, 
Edwards  and  Brainerd?  Or  if  we  can  fix  upon  an  individual, 
here  and  there,  who  bears  a  pleasing  resemblance  to  these  illus- 
trious champions  of  the  cross,  how  rare  are  the  instances.  But 
the  exigencies  of  the  times  demand  many,  very  many  individuals, 
21 


1 26  conclusion.  [Report, 

# 
who,  in  purity  of  doctrine,  holiness  of  life,  compass  of  thought, 

enlargement  of  views,  capacity  of  labor,  intenseness  of  desire,  fer- 
vor of  zeal,  and  assurance  of  triumph,  shall  make  a  visible  and  near 
approach  to  the  great  Apostle  of  the  Gentiles.  The  friends  of  mis- 
sions, the  conductors  of  missions,  and  the  beloved  missionaries 
themselves,  need  fresh  anointings  from  on  high.  O  that  it  would 
please  the  God  of  all  consolation  and  hope  to  inspire  his  servants 
with  a  pure  devotion,  accompanied  by  spiritual  influences  shed 
abroad  upon  others;  and  thus  give  the  most  joyful  evidence  that 
the  coming  of  the  Lord  to  reign  over  the  nations  is  near,  even 
at  the  door. 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  BOARD. 


President. 
Hon.  JOHN  COTTON  SMITH,  LL.  D. 

Vice  President. 
Hon.  STEPHEN  VAN  RENSSELAER,  UL.  D. 

Recording  Secretary. 
•  Rev.  CALVIN  CHAPIN,  D.  D. 

Prudential  Committee. 

Hon.  WILLIAM  REED, 
Rev.  LEONARD  WOODS,  D.  D. 
JEREMIAH  EVARTS,  Esq. 
Hon.  SAMUEL  HUBBARD,  and 
Rev.  WARREN  FAY. 

Corresponding  Secretary. 
JEREMIAH  EVARTS,  Esq, 

Assistant  Secretary. 
Rev.  RUFUS  ANDERSON. 

Treasurer. 
HENRY  HULL,  Esq. 

Auditor. 
WILLIAM  ROPES,  Esq. 


AD  communications,  relating  to  the  General  Concerns  of  the  Board, 

may  be  addressed  to 

JEREMIAH  E  FARTS,  Esq.  Corresponding  Secretary, 
Missionary  Rooms,  Stone  Church,  Hanover- Street. 

Boston,  Mass. 


All  letters  relating-  to  the  Pecuniary  Concerns  of  the  Board,  may  be 

addressed  to 
HENRY  HILL,  Esq.  Treasurer, 

Missionary  Rooms,  Stone  Church,  Hanover-Street, 

Boston,  Mass. 


For  the  accommodation  of  those  Patrons  of  the  Board,  who  can  more  easily 
transmit  their  donations  to  New  York,  than  to  Boston,  a  Receiving  Agent 
has  been  appointed  in  the  former  city.  The  Agent  is  Mr.  GEORGE  M. 
TRACY,  who  occupies  a  Room  in  the  American  Tract  Society's  House,  142, 
Nassau-Street,  near  the  City  Hall.  All  donations  committed  to  Mr.  Tracy,  . 
will  be  regularly  acknowledged,  as  usual,  in  the  Missionary  Herald.  From 
him,  also,  Reports  of  the  Board,  and  Missionary  Papers  published  by  the 
Board,  may  be  obtained;  and  through  him  orders  and  payments  for  the 
Missionary  Herald  may  be  transmitted. 

DONATIONS   AND  CONTRIBUTIONS 

Will  be  received  at  the  Missionary  Rooms,  and  by  the  following  gentlemen,  who,  beside  many 
others,  have  obligingly  consented  to  act  as  Agents  of  the  Board:— viz. 

Horace  Janes,  Esq.  St.  Albans, 


Vermont. 
Mr.  E.  Brewster,  Middlebury, 

Mr.  D.S.  Whitney,  Northampton,  ) 

James  W.  Robbins,  Esq.  Lenox,  \   Massachusetts. 

James  R.  Woodbridge,  Esq.  Hartford,       } 

Timothy  Dwight,  Esq.  New  Haven,         $   Connecticut. 

Dea.  Abijah  Thomas,  Utica,  "J 

Rev.  Ansel  D.  Eddy,  Canandaigua, 

Mr.  Josiah  Bissell,  Jr.  Rochester,  !  v    t 

Mr.  Peter  J.  H.  Myers,  Whitehall,  |        CW     °r  " 

Mr.  Jedidiah  Tracy,  Troy,  I 

Nathaniel  Davis,  Esq.  Albany,  ' 

Mr.  William  Slocomb,  Wheeling,  Virginia. 

Peter  Patterson,  Esq.  Chillicothe,  Ohio. 

Rev.  Thomas  J.  Hall,  near  Nashville,  Tennessee. 

Mr.  Joseph  Tyler,  Charleston,  South  Carolina. 

Mr.  George  W.  Coe,  Savannah,  } 

Messrs.  Brewster  and  Prescott,  Augusta,   ) 

Mr.  Willian  Raser,  Mobile. 

Mr.  George  Green,  New  Orleans. 

Donations  will  also  be  received  by  any  Member  of  the  Board. 

When  a  considerable  sum  is  to  be  remitted  from  a  distance,  one  of  the  following  modes  is  re- 
commended:—either  to  deposit  the  money  in  the  United  States  Bank,  any  of  its  Branches,  the 
Mechanics'  and  Farmers'  Bank  at  Albnny,  or  the  Hartford  Bank,  to  the  credit  of  HENRY 
HILL;  or,  in  the  second  place,  to  obtain  a  draft  on  some  bank,  or  responsible  individual,  pay- 
able to  the  order  of  HENRY  HILL.  When  money  is  deposited,  the  Treasurer  should  be  im- 
mediately informed  of  the  deposit,  with  the  name  of  the  depositor.  If  drafts  on  Boston  cannot 
conveniently  be  obtained,  those  on  other  large  towns  will  be  equally  acceptable. 


APPENDIX. 


EXPENDITURES  OP  THE  BOARD  FOR  THE  YEAR  ENDING 

AUGUST  31,  1827. 

Bombay  Mission.'* 

Remittance  to  London  to  pay  draft  of  Messrs.  Palmer, 
&  Co.  of  Calcutta,  for  advances  made  by  them  for  expen- 
ses of  the  mission  from  May  1,  1825,  to  April  30,  1826,        #7,963  09 

Remittances  to  Calcutta,  in  part  for  expenses  of  the  mis- 
sion from  May  1,  1827,  to   April  30,  1828,  -  6,073  90 

Printing  paper,  books,  and  sundry  articles  purchased  in  Boston,     971  61 

Outfit  of  Rev.  Cyrus  Stone,  and  Rev.  David  O.  Allen,  1,332  00 

Passage  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Stone,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Allen,  and  Miss 

Cynthia  Farrar,  to  Calcutta,  -  1,000  00 

Expenses  of  Mrs.  Hall,         -----  182  00-17,522  60* 

Ceylon  Mission*'* 

Remittance  to  London  to  pay  draft  of  Messrs.  Palmer,  &  Co. 
of  Calcutta  for  advances  made  by  them  for  expenses  of 
the  mission  from  May  1,  1825,  to  April  30,  1826,  16,799  67 

Remittances  to  Calcutta,  in  part  for  expenses  of  the  mission 

from  May  1,  1827,  to  April  30,  1828,  -  7,698  19 

Sundry  articles  purchased  in  Boston,        -  558  92 — 25,056  78 

Carried  forward,     #42,579  38 

*  It  will  be  perceived  by  the  Pecuniary  Accounts  of  the  Board,  published  in  the  Sixteenth  and 
Seventeenth  Reports,  that  the  amount  paid  for  the  missions  in  Bombay  and  Ceylon,  during  the 
last  two  years,  has  been  very  small;  in  consequence,  as  was  there  stated,  of  an  arrangement 
which  had  been  made  with  Mr.  Newton,  to  advance  funds  for  the  expenses  of  those  missions,  and 
for  which  bills  were  to  be  drawn,  payable  in  London.  Owing  to  this  arrangement,  the  expenses 
incurred  between  May  1, 1825,  and  April  30,  1826,  have  been  paid  from  the  Treasury  during 
the  present  year;  and  the  expenses  from  May  1,  1826,  to  April  30, 1827,  will  be  paid  from  the 
Treasury  in  the  coming  year.  The  Board,  however,  having  concluded  to  return  to  the  original 
plan,  of  placing  funds  in  Calcutta,  for  the  missions  in  Bombay  and  Ceylon,  have  remitted  in 
specie,  as  above  stated,  nearly  %  14,000,  to  defray,  in  part,  the  expenses  from  the  first  of  May 
1827;  and  these  circumstances  will  account  for  the  large  sums,  which  have  been  drawn  from 
the  Treasury,  within  the  present  year,  for  the  missions  in  the  east. 


11  PECUNIARY   ACCOUNTS. 


Brought  forward,       #42,679  38 
Mission  to   Western  Asia. 


Drafts  of  the  Missionaries  on  the  Treasurer  of  the  Board, 

and  remittances  made  from  the  Treasury,  -  4,669  51 

Books,  stationary,  and  sundry  purchases,  -  -  491  77 

Outfit  of  Mr.  Brewer,  -  -  -  -  *  444  44 

Passage  of  Rev.  J.  Brewer  and  Rev.  E.  Gridley  to  Gibraltar,      140  00—5,745  72 


974  49 

267  15 

1,901  05 

2,553  50 

171  37 

50  00 

1,325  22 

Mission  at  the  Sandwich  Islands. 

Expenses  of  Rev.  C.  S.  Stewart  and  family  in  London,  and 

passage  thence  to  New  York,  - 

Expenses  of  Mr.  Stewart  and  family  since  their  return, 
Drafts  and  remittances,  - 

Purchases  in  Boston,  - 

Balance  of  cost  of  house  frame,  &c.  for  Mr.  Richards, 
Money  advanced  to  Dr.  Holman  on  his  arrival  in  the  spring 

of  1822,  for  which  he  gave  a  note  that  remained  unpaid 

at  the  time  of  his  decease,  - 

Balance  of  cost  of  the  schooner  Missionary  Packet, 
Extra  sails,  &c.  and  various  articles  for  the  future  use  of 

the  Missionary  Packet;  with  provisions  and  supplies  for 

the  voyage,  and  expenses  of  navigating  her  to  the  Islands,     1,562  73 
Travelling  expenses,  &c.  of  Dr.  Blatchely,  23  55 

Passage  of  Mr.  Elisha  Loomis  and  family  from  the  Sandwich 

Islands,  600;  Provisions,  &c.  at  Valparaiso,  and  travelling 

expenses  from  Baltimore  to  Boston,  and  thence  to  Canan- 

daigua,  202  25; 302  25 

Outfit,  in  part,  of  Dr.  G.  P.  Judd,  -  -  40  00 

do.     in  part,  of  Mr.  H.  K.  Stockton,  -  -  90  00—9,761  31 

Mission  to  South  America. 

Travelling  expenses  of  Mr.  Brigham  in  Spanish  America, 
the  draft  for  which  was  not  paid  until  the  present  year,  -  120  00 

Mission  among  the  Cherokees. 

Drafts  and  remittances,             -  4,640  01 

Donations  in  money  at  the  different  stations,          -            -  219  84 

Articles  purchased  in  Boston,        -  1,922  42 
Allowance  to  Mr.  M.  Hall,  for  the  support  of  his  family 

after  his  return,               .....  200  00 
Expenses  of  Messrs.  Darius  and  Cornelius  Hoyty  while  re- 
ceiving an  education  for  the  ministry,  at  Maryville,  Ten.  173  91 


Carried  forward,    #7,156  18  #58,206  41 


*  This  sum  was  refunded  by  the  Female  Society  of  Boston  and  vicinity  for  promoting  Chris- 
t&nity  among  the  Jews,  and  was  acknowledged  as  a  donation  in  the  Miss.  Herald  for  Decrmbrv 


PECUNIARY   ACCOUNTS.  Ill 

Brought  forward,    #7,156  18  #58,206  41 
Travelling  expenses  of  David  C.  Carter  in  returning  to  the 
Cherokee  nation,  to  be  refunded  when  he  is  able,  -        77  51—7,233  69* 

Mission  among  the  Choctaws. 

Drafts  and  purchases,  ....  1,241  80 

Donations  received  at  Mayhew  and  the  other  stations,         -        258  99 

Money  lent  to  Dr.  Pride,  after  his  return,  which,  when  re- 
funded, will  be  placed  to  the  credit  of  this  mission,  -        100  00 

Expenses  of  Mr.  P.  P.  Stewart,  -  -  -  12  64 

Expenses  of  Mr.  Anson  Gleason  and  his  wife,  and  of  Mr. 
Samuel  Moulton,  on  their  passage  to  the  Choctaw  nation, 
by  the  way  of  New- York  and  Mobile,  -  -  348  75—1,962  18 

Mission  among  the  Cherokees  of  the  Arkansas. 

Drafts  and  remittances,  ....  3,253  10 

Purchases  in  Boston,  -  -  ■-  -  .  707  40—3,960  50 


r 


Mission  among  the  Osages. 


Drafts  and  remittances,               -  6,025  10 

Purchases  in  Boston,              -  235  51 
Travelling  expenses  of  Rev.  William  F.  Vaill,  Miss  Sarah 

Vaill,  and  Miss  Selden,  100  00—6,360  61 

Mackinaw  Mission. 

Drafts  on  the  Treasurer,            -                    9  -           .  q  080  25 

Books,  &c. •  19  99—6;ioo  24 

Maumee  Mission. 

Drafts, 372  40 

Donations  received  at  Ebenezer,        -  -  -  •        14  72 337  12 

Indians  in  New  York. 

Cataraugus  station,          -           -           -           -           -  92  50 

Seneca           do.                     -  1;800  81 

Tuscarora       do.              -  344  55—2,237  86 

Debts  of  the  United  For.  Miss.  Society,       -  931  99 

Carried  forward,    #87,380  60 


*  Of  the  above  items,  there  was  paid 
for  Brainerd,  1,519  78 

Creek  Path,  1,756  37 

Carmel,  202  31 

Hightower,  161  50 

Willstown,  1,673  71 

Haweis,  840  62 

Candy's  Creek,        478  34 
General  expenses,  601  06 

87,233  69 


IV 


PECUNIARY   ACCOUNTS. 


Brought  forward,      #87,380  60 
Indian  Missions  generally. 

Travelling  expenses  of  Rev.  Jesse  Miner,  on  a  tour  to 

Green  Bay,  -  -  .  .  .  .  100  00 

Transportation,  freight,  &c.  of  articles  received  at  Boston, 

New  York,  and  other  places,  -  -  -  1H  73 211  73 


The  Foreign  Mission  School. 


Remitted  from  the  Treasury,         - 
Donations  received  at  Cornwall, 

Greek  Youths. 

Expenses  of  P.  Kavasales  and  A.  Karavelles, 
Outfit  and  passage  of  P.  Kavasales  to  Malta, 
Expenses  of  S.  and  P.  Galatty, 

do.      of  N.  Petrocokino, 

do.       of  A.  Paspati, 

do.      of  G.  Perdicari, 

do.      of  N.  Prassas, 


Education  of  other  Youths. 

J-.  J.  Loy,  a  Portuguese,         - 

Travelling  expenses  &c.  of  five  Osage  youths  from  Corn- 
wall, Conn,  to  Miami  University,  Oxford,  O. 


Agencies. 

Services  of  Rev.  E.  Gridley,  balance  for  47  weeks, 
of  Rev.  G.  Cowles,  31  weeks, 

Travelling  expenses, 
of  Rev.  C.  Stone,  10^  weeks, 

Travelling  expenses, 
of  Rev.  E.  N.  Kirk,  39  4-7  weeks 

Travelling  expenses, 
of  Rev.  R.  Brown,  52  weeks, 

Travelling  expenses, 
of  Rev.  C.  S.  Stewart,  9  months, 

Travelling  expenses, 
of  Mr.  W.  Slocomb,  22  1-2  weeks, 

Travelling  expenses, 

of  Rev.  W.  F.  Vaill,  Travelling  expenses, 

of  Mr.  A.  Richards  W.  Clark,  J.  S.  Green, 

and  D.  O.  Allen,  17  weeks, 

Travelling  expenses, 
Travelling  expenses,  &c.  of  deputations  to  attend 
the  anniversaries  of  various  Auxiliary  Societies, 


1,601  93 
296  50—1,898  43 


399  17 

104  39 

474  36 

167  72 

256  16 

263  53 

135  04- 

-1,800 

62  13 


155  00 217  13 


- 

100  00 

24S  00 

223  97— 

—471  97 

80  00 

5  50 

-85  50 

316  56 

163  09 

479  65 

390  00 

74  13 

464  13 

500  00 

378  71— 

—878  71 

180  00 

140  79— 

—320  79 

• 

134  87 

85  00 

29  16— 

—114  16 

- 

80  11 

Carried  forward,    #3.129  89  #91,508  26 


PECUNIARY   ACCOUNT^.  V 

Brought  forward,  #3,129  89  #91,508  26 
Travelling  expenses  of  the  Corresponding  Secretary   in 

journies  to  New  York,  to  Virginia,  and  to  Maine,            -  177  47 

Travelling  expenses  of  other  officers  of  the  Board,        -  -      18  52 — 3,325  88 

General  Expenses. 

Travelling  expenses  of  members  of  the  Board,  in  attending 
the  annual  meeting  at  Middletown,  Sept.  1826,  -  -  239  74 

Corresponding  Secretary's  Department. 

Salary  of  the  Assistant  Secretary,  for  the  year  ending  Aug. 
31,  1827,  -  -  -  -  -  -  933  33 

Do.  of  Mr.  David  Greene,  34  weeks,  -  397  00 

Paid  for  transcribing, 08  88—1,399  21 

The  salary  of  the  Corresponding  Secretary  during  the  past 
year  has  been  paid  by  a  few  individuals. 

Treasurer's  Department. 

Salary  of  the  Treasurer,  in  part,  for  the  year  ending  Aug. 

31,  1827,  (the  residue  having  been  paid  by  individuals,)  850  00 

Clerk  hire  within  the  year,  ...  -  430  35—1,230  35 

Printing,  §*c. 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report,  2000  copies,  including  paper, 

folding,  covers,  &c.  - 

Missionary  Paper,  No.  1,  8000  copies,      - 

do.  No.  2,  7500     do.  - 

do.  No.  5,  2000     do. 

do.  No  6,3000      do.  ... 

Dr.  Griffin's  Sermon,  1000  copies,  - 

Blank  Receipts,  &c.  - 

Copies  of  the  Missionary  Herald  presented  to  benefactors, 
auxiliary  societies,  missionaries,  agents  abroad  and  at 
home,  and  friends  of  missions  in  many  parts  of  the  world. 

Agency  in  New  York. 

Salary  of  Mr.  George  M.  Tracy,  for  six  months, 

Office  rent,  and  taxes,  - 

Blank  books  and  stationary,  and  blank  receipts, 

Shelves,  table,  &c.  - 

Desk,  chairs,  &c.  - 

Fuel,  nails,  labor,  &c.  ----- 


415  50 

247  75 

132  34 

66  62 

59  42 

*  56  60 

18  22 

,824  00- 

-3,820  45 

375  00 

54  16 

36  34 

40  34 

29  09 

21  80 

—556  73 

Carried  forward,     £102, 130  62 


*  This  expense  has  been  refunded  by  the  Editor  of  the  National  Preacher,  since  the  fomual 
account  was  closed. 


VI  PECUNIARY    ACCOUNTS. 

Brought  forward,       #102,130  62 
Miscellaneous  charges. 

Postage  of  letters,               -  487  84 

Fuel  and  oil,                -             -           -            -            -  71  87 

Blank  books  and  stationary,            -            -            -           -  43  19 

Wrapping  paper,  twine,  nails,  &c.  -  -  -  23  78 
Porterage,  labor,  freight,  and  transportation  of  boxes,  bundles,  &C.30  49 
Periodical  publication,  books,  and  binding  of  books,  for 

various  stations,            -            -            -            -            •  -    83  80 

Books  for  the  Missionary  Library      -            .            •  16  48 

Stove,  pipe,  &c.  for  the  Committee  Room,        -           -  -     34  13 

Mineral  case,  desk,  and  other  furniture  for  do.        -           -  64  61 

Setting  grate  and  repairs,            -            -            -            -  25  32 

Trunk  for  papers,  &c.            -            -            -           -            -  8  45 

Cellar  stairs  and  setting  glass,  -  -  -  -  16  57 
Discount  on  bank  notes  and  drafts,  32,70;  counterfeit 

notes,  12;  money  stolen  from  an  agent,  26,65;        -  71  35 977  88 


Expenses  of  missionaries  while  preparing  for  fields  of  labor. 

Rev.  C.  Stone,  -  -  -  137  52 

Rev.  D.  O.  Allen,  -  -  -  -  -         242  90 

380  42 
Deduct  for  part  of  advances  made  to  individuals,  as  stated  in 

former  accounts,  now  refunded,  -  58  62— —321  80 

Appropriated  by  the  Prudential  Committee,  to  the  Permanent 

Fund,  toward  apprehended    losses    on    stock  held  by  the 

Board  in  the  Eagle  Bank,  New  Haven,  -  -  -  1,000  00 

#104,430  30 


RECEIPTS    OF    THE    BOARD    DURING   THE   YEAR   PRECEDING" 

AUGUST    31,  1827. 

Donations  received  during  the  year,  as  published  with  exact 
particularity  in  the  Missionary  Herald,  ...  #82,435  25 

Legacies  received  within  the  year,  as  acknowledged  in  the  Mis- 
sionary Herald,  ....--  4;088  05 

Interest  on  the  Permanent  Fund,  and  money  loaned,  deducting 
interest  paid  for  money  borrowed,  ...  1,818  61 

Total  of  receipts  during  the  year,            -  #88,341  89 

Balance  on  hand,  Sept.  1,  1826,          -                        -  575  31 
Balance  for  which  the  Board  is  in  debt,  carried  to  new  account, 

Sept.  1,1827,           -           -           -           -            -            -  15,513  10 

#104,430  30 


PECUNIARY   ACCOUNTS,  VU 


PERMANENT   FUND. 


The  Permanent  Fund  amounted,  on  the  31st  of  August,  1826, 

as  stated  in  the  Report  for  last  year,  to  ...         $57,524  81 

There  has  been  no  addition  to  this  fund  since  that  period. 

PERMANENT    FUND    FOR   CORRESPONDING    SECRETARY. 

This  Fund  amounted,  on  the  31st  of  August,  1826,  to  -           15,772  60 

Received  within  the  year,  as^follows: 
For  donations  to  this  fund,  as  published  in  the  Missionary 

Herald,         - 88  50 

For  profits  of  the  Missionary  Herald,      -  3,596  47 

For  interest,  in  part,             -  56  97—3,741  94 

#19,514  54 

PERMANENT    FUND   FOR   TREASURER. 

This  Fund  amounted,  August  31,  1826,  to             -           -  -             1,467  80 
Received  within  the  year,  as  follows: 

-  From  individuals,  as  published  in  the  Missionary  Herald,  135  50 

For  interest  on  this  fund,  49  20 234  70 


$1,702  50 

FUND   FOR   THE   PRINTING   PRESS   FOR   WESTERN  ASIA,  NOW    ESTABLISHED 

AT    MALTA. 

This  fund  is  kept  entirely  distinct  from  the  general  funds  of  the  Eoard;  and  at 
the  particular  request  of  several  donors,  and  in  pursuance  of  the  original  plan,  the 
names  of  the  donors,  and  the  sums  subscribed  by  them,  are  not  published. 

The  subscriptions  to  this  fund  were  for  five  years,  and  the  last  payment  became 
due  in  1825. 

There  had  been  received  on  this  fund,  before  August  31, 1826,  14,671  23 

Received  during  the  year,  for  interest,  -  -  521  42 

for  sub.  due  previously,  ...        100  00 621  42 

15,292  65 
Expenditures,  as  per  statement  last  year,         -  -  5,547  75 

Expended  during  the  year,  -  1;413  77—6,961  52 

Balance  ready  to  be  expended,  -  $8,331  13 

This  balance  is  drawing  interest,  and  is  invested  in  bank 
stock  and  notes,  which  can  immediately  be  converted  into 
money . 

MISSION   COLLEGE   IN   CEYLON. 

There  had  been  received  for  the  contemplated  College  in 

Ceylon,  previously  to  August  31,  1826,  ...  1,388  IT 

R-eceived  since  that  time,  -  -  -  -  -  -  62  00 


The  above  amount  was  remitted  to  Ceylon  in  June,  1827,  to  be 
applied  for  the  object  above  mentioned. 


$1,450  17 


AUXILIARY   SOCIETIES. 


THE  following  is  a  list  of  payments  made,  during  the  year,  into  the  Treasury  of  the  Board,  bj 
Auxiliaries  formed  on  the  model  recommended  in  the  xixth  volume  of  the  Missionary  Herald, 
p.  365.  The  year  commences  with  September  1826,  and  ends  with  August  1827.  It  should  be 
remarked,  that  some  of  these  Societies,  during  this  time,  have  paid  more,  and  some  less,  than  is 
properly  to  be  regarded  as  their  receipts  for  one  year. 


MAINE. 

Cumberland  County,  498  87 

Lincoln  County,  276  73 

York  County,  85  00- 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 


—860  60 


Cheshire  County,  North,         90  16 
Hillsboro'  County,  North,      258  00 
Do.        do.        South,      686  15 
Do.        do.        West,       120  95 
Merrimac  County,  338  41 

Kockingham  County,  East,  356  09 

Do.  do.        West,  447  33 — 2,297  09 

VERMONT. 


Addison  County,  230  17 

Franklin  County,  196  74 

Orange  County,  389  81 

Rutland  County,  705  61 

Windham  County,  326  24 

Windsor  County,  487  54- 


-2,336  11 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


Barnstable  County,  East,       61  00 
Do.  do.      West,     314  67 

Berkshire  County,  1,844  48 

Boston  and  vicinity,  5,891  21 

Brookfield  Association,  642  00 
Essex  County,  1,556  25 

Franklin  County,  722  06 

Hampden  County,  662  47 

Northampton  and  vicinity,  1,436  90 
Old  Colony  Association,  1,232  64 
Palestine  Missionary  Asso.  909  47 
Worcester  County,Central,  639  00 

Do.  do.      North,      700  03—16,612  18 

CONNECTICUT. 

Colchester  and  vicinity,        104  20 

Fairfield  County,  East,         325  00 

Do.        do.      West,         540  38 


Carried  forward,  £969  53  #22,105  98 


Brought  forward,  £969  58  £22,105  98 

Farmington  and  vicinity,      514  40 
Hartford  County,  2,080  65 

Middlesex  Association,  424  87 

Middletown  and  vicinity,      259  71 
New  Haven  city,  631  33 

Do.        County,  East,    480  29 
Do.  Do.      West,  456  52 

New  London  and  vicinity,    230  70 
Norwich  and  vicinity,  503  80 

Tolland  County,  617  68 

Windham  County,  North,    483  65 

Do.  South,    411  00 — 8,064  18 


NEW   YORK. 
New  York  City  and  Brooklyn,  6,970  99 

NEW  JERSEY. 

Central  Auxiliary  Society,    263  03 
Essex  County,  2,032  73 

Morris  County,  977  40 

West  Jersey,  95  25 — 3,368  41 

PENNSYLVANIA. 

Pittsburgh  and  vicinity,  1,261  95 

PENNSYLVANIA  AND  VIRGINIA. 
Washington  County,  1,206  26 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA. 

Auxiliary  Society,  179  6*2 

OHIO. 

Portage  County,                   102  00 
Steubenville  and  vicinity,     620  00 722  00 

£43,879  39 


APPEJVDIX,  JVo.  II.     From  page  96. 


CIRCULAR, 

Sandwich  Islandst  October  3,  1826. 

To  the  Friends  of  Civilization  and  Christianity. 

Whereas  differences  of  opinion  have  arisen,  respecting  the  objects  and 
operations  of  this  mission,  we  feel  it  incumbent  on  us  to  state  publicly  the 
ends  at  which  we  aim,  the  means  which  we  use  to  accomplish  them,  and  the 
effects  actually  produced  by  our  various  operations. 

The  general  object  of  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign 
Missions,  was  early  stated  to  the  public  to  be,  "To  propagate  the  Gospel 
in  heathen  lands,  by  supporting  missionaries,  and  diffusing  a  knowledge  of 
the  Holy  Scriptures."  In  the  year  1812,  the  legislature  of  Massachusetts 
gave  their  legal  sanction  to  this  object. 

The  instructions  of  the  Prudential  Committee  of  said  Board,  to  their  dif- 
ferent missionaries,  have  developed  in  full  the  particulars  of  the  object, 
which  was  only  expressed  in  general  terms,  in  the  act  of  incorporation. 

The  instructions  and  charge  given  to  the  members  of  this  mission,  were 
riven  in  public,  and  have  been  widely  circulated  for  the  inspection  of  the 
world.  In  these  we  are  commanded  "to  aim  at  nothing  short  of  covering 
these  islands  with  fruitful  fields  and  pleasant  dwellings,  and  schools  and 
churches,  and  raising  up  the  whole  people  to  an  elevated  state  of  Christian 
civilization."  And  to  effect  this,  we  are  instructed  to  use  our  exertions  "to 
introduce  and  get  into  extended  operation  and  influence  among  them  the 
arts,  institutions,  and  usages  of  civilized  life  and  society:  above  all  to  con* 
vert  them  from  their  idolatries,  superstitions,  and  vices,  to  the  living 
God." 

These  instructions  are  explicit  and  particular;  and  we  here  declare  that 
they  express  our  whole  object.  These  we  feel  ourselves  bound  to  obey; 
and  in  doing  it  we  have  no  fear  but  we  shall  have  the  approbation  of  every 
philanthropist,  as  well  as  of  every  Christian. 

The  means  which  we  have  used  to  accomplish  these  ends,  and  which  are 
now  in  a  train  of  operation,  are  such  as  the  public  have  a  right  to  know,  and 
we  have  no  right  or  desire  to  conceal. 

Persuaded  that  while  the  chiefs  were  untaught,  our  instructions  must  be 
comparatively  limited  both  in  extent  and  influence,  we  have  devoted  much 
of  our  time  to  the  instruction  of  the  royal  family  and  other  leading  persona 
*2 


X  APPENDIX. 

in  the  nation.  In  these  instructions  we  have  made  it  our  main  object  to 
"turn  them  from  their  idolatries,  superstitions  and  vices,  to  the  living  and 
redeeming"  God." 

We  have  always  felt  most  sensibly  the  difficulties  in  the  way  of  introduc- 
ing the  arts,  institutions,  and  usages,  of  civilized  life  and  society;  and  have 
therefore  kept  far  within  the  limits  of  our  instructions  on  these  subjects. 

When  we  have  been  requested  by  the  chiefs  or  people  to  give  instruc- 
tion or  advice,  we  have  uniformly  and  perseveringly  withheld  it  on  all  point9 
where  we  could  not  refer  the  decision  of  the  question  either  to  the  Scriptures, 
or  to  the  uniform  practice  of  Christian  nations.  But  where  the  Scriptures 
are  plain,  or  the  practice  of  Christians  uniform,  we  have  felt,  and  still  feel, 
at  liberty  to  speak  with  freedom,  although  we  are  opposed  by  the  prejudices 
of  the  people,  and  the  practices  of  the  profligate. 

We  have  inculcated  on  the  chiefs  not  only  the  common  duties  of  morality, 
but  we  have  also  taught  them  that  he  who  ruleth  must  be  just,  ruling  in  the- 
fear  of  the  Lord;  and  have  endeavored  to  convince  them  that  they  are  set 
for  the  punishment  of  evil  doers,  and  for  the  praise  of  them  that  do  well. 
We  have  told  them  that  "as  a  roaring  lion,  and  a  ranging  bear,  so  is  a  wicked 
ruler  over  the  poor  people."  We  have  never  dictated  to  them  the  par- 
ticular punishment  due  to  any"  individual  person,  or  even  any  individual 
crime,  believing  that  in  doing  this  we  should  be  intermeddling  with  that 
which  belongs  only  to  rulers.  We  have  given  them  general  principles  de- 
rived from  the  word  of  God,  together  with  Scripture  examples  of  their  ap- 
plication; and  when  these  have  not  been  clearly  understood,  and  they  have 
asked  further  explanations,  we  have  sometimes  referred  them  to  modern 
examples  in  Christian  nations.  We  have  thus  pursued  one-  undeviating 
course,  neither  withholding  instruction,  nor  interfering  with  their  authority 
as  rulers  of  the  land. 

We  have  not  been  blind  to  their  defects,  by  which  they  have  sometimes 
screened  the  guilty  from  deserved  punishment,  neglected  their  promises, 
and  even  encouraged  iniquity.  We  have  sometimes  too  known  of  their 
childish,  ill-timed  and  improper  punishments,  and  more  improper  threats. 
On  none  of  these  have  we  looked  with  indifference.  But  while  we  have 
with  sorrow  witnessed  these  things  in  those  to  whom  we  are  sent  as  teach- 
ers, and  whose  intelligence,  virtue,  honor  and  happiness,  we  desire  to  pro- 
mote; we  have  also  felt,  that  should  we  interfere  by  direct  and  positive  re-, 
monstrance  and  advice,  we  should  not  only  go  beyond  the  limits  of  our 
instructions,  but  should  also  incur  the  displeasure,  both  of  the  rulers  them- 
selves, and  also,  of  all  those  who  are  witnesses  of  our  operations. 

While  we  have  thus  been  endeavoring,  both  from  the  Scriptures  and  the  ex- 
ample of  pious  kings,  to  point  out  to  the  chiefs  their  duty  as  rulers,  we  have 
also  endeavored  from  the  same  authorities,  to  inculcate  on  the  people  their 
duties  as  subjects.  We  have  taught  them  that  they  "mustneeds  be  subject, 
not  only  for  wrath,  but  also  for  conscience's  sake,  rendering  to  all  their  dues, 
tribut    to  whom  tribute,  fear  to  whom  fear,   and  honor  to  whom  honor  is 


APPENDIX.  XI 

due;"  and  while  we  have  continually  inculcated  on  our  hearers,  not  only 
that  they  should  be  "not  slothful  in  business,  but  fervent  in  spirit,  serving 
the  Lord,"  we  have  also  distinctly  held  up  the  doctrine  of  the  apostle, 
"that  if  any  would  not  work,  neither  should  he  eat." 

We  have  to  all,  both  chiefs  and  people,  insisted  not  only  on  a  belief  of 
the  doctrines,  but  also  obedience  to  the  precepts  of  the  Bible,  including 
justice,  honesty,  integrity,  punctuality,  truth,  purity,  good  order,  union, 
kindness  and  peace.  These,  we  have  always  told  them,  are  signs  of  a 
g-ood  heart  and  evidence  of  a  preparation  for  heaven.  These  are  the 
doctrines  and  duties  which  we  have  inculcated,  not  only  from  the  pulpit, 
but  in  all  our  private  instructions  and  intercourse  with  the  chiefs  and  peo- 
ple. The  press  too  has  been  sacred  to  the  cause,  and  we  appeal  to  all  our 
candid  observers,  and  to  an  enlightened  public,  whether  the  objects  ac- 
complished are  not  worthy  the  exertions  we  have  made. 

Is  it  nothing  that  the  vices  of  the  drunkard  and  the  gambler,  with  which 
the  land  was  formerly  overrun,  should  now  be  limited  to  a  comparatively 
small  number? — that  the  observance  of  the  Sabbath  should  be  almost  uni- 
versal.''— that  schools  should  be  established  in  every  part  of  the  islands,  and  be 
attended  by  25,000  scholars;  among  whom  have  been  circulated  more  than 
40,000  tracts,  containing  various  texts  of  Scripture  beside  the  decalogue, 
and  all  inculcating  the  duties  mentioned  above  ?  Is  it  nothing  that  nearly  all 
of  the  chiefs  and  leading  persons  on  the  islands,  and  many  others  too, 
should  be  taught  to  read  and  write  so  as  to  correspond  by  letter?  Is  it 
nothing  that  thousands  who  formerly  devoted  their  time  to  gaming,  quar- 
relling, and  the  practice  of  iniquity  in  all  its  varied  forms;  and  the  thousands 
who  wasted  their  days  in  idleness,  should  now  be  assembled  in  schools, 
and  spend  their  leisure  time  in  reading  Scripture  tracts  and  listening  to 
instruction'*  Is  it  nothing  that  a  number  of  the  leading  persons  in  the 
nation,  as  well  as  several  others  of  a  lower  rank,  should  publicly  declare 
their  belief  in  the  doctrines,  and  render  obedience  to  the  precepts  of  the 
Bible?  If  all  this  is  nothing,  then  we  confess  that  our  labors  have  been  vain, 
and  our  object  is  proved  unworthy  the  patronage  of  the  wise,  or  even  the 
benevolent. 

While  we  allude  to  these  changes,  we  are  far  from  being  blind  or  indif- 
ferent to  the  barbarism,  fickleness,  duplicity,  neglect,  laziness,  and  other 
varied  vices  and  crimes,  which  to  some  extent  still  remain,  and  which 
are  more  or  less  visible  even  to  a  transient  visiter;  neither  do  we  vindi- 
cate, or  in  the  least  degree  offer  a  palliation  for  these  things.  We  only 
complain  and  remonstrate  against  those  illiberal  and  unmanly  charges,  by 
which  the  mission  is  made  accountable  for  the  daily  blunders,  the  childish 
actions,  the  long  established  customs,  and  even  the  inherent  depravity  of 
the  people;  and  all,  forsooth,  because  we  attempt  to  make  them  better. 

If  the  doctrines  and  duties  of  Christianity  in  which  the  church  of  England, 
the  churoh  of  Scotland,  the  Presbyterian  and  other  churches  in  America  are 
agreed,  are  not  adapted  to  correct  the  evils  which  exist  in  heathen  nations; 


Xll  APPENDIX. 

— if  these  doctrines  and  duties  when  faithfully  taught,  by  precept  and  ex- 
ample, have  no  good  influence  to  cure  the  evils  of  the  human  heart,  and 
to  promote  virtue,  order  and  happiness  in  society,  then  the  missionary,  and 
the  philanthropist  too,  may  sit  down  together  in  despair,  and  pronounce 
the  evils  among  heathens  incurable;  for  if  these  fail,  we  may  challenge  the 
wisdom  of  the  world  to  devise  a  system  of  morals,  and  to  propose  any 
practicable  measures,  which  will  raise  a  savage  tribe  or  a  heathen  nation 
from  their  native  depravity  to  a  state  of  civilization  and  virtuous  life. 

If  then  we  have  mistaken  the  grand  principles  of  reformation,  or  if  we 
have  taken  a  wrong  step,  we  will  be  grateful  to  any  man,  who  in  a  friendly 
manner  will  inform  us  of  it.  If  we  have  spoken  or  done  evil,  bear  witness  of 
the  evil;  but  if  well,  why  should  we  be  smitten? 

From  those  gentlemen  who  reside  or  occasionally  touch  at  these  islands, 
we  ask  an  investigation  of  our  conduct: — We  do  more — we  challenge  it. 

We  have  here  stated  our  whole  object,  and  also  the  means  we  use  to 
obtain  it.  We  know  that  the  cold  hearted  misanthropist  and  the  super- 
stitious heathen,  will  be  opposed  to  the  former,  and  will  charge  all  the 
crimes  and  defects  which  still  remain  to  the  account  of  the  latter.  But 
there  are  those  around  us,  and  who  occasionally  visit  us  from  abroad,  who 
can  judge  candidly.  We  request  them  to  examine  the  above  statements, 
and  we,  on  our  parts,  pledge  ourselves,  that  if  we  may  have  a  candid  hear- 
ing, with  witnessess,  we  will  substantiate  every  thing  which  we  here  assert. 

A.  Thurston,  H.  Bingham, 

W.  Richards,  Joseph  Goodrich, 

James  Ely,  Levi  Chamberlain, 

Artemas  Bishop,  Samuel  Ruggles. 

By  the  General  Meeting  of  the  Sandwich  Island  Mission,  at  Kailua;  signed 
by  all  the  Members  present  from  the  Jive  stations. 


APPEJYDIX,  No.  III.     From  page  102. 

On  the  evening  of  Oct.  31,  1827,  (the  next  day  having  been  appointed 
for  the  embarkation,)  a  meeting  of  friends  of  missions  was  held  in  Park 
Street  Church,  Boston,  for  the  sake  of  witnessing  the  public  designation 
of  the  missionaries  to  their  sphere  of  labor  in  the  Sandwich  Islands.  The 
services  were  opened  with  prayer  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  Jenks. 

The  following  address  and  instructions  were  then  delivered  by  the 
Corresponding  Secretary. 

My  Christian  Friends  of  this  assembly, 

Before  addressing  the  missionaries  who  are  now  to  receive  in  public  a  few 
words  of  parting  advice  from  the  Committee,  it  may  be  proper  to  mention 


APPENDIX.  Xlll 

the  occasion  of  the  present  reinforcement,  and  the   special  services  which 
will  be  expected  from  the  individuals  who  compose  it. 

The  missionaries  now  at  the  Sandwich  Islands  have  found,  in  the  good 
Providence  of  God,  the  natives  more  ready  to  hear  the  Gospel,  than  could 
have  been  anticipated.  All  the  people  seem  desirous  of  knowing 
what  the  Bible  contains,  and  very  many  enter  with  deep  seriousness  into 
religious  inquiries.  Not  a  few  seem  to  manifest  a  truly  Christian  spirit.  It 
is  extremely  desirable,  that  a  tribe  of  men,  in  such  circumstances,  should 
receive  prompt  and  efficient  aid  in  escaping  from  the  snares  of  Satan  and 
entering  upon  the  path  of  life.  Now  is  eminently  the  time,  in  regard 
to  this  mission,  for  keeping  up  the  impulse  which  has  been  given.  The 
laborers  in  the  field  have,  therefore,  and  with  the  greatest  propriety, 
urged  the  importance  of  a  larg-e  reinforcement. 

There  is  another  consideration,  which  will  not  be  deemed  trivial,  by  any 
man  of  a  generous  mind.  Our  brethren  at  the  Islands  have,  for  two  or 
three  years  past,  been  suffering  from  the  cruel  opposition  of  ureasonable 
and  wicked  men. 

This  opposition,  though  it  should  excite  the  sincerest  compassion  for 
the  guilty  authors  of  it,  must  be  counteracted  and  checked,  or  the  con- 
dition of  the  natives  is  hopeless.  There  are  two  ways,  in  which  a  most  sal- 
utary check  may  be  imposed — viz. — by  increasing  the  moral  power  of  the 
mission,  bringing  it  to  bear  upon  the  hearts  and  consciences  of  visiters,  and 
by  causing  all  classes  of  residents  to  feel,  that  they  act  in  the  full  view 
of  the  civilized  world.  In  regard  to  both  these  objects,  no  measure  prom- 
ises to  be  so  effectual,  as  to  increase  the  number  of  evangelical  laborers. 

The  Committee  have  for  some  time  been  desirous  of  doing  this,  and 
now  have  the  happiness  of  presenting  to  their  Christian  friends  sixteen  in- 
dividuals, who  have  been  appointed  to  a  service  so  desirable  and  so  im- 
portant, after  having  deliberately  consecrated  themselves  to  the  work.  In 
this  number  are  four  ordained  ministers  of  the  Gospel,  a  physician  and  a 
printer.  The  whole  number  may  be  considered,  to  an  unusual  extent,  a 
representation  of  the  American  churches,  who  are  embarked  in  this 
great  enterprise.  Two  of  the  ordained  missionaries  received  their  theo- 
logical education  at  Andover,  and  two  at  Princeton;  and  in  the  whole  num- 
ber is  one  or  more  from  seven  states  of  the  Union.  The  Atlantic  region, 
and  interior  states,  and  the  vast  country  beyond  the  Alleganies,  now  unite 
in  sending  from  their  own  borders  living  epistles  to  the  Gentiles.  Beside 
the  sixteen  individuals,  to  whom  allusion  has  been  made,  four  natives 
of  the  islands,  who  have  spent  several  years  with  us,  and  of  whom 
the  hope  is  entertained,  that  they  have  become  experimentally  acquainted 
with  the  Gospel,  are  now  about  to  return  to  the  land  of  their  fathers. 

Who  that  regards  the  embassy,  on  which  these  representatives  of  the 
churches  are  sent,  but  must  consider  the  spectacle  before  us  interesting 
and  delightful.  As  an  expression  of  sympathy  for  our  brethren  and  of 
love  to  the  heathen;  as  an.  exhibition,  though  on  a   small  scale,    of  what 


XIV  APPENDIX. 

our  country  can  do  for  the  benefit  of  distant  nations;  as  a  tribute  of  Chris- 
tian affection,  cheerfully  rendered  by  remote  parts  of  our  widely  extended 
community;  as  a  recognition  of  that  indebtedness  to  our  fellow  men, 
which  the  Gospel  imposes,  and  which  has  been  accumulating*  such  fear- 
ful arrearages  against  us;  and  as  one  of  the  blessed  fruits  of  united  coun- 
sels and  brotherly  co-operation — the  present  mission  family  goes  forth  to 
the  islands  of  the  great  ocean. 

I  now  proceed  to  address  myself  to  those,  for  whom  this  assembly  doubt- 
less feels  a  peculiar  interest. 

My  dear  friends  of  the  Mission  Family, 

Having  deliberately  considered  the  condition  of  the  pagan  world,  and 
reflected  upon  the  last  command  of  the  ascending  Saviour,  you  have 
cheerfully  consecrated  your  faculties,  your  time,  your  lives,  to  the  spe- 
cial service  of  promoting  the  success  of  the  Gospel  among  the  heathen. 
To  this  service,  however,  you  are  not  self  appointed;  but  you  have  been 
called  to  it  by  the  approving  voice  of  the  churches  to  which  you  have 
belonged,  of  the  circles  of  religious  society  in  which  you  have  moved, 
of  the  ministers  and  instructers  by  whom  you  have  been  guided,  and 
of  the  Committee,  to  whom  this  responsible  duty  has  been  assigned. 
You  stand,  therefore,  in  a  most  important  relation  to  the  church  of  the 
living  God.  Your  station  is  eminently  a  public  one.  '  You  form  a  con- 
necting link  between  Christendom  and  the  countless  millions  of  unevan- 
gelized  men.  In  your  character  and  in  your  conduct,  you  unavoidably 
bear  the  destinies  of  thousands,  and  ultimately  of  millions.  No  man 
llveth  to  himself,  and  no  man  dieth  to  himself: — least  of  all  the  man,  or 
the  woman,  who  is  set  forward  as  a  visible  representation  of  Christianity 
before  thousands,  that  have  just  opened  their  eyes  to  behold  the  beauty 
and  the  glory  of  moral  subjects; — the  man,  or  the  woman,  whose  reflex 
influence  upon  this  country,  if  such  as  it  should  be,  will  carry  blessings 
in  its  train  for  generations  to  come.  When  you  think  upon  this  high 
and  sacred  calling,  these  extensive  connexions  and  dependencies,  and 
these  mighty  influences  which  take  hold  of  eternity,  you  will  not  deem 
it  strange,  that  we  feel  a  peculiar  solicitude  that  you  live,  and  labor, 
and  act,  in  such  a  manner  as  shall  obtain  the  gracious  approbation  of 
your  Divine  Master,  while  your  holy  example  leads  converted  pagans 
in  the  way  to  heaven. 

The  occasion  will  not  permit  us  to  say  more  than  a  small  part  of  what 
is  worthy  of  your  most  serious  attention.  The  New  Testament  is  th© 
great  directory  of  Christian  missionaries.  To  that  we  solemnly  commend 
you,  as  to  an  inexhaustible  treasury  of  wisdom.  It  is  proper,  however, 
that  the  conductors  of  missionary  operations  should  urge  different  topics 
at  different  times,  according  to  changing  circumstances.  You  are  re- 
ferred  for  direction  on  many  points,  to  instructions  given,  on  similar 
occasions,  to  your  predecessors  in  the  same  mission;  and  I  cannot  do 
justice  to  my  own  feelings  without  mentioning,  as  worthy  of  honorable. 


APPENDIX.  XV 

distinction,  the  documents,  respecting1  the  duties  and  qualifications  of 
missionaries,  which  have  been  published,  within  a  few  years  past,  by 
the  Scottish  Missionary  Society.  These  you  are  requested  to  read  with 
solemn  and  prayerful  attention. 

You  will  bear  us  witness,  that  you  have  not  been  urged  into  this 
engagement  by  the  Committee;  and  that  you  have  not  been  nattered 
with  the  hope  of  ease,  or  emolument,  or  distinction,  or  worldly  enjoy- 
ment of  any  kind.  Nor  do  you  entertain  the  thought,  that,  by  your 
voluntary  sacrifices,  you  are  to  make  an  atonement  for  your  sins,  or  for 
the  sins  of  others.  Nor  do  you  expect  to  get  a  great  name  among 
men.  Were  this  the  design  of  missionaries,  it  would  be  utterly  defeated 
in  a  vast  majority  of  cases;  for  where  a  multitude  are  engaged,  as  will 
soon  be  the  fact,  it  is  impossible  that  more  than  a  few  should  be  dis- 
tinguished in  this  busy,  changing,  talking  world;  and  this  distinction,  what- 
ever it  might  be  for  a  few  years,  is  altogether  too  contemptible  to  be 
an  object  of  pursuit  for  a  Christian.  There  is  a  distinction,  indeed,  which 
you  should  seek — that  of  having  your  names  written  in  the  Lamb's  book  of 
life — but  this  you  will  share  with  the  humblest  Christian  in  your  native  land, 
as  well  as  with  the  converted  islander,  who  was  never  known  on  earth 
beyond  his  little  valley.  And  there  is  another  distinction,  to  which  the 
word  of  God  authorizes  you  to  direct  your  aim; — it  is  that  of  being 
numbered  with  those,  who  turn  many  to  righteousness,  and  who  will 
shine  as  the  stars  forever  and  ever. 

But  you  go  not  abroad  for  yourselves.     On  the  contrary  you  take   up 
the  cross   and  follow  Christ   in   the   great  work   of  the  regeneration  of 
a    world.      You  go  in  obedience  to   what   appears  to  you  an  imperious 
call  of  duty,  and  in  the  discharge  of  this  duty  you  expect  to  find  your, 
happiness. 

Trials  will  doubtless  await  you.  What  will  be  their  precise  nature,  it 
is  impossible  for  man  to  foresee.  It  is  not  likely  that  exactly  the  same 
trials  will  befal  you,  as  have  been  experienced  by  your  brethren  now 
at  the  islands.  It  is  not  probable  that  violent  men  will  be  instigated  to 
murder  you  and  pull  down  your  dwellings.  This  sort  of  experiment  will 
hardly  be  tried  again;  and  if  it  should  be,  you  may  put  your  trust  in 
God,  and  confidently  expect  to  be  preserved  as  your  brethren  were.  You 
are  not  to  be  particularly  anxious  about  external  troubles,  such  as  ship- 
wreck, sickness,  or  the  opposition  of  wicked  men — or  such  as  the  priva- 
tions of  a  missionary  life,  the  dangers  of  an  untried  climate — or  the 
longing  after  friends  and  home.  By  these  you  may  indeed  be  tried;  but 
I  would  especially  guard  you  against  spiritual  foes  from  within  and  without. 
Watch  and  pray  against  unbelief,  coldness  of  heart,  blindness  of  mind, 
deadness  of  feeling*.  If  all  be  safe  and  sound  within; — if  you  have  no 
distrust  of  God's  promises,  no  misgivings  about  the  worth  of  the  cause 
in  which  you  are  engaged,  no  disposition  to  keep  back  any  part  of  the 
price — you  will  be  sustained  under  pain,  and  weakness,   privations  and 


XVI  APPENDIX.  i* 

persecution.  It  is  commonly  the  fact,  that  men  are  tried,  in  a  man- 
ner, which  they  never  anticipated.  Be  prepared,  therefore,  for  every 
thing",  which  your  Heavenly  Father  may  see  fit  to  bring  upon  you,  with- 
out anxiously  desiring-  to  know  what  will  be  the  form  and  how  great  the 
pressure  of  your  trials. 

The  Christian  world  has  arrived  at  that  stage  in  the  progress  of  things, 
when  the  attention  of  all  thinking  men  is  directed  to  the  missionary  enter- 
prise. Multitudes,  who  were  born  in  nations  called  Christian,  and  who 
would  not  dare  to  speak  otherwise  than  respectfully  of  Christ  and  his  re- 
ligion, are  yet  allowing  themselves  to  exult  in  predicting  the  entire  over- 
throw of  all  missionary  operations.  They  say  that  heathen  nations  must 
always  remain  in  their  heathenism;  and  that  ignorant  and  superstitious 
communities  must  always  remain  ignorant  and  superstitious;  and  that  vice 
must  always  have  its  votaries,  and  receive  its  hecatombs  of  human  victims. 
Faint  hearted  and  undecided  friends  of  missions  also  are  full  of  appre- 
hension on  account  of  the  number  and  magnitude  of  the  obstacles  to  be 
encountered,  and  the  weakness  and  imperfections  of  missionaries  and 
other  agents,  and  the  vast  expenses  and  sacrifices,  which  are  involved  in 
the  prosecution  of  the  work.  You  are  not  ignorant,  that  missionaries 
and  the  directors  of  missions  are  imperfect,  and,  of  themselves,  entirely 
incompetent  to  maintain  a  successful  controversy  with  the  strongest  pas- 
sions, and  most  inveterate  customs  of  an  ungodly  world.  Knowing  these 
things,  you  will  perceive  the  necessity  of  extreme  caution,  in  all  your 
proceedings,  lest  any  thing, be  said  or  done,  which  would  give  courage 
and  joy  to  the  enemies  of  missions,  while  it  sent  fear  and  consternation 
abroad  into  the  hearts  of  the  timid  and  irresolute.  Take  care  that 
nothing  be  said  or  done,  of  which  God  will  disapprove;  nothing  which 
might  not  be  repeated  on  the  housetops,  without  raising  a  blush  on  your 
cheeks,  or  causing  the  breasts  of  your  friends  to  heave  with  a  sigh.  In 
any  new  movements,  act  with  great  deliberation;  look  at  every  subject, 
in  its  various  attitudes  and  bearings;  be  not  carried  away  by  theories; 
seek  counsel  from  the  word  of  God;  and  ask  direction  from  above. 

Especially  be  careful  not  to  do  any  thing,  which  will  weaken  the  hands 
of  each  other,  or  of  your  associates  in  the  work.  Uphold  and  sustain 
each  other  with  more  than  the  compactness  of  the  Macedonian  phalanx. 
There  is  no  need  of  division  or  disunion,  of  self-preference  or  jealousy. 
If  absolute  and  perfect  unanimity,  on  all  great  subjects,  were  impossible, 
the  inspired  missionary  to  the  Gentiles  would  not  have  so  many  times  ex- 
horted the  great  body  of  disciples  to  be  of  the  same  mind  and  the  same 
judgment.  You  may  be  thrown  into  the  company  of  opposers,  where 
even  silence  would  be  construed  into  a  censure  of  your  brethren;  and 
where  by  a  single  sentence  or  a  single  smile  even,  you  might  do  more  to 
injure  the  cause  you  love  than  you  would  be  able  to  repair  by  weeka 
of  arduous  labor. 


Al^ENDIX.  XV11 


fou   ure  to  remember,  m  tins  connexion,  that  though  piety  is  indispen- 
sable, the  missionary  cause  requires  something  more  than  mere  religious 
feeling.     There  is  work  enough  for  the  intellect.      The  whole  process   of 
evangelizing  the  world  calls  for  the  exercise  of  the  soundest  judgment, 
the  maturest  reflection,  the  most  accurate  observation.       The  great  prin- 
ciples of  missionary  labor  are,  indeed,  sufficiently  clear  in  the  New  Testa- 
ment; but  the  modes  of  their  application  must  be  various,  in  some  pro- 
portion to  the  various  circumstances,  in  which  the   different   parts   of  the 
heathen  world  are   found.       Apply  your  minds,   therefore,    with   all  their 
vigor,  to  discovering  the  best  methods  of  getting  access  to  unenlightened 
men — of  gaining  their  confidence — of  controlling  their  tempers — of  form- 
ing and  quickening  their  consciences — of  reaching  their  hearts — of  causing 
them  to  feel  their  responsibility  as  moral  beings.     Consider  the  best  modes 
of  introducing  education  among  them, — and  of  forming  them  into  a  read- 
ing-, thinking,  cultivated  state  of  society,  with  all  its   schools   and  semina- 
ries— its  arts  and  institutions.     As  you  advance,  you  will  find  a  boundless 
field  open  before  you,    with  ample  scope  for  the  highest  talents,  devoted 
to  the  noblest  purposes. 

That  you  may  be  able  to  accomplish  the  greatest  possible  amount  of  good, 
it  is  obvious  that  the  strictest  economy  of  time  should  be  practised.     Should 
you  be  so  happy  as  to  stand  in  the  streets  of  the   New  Jerusalem,  with  re- 
deemed pagans  to  whom  you  had  made  known  the  message  of  salvation  for 
the  first  time,  how  greatly  will  your  happiness  be  increased  by  the  presence 
of  each  individual,  to  whom  God  had  enabled  you  to   sustain   this  relation. 
Then  will  you  be  able  to   appreciate  the  privilege   of  aiding  in   the   work 
of  redemption.     Then  will  you  rejoice  in  looking  back  upon  any   extra- 
ordinary efforts,  by  which  you  may  have  multiplied  the  number  of  those, 
to   whom  you  had  proved  a  benefactor — a  spiritual  adviser,  consoler,  and 
friend.     Then  will  the  true  value  of  time  appear — that  precious  season  of 
residence  on  earth,  when  the  everlasting  states  of  men   are   to   be   fixed — 
and  when  a  voluntary  agency  may  be   exerted  by  a  humble  individual  to 
accomplish  a  greater  good,  than  to  secure  the  temporal  prosperity  of  all  th^ 
states  and  empires  in  the  world. 

A  similar  regard  should  be  had  to  economy,  in  the  use  of  all  the  prop- 
erty placed  at  your  disposal.  To  send  forth  missions  to  the  remotest  parts 
of  the  globe,  and  sustain  them  there,  must  unavoidably  require  consid- 
erable pecuniary  resources.  In  the  application  and  management  of  these 
resources,  the  utmost  care  and  fidelity  should  be  apparent;  not  because 
money  is  too  precious  to  be  expended  in  this  service,  for  no  other  ser- 
vice is  so  worthy  of  it;  not  because  the  salvation  of  a  single  soul  is  too  small 
a  compensation  for  the  costliest  expenditures,  for  our  Saviour  has  settled 
that  question  once  for  all,  and  his  decision  is  sustained  by  reasoning  which 
combines  the  certainty  of  mathematical  and  moral  demonstration:  but  you 
should  feel  constrained  to  use  the  wisest,  the  best,  the  strictest  economy, 
from  the  simple  consideration,  that  the   pecuniary  means  at  the   disposal 


*3 


XVH1  APPENDIX. 

of  missionary  societies,  are  entirely  inadequate  to  answer  pressing  calk 
upon  them.  Of  course,  the  application  of  such  an  economy,  as  will  en- 
able a  mission  to  augment  its  efficiency,  is  like  the  adding  of  so  much 
new  power  to  the  moral  machinery  now  in  operation..  On  this  subject, 
utility,  an  enlarged  regard  to  permanent  utility,  should  be  the  criterion  of 
true  economy;  and  custom,  fashion,  and  habits  of  personal  gratification* 
should  be  allowed  but  little  influence  in  the  matter.  You  should  con- 
sult your  health,  and  seek  the  most  advantageous  preparation  for  future 
labors;  and  in  your  general  plans  of  economy  should  look  with  a  compre- 
hensive view  upon  the  wants  of  the  world,  and  upon  things  as  they  will 
exist  a  thousand  years  after  you  are  dead,  and  should  sanction  that  course 
by  your  example,  which  will  approve  itself  to  the  conscience  after  the  most 
thorough  examination. 

The  Committee  feel  with  an  increasing  weight  of  obligation,  the  necessity 
of  economy,  in  every  department  under  their  direct  supervision;  and  they 
urge  it,  without  discrimination,  upon  all  who  are  in  any  sense  under  their 
direction.  But  never  has  the  duty  of  economy  appeared  more  important, 
than  since  the  late  unexampled  display  of  liberality,  in  the  city  of  New  York, 
at  the  meeting  of  the  Board.  When  men  come  forward  to  offer  their 
thousands,  then  is  eminently  the  time  for  the  best  application  of  every 
dollar;  for  beside  other  reasons,  it  is  manifest  that  this  confidence  cannot 
be  retained,  unless  by  a  course  of  the  strictest  integrity,  and  by  undevia- 
ting  conscientiousness  in  the  use  of  every  advantage  thus  offered.  The 
money  contributed  in  large  sums,  or  small  sums,  is,  with  little  exception, 
the  fruit  of  hard  labor,  or  of  industry,  diligence,  and  skill  in  business,  or  of 
deliberate  and  systematic  retrenchment  for  this  very  purpose.  It  is  con- 
secrated to  God  with  the  most  benevolent  design,  and  for  the  most  noble 
object.  It  surely  cannot  be  necessary  to  add,  that  property  thus  devoted 
is  neither  to  be  wasted  nor  misapplied;  and  that  attention  to  this  subject 
rises  to  the  dignity  of  a  high  religious  duty. 

Though  the  circumstances  of  this  occasion  do  not  permit  us  to  go  much 
into  detail,  yet  there  is  one  topic  more,  which  we  are  unwilling  to 
omit.  I  refer  to  the  Christian  Sabbath,  and  the  manner  in  which  you  are 
to  regard  it.  If  there  is  any  one  thing  evident  to  the  considerate 
and  pious  man,  it  is  that  the  Sabbath  is  an  institution  of  God — and  that  it 
is  one  of  the  most  affecting  memorials  of  his  kindness  to  an  alienated  world 
— a  manifestation  of  his  incomparable  wisdom,  in  adopting  means  for  the 
establishment  of  a  moral  government.  Whenever  the  light  of  the  Sab- 
bath dawns  upon  you,  let  your  hearts  be  filled  with  gratitude  for  this  in- 
estimable blessing.  Remember  that,  without  the  observance  of  the  Sabbath, 
religion  can  never  exert  a  commanding  influence  in  a  community;  and 
that,  wherever  the  Sabbath  has  been  generally  neglected,  or  perverted 
into  a  day  of  amusement,  religiou  has  sunk  into  a  mere  form,  and  piety  has 
been  extinguished. 


APPENDIX.  XIX 

Consider  yourselves  the  founders  of  a  new  society,  and  think  how  much 
must  depend  upon  your  beginning  aright,  in  this  respect.  Let  it  always  be 
seen,  that  the  Sabbath,  from  beginning  to  end,  is  a  different  day  from  the 
other  days  of  the  week.  As  the  individual,  whose  mind  is  habitually  filled 
with  grateful  and  adoring  thoughts  of  God,  who  is  constantly  desiring  the 
favor  of  God,  and  is  cherishing  a  lively  sense  of  the  presence  of  God; — as 
such  an  individual  is  called  a  man  of  God:  so  let  the  Sabbath,  always  de- 
voted to  the  worship  of  God,  to  obtaining-  an  acquaintance  with  his  char- 
acter, his  will,  his  government,  and  to  the  restoration  of  his  revolted  crea- 
tures to  his  favor — let  this  sacred  season  present  itself  to  the  minds  of 
all  who  observe  your  conduct  as  the  day  of  God, — a  day  supremely  blessed 
in  its  influences, — the  appointed  time  for  the  holiest  aspirations  to  ascend 
to  heaven,  and  for  the  choicest  spiritual  consolations  to  be  shed  abroad  in 
the  hearts  of  men. 

Be  not  moved  by  the  opinions  of  worldly  men,  or  of  lukewarm  professors  of 
Christianity,  on  this  subject.  But  look  at  the  nature  of  the  case.  See  what 
man  has  to  accomplish  for  himself  and  others,  in  this  short  life.  Call  to  mind 
the  example  of  Baxter  and  Brainerd,  Watts  and  Edwards,  and  all  who 
were  like  them.  Do  these  things,  and  you  will  be  at  no  loss,  in  regard 
to  the  universal  and  perpetual  obligation  of  the  Sabbath. 

Finally,  Dear  Brethren,  you  may  enter  upon  this  service,  without  any 
misgivings  as  to  the  worth  of  the  cause,  or  its  rig'htful  claims  upon  the 
best  affections  of  your  hearts,  and  the  most  strenuous  labors  of  your  hands. 
You  go  forth,  in  obedience  to  the  command  of  Christ.  On  this  foundation 
you  may  safely  build.  You  go  forth  with  the  most  affectionate  wishes, 
prayers,  and  sympathies  of  the  Committee,  by  whom  you  have  been  ap- 
pointed. We  cherish  toward  you  a  pleasing  confidence,  of  which  these 
public  services  are  a  sufficient  testimony.  The  moral  influence  of  this 
Christian  country  is  with  you.  All  who  love  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  in 
sincerity,  so  far  as  they  are  correctly  informed  respecting  your  design  and 
object,  will  wish  you  God  speed.  Prayers  are  ascending  for  you  this  eve- 
ning in  all  the  towns  and  districts,  where  you  have  resided;  and  they  will 
continue  to  ascend,  especially  on  the  monthly  concert,  from  thousands  of 
assemblies,  in  which  a  lively  interest  will  be  felt  for  you,  throughout 
every  period  of  your  future  history. 

You  go  under  the  authority  of  those  precious  words,  Lo,  I  am  with  you 
alway,  even  to  the  end  of  the  world: — a  charter  which  you  will  not  misun- 
derstand, and  which  will  never  be  revoked.  Under  the  mighty  shade  of 
his  protection,  you  may  always  feel  safe  and  happy,  humbly  expecting  the 
presence  of  him,  who  is  exalted  to  be  King  in  Zion,  and  who  will  ac- 
knowledge every  sacrifice  made  from  reverence  to  his  authority,  and  love 
to  the  souls  for  whom  he  died. 


XX  APPENDIX. 


REPLY    OF    11EV.    JONATHAN    S.    GltEE>  . 

[To  the  foregoing    Instructions,  Mr.  Green,  in  behalf  of  himself  and  his  brethren,  matte  (he 

following   reply.] 

Yor,  dear  Sir,  as  the  organ  of  the  Prudential  Committee,  will  believe  us 
when  we  say,  that  we  have  listened,  with  no  ordinary  interest,  to  your  in- 
structions. So  deep  are  the  impressions,  which  the  scenes  of  this  evening 
have  made  upon  our  minds,  that  an  apology  for  giving  expression  to  the 
emotions  of  our  souls  will  be  unnecessary.  Acting  under  the  eye  of 
heaven,  as  the  servants  of  Jesus  Christ  we  deeply  feel  and  cheerfully  ac-< 
knowledge  our  obligations  to  God.  These  are  common  obligations.  No 
man  may,  and  no  Christian  can,  "live  to  himself."  As  ransomed  sinners, 
we  cannot  forget  the  wayward  course  which  we  once  pursued.  The  recol- 
lection of  the  pit  whence  our  feet  were  taken,  of  the  rock  on  winch  they 
are  placed,  and  of  the  kindness  of  our  Redeemer  in  making  us  the  trophies 
of  his  grace,  furnish  us  all  with  materials  for  adoring  gratitude,  and  demand 
of  us  the  entire  consecration  of  ourselves  to  his  service. 

But  we  feel  that  our  obligations  are  peculiarly  sacred.  We  trust  that  we 
have  heard  the  voice  of  Jesus  Christ,  bidding  us  go  "far  hence  to  the 
Gentiles."  Acting  under  this  broad  commission,  we  are  soon  to  visit  the 
isles  of  the  sea,  and  to  erect  the  standard  of  the  cross  in  the  midst  of  a 
heathen  population.  In  these  circumstances,  so  deeply  interesting,  a  sense 
of  our  great  unworthiness,  and  of  the  kindness  of  our  blessed  Saviour,  make 
an  entire  consecration  of  our  souls,  spirits,  and  bodies  to  him,  seem  a  more- 
reasonable  service.  While  with  deep  humility  we  would  say,  "Who  are 
we,  that  we  should  be  thus  distinguished?"  we  would  earnestly  pray, 
"Accept,  O  Lord,  the  dedication  which  we  make." 

Nor  is  tins  all.  We  stand  here,  this  evening,  the  approved  messengers 
of  the  churches,  sent  forth  from  their  bosom  on  an  enterprise,  which  will 
affect  the  eternal  destinv  of  a  multitude  of  our  fellow  men.  We  feel  that 
our  station  is  highly  responsible.  Not  only  is  the  eye  of  God  upon  us,  but 
the  eyes  of  all  tins  Christian  community — the  eyes  of  the  world.  Christians 
expect,  and  have  a  right  to  expect,  that  we  shall  be  holy  and  devoted  mis- 
sionaries, that  we  shall  cheerfully  spend  and  be  spent  in  the  service  of 
Christ,  our  Lord  and  their's — and,  if  called  to  it,  lay  down  our  lives  to  seal 
our  attachment  to  his  cause.  The  men  of  the  world,  too,  expect  that  we 
shall  be  distinguished  for  our  zeal, — our  fortitude  of  soul — our  ardent  piety- 
Sacrifices,  great  as  are  involved  in  the  act  of  forsaking  all  for  Christ,  they 
have  never  made,  and  may  they  not,  will  they  not  conclude,  that  our  at- 
tachment to  Jesus  Christ  is  exceedingly  strong ?  These  considerations  ren- 
der our  circumstances  peculiarly  interesting.  "We  are  a  spectacle  to  God, 
to  angels,  to  men."  On  every  one  of  our  movements  may  depend  conse- 
quences of  everlasting-  importance.  The  obligations  which  cluster  about 
us,  are   fearfully  strong.     Permit  us,  then,  dear  Sir,  to  express  the  deep 


APPENDIX.  \\. 

siensc  we  feel  of  our  accountability  to  God,  to  you,  to  the  church,  and  the 
world;  and  to  assure  you,  that  we  will  regard,  with  serious  attention,  the 
instructions  which  you  have  now  given  us.  For  your  counsels,  we  thank  you. 
To  your  direction  we  will  uniformly  yield  obedience.  The  great  object  to 
which  we  have  consecrated  our  lives,  we  will  keep  steadily  in  view.  Look- 
ing- up  to  our  common  Lord  for  strength  to  fulfil  our  engagements,  we 
promise  to  labor  with  great  diligence  to  promote  the  interests  of  that  cause, 
which  is  dear  to  your  hearts  and  ours.  We  will  shrink  from  no  trial,  we 
will  stand  back  from  no  labor,  which  the  good  of  the  cause  may  demand. 
We  will  endeavor  to  "keep  the  unity  of  the  spirit  in  the  bond  of  peace;" 
to  seek  the  promotion  of  each  others'  happiness,  and  the  present  and 
eternal  happiness  of  all  around  us.  While  we  retain  an  affectionate  re- 
membrance of  your  kindness,  we  pray  that  the  confidence  which  you  have 
reposed  in  us,  may  not  prove  groundless.  We  hope  to  redeem  the  pledge, 
which  we  now  give  of  our  devotedness  to  Christ  and  his  cause.  O  may 
your  heart  be  made  glad  by  hearing  of  our  success,  as  ours  would  be  in 
relating,  intelligence  of  so  joyous  a  character. 

Our  Christian  friends  will  permit  us,  at  this  time,  to  make  a  final  appeal 
to  their  sympathies.  We  need  not  say,  that  the  idea  of  bidding'  adieu  to 
persons  and  scenes  endeared  to  us  by  a  thousand  tender  associations,  is,  of 
itself,  exceedingly  painful.  But  though  we  leave  you,  and  all  whom  wc 
love,  to  meet  no  more  on  this  side  heaven,  we  are  consoled  by  the  re- 
flection, that  you  will  afford  us  your  sympathy  and  co-operation.  We  well 
know,  that  men  who  adopt  worldly  maxims  merely,  may  ridicule  the  enter- 
prise which  would  save  the  perishing  pagans;  may,  by  open  opposition  or 
covert  acts,  endeavor  to  counteract  every  benevolent  movement.  But 
you,  dear  friends,  know  that  the  Gospel  has  an  efficacy,  which  is  saving 
and  divine.  It  has  rescued  you  from  the  debasing  influence  and  over- 
whelming consequences  of  sin,  has  awakened  in  your  bosoms  the  most  joy- 
ous anticipations  of  future  blessedness.  Of  this  Gospel  you  are  not  ashamed. 
Having  felt  its  power,  you  are  solicitous  that  all  your  fellow  men  should 
experience  its  benefits.  In  answer  to  your  prayers  we  are  about  to  be  sent 
forth  to  multiply  the  number  of  the  heralds  of  the  cross.  And  shall  we  not 
go  forth  blessed  with  your  prayers,  and  cheered  by  your  smiles ?  Will  you 
not  importunately  beseech  the  Son  of  God  to  shield  us  from  danger,  and 
crown  our  labors  with  success?  True  it  is,  that  to  send  the  Gospel  to  the 
heathen,  should  no  longer  be  regarded  in  the  light  .of  an  experiment.  It 
should  never  have  been  thus  regarded.  It  is  the  power  of  God,  and  ite 
efficacy  to  subdue  the  most  obdurate  heart  has  been  fully  tested.  It  has 
melted  the  heart  of  the  poor  Greenlander,  though  that  heart  was  cold  and 
hard  as  the  mountain  ice.  It  has  elevated  the  character  of  the  Hottentot, 
though  debased  almost  to  the  level  of  a  beast.  It  has  disarmed  the  African 
warrior,  the  terror  and  scourge  of  the  neighboring  -clans,  and  caused  him 
to  weep  at  the  foot  of  the  cross,  and  to  enlist  under  the  Prince  of  peace. 
Nor  will  it  fail  to  exert  this  power,  wherever  it  is  proclaimed.  With  all 
that  has  been  done,  we  may  expect  still  greater  things.     Blessed  anticipa- 


XXil  APPENDIX. 

tion!  The  Gospel  is  to  subjugate  a  world.  But  you  may  never  forget, 
dear  brethren,  that  prayer  is  to  have  an  important  agency  in  effecting  this 
transformation.  After  all  that  has  been  effected  to  change  the  moral  aspect 
of  the  Sandwich  Islands,  should  missionaries,  and  ministers,  and  Christians 
cease  to  feel  their  need  of  the  influence  of  the  Spirit;  should  they  cease  to 
pray  importunately  for  the  continued  smiles  of  heaven, — the  most  sanguine 
hopes  that  have  been  excited  in  behalf  of  this  interesting  portion  of  the 
world  would  be  blighted;  the  garden  of  the  Lord  would  become  a  waste, 
howling  wilderness;  the  altar  of  devils,  though  once  fallen,  would  be  erect- 
ed where  temples  to  Jehovah  are  beginning  to  rise.  Let  success,  then, 
granted  to  your  missionary  brethren,  make  you  more  constant  and  fer- 
vent in  your  prayers.  In  your  closets,  around  your  family  altars,  in  the 
house  of  God,  plead  for  us.  Pray  that  we  may  be  humble,  faithful,  devoted 
missionaries  of  the  cross,  though  poverty  and  reproach  be  our  constant  at- 
tendants; and  that  we  may  affix  at  least,  one  additional  gem  in  the  crown 
of  our  Redeemer,  though  gathered  where  the  scorching  sun  withers  our 
strength  and  brings  us  to  an  untimely  grave.  And  when  we  have  finished 
our  work,  God  grant,  that  on  the  hill  of  Zion  we  may  all  meet,  and,  with 
mutual  joy,  recount  our  labors,  and  sufferings,  and  success. 

The  Rev.  Warren  Fay  then  offered  a  prayer  appropriate  to  the  occa- 
sion, consecrating  all  the  members  of  the  mission  family  to  their  work, 
and  commending  them  to  the  favor  and  protection  of  God. 

The  Rev.  Samuel  Green  delivered  a  closing  address  to  the  assembly, 
the  substance  of  which  was  as  follows. 

The  zeal  and  devotedness  of  the  great  apostle  of  the  Gentiles,  were 
such  as  his  friends  could  not  comprehend.  Faith  had  elevated  him  to  a 
ground  far  above  them.  "What  mean  ye,"  he  says,  "to  weep,  and  to 
break  mine  heart?  for  I  am  ready  not  to  be  bound  only,  but  also  to  die,  for 
the  name  of  the  Lord  Jesus." 

Could  we  have  witnessed  the  scene  on  the  day  of  Pentecost,  or  been 
present  with  Philip  in  Samaria;  could  we  have  seen  with  our  own  eyes,  as 
others  have  seen  in  the  years  lately  past,  whole  villages  in  India,  and  the 
whole  population  of  islands  in  the  Pacific  ocean,  renouncing  paganism, 
and  bowing  to  the  sceptre  of  Christ,  we  should  have  exclaimed,  Glorious 
Gospel!  It  is  the  mighty  power  of  God! 

But  this  evening  a  scene  is  passing  before  us,  which  developes  the  same 
divine  energy.  What  other  principle  can  it  be,  which  breaks  the  cords 
of  relationship,  of  home  and  of  country,  and  moves  these  servants  of  God, 
in  the  morning  of  their  days,  to  consecrate  talents,  property,  health,  and 
life  to  the  cause  of  Christ,  far  away  on  the  isles  of  the  western  hemisphere? 
The  same  omnipotency  of  grace  is  conspicuous  in  elevating  the  Christian 


APPENDIX.  XX1U 

to  tlie  standard  of  his  duty,  and  sustaining1  liim  there,   as  in  first  bringing 
him  into  the  liberty  of  the  sons  of  God. 

There  are  probably  two  classes  of  persons  looking-  upon  the  scene  now 
before  us.  Those  composing*  one  class,  are  wondering"  at  all  this  labor  and 
expense  in  fitting-  out  missionaries.  They  could  understand  the  bustle  and 
toil,  and  the  hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars  expended  in  building"  and 
arming"  a  frig-ate,  whose  thundering  broad  sides  should  carry  terror  over 
the  deep;  or  the  industry  and  the  anxious  forethought  of  the  merchant  in 
lading  his  ship,  and  sending  her  forth  to  traffic  for  earthly  gain;  or  the 
eager  multitudes  assembled  to  admire  the  improvements  in  husbandly;  but 
what  shoidd  induce  men  to  give  their  hundreds  or  thousands  to  enlighten 
pagans  on  the  distant  isles  of  the  sea;  or,  especially,  what  but  the  wildest- 
enthusiasm  could  induce  persons  to  sacrifice  home,  and  friendship,  and  all 
worldly  prospects,  merely  to  preach  the  Gospel  to  those  pagans,  is  to 
them  inconceivable.  Ah,  and  so  utterly  above  them  are  the  principles 
which  move  the  devoted  missionaries,  that  they  must  needs  suppose  these 
men  are  friendless,  and  from  incompetency  or  indolence,  can  find  no  em- 
ployment at  home . 

There  are  others  looking  on  with  gratitude  to  God,  and  loading  these 
missionaries  with  benedictions,  and  sending  up  from  this  sanctuary  a  cloud 
of  holy  petitions,  that  Jesus  may  speedily  have  the  heathen  for  his  inher- 
tance. 

To  understand  the   motives,   which  should,  and  which  I  trust  in  God, 
do  govern  these  devoted  men  and  women,   is  not  difficult  to  the  man  of 
faith.     Paul  never  acted  more  consistently  than  when  he  said,  "yea  doubt- 
less, and  I  count  all  things   but  loss,  and   consider  them   as  dung,  that 
I  may  win  Christ." 

The  love  of  Christ  constrains  them.  What  if  they  should  be  whelmed 
in  the  deep,  or  be  worn  out  with  toils  and  privations,  or  fall  martyrs?  Is 
He  not  worthy  for  whom  they  suffer?  Say  aged  soldier  of  the  cross.  Say 
apostles  and  martyrs.  Ye  have  left  us  your  testimony. — The  martyr  Lam- 
bert, when  burning  at  the  stake,  exclaimed,  "none  but  Christ;  none  but 
Christ!"  Said  the  aged  Polycarp,  when  solicited  to  recant,  "Threescore 
and  ten  years  have  I  served  my  Master,  and  he  has  never  forsaken  me 
once,  and  shall  I  now  desert  him?  No;  bind  me  to  the  stake,  and  fight 
up  your  faggots. " 

The  command  of  Christ  compels  them.  Formerly  God  complained  that 
"when  he  came,  there  was  no  man.  When  he  called  there  was  none  to 
answer."  "A  son  honoreth  a  father,  and  a  servant  his  master:  if  then 
I  be  a  Father  where  is  mine  honor?  and  if  I  be  a  Master,  where  is  my 
fear?  But  the  devoted  missionary  hears  with  reverence  the  command  of 
his  Lord,  "Go  ye  into  all  the  world  and  preach  the  Gospel  to  every  crea- 
ture." The  operations  of  Providence  and  the  monitions  of  the  Spirit  con- 
vince him  that  this  command,  with  all  its  divine  authority,  rests  upon  him. 


XJK1V  APPENDIX, 

And  who  has  a  right  to  command  our  services,  if  not  he  that  made  us] 
and  has  purchased  us  with  his  own  blood  ? 

They  are  animated  by  the  promises  of  Christ.  The  merchant  will  embark 
property  to  any  amount,  on  the  frail  tenure  of  worldly  security;  and  shall 
not  the  Lord  Jesus  have  his  friends,  who  can  cheerfully  trust  his  promise 
and  oath?  Abraham  believed  God;  and  went  out  from  his  kindred  and  his 
father's  house,  not  knowing-  whither  he  went;  and  God  greatly  honored  him 
above  all  the  kings  of  the  earth;  and  he  was  called  the  father  of  the 
faithful.  Moses  chose  to  suffer  reproach  with  the  people  of  God  rather 
than  to  enjoy  the  pleasures  of  sin  for  a  season;  for  he  had  respect  unto  the 
recompense  of  reward.  And  how  small  does  Pharaoh  appear  beside  this 
man  of  faith,  this  man  whose  eye  was  fixed  on  invisible  glories' 

The  devoted  missionary  has  read  the  promise  of  Christ,  "Verily  I  say  unto 
you,  there  is  no  man  that  hath  left  house,  or  brethren,  or  sister,  or  father, 
or  mother,  or  lands,  for  my  sake,  and  the  Gospel's,  but  he  shall  receive  an 
hundred  fold  now    in  this  time,  and  in  the  world  to  come,  eternal  life. 
He  that  loveth  his  life  shall  lose  it,  but  he  that  will  lose  his  life  for  my 
sake  and  the  Gospel's  shall  find  it."       He  believes  these   promises;   hej 
lets    go    his   hold    upon   the  world,  and  grasps  them  as  his  treasure;  hel 
risks  his  whole  fortune  for  both  worlds  on  the  veracity  of  Christ.    Is  not 
this  confidence  plain  and  reasonable?     A  fife  of  faith  on  the  Son  of  God  is 
above  all  things  most  rational.     What;  hath  He  said  it,  and  will  He  not  do 
it?  hath  He  commanded  and  will  He  not   make  it  good?    Let  a  man  un-j 
waveringly    believe    these  promises  of  Christ,  and  there  is  no  secret  in 
his  becoming  a  missionary,  nor  in  the  consecration  of  his  property  to  the 
salvation  of  the  heathen. 

They  are  influenced  by  the  love  of  souls.  Casting  their  eyes  over  the 
heathen  world,  they  behold  millions  of  their  fellow-beings  overspread 
with  the  death-shade  of  ignorance  and  vice.  Generation  after  generation, 
amidst  scenes  of  blood  and  pollution,  has  passed  away  from  the  earth  to 
the  world  of  retribution.  The  present  generation  is  hastening  to  the  same 
dark  and  fearful  destiny.  To  secure  worldly  fortunes,  half  the  individuals 
in  this  assembly  would  embark  to-morrow  for  the  Sandwich  Islands.  But 
here  is  an  enterprise  of  benevolence  infinitely  more  elevated.  The  mis- 
sionary credits  the  testimony  of  the  Holy  Spirit  concerning  the  guilt  and 
peril  of  the  heathen.  He  reverences  the  authority  of  God,  and  cannot  be  ' 
paralyzed  by  the  weak  and  silly  arguments  of  the  worldly  and  unbelieving; 
*God  will  take  care  of  the  heathen;  we  have  enough  to  do  at  home.'  Let 
others  who  dare,  be  influenced  by  the  suggestions  of  a  carnal  heart,  he  is 
resolved  to  regard  the  voice  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  "What  shall  a  man  give 
in  exchange  for  his  soul?"  He  believes  the  souls  of  the  heathen  are  as 
precious  as  his  own,  and  impelled  by  holy  compassion,  awakened  by  rea- 
son, Scripture,  and  the  Holy  Spirit,  he  longs  to  go  and  proclaim  to  them 
that  Gospel,  which  alone  can  deliver  them  from  eternal  burnings,  and 
elevate  tbem  to  a  companionship  with  angels  in  bliss. 


APPENDIX.  XXV 

Here  then  are  four  considerations,  either  of  which  separately,  if  they 
could  be  separated,  is  sufficiently  commanding  to  carry  the  man  of  faith  to 
the  ends  of  the  earth, — to  prison,  or  to  death.  What  wonder  then,  that 
their  united  force  has,  in  different  ages  of  the  church,  produced  such 
an  illustrious  host  of  missionaries  and  martyrs?  In  these  motives,  accom- 
panied with  the  agency  of  the  Spirit,  consists  the  omnipotency  of  the 
Gospel.  Let  these  be  felt,  and  our  astonishment  would  be,  that  we  had 
slumbered  so  long  over  the  ravages  of  sin,  and  the  cries  of  the  perish- 
ing. Let  these  be  felt  throughout  our  churches,  and  every  heart  would 
rise  and  swell,  and  every  arm  be  nerved,  in  this  glorious  enterprise. 
For  ten  we  should  have  a  thousand  young  men,  who  should  come  and 
say,  'The  Lord  is  our  portion: — we  will  very  gladly  spend  and  be  spent 
in  spreading  his  glory  over  the  dark  places  of  the  earth,  and  in  saying 
to  the  heathen,  "Behold  your  God."  '■ 


To  you,  in  this  assembly,  who  are  neglecting  the  salvation  of  your 
own  souls,  this  scene  speaks  with  solemn  earnestness.  Though  you  de- 
spise the  glorified  Redeemer,  there  are  those  even  in  this  fallen  world, 
who  esteem  him  the  chiefest  among  ten  thousand.  Though,  his  atoning 
blood  by  you  is  trampled  upon,  yet  you  perceive  there  are  those,  who 
estimate  its  sovereign  virtues  above  all  price;  and  will  put  in  jeopardy 
life  itself,  that  they  may  reveal  its  divine  efficacy  to  the  heathen.  Shall 
these  servants  of  the  Lord  cross  oceans  to  publish  these  glad  tidings  of 
great  joy  to  the  poor  benighted  islander,  and  will  you,  blessed  with  the 
light  of  heaven  from  your  infancy,  behold,  and  wonder,  and  despise,  and 
perish? 

Be  it  so,  that  we  must  see  many  of  these  children  of  the  kingdom 
cast  out, — go,  beloved  missionaries,  unfurl  the  banners  of  the  cross  on 
the  isles  of  the  Pacific,  blow  the  trumpet  of  salvation,  and  let  them  come 
from  the  east  and  the  west,  from  the  north  and  the  south,  a  glorious 
company,  and  sit  down  with  Abraham,  and  Isaac,  and  Jacob  in  the 
kingdom  of  God.  Yes,  whilst  those,  who  here  turn  away  from  the  Sa- 
viour and  his  cause,  shall  sink,  and  weep  forever  and  ever,  multitudes 
shall  rise  from  Tahiti  and  Hawaii,  and  sing  the  song  of  Moses  and  the 
Lamb. 

And  as  we  bid  these  missionaries  farewell,  let  us  remember,  that 
though  seas  and  continents  lie  between  us  and  them  for  [a  few  days, 
yet  we  must  meet  them  again  in  an  assembly  far  larger  than  this,  where 
will  be  gathered  .all  the  inhabitants  of  those  isles,  and  these  parting  so- 
lemnities will  be  reviewed,  and  all  our  prayers  and  sacrifices  for  the 
heathen  will  be  brought  into  remembrance  before  God. — When  that  day 
shall  burst  upon  the  world,  who  will  not  wish  he  had  been  the  devoted 
friend  of  Christ  and  of  missions? 

*4 


XXVI  APPENDIX. 

Mr.  Samuel  Ruggles,  whose  name  occurs  in  p.  87  of  the  Re- 
port, resided  at  Waiakea,  at  the  last  intelligence.  Mrs.  Ruggles 
had  been  left  at  Honoruru,  where  she  experienced  a  bereavement  in 
the  death  of  a  child.  She  had  also  been  reduced  very  low  by  sick- 
ness. The  names  of  these  faithful  laborers  were  inadvertently  omit- 
ted, in  the  account  of  Waiakea,  where  they  had  but  just  begun  to 
reside. 


APPEJVDIX5  Wo.  IV.     From  page  122. 

In  General  Council  of  the  Choctaws,  August  5th,  1826. 

The  chiefs  and  warriors*  of  the  different  districts  of  the  Choctaw  nation, 
having  met  in  general  council  for  the  purpose  of  taking  into  consideration 
the  affairs  of  the  nation;  and  of  determining  what  measures  are  neces- 
sary to  be  adopted  to  promote  the  general  welfare;  having  felt  the  evils 
of  a  want  of  proper  regulations  among  themselves;  and  having  seen  the 
necessity  of  entering  into  some  definite  compact,  and  passing  a  few  gen- 
eral laws  for  the  government  of  the  whole  nation,  have,  after  full  delib- 
eration and  reflection,  agreed  upon  and  adopted  the  following  articles. 

.Article  1.  There  shall  be  a  General  Council  of  the  nation,  to  be  held  at 
some  designated  spot — at  least  twice  a  year  for  the  transaction  of  business. 
The  General  Council  shall  be  composed, 

1.  Of  the  three  principal  chief's: 

2.  Of  the  captains  of  each  district,  and 

3.  Of  one  warrior  to  accompany  each  captain, 

to  be  selected  by  the  chiefs;  each  chief  to  make  his  own  selection.  Eveiy 
one  so  selected  shall  be  entitled  to  speak  and  vote  in  council:  but  his 
appointment  shall  not  be  considered  as  conferring  any  authority  upon  him 
out  of  the  council. 

If  any  law  be  passed  by  a  majority  of  the  captains  and  counsellors,  it  shall 
become  a  law  and  have  effect  throughout  the  nation,  if  it  be  approved  by 
the  chiefs  or  any  two  of  them.  If  it  be  disapproved  of  by  the  chiefs,  or 
any  two  of  them,  it  shall  not  become  a  law  unless  two  thirds  of  the  captains 
and  council  present  shall  vote  for  it. 

Any  law  or  custom  of  a  particular  district,  which  conflicts  with  a  general 
\aw  shall  be  void. 

Art.  2.  It  is  distinctly  understood,  that  the  soil  on  which  we  live  is 
the  common  property  of  the  whole  notion.  No  district  shall  ever  sell,  or 
part  with,  any  portion  of  this  land  without  the  full  and  fair  consent  of  the 
other  two   districts. 

Art.  3.  There  shall  be  a  standing  committee  of  men  in  each  district 
to  be  chosen  by  the  chiefs,  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  watch  over  the  general 
welfare  of  the  nation,  and  see  that  the   laws   are   duly   carried  into  effect. 

*By  the  ward  Warrior  is  meant  a  common  man  in  distinction  from  a  chief.    Etl. 


APPENDIX.  XXVll 

111  cases  of  a  local  nature,  where  the  interest  of  a  district  is  only  concerned, 
they  are  to  act  as  the  ordinary  counsellors  of  the  chief  and  assist  him  with 
their  advice  in  the  regular  administration  of  justice. 
No  contract,  made  by  any  head  chief,  shall  be  binding  upon  the  annuity,* 
*  unless  approved  by  the  standing  committee  of  the  three  districts,  which 
shall  meet  together  at  some  central  spot  four  times  a  year  for  the  transaction 
of  the  national  business;  and  when  thus  met  they  shall  be  termed  the  Na- 
tional Committee.  It  shall  be  their  duty  to  see  that  their  annuities  are  faith- 
fully applied;  and  that  the  public  money  is  not  squandered  away  on  useless 
or  improper  objects.  They  shall  act  as  auditors  in  arranging  and  determin- 
ing on  all  claims,  winch  may  be  brought  against  the  nation.  They  shall 
have  power  (subject  to  an  appeal  to  the  general  council)  to  reject  all  such 
claims,  as  they  may  think  unjust,  curtail  such  as  they  may  think  extravagant 
— and  admit  such  as  are  reasonable  and  proper. 

When  depredations  are  committed  by  citizens  of  the  United  States  upon 
any  Choctaw  or  Choctaws,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  National  Committee 
to  lay  the  facts  of  the  case,  with  such  proofs  as  can  be  procured,  before 
the  agent,-}-  so  that  compensation  may  be  rendered  to  the  injured  party. 
At  every  General  Council,  the  National  Committee  shall  make  a  report  of 
their  proceeding's  since  the  last  General  Council,  and  suggest  such  laws  and 
regulations  as  they  may  deem  expedient  for  the  public  good. 

Art.  4.  That  due  order  and  decorum  may  be  preserved  in  the  transaction 
of  business,  the  chiefs  shall  appoint  a  certain  number  of  men,  whose  duty  it 
shall  be  to  prevent  all  disorderly  and  improper  conduct  at  the  councils  and 
at  the  distribution  of  the  annuities.  Any  person  disturbing  the  council 
and  using  abusive  or  threatening  language  shall  be  taken  into  custody,  and 
dealt  with,  as  the  council  may  determine. 

Art.  5.  The  members  of  the  standing  committee  shall  be  chosen  to 
serve  two  years.  When  united  and  sitting  as  a  National  Committee,  they 
shall  choose  a  chairman  who  shall  preside  in  their  deliberations,  and  a  clerk 
who  shall  keep  a  record  of  their  proceedings. 

Art.  6.  The  members  of  the  national  committee  shall  also  be  consid- 
ered as  members  of  the  General  Council  and  shall  speak  and  vote  ac" 
cordingly. 

Art.  7.  In  pursuance  of  the  suggestion  of  the  first  article,  it  is  resolved, 
that  for  the  erection  of  a  national  council  house  at  some  central  spot  in  the 
nation,  the  sum  of  four  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  should  be  appropriated. 

fSignedJ  Tapanahuma, 

David  Folsom, 
Greenwood  Lefleur, 
The  Three  High  Chiefs  of  the  Nation. 

*  That  is,  neither  of  the  three  high  chiefs  shall  have  power  to  make  contracts, in  such  a 
manner  as  to  give  individuals,  either  white  or  red,  a  claim  to  have  any  contract  satisfied 
out  of  the  annual  sum  received  from  the  government  of  the  United  States.  This  has  been 
done  heretofore,  sometimes  very  imprudently. 

t  That  is,  the  agent  of  (he  United  States.    Ed. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Members  of  the  Board,  under  the  Act  of  Incorporation,  3 

Corresponding  Members,           -•--....„  g 

Honorary  Members,        -------._.  7 

Eighteenth  annual  Meeting,        --»------  15 

Officers  for  the  year,        ----.-....  24 

Report  of  the  Prudential  Committee, 25 

Bombay  Mission,             26 

Mission  in  Ceylon,        - ---.-33 

Western  Asia  and  Malta, 40 

Character  and  sufferings  of  Asaad  Shidiak,  -  ...       49 

Return  of  Mr.  King, ,.  64 

Mission  at  the  Sandwich  Islands,        ----_.        -        -  72 

Conduct  of  Lieut.  John  Percival,    --------  77 

Honorable  testimony  of  captain  Jones,        ---.-..99 

Mission  among  the  Cherokees,        -- _  103 

Mission  among  the   Choctaws, --110 

Cherokees  of  the  Arkansas,            123 

Osages  of  the  Neosho,        ----....._  126 

Osages  of  the  Missouri,           ----.....  132 

Mission  at  Mackinaw, 138 

Maumee  Mission,             -        .        _       _  141 

Tuscarora  Mission,             143 

Seneca  Mission,      -------_.._  145 

Cattaraugus  Mission, 147 

General  Remarks  on  Indian  Missions,            --..-.  148 

Foreign  Mission  School, -       -        -  ;    -        -  lfiO 

Summary, 151 

Contemplated  Missions, 152 

Receipts  and  Expenditures,             I53 

General  Organization, 154 

Conclusion  of  the  Report        -------._  155 

Appendix  No.  I.    Treasurer's  Account, i 

Do.      No.  II.    Circular  at  the  Sandwich  Islands,           ...  jx 

Do.      No.  III.    Embarkation  of  Missionaries, xii 

Do.     No.  IV.    Choctaw  Laws, xxvi 


REPORT 


OF    THE 


AMERICAN  BOARD  OF  COMMISSIONERS 


FOR 


FOREIGN    MISSIONS, 


COMPILED    FROM 


DOCUMENTS  LAID  BEFORE  THE  BOARD, 


AT    THE 


NINETEENTH  ANNUAL  MEETING, 


Which  was  held  in  the  City  of  Philadelphia,  Oct.  1,  2,  and  3,  1828. 


BOSTON: 

PRINTED    FOR    THE    BOARD    BT    CROCKER    AND    BREWSTER, 

No.  47,  Washington-street,  (late  50,  Cornhill.) 

1828. 


* 


MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD 


UNDER   THE 


ACT  OF  INCORPORATION. 


MAINE. 

Gen.  Henry  Sewall,  Augusta. 

*Rev.  Jesse  Appleton,  D.D.  late  President  of  Bowdoin  College,  Brunswick, 
Rev.  William  Allen,  D.  D.  President  of  Bowdoin  College,  Brunswick,  and 
*Rev.  Edward  Patson,  D.  D. 

Rev.  Bennet  Tyler,  D.  D.  late  President  of  Dartmouth  College,  Hanover, 

now  of  Portland. 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

*Hon.  John  Langdon,  LL.  D.  formerly  Governor  of  the  State. 

*Rev.  Seth  Patson,  D.  D. 

*Hon.  Thomas  W.  Thompson, 

Rev.  John  Hubbard  Church,  D.  D.  of  Pelham. 

VERMONT. 

Hon.  Charles  Marsh,  Woodstock,  and 

Rev.  Joshua  Bates,  D.  D.  President  of  Middlebury  College. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 
*Rev.  Joseph  Lyman,  D.  D. 
*Rev.  Samuel  Spring,  D.  D. 
*Hon.  William  Phillips, 
William  Bartlet,  Esq.  Newburyport, 
Hon.  John  Hooker,  Springfield, 
Rev.  Samuel  Austin,  D.  D.  Worcester, 

Rev.  Edward  D.  Griffin,  D.  D.  President  of  Williams  College,  Williams- 
town, 
*Rev.  Zephaniah  Swift  Moore,  D.  D.  late  President  of  Amherst  College, 


4  MEMBERS    OF    THE    BOARD. 

*Rev.  Samuel  Worcester,   D.  D.  late  Corresponding  Secretary  of  the 

Board. 
Hon.  William  Reed,  Marblehead, 

Rev.  Leonard  Woods,   D.  D.  Professor  in  the  Theological  Seminary  at 

Andover, 
ev.  Lyman  Beecher,  D.  "D.  Boston, 
S.  V.  S.  Wilder,  Esq.  Bolton, 
Rev.  John  Codman,  D.  D.  Dorchester, 
Jeremiah  Evarts,  Esq.  Boston, 
Hon.  Samuel  Hubrard,  LL.  D.  Boston, 
Edward  A.  Newton,  Esq.  Pittsfield, 

Rev.  Heman  Humphrey,  D.  D.  President  of  Amherst  College, 
John  Tappan,  Esq.  Boston, 
Hon.  Lewis  Strong,  Northampton, 
Rev.  Warren  Fay,  Charlestown, 
Rev.  Justin  Edwards,  D.  D.  -% 

Rev.  Benjamin  B.  Wisner,  D.  D.  C  Boston. 

Henry  Hial,  Esq.  J 

RHODE  ISLAND. 

*Hon.  William  Jones,  late  Governor  of  the  State. 

CONNECTICUT. 

*Gen.  Jedidiah  Huntington, 

*Hon.  John  Treadwell,  LL.  D.  formerly  Governor  of  the  State, 

*Rev.  Timothy  Dwight,  D.  D.  LL.  D.  late  President  of  Yale  College, 

New  Haven, 
*Rev.  Jedidiah  Morse,  D.  D. 

Hon.  John  Cotton  Smith,  LL.  D.  lately  Governor  of  the  State,  Sharon, 
Rev.  Calvin  Chapin,  D.  D.  Wethersfield, 
Rev.  Jeremiah  Day,  D.  D.  LL.  D.  President  of  Yale  College,  New  Haven. 

NEW  YORK. 

Hon.  John  Jay,  LL.  D.  formerly  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  of 

the  United  States,  and  Minister  Plenipoten- 
tiary to  Great  Britain,  and  now  President  of 
the  American  Bible  Society,  Bedford^ 

Hon.  Egbert  Benson,  LL.  D.  formerly  presiding  Judge  of  the  Circuit 

Court  of  the  United  States,  and 

Col.  Richard  Varick,  city  of  New  York, 

Hon.  Stephen  Van  Rensselaer,  LL.  D.  Albany, 

Rev.  David  Porter,  D.  D.  Catskill, 

*Col.  Henry  Lincklaen, 

Col.  Henry  Rutgers,  city  of  New  York, 

*Divie  Bethune,  Esq. 


MEMBERS    OF    THE    BOARD.  O 

Hon.  Nathaniel  W.  Howell,  Canandaigua. 

Hon.  Jonas  Platt,  LL.  D.  late  associate  Judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  of 

the  state,  city  of  New  York, 
Rev.  James  Richards,   D.  D.  Professor  in  the  Theological  Seminary  at 

Auburn, 
Rev.  Alexander  PRouDFfT,  D.  D.  Salem, 

Rev.  Eliphalet  Nott,  D.  D.  President  of  Union  College,  Schenectady, 
Rev.  Henry  Davis,  D.  D.  President  of  Hamilton  College,  Clinton. 
Rev.  Gardiner  Spring,  D.  D. 
Rev.  Thomas  H.  Mc  Attlet,  D.  D.    LL.  D. 
Rev.  William  Mc  Murray,  D.  D. 

John  Nitchie,  Esq.  ^city  of  New  York. 

William  Maxwell,  Esq. 
Eleazar  Lord,  Esq. 
Rev.  Thomas  De  Witt,  D.  D. 
Rev.  Nathan  S.  S.  Beman,  Troy, 
Rev.  John  Ludlow,  D.  D.  Albany. 

NEW  JERSEY. 
*Hon.  Elias  Boudinot,  LL.  D.  formerly  President  of  the  American  Con- 
gress, and  late  President  of  the  American 
Bible  Society, 
Rev.  Philip  Milledoler,  D.  D.   Professor  in  the  Theological  Seminary, 

at  New  Brunswick, 
Rev.  Samuel  Miller,  D.  D.  and       ?  Professors  in  the  Theological  Semi- 
Rev.  Archibald  Alexander,  D.  D.  ->      nary  at  Princeton, 
Rev.  James  Carnahan,  D.  D.  President  of  Nassau  Hall,  Princeton, 
Theodore  Frelinghuysen,  Esq.  Newark. 

PENNSYLVANIA. 

Rev.  Ashbel  Green,  D.  D.  late  President  of  Nassau  Hall,  Princeton,  now 

of  Philadelphia, 
Robert  Ralston,  Esq.  and 
Thomas  Bradford,  Esq.  Philadelphia, 
Dr.  Samuel  Agnew,  Harrisburg, 
Rev.  William  Neil,  D.  D.  President  of  Dickinson  College,  Carlisle. 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA. 

*Elias  Boudinot  Caldwell,  Esq.  late  Clerk  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the 

United  States, 
Joseph  Nourse,  Esq.  Register  of  the  Treasury,  Washington. 

VIRGINIA. 

Rev.  John  H.  Rice,  D.  D.  Professor  in  the  Theological  Seminary  of  Vir- 
ginia, Prince  Edward  county, 
Gen.  John  H.  Cocke,  Fluvanna  county. 


T 


6  CORRESPONDING    MEMBERS    OF    THE    BOARD, 

SOUTH  CAROLINA. 
Rev.  Benjamin  M.  Palmer,  D.  D.  Charleston. 

GEORGIA. 

Dr.  John  Cumming,  Savannah,  and 

Rev.  Moses  Waddell,  D.  D.  President  of  the  University,  Athens. 

TENNESSEE. 
Rev.  Charles  Coffin,  D.  D.  President  of  Greenville  College. 

KENTUCKY. 
Rev.  Gideon  Blackburn,  D.  D.  President  of  the  College  at  Danville, 

OHIO. 
Rev.  Robert  G.  Wilson,  D.  D.  President  of  the  College  at  Athens. 


CORRESPONDING   MEMBERS. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Board,  Sept.  15,  1819,  the  following  Resolution  was 
adopted: 

"That  individuals,  clergymen  and  laymen,  residing  in  different,  and  es- 
pecially in  distant  parts  of  the  United  States,  and  in  other  lands,  be  now, 
and,  as  shall  be  deemed  advisable,  hereafter  elected  by  ballot,  to  be  con- 
nected with  this  Board  as  Corresponding  Members;  who,  though  it  be  no 
part  of  their  official  duty  to  attend  its  meetings,  or  to  take  part  in  its  votes 
or  resolutions,  yet,  when  occasionally  present,  may  assist  in  its  delibera- 
tions, and  by  communicating  information,  and  in  various  other  ways,  en- 
lighten its  course,  facilitate  its  operations,  and  promote  its  objects. 

The  following  gentlemen  have  been  elected. 

IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

OHIO. — Rev.  James  Culbertson,  Zanesville. 

KENTUCKY.— Rev.  James  Blythe,  D.  D.  Lexington. 

TENNESSEE.— Dr.  Joseph  C.  Strong,  Knoxville. 

CHEROKEE  NATION — *Col.  Return  J.  Meigs,  late  Agent  of  the  U.  S. 

Government  for  t'  At  nation. 
ALABAMA.— Col.  John  M'Kee,  late  agent  of  the  U.  S.  Government  for  the 

Choctaw  nation. 
MISSISSIPPI.—  *S,amuel  Postlethwaite,  Esq. 
LOUISIANA.— *Rev.  Sylvester  Lamed. 
GEORGIA.— *  Rev.  Henry  Kollock,  D.  D.—John  Bolton,  Esq.  Savannah.— 

*John  Whitehead,  Esq.  and  *Hon.  John  Elliot, 

Sunbury. 


HONORARY    MEMBERS    OF    THE    BOARD.  7 

SOUTH  CAROLINA.— *Dr.  Edward  D.  Smith,  late  Professor  in  the  Col- 
lege. 

NORTH  CAROLINA.— Gen.  Calvin  Jones,  Raleigh. 

VIRGINIA.— Rev.  William  Hill,  D.  D.  Winchester,  and  Rev.  Dr.  Baxter, 

Lexington. 

IN  FOREIGN  PARTS. 

ENGLAND. —  William   Wilberforce,  Esq.  London.—*  Charles  Grant,  Esq. 

Rev.  George  Burdcr,  Secretary  of  the  Lon- 
don Missionary  Society,  Islington. — Rev. 
Josiah  Pratt,  B.  D.  late  Secretary  of  the 
Church  Missionary  Society,  London. — Wil- 
liam Taylor  Money,  Esq.  Venice. 

SCOTLAND. — Rev.  John  Campbell,  D.  D. — Hon.  Kincaid  Mackenzie,  and 

Rev.  Ralph  Wardlaw,  D.  D. 

FRANCE.— Frederic  Leo,  Esq.  Paris. 

MALTA. — Rev.  William  Jowett,  Literaiy  Representative  of  the  Church 

Missionary  Society. 

CEYLON. — *Rev.  Archdeacon  Twist leton. 

BENGAL. — Rev.  William  Carey,  D.  D.   Serampore,  and  Rev.  Thomas  T. 

Thomason,  Calcutta. 

CHINA. — Rev.  Robert  Morrison,  D.  D.  Canton. 


H03T0HAR7    MEMBERS. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Board,  Sept.  19,  1821,  the  following  Resolution 
was  adopted: — 

"That  any  Clergyman,  on  paying  $50,  and  any  Layman,  on  paying  $100, 
at  any  one  time,  shall  have  the  privilege  of  attending  the  meetings  of  the 
Board,  and  of  assisting  in  its  deliberations,  as  an  Honorary  Member,  but 
without  the  privilege  of  voting;  this  latter  privilege  being  restricted,  by  the 
Act  of  Incorporation,  to  members  elected  by  ballot." 

The  following  gentlemen  were  constituted  Honorary  Members  of  the 
Board,  before  the  last  Report  was  printed. 

Aiken,  Rev.  Samuel  C,  Utica,  N.  Y.  Battell,  Joseph,  Norfolk,  Ct. 

Allan,  Rev.  J.,  Hunlsville,  Ala.  Beattie,  Rev.  John,  New  Utretcht,  N.  Y. 

Allen,  Rev.  Jacob,  Glastenbury,  Ct.  Beatty,  William,  Salem,  N.  Y. 

Allen,  Moses,  New  York  city.  Beecher,  Rev.  Edward,  Boston,  Ms. 

Allen,  Peter,  South  Hadley,  Ms.  Bent,  Rev.  Josiah,  Weymouth,  Ms. 

Allen,  Solomon,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  Bergen,  Rev.  John  G.,  Bottle  Hill,  N.  J. 
Ambler,  Rev.  James  B.,  Cherry  Valley,  N.  Y.   Bethune,  Rev.  George  W.,  New  York  city. 

Andrews,  Rev.  Elisiia  J).,  Putney,  Vt.  Bingham,  Rev.  Hiram,  Miss,  at  Sandwich  Isl. 

Armstrong,  Samuel  T .,  Boston,  Ms.  Bissell,  Josiah,  Jr.  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Atwater,  Caleb,  Wallingford,  Ct.  Blain,  Rev.  William,  Middletown,  N.  Y. 

Bacon,  Rev.  Leonard,  New  Haven,  Ct.  Blake,  Gardiner  S.,  Wrentham,  Ms. 

Bailey,  Kev.  Rufus  W.,  Pitt.stield,  Ms.  *Blatchford,  llev.S.,  D.D.  Lansingburgh,N.Y. 
Bilcti,  Rev.  S.  B.,  D.  D.,  Georgetown,  D.  C.    Board  man,  Rev.  Elderkin,  J.,  Danville,  Vt. 

Harbour,  Rev.  Isaac  R.,  Newbury,  Ms.  Boies,  Kev.  Artemas,  South  Hadley,  Ms. 

BanhvHI,  Rev.  Horatio,  H olden,  Ms,  Booth,  Rev.  Chauncey,  South  Coventry,  Ct. 

Barnes,  Rev.  Albert,  Morristown,  N.  J.  Bouncy,  Rev.  William,  New  Canaan,  Ct. 


8 


HONORARY    MEMBERS    OP    THE    BOARD. 


Brace,  Rev.  Joab.  Wethersfield,  Ct. 

Brace,  Rev.  S.  W.,  Utica,  N.  Y. 

Brackett,  Rev.  Joseph,  Rushville,  N.  Y. 

Brinsmade,  Rev.  H.  N.,  New  Hartford,  Ct. 

Bull,  Rev.  Edward,  Lebanon,  Ct. 

Bumstead,  Josia"h,  Boston,  Ms. 

Burge,  Rev.  Caleb,  Glastenbury,  Ct. 

Burleigh,  Dea.  Rinaldo,  Plainfield,  Ct. 

Burnap,  Rev.  Uzziah  C,  Chester,  Vt. 

*Burr,  Joseph,  Manchester,  Vt. 

Burr,  David  I.,  Richmond,  Va. 

Burt,  Rev.  Enoch,  Manchester,  Ct. 

Burton,  Rev.  Asa,  D.  D.  Tljetford,  Vt. 

Calhoun^Rev.  George  A.,  N.  Coventry,  Ct. 

Campagne,  Baron  de,  Pfefficon,  Switzerland 

Campbell,  Rev.  John  N.,  Georgetown,  D.C. 

^Chamberlain,  Richard,  Boston,  Ms. 

*Chapin,  Rev.  Walter,  Woodstock,  Vt. 

Chester,  Rev.  Alfred,  Rahway,  N.  J. 

Chester,  Rev.  John,  D.  D.  Albany,  N.  Y. 

Cheater,  Rev.  William,  Hudson,  N.  Y. 

Church,  Rev.  Nathan,  Bridgewater,  Me. 

Clark,  Rev.  Benjamin  F.,  Buckland,  Ms. 

Clark,  Rev.  Dorus,  Blandford,  Ms. 

Clark,  Isaac,  Boston,  Ms. 

Clark,  Rev.  Tertius  S.,  Deerfield,  Ms. 

Cleveland,  Rev.  John  P.,  Salem,  Ms. 

Cobb,  Rev.  Oliver,  Rochester,  Ms. 

Cobb,  Richard,  Boston,  Ms. 

Coe,  George  W  ,  Savannah,  Ga. 

Cogswell,  Rev.  Jonathan,  Saco,  Me. 

Condit,  Rev.  Aaron,  Hanover,  N.  J. 

Converse,  Rev.  James,  Weathersfield,  Vt. 
Cooke,  Thomas  B.,  Catskill,  N.  Y. 
Cornelius,  Rev.  Elias,  Andover,  Ms. 
Cowan,  Rev.  Alexr.  N.,  Skaneateles,  N.  Y. 
Cowles,  Rev.  George,  Danvers,  Ms. 
Cox,  Rev.  S.  H.,  D.  D.  New  York  city, 
Crampton,  Rev.  Ralph  S.,  Woodstock,  Ct. 
Crosby,  Rev.  Daniel,  Conway,  Ms. 
Cummings,  Rev.  Asa,  North  Yarmouth,  Me. 
Cushman,  Rev.  Ralph,  Manlius,  N.  Y. 
Cutler,  Rev.  Benjamin  C,  Q,uiucy,  Ms. 
Cutler,  Pliny,  Boston,  Ms. 
Dana,  Rev.  Samuel,  Marblehead,  Ms. 
Day,  Orrin,  Catskill,  N.  Y. 
Dickinson,  Rev.  Baxter,  Longmeadow,  Ms. 
Dimmick,  Rev.  Luther  F.,  Newburyport,  Ms, 
Dodge,  Rev.  Nath.  B.,  Harmony,  Osage  Nat. 
DonliofT,  Count,  Hohendorf,  S.  Prussia. 
Dorrance,  Rev.  Gordon,  Windsor,  Ms. 
Dwight,  Rev.  Sereno  E.,  New  Haven,  Ct. 
Eaton,  Rev.  Asa,  D.  D.  Boston,  Ms. 
Eaton,  Rev.  Peter,  D.  D.  Boxford,  Ms. 
Eaton,  Rev.  William,  Middleboro',  Ms. 
Eddy,  Rev.  Ansel  D.,  Canandaigua,  N.  Y. 
Ellis,  Rev.  William,  Mission'y  now  in  Eng. 
Ely,  Hervey,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 
Emerson,  Rev.  Brown,  Salem,  Ms. 
Emerson,  Rev.  Joseph,  Wethersfield,  Ct. 
Emmons,  Rev.  Nath.,  D.  D.  Franklin,  Ms. 
Felt,  Rev.  Joseph  B.,  Hamilton,  Ms. 
Ferguson,  Rev.  John,  Attleboro',  Ms. 
Fessenden,  Rev.  J.  P.,  Kennebunkport,  Me. 
Field,  Rev.  David  D.,  Stockbridge,Ms. 
Fisher,  Rev.  George,  Harvard,  Ms. 
Fisk,  Alvarez,  Natchez,  Missi. 
Fiske,  Rev.  Elisha,  Wrentham,  Ms. 
Fiske,  Rev.  N.  W.,  Amherst,  Ms. 
Fitch,  Rev.  Eleazer,  T.,  Yale  Coll.,  Ct. 
Ford,  Rev.  John,  Parsippany,  N.  J. 
Foot,  Rev.  Joseph  L,  West  Brookfield,  Ms. 
Fowler,  Rev.  Orrin,  Plainfield,  Ct. 
Fowler,  Rev.  WilliamC,  Middlebury,  Vt. 
Freeman,  Rev.  Frederick,  Plymouth,  Ms. 
Frost,  Rev.  John,  Whitesboro,  N.  Y. 
Gillet,  Rev.  Timothy  P.,  Branford,  Ct. 
Goodall,Rev.  David,  Littleton,  N.  H. 


Goodell,  Rev.  William,  Mission'y  W.  Asia. 
Gordon,  Capt.,  Ramnad,  India. 

Gosman,  Robert,  Upper  Red  Hook,  N.  Y. 

Green,  Rev.  Samuel,  Boston,  Ms. 

Gridley,  Rev.  Ralph  W.,  Williamstown,  Ms. 

Griswold,  Rt.  Rev.  A.  V.,  D.D.,  Bristol,  R.I. 

Griswold,  Rev.  Samuel,  Glastenbury,  Ct. 

Haines,  R.  T.,New  York  city. 

Hale,  Rev.  Enoch,  West  Hampton,  Ms. 

Hale,  Rev.  Jonattan  L.,  Campton,N.  H. 

Hall,  D.  W.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 

Hall,  Rev.  Robert,  Leicester,  Eng. 

Hallcck,  Gerard,  New  York  city. 

Hallock,  William  A.  New  York  city. 
,   Harding,  Rev.  Sewall,  Waltham,  Ms. 

Harris,  Rev.  Walter,  D.  D.,  Dunbarton,  N.H. 

Harrison,  Rev.  Roger,  Tolland,  Ct. 

Hart,  Rev.  Ira,  Stonington,  Ct. 

Harvey,  Rev.  Joseph,  East  Haddam,  Ct. 

Hawley,  Rev.  William  A.,  Hinsdale,  Ms. 

Hay,  Rev.  Philip  C,  Newark,  N.  J. 

Hayes,  Rev.  Joel,  South  Hadley,  Ms. 

Hazen,  Rev.  Austin,  Hartford,  Vt. 

Henaenway,  Rev.  Daniel,  Wareham,  Ms. 

Heyer,  Rev.  Wm.  S.,  Fishkill  Land.  N.  Y. 

Hitchcock,  Rev.  Edward,  Amherst  Coll.,  Ms. 

Hitchcock,  Jacob,  Dwight,  Arkansas  Ter. 

Hoadley,  Rev.  L.  Ives,  Worcester,  Ms. 

Hobart,  Rev.  Caleb,  North  Yarmouth,  Me. 

Hoff,  Lewis,  Winchester,  Va. 

Holbrook,  Rev.  Willard,  Rowley,  Ms. 

Holmes,  Rev.  Sylvester,  New  Bedford,  Ms. 

Homer,  Rev.  Jonathan,  D.  D.  Newton,  Ms. 

Homes,  Henry,  Boston,  Ms. 

Hooker,  Rev.  Henry  B.,  Lanesboro',  Ms. 

Hotchkiss,  Rev.  Frederick  W.,  Saybrook,  Ct. 

Hovey,  Rev.  Aaron,  Saybrook,  Ct. 

Hoyt,  Rev.  Otto  S.,  Hinesburg,  Vt. 

*Hubbard,  David  G.,  New  York  city, 

Hudson,  Barzillai,  Hartford,  Ct. 
Hudson,  Henry,  Hartford  Ct. 

*Hull,  Rev.  A.  B.,  Worcester,  Ms. 
Hunn,  Rev.  David  L.,  Sandwich,  Ms. 

Hyde,  Rev.  Lavius,  Bolton,  Ct. 
Janeway,  Rev.  J.  J.,  D.D.,  Alleghany,  Pa. 
Jarvis,  Rev.  Samuel  F.,  D.D.,  now  in  Europe. 
Jenkins,  Rev.  Charles,  Portland,  Me. 
Jenkins,  Joseph  W.,  Boston,  Ms. 
Jenks,  Rev.  William,  D.  D.,  Boston,  Ms. 

Jewett,  Rev.  David,  Gloucester,  Ms. 
Johnson,  Rev.  Daniel,  Orleans,  Ms. 
Kent,  John,  Suffield,  Ct. 
Kilbourn,  Jonathan,  Sandisfield,  Ms. 
Kimball,  Rev.  James,  Townshend,  Vt. 
Kirk patrick,  William,  Lancaster,  Pa. 
La  Fayette,  Gen.,  La  Grange,  France. 
Laurie,  Rev.  James,  D.  D.,  Washington  city. 
Leach,  Shepherd,  Easton,  Ms. 
Lewis,  Rev.  Isaac,  D.  D.,  Greenwich,  Ct. 
Lewis,  Zechariah,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Linsley,  Rev.  Joel  H.,  Hartford,  Ct. 
Loc'  wood,  Rev.  Wm.,  Glastenbury,  Ct. 
Lon  iard,  Rev.  Horatio  Jones,  Owego,  N.  Y. 
Loomis,  Rev.  Hubbell,  Willington,  Ct. 
Ludlow,  Rev.  Henry  G.,  New  York  city. 
McCartee,  Rev.  Robert,  New  York  city. 
McDowall,  Rev.  W.  A.,  D.D.,Charleston,S.C. 
McElroy,  Rev.  Joseph,  New  York  city. 
McGee,  Rev.  Jonathan,  Brattleboro',  Vt. 
*McLeod,  Norman,  Boston,  Ms. 
McMillan,  Rev.  Wm.,  New  Athens,  O. 
Maltby,  Rev.  John,  Sutton,  Ms. 
Mann,  Rev.  Cyrus,  Westminster,  Ms. 
Manning,  Rev.  Abel,  Goshen,  N.  H. 
Marsh,  Rev.  John,  Haddam,  Ct. 
Mason,  Rev.  Cyrus,  New  York  city. 
Mason,  Rev.  John  M.,  D.  D.,  New  York  city. 
Mason,  Rev.  Stephen,  Washington;  Ct. 


HONORARY    MEMBERS    OF   THE    BOARD. 


Matthews,  Rev.  J.  M.,  D.D.  New  York  city. 
Merrill,  Rev.  Joseph,  Dracut,  JMs. 
Merrill,  Rev.Nathl.,  Lyndeboro', N.  H. 
Merrill,  Rev.  Stephen,  Kittery  Point,  Me. 
Merwin,  Rev.  Samuel,  New  Haven,  Ct. 
Miller,  Rev.  Rodney  A.,  Worcester,  Ms. 
Milton,  Rev.  Charles  W.,  Newburyport,  Ms. 
Mitchell,  Rev.  Alfred,  Chelsea,  Ct. 
*M6ngin,  David.!.,  Dawfuskie  [si.  S.  C. 
Monleith,  Rev.  Walter,  New  York  city. 
Murray,  John  R.,  New  York  city. 
Nash,  Rev.  Ansel,  Tolland,  Ct. 
Nettleton,  Rev.  Asahel, 
Nichols,  Rev.  Charles,  Hebron,  Ct. 
Norton,  John  T.,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Ollphant,  Rev.  David,  Beverly,  Ms. 
*Osgood,  Rev.  David,  D.  D.,  Medford,  Ms. 
Osgood,  Rev.  Samuel,  D.  D.,  Springfield,  Ms. 
Patterson,  Rev.  Nicholas, 
Payson,  Rev.  riiillips,  Leominster,  Ms. 
Peck,  Everard,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 
Penney,  Rev.  Joseph,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 
Perkins,  Rev.  George,  Ashburnham,  Ms. 
Perkins,  Rev.  Nathan,  Amherst,  Ms. 
Perry,  Rev.  Gardiner  B.,  Bradford,  Ms. 
Phelps,  Anson  G.,  New  York  city. 
Phelps,  Rev.  Eliakim,  Pittsheld,  Ms. 
Phillips,  Rev.  William,  D.  D.,  New  York  city. 
Pomeroy,  Rev.  Thaddeus,  Gorham,  Me. 
Pond,  Rev.  Enoch,  Cambridge,  Ms. 
Porter,  Rev-  Wm.  A.,  Williams  Coll.,  Ms. 
Post,  Rev.  Reuben,  Washington  city. 
Prentice,  Rev.  Joseph,  Northwood,  N.  H. 
Proctor,  John  C,  Boston,  Ms. 
Proudfit,  Rev.  John  A.,  Newburyport,  Ms. 
Punderson,  Rev.  Thomas,  Huntington,  Ct. 
Putnam,  Rev.  Rufus  A.,  Fitchburg,  Ms. 
Rand,  Rev.  Asa,  Boston,  Ms. 
Reed,  Rev.  Augustus  B.,  Ware,  Ms. 
Reed,  Eliakim,  Greenville,  N.  Y. 
Remsen,  Peter,  New  York  city. 
Riddell,Rev.  Samuel  H.,  Glastenbury,Ct. 
Robinson,  Charles,  Southington,  Ct. 
Robinson,  Edw.,  Andover,  Ms.  now  in  Eup. 
Robinson,  George,  New  Haven,  Ct. 
*Robinson,  Rev.  William,  Southington,  Ct. 
Ropes,  William,  Boston,  Ms. 
Rowell,  Rev.  Joseph,  Cornish,  N.  H. 
Rowland,  Rev.  Henry  A.,  Windsor,  Ct. 
Russell,  Rev.  Joshua  T.,  Newark,  N.  J. 
^Salisbury,  Josiah,  Boston,  Ms. 
Salisbury,  Stephen,  Worcester,  Ms. 
^Sanderson,  Thomas,  Whately,  Ms. 
Sanford,  Rev.  Joseph,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Scales,  Rev.  Jacob,  Henniker,  N.  H. 
Scranton,  Rev.  Erastus,  North  Milford,  Ct. 
Searle,  Rev.  Jeremiah,  Coxsackie,  N.  Y. 
Sears,  Rev.  Reuben,  Chelmsford,  Ms. 
*Sewall,  William,  Boston,  Ms. 


Sheldon,  Rev.  Luther,  Easton.  Ms. 
Shepard,  Rev.  Samuel,  D.  D.,  Lenox,  Ms. 
Shepard,  Rev.  Samuel  N.,  Madison,  Ct. 
Shepard,  Rev.  Thomas,  Ashfield,  Ms. 
Skinner,  Rev.  T.  H.,  D.  D.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Smith,  Erastus,  Hadley,  Ms. 
Smith,  Rev.  Ethan,  Poultney,  Vt. 
Smith,  Rev.  Worthington,  St.  Albans,  Vt. 
Snowden,  Rev.  Samuel  F.,  Sackett's  Harbor. 
Bprague,  Rev.  Wm.  B.,  W.  Springfield,  Ms. 
Spring,  Rev.  Samuel,  Hartford,  Ct. 
Starkweather,  Charles,  Northampton,  Ms. 
Starr,  Rev.  Peter,  Warren,  Ct. 
Steele,  Rev.  Julius,  E.  Bloomfield,  N.  Y. 
Stone,  Rev.  Cyrus,  Miss'y,  Bombay,  India. 
Storrs,  Rev.  Richard  S.,  Braintree,  Ms. 
Strong,  Rev.  William  L.,  Somers,  Ct. 
Stuart,  Rev.  M.,  Theol.  Sem.,  Andover,  Ms. 
Tallmadge,  Benjamin,  Litchfield,  Ct. 
Tappan,  Arthur,  New  York  city. 
Tappan,  Rev.  Benjamin,  Augusta,  Me. 
Taylor,  Knowles,  New  York  city. 
Tenney,  Rev.  Caleb  J.,  Wethersfield,  Ct. 
Thomas,  Rev.  Daniel,  Abington,  Ms. 
Thomson,  Rev.  Lathrop,  Chelsea,  Vt. 
Torrey,  Rev.  Reuben,  Ashford,  Ct. 
Torrey,  Rev.  Joseph,  Burlington,  Vt. 
Train,  Samuel,  Boston,  Ms. 
Trask,  Israel  E.,  Springfield,  Ms. 
Treat,  Rev.  Joseph,  Windham,  O. 
Tucker,  Rev.  Mark,  Troy,  N.  Y. 
Vaill,  Rev.  Joseph,  Brimfield,  Ms. 
*Van  Rensselaer,  Philip  S.,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Van  Rensselaer,  Stephen,  Jr.  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Van  Zandtford,  Rev.  Staats,  Bellville,.  N.J. 
Vose,  Thomas,  Boston,  Ms. 
Walker,  Rev.  Charles,  East  Rutland,  Vt. 
Wallace,  William,  Newark,  N.  J. 
Ware,  Rev.  Samuel,  Ware,  Ms. 
Warner,  Rev.  Aaron,  Medford,  Ms. 
Washburn,  Rev.  Royal,  Amherst,  Ms. 
Waterbury,  Rev.  Jared  B.,  Hatfield,  Ms. 
Welles,  Rev.  Elijah  D.,  Oxford,  N.  Y. 
Weston,  Rev.  Isaac,  Booth  Bay,  Me. 
Wheeler,  Rev.  John,  Windsor,  Vt. 
Whipple,  Charles,  Newburyport, Ms. 
White,  Rev.  Charles,  Thetford,  Vt. 
Wickham,  Rev.  J.  D.,  New  Rochelle,  N.  Y. 
^Williams,  Rev.  Saml.  P.,  Newburyport,  Ms. 
Williams,  Rev.  S.,  Northampton,  Ms. 
Williams,  William,  Utica,  N.  Y. 
Wrilliston,  Rev.  David  H.,  Tunbridge,  Vt. 
*Woodbridge,  Jahleel,  South  Hadley,  Ms. 
Woodbridge,  Rev.  John,  D.  D.,  Hadley,  Ms. 
Woodbury,  Rev.  Benjamin,  Falmouth,  Ms. 
Woolsey,  William  W.,  New  York  city. 
Worcester,  Rev.  Leonard,  Peacham,  Vt. 
Wooster,  Rev.  Benjamin,  Fairfield,  Vt. 


The  following"  gentlemen  have  been  constituted  Honorary  Members  since 
the  last  Annual  Report  was  printed.  Where  it  is  not  otherwise  specified, 
they  have  been  constituted  such  by  their  own  donation. 


Agnew,  Rev.  John  Holmes,  Union  Town,  Pa. 

by  Asso.  and  Lad. 
Alexander,  Joseph,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Allen,  Tilly,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Atkins,  Rev.  Elisha,  North  Killingly,  Ct.,  by 

Gent.  Asso. 
Atwood,  Rev.  Anson  S.,  Mansfield,  1st  so., 

Ct.,  by  La.  Asso. 
Averill,  Ileman,  New  York  citv. 

2 


Babbitt,  Rev.  A.,  Pequea,  Pa.,  by  Aux.  so. 

Backus,  E.  F.,  New  Haven,  Ct. 

Backus,  Rev.  Samuel,  North  Woodstock,  Ct., 

by  Gent.  Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Bacon,  John  F.,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Badger,  Rev.  Milton,  Andover,  S.par.  Ms.,  by 

Fern.  char.  so.  ., 

Bartlett,    Rev.    Jonathan,  Reading,  Ct.,    by 

Lad.  Asso. 


10 


HONORARY    MEMBERS    OP    THE    BOARD. 


Batchelder,  Galen,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

Bates,  Rev.  James,  Newton,  E.    par.,  Ms., 

by  Mon.  con. 
Benedict,    Rev.    Henry,    Norwalk,  Ct.,   by 

Gent.  Asso. 
Bigelow,  Richard,  Hartford,  Ct. 
Bishop,  Rev.  K.  H.,  D.  D.,  Oxford,  O. 
Bleecker,  Barent,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Bleecker,  John  R.,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Boardman,  Rev.   Charles    A.,  New  Preston, 

Ct.,  by  B.  Tallmadge. 
Bouton,  Rev.  Nathaniel,  Concord,  N.  H.,  by 

Lad.  Asso. 
Boyd,  John  T.  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Boyd,  James,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Boyd,  Robert,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Bray,  Eev.  John  E.,  Prospect,  Ct.,  by  Gent. 

Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Brodhead,  Rev.  Jacob,  D.  D.,  New  York  city, 

by  Frag.  so.  of  Ref.  Dutch  chh. 
Brown,  James,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Bruen,  Rev.  Matthias,  New  York  city. 
Burt,  Rev.  Jairus,  Canton,  Ct.,  by  Lad.  Asso. 
Bushnell,  Rev.   Jedidiah,  Cornwall,  Vt.,  by 

Gent.  Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Carrington,  Henry  Beebee,  Wallingford,  Ct., 

by  his  Grandmother. 
Carroll,  Rev.  Daniel  Lynn,  Litchfield,  Ct.,  by 

unknown. 
Chalmers,  Rev.  Thomas,  D.  D.,  St.  Andrews, 

Scotland,  by  J.  Evarts. 
Christie,  Rev.  John  I.,  Warwick,  N.  Y. 
Clark,  Rev.   Eber  L.,  Winchendon,  Ms.,  by 

Gent.  Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Coleman,  Rev.  Lyman,  Belchertown,  Ms.,  by 

Mon.  con. 
Colton,  Rev.  Calvin,  Amherst,  Ms.,  by  Asso. 

Mt.  Pleasant  Inst. 
Colton,  Rev.  Simeon,  Monson,  Ms.  by  Lad. 

Asso. 
Cook,  Rev.  Parsons,  Ware,Ms.,  by  Mon.  con. 

in  E.  Evang.  so. 
Corning,  Rev.  Richard  S.,  Otisco,  N.  Y.,  by 

Asso. 
Dana,  Rev.  Daniel,  D.  D.,  Newburyport,  Ms., 

by  a  gent,  of  Union  chh.,  Boston. 
Danforth,  Rev.  Joshua  N.,  New  Castle,  Del., 

by  Aux.  miss.  so. 
Delavan,  Edward  C,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Dickinson,  Rev.  Austin,  New  York  city. 
Dorr,  Rev.   Benjamin,  Waterford,  N.  Y.,  by 

J.  Knickerbocker. 
Douglass,  James  B.,  Albany,  N.  Y» 
Dow,  Rev.  Daniel,  Thompson,  Ct.,  Gent,  and 

Lad.  Asso. 
Eaton,  Rev.  Peter  S.,  Amesbury,  Ms.,  by  Gent. 

Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso.  in  Boxford,  2d  par. 
Eddy,  Rev.  Chauncey,  Penyan,  N.  Y.  by  Mon. 

con. 
Edson,  Rev.  Ambrose,  Brooklyn,  Ct.,  by  Gent. 

Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Ellingwood,  Rev.  John  W.,  Bath,  Me.,   by 

Gent.  Asso.  in  N.so. 
Ely,  Rev.  Alfred,  Monson,  Ms.  bv  Ladies. 
Ely,  Rev.  EzraS.,D.  D.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Ewers,  Elihu,  Manlius,  N,  Y, 
Fassett,  Timothy,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Fenn,  Rev.  Benjamin,  Nelson,  O.,  by  Abigail 

Clark. 
Ferry,  Rev.  Adolphus,  Hartland,  W,  so.,  Ct., 

by  Gent.  Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Fitch,  Rev.  Charles,  Holliston,  Ms.,  by  Gent. 

Asso.  and  Lad.  A*so. 
Gale,  Rev.  George  VV.,  Whitesboro',  N,  Y.,  by 

Fem.  miss.  so. 
Gallaudet,  Rev.  Thomas  IL,  Hartford,  Ct. 
Goodall,  Ira,  Bath,  N.  II. 


Goodman,  Rev.  Epaphras,  Torringford,  Ct., 

by  Collection. 
Goodrich,  Rev.  Samuel,  Worthington,Ct.,  by 

Lad.  Asso. 
Gould,  Rev.  Vincent,  Southampton,  Ms.,  by 

Gent.  Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Gould,  Rev.  William,  Fairhaven,  Ms.,  by 

Gent.  Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Grier, Rev.  Roberts.,  Adams co. , Pa. ,  afriend. 
Griffin,  George,  New  York  city. 
Hallock,  Homan,  Malta,  by  Gerard  Hallock. 
Hallock,Rev.  Moses,  Plainfield,  Ms. 
Havves,  Rev.    Joel,   Hartford,  Ct.,  by    Lad. 

Asso.  in  1st  so. 
Hooker,  Rev.  Horace,  Hartford,  Ct.,  by  Lad. 

Asso.  in  1st  so. 
Holbrook,  L.,  New  York  city. 
Hillyer,  Rev.  Asa,  D.  D.,  Orange,  N.  J.,  by 

Lad.  Asso. 
Hopkins,  Samuel  M.,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Hough,  Rev.  John,  Middlebury,  Vt.,  by  Gent. 
Howe,  Rev.  Jas.,  Pepperell,  Ms.,  by  Aux.  so. 
How,  Rev.  James  B.,  Springfield,  N.   Y.,  by 

Union  benev.  so. 
Hudson,  Ward  Woodbridge,  Hartford,  Ct.,  by 

B.  Hudson. 
James,  William,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Ingraham,  Rev.  Ira,  West  Bradford,  Ms.,  by 

Fem.  Asso.  and  Benev.  so. 
James,  J.  S.,  New  York  city. 
Jay,  Rev.  Win.,  Bath,  Eng.,  by  J.  Evarts. 
Johns,  Rev.  Evan,  Canandaigua,  N.  Y.,  by 

Gent.  Asso. 
Keyes,  Rev   John,  Tallmadge,  O.,  by  Gent. 

Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Kimball,  Rev.  David  T.,  Ipswich,  1st  par., 

Ms.,  by  Ladies. 
Knight,  Rev.  Caleb,  Washington,  Ms.,  by  an 

indiv. 
Lansing,  Rev.  Dirck  C,  Auburn,  N.Y.,  by 

mon.  con. 
Livingston,  Rev.  Gilbert  R.,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 

by  mon.  con.  in  1st  Ref.  Dutch  chh. 
Meacham,  Horace,  Albany,  N.  Y.  . 
Meach,  Rev.  Asa,  Hull,  L.  C,  by  Fem.  Asso., 

St.  Albans,  Vt. 
Merrill,  Rev.  T.  A.,  Middlebury,  Vt.,  Ladies. 
Norton,  John  'P.,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Paige,  Rev.  Robert,  Dunbaiton,  N.   H.,  by 

Gent.  Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Parker,  Rev.  J.L.,  Deny,  N.H.  by  Lad. Asso. 
Patterson,  Rev.  James,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  by 

indiv. 
Perkins,  Rev.  Nathan,  Hartford,  Ct. 
Perry,  Rev.  David  L.,  Sharon,  Ct.,  by  mon. 

con. 
Phelps,  Rev.  Dudley,  Haverhill,  Ms.,  by 

lady. 
Pinneo,  Rev.  Bezaleel,  Milford,  1st  so.,  Ct., 

by  Gent.  Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Plaisted,  Rev.    Ichabod,    Rochester,   Centre 

par.,  Ms.,  by  Lad.  Asso. 
Porter,  Rev.  Jas,,  Ponifret,  Ct.,  by  Lad.  Asso. 
Porter,  Rev.  Noah,  D.D.,  Farniington,  1st  so., 

Ct.,  by  Lad.  Asso. 
Potter,  Rev.  Aloflzo,  Boston,  Ms.,  unknown. 
Rankin,  John,  New  York  city. 
Robbins,  Rev.    Francis  D.,   Enfield,  Ct.,  by 

Cent.  Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Scovel,  Hezekiah,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Searle,  Rev.  Moses  C,  Grafton,  Ms,,  by  Gent. 

Asso.,  Lad.  Asso.  and  mon.  con. 
Sherman,  Josiah,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Smith,  Israel,  Albany,  N.  Y, 
Smith,  Rev.   Uervey,  East  Stafford,  Ct,,  by 

Gent.  Asso.  and  La.  Asso. 
Smith,  William  Mather,  Sharon,  Ct. 


HONORARY    MEMBERS    OF    THE    BOARD. 


11 


Smith,  Rev.  Thomas  M.,  Fall  River,  Ms.,  by 

Gent.  Asso. 
Smith,  Norman,  Jr.,  Hartford,  Ct. 
Stone,  Kev.  John  S.,  Litchfield,  Ct.,  by  W. 

Doming. 
Strong,  Kev.  Lyman,  Hebron,  Ct.,  by  Gent. 

Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Swift,  Rev.  Zepbaniah,  Derby,  Ct.,  by  Gent. 

Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Talcott,Rev.  Hart,  Warren,  Ct.,  by  Char.  so. 
Tappan,  Rev.  C.  D.  W.,  Cherry  Valley,  N.  Y., 

by  Ladies. 
Taylor,   Rev.  James,  Sunderland,  Ms.,   by 

Gent.  Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Trotter,  Matthew,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Turner,  Ralph,  North  Ferreby,  Eng. 
Turner,  Rev.  Wm.  W.,  Hartford,  Ct.,  by  Lad. 

Asso.  in  1st  so. 
Vandervoort,  Rev.  J.  C,  Basking  Ridge,  N.J., 

by  Fern,  cent  so. 
Van  Dyck,  Rev.  Leonard  B.,  Coxsackie,  N.Y. 
Van  Rensselaer,  William  Paterson,  Albany, 

N.  Y.,  by  S.  Van  Rensselaer. 


Walden,  Ebenezer,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  by  Abigail 

Clark. 
Wardlaw,  Rev.  Ralph,  D.  D.,  Glasgow,  Scot- 
land, by  J.  Evarts. 
Weed,  Henry  R.,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
White,  Rev.  Seneca,  Bath,  S.  par., Me., by  Aso. 
Whitman,  Rev.  Roswell,   Westfield,  Ct.,  by 

La.  Asso. 
Willard,  John,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Williams,  Rev.    Joshua,  Newville,    Pa.,  by 

Aux.  so. 
Williams,  Rev.  Abiel,  Dudley,  Ms.,  by  Gent. 

Asso.  and  Lad.  Asso. 
Williston,  Rev.  Seth,  Durham,  N.Y.,  by  Gent. 

Asso.  in  1st  Presb.  so. 
Wilks,  Rev.  Mark,  Paris,  France,  by  Gerard 

Hallock. 
Wilson,  Rev.  Daniel,  London,  by  J.  Evarts. 
Withington,  Rev.  Leonard,  Newbury,  Ms.,  by 

Ladies. 
Woodworth,  John,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Yale,  Rev.  Calvin,  Charlotte,  Vt.,  by  B.  G. 

Root. 


NINETEENTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


OF   THE 


AMERICAN  BOARD  OF  COMMISSIONERS 


FOR 


FOREIGN    MISSIONS. 


The  Nineteenth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  American  Board  of  Commis- 
sioners for  Foreign  Missions  was  held  in  the  lecture  room  of  the  First 
Presbyterian  church  in  Philadelphia,  on  the  1st,  2d,  and  3d  days  of  Oct. 
1828.     Of  the  Members  there  were  present: — 

Joseph  Nourse,  Esq.  Rev.  Lyman  Beecher,  D.  D. 

Hon.  John  Hooker,  Rev.  Thos.  McAuley,  D.  D.  LL.  D. 
Hon.  Steph.  Van  Rensselaer,  LL.  D.  Rev.  William  McMurray,  D.  D. 

Rev.  Ashbel  Green,  D.  D.  Jeremiah  Evarts,  Esq. 

Robert  Ralston,  Esq.  Rev.  William  Neill,  D.  D. 

John  Cotton  Smith,  LL.  D.  Thomas  Bradford,  Jr.  Esq. 

Rev.  David  Porter,  D.  D.  Edward  A.  Newton,  Esq. 

Jonas  Platt,  LL.  D.  Rev.  Gardiner  Spring,  D.  D. 

Rev.  Alexander  Proudfit,  D.  D.  Rev.  Warren  Fat,  D.  D. 

Rev.  Samuel  Miller,  D.  D.  Eleazar  Lord,  Esq.  and 

Rev.  Archibald  Alexander,  D.  D.  Hon.  Lewis  Strong. 
Rev.  John  H.  Rice,  D.  D. 

Of  Honorary  Members  there  were  present : — 

Rev.  Gilbert  R.  Livingston  and  Solomon  Allen,  of  Philadelphia; 
Rev.  A.  Babbit,  Pequea,  Penn.,  Rev.  William  W.  Phillips,  D.  D., 
Rev.  Matthias  Bruen,  Rev.  Austin  Dickinson,  and  Messrs.  Anson  G. 
Phelps,  and  Knowles  Taylor,  of  New  York  city?  Rev.  John  Chester, 
D.  D.,  of  Albany,  Rev.  Leonard  B.  Van  Dtck,  of  Coxsackie,  Mr.  Elihu 
Ewers,  of  Manlius,  and  Mr.  Josiah  Bissell,  Jr.  of  Rochester,  N.  Y.;  and 
Rev.  Thomas  H.  Skinner,  D.  D.  of  New  Haven,  Con. 


MINUTES    OP    THE    ANNUAL    MEETING.  13 

The  meeting  was  opened  with  prayer  by  Dr.  Green,  and,  on  the  suc- 
ceeding- days,  by  Drs.  Proudfit  and  Carnahan. 

The  Recording-  Secretary  being-  absent,  Mr.  Strong  was  elected  Record- 
ing- Secretary  pro  tern,  and  Dr.  Mc Murray  was  elected  Assistant  Recording- 
Secretary  for  the  meeting*, 

The  Minutes  of  the  last  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  were  then  read; 
after  which  the  Board  attended  to  the  reading-  of  the  Treasurer's  Report 
and  of  the  Report  of  the  Prudential  Committee,  the  latter  of  which  was 
not  completed  till  late  in  the  afternoon  of  the  first  day  of  the  session. 

Pecuniary  Accounts. 

RECEIPTS. 

Donations, $95/784  00 

Legacies,  3,721  88 

Income  of  Permanent  Fund,  ....  $1,92961 

Deduct  for  interest  paid  on  money  borrowed,         -        -  971  95 957  66 

Avails  of  real  estate  and  personal  property  belonging1  to 
the  Board  at  Cornwall,  (formerly  used  for  the  For- 
eign Mission  School)  after  deducting  payments 
made  within  the  year  on  account  of  youths  still  re- 
maining, and  other  charges,        --..-..  1,517  60 

Missionary  Register,  &c.  ........  28  50 

$102,009  64 
Bal.  for  which  the  Board  is  in  debt:  carried  to  new  ac't.,  Sept.  1,  -1828,         22,179  71 

$124,189  35 

EXPENDITURES. 

The  payments  from  the  Treasury  to  meet  the  current 

charges  of  the  various  missions  and  operations  of 

the  Board  were $107,676  25 

Appropriated  for  balance  of  apprehended  loss  on  stock 

in  the  Eagle  Bank,  New  Haven,  -        -        -        -        -        -         1,000  00 

$108,676  25 
Balance  for  which  the  Board  was  in  debt,  Sept.  1,  1827,  -        -  15,513  10 

$124,189  35 

The  following  additions  to  various  permanent  funds,  of  which  the  interest  only  can 
be  expended,  have  been  made  within  the  year  past,  viz. 

To  the  Permanent  Fund,  $7,401  88 

To  the  Permanent  Fund  for  the  Corresponding  Secretary,  viz. 

From  Individuals, $328  25 

For  profits  of  the  Missionary  Herald,  received  during 

the  year,      -        -        - 2,919  32 

For  profits  of  the  Panoplist,    ------  51  70 

For  copy  right  of  the  Memoirs  of  Catharine  Brown,  50  00 

Interest  in  part,  on  this  fund, 449  71 3,798  98 


- 


14  MINUTES    OF   THE    ANNUAL    MEETING. 

To  the  Permanent  Fund  for  Treasurer,  viz. 

From  an  individual, -  94  75 

Interest  on  this  fund, 122  32 217  07 

#11,417  93 

For  interest  on  the  Fund  for  the  printing  establishment 

for  Western  Asia, #474  00 

The  payments  on  account  of  the  expenses  for  the  print- 
ing establishment  for  Western  Asia,  within  the  year 
past,  have  amounted  to 2,616  49 

The  balance  of  this  fund  which  remains  unexpended  is  #6,188  64,  and  is  in  a 
productive  state. 

Appointment  of  Committees. 

Agreeably  to  the  resolution  of  the  last  year,  the  Report  of  the  Prudential 
Committee  was  referred  to  different  committees?  viz.  that  part  which  re- 
lated to  missions  in  India  and  Ceylon,  was  referred  to  Drs.  Miller  and 
Proudfit  and  Mr.  Ralston; — the  part  relating  to  the  mission  to  Western 
Asia,  to  Messrs.  Platt  and  Hooker  and  Dr.  Porter; — the  part  relating  to 
the  Sandwich  Islands,  to  Drs.  Alexander  and  Beech er,  and  Mr.  Van 
Rensselaer; — and  the  part  relating  to  missions  among  the  Indians,  to  Drs. 
Green  and  Spring,  and  Mr.  Newton. 

Mr.  Bradford,  Dr.  McMurrat,  and  Mr.  Livingston  were  appointed  a 
committee  to  make  arrangements  for  the  different  religious  meetings  and 
public  exercises  to  be  attended  by  the  Board  during  the  session. 

Drs.  Neill,  McMurrat,  and  McAuley,  and  Messrs.  Evarts,  Lord, 
Notjrse,  and  Hooker  were  appointed  a  committee  to  consider  the  expedi- 
ency of  electing  additional  members  of  the  Board,  and,  in  case  the  election 
of  new  members  was  in  their  opinion  expedient,  to  report  a  list  of  candi- 
dates. 

Messrs.  Hooker  and  Bradford,  and  Dr.  Spring  were  appointed  a  com- 
mittee to  consider  the  expediency  of  electing  a  second  Assistant  Secretary, 
and  also  what  compensation  ought  to  be  made  to  the  present  Assistant  Sec- 
retary, and  to  the  second  Assistant  Secretary,  in  case  a  second  should  be 
appointed. 

Messrs.  Lord  and  Hooker,  and  Dr.  Porter  were  appointed  a  committee 
to  consider  the  expediency  of  adopting  some  regulation  respecting  the  in- 
vestment of  the  several  permanent  funds  of  the  Board. 

Drs.  Proudfit  and  Miller,  and  Messrs.  Strong,  Van  Rensselaer  and 
Evarts,  were  appointed  a  committee  to  report  on  the  most  suitable  time 
and  place  for  the  next  annual  meeting  of  the  Board,  and  also  to  nominate  a 
preacher  for  that  occasion. 

Reports  of  Committees  and  Resolutions. 

The  Report  of  the  Prudential  Committee,  after  certain  amendments  sug- 
gested by  Committees  appointed  to  consider  it,  was  adopted  by  the  Board; 


MINUTES    OF    THE    ANNUAL    MEETING.  15 

and  the  Prudential  Committee  were  directed  to  print  it,  with  the  Treasur- 
er's accounts,  and  such  other  documents  as  they  shall  judge  proper  to  be 
included  in  the  annual  publication. 

The  committee  appointed  to  make  arrangements  for  public  religious 
meetings,  reported  in  favor  of  two  public  meetings  on  the  last  day  of  the 
session.  The  Board  resolved  to  hold  such  meetings;  and  they  are  noticed 
in  a  subsequent  part  of  this  article. 

The  President  having  communicated  a  letter  from  Edward  A.  Newton, 
Esq.  resigning  his  seat  as  a  member  of  the  Board,  for  reasons  therein  set 
forth,  and  expressing  an  affectionate  confidence  in  the  Board  and  a  strong 
attachment  to  the  missionary  cause,  it  was 

Resolved,  That  the  thanks  of  the  Board  be  tendered  to  Mr.  Newton  for 
his  important  and  disinterested  services  in  promoting  the  great  objects  in 
which  we  are  engaged,  and  that  we  cordially  regret  that  he  feels  it  to  be 
his  duty  from  any  considerations  to  resign  his  seat  as  a  member  of  this  Board. 

The  committee  on  the  election  of  new  members  reported,  and  it  was 
resolved  to  choose  three  members  of  the  Board.  The  Rev.  James  Carna- 
han,  D.  D.  President  of  Princeton  College,  N.  J.,  and  the  Rev.  Benjamin 
B.  Wisner,  D.  D.  and  Henrt  Hill,  Esq.  of  Boston,  Mass.,  were  elected. 
The  two  last  were  chosen  instead  of  Rev.  Dr.  Lyman,  deceased,  and  E. 
A.  Newton,  Esq.  who  had  resigned. 

The  committee  on  the  subject  of  appointing  a  second  Assistant  Secreta- 
ry reported,  that  the  extent  of  business  transacted  in  the  office  of  the  Cor- 
responding Secretary  requires  the  appointment  of  a  second  Assistant  Sec- 
retary;* and  that  the  present  Assistant  Secretary  receive  a  salary  of  one 
thousand  dollars,  and  the  second  Assistant  Secretary  six  hundred  dollars, 
per  annum. 

*  To  the  office  of  Secretary  belong  the  following-  duties: — 

1.  The  general  correspondence  of  the  Board,  both  foreign  and  domestic: 

2.  The  editing  of  the  Missionary  Herald: 

3.  The  writing  of  the  Annual  Report — of  Appeals  to  the  Christian  community — of 
Instructions  to  Missionaries,  and  other  public  documents: 

4.  The  preparation  of  the  Missionary  Papers  for  distribution  among  the  Auxiliaries 
and  the  friends  of  the  cause  generally: 

5.  The  procuring  and  direction  of  Agents  to  visit  Associations  and  Auxiliaries,  and 
establish  new  ones,  in  different  parts  of  the  country,  and  to  extend  the  circulation  of 
the  Missionary  Herald: 

6.  The  procuring  of  Deputations  for  the  annual  meetings  of  Auxiliary  Societies; 
and  an  occasional  attendance  at  these  meetings: 

7.  The  obtaining  of  accurate  and  full  information,  with  a  view  to  the  enlargement 
of  existing  missions,  and  the  establishment  of  new  missions: 

8.  A  very  responsible  agency  in  the  selection  and  destination  of  missionaries: 

9.  The  preparation  of  business  for  the  meetings  of  the  Prudential  Committee: 

10.  The  general  superintendence  of  all  the  missions  of  the  Board: 

11.  Visits  to  different  parts  of  the  country  on  business  appertaining  to  the  Board 
and  the  missions  under  its  care: 


• 


16  MINUTES    OP    THE    ANNUAL    MEETING. 

The  committee  on  the  subject  of  an  investment  of  the  permanent  funds 
of  the  Board,  made  a  report,  which,  after  an  interesting-  discussion,  was  in- 
definitely postponed. 


12.  Visits  of  inspection  to  the  missions,  particularly  those  among  the  Indians.  It  is 
desirable  that  such  visitations  be  made,  if  possible,  by  some'  one  who  is  thoroughly 
conversant  with  the  views  and  plans  of  the  Prudential  Committee:  and 

13.  Intercourse  with  the  friends  of  missions  from  different  parts  of  the  country,  who 
call  at  the  Missionary  Rooms. 

REMARKS. 

It  is  estimated  that  about  two  thousand  four  hundred  letters  were  written  and  sen 
from  the  Missionary  Rooms,  during  the  past  year,  and  it  is  obvious,  that  letters  to 
missionaries,  applicants  for  missionary  employment,  and  several  other  classes  of  cor- 
respondents, must  often  be  of  considerable  length,  and,  what  is  more,  must  be  the  re- 
sult of  much  reflection,  for  which  time  of  course  must  be  taken. 

The  editing  of  the  Missionary  Herald,  and  the  writing  of  the  Annual  Report,  require 
more  care,  labor,  and  time,  than  any  one,  without  experience,  would  suppose. 

The  larger  Societies  in  aid  of  the  Board,  which  are  called  Auxiliaries,  are  about  70 
in  number,  embracing  not  less  than  1,500  Associations.  The  Auxiliaries  all  expect 
Deputations  to  be  sent  to  their  annual  meetings,  and  that  all  their  Associations  will 
occasionally  be  visited  and  encouraged  by  Agents  of  the  Board. 

The  selection  and  destination  of  missionaries,  is  a  source  of  much  care,  perplexity, 
and  anxiety.  No  time  need  be  taken  up  in  proving,  that  all  the  success  of  missions, 
under  Providence,  must  depend  on  the  character  of  missionaries)  nor  will  it  be  doubt- 
ed that  the  responsibility  of  selecting  and  employing  men  in  this  work,  might  well 
make  a  bold  man  tremble.  The  Prudential  Committee  to  whom  the  weighty  charge 
is  delegated,  will  doubtless  share  in  the  labor  and  responsibility:  still  the  applications 
must  first  be  made  to  the  Secretary)  he  will  first  see  the  applicants;  from  him  they  will 
receive  information,  advice  and  direction;  and  upon  him  the  determinations  respecting 
them  will  very  much  depend. 

The  special  duties  involved  in  the  superintendence  of  missions,  are  too  numerous  to 
be  mentioned  here.  A  correspondence  must  be  kept  up  with  the  missionaries,  at  40 
stations,  relative  to  their  various  objects  of  attention;  their  preaching,  schools,  print- 
ing and  translations; — their  intercourse  with  the  natives,  and  with  others;  and  all  the 
new  duties,  and  untried  circumstances,  which  will  demand  the  united  wisdom  and  ex- 
perience of  the  missionaries  themselves,  and  of  their  directors  at  home.  All  the  wants 
of  missionaries — wants  perpetually  recurring — need,  and  must  receive,  prompt  atten- 
tion. In  their  arduous  services,  removed  as  they  are  from  the  enjoyment  of  Christian 
society,  and  struggling  continually  with  difficulties  and  discouragements,  they  have  a 
right  to  expect  the  affectionate  sympathy,  deliberate  counsels,  faithful  admonitions, 
and  encouraging  exhortations,  of  their  patrons  and  friends,  of  whom  the  Corresponding 
Secretary  is  the  proper  organ. 

Visits  of  inspection  to  the  missions  are  found  to  contribute,  in  various  ways,  to  the 
efficiency  and  economy  of  those  missions.  Judging  from  the  past,  it  is  supposed,  that 
the  absences  from  the  Missionary  Rooms,  from  year  to  year,  of  one  or  other  of  the 
Secretaries,  will  be  equivalent  to  the  time  of  one  person. 

It  should  be  added,  that  much  time  is  necessarily,  but  usefully  employed  in  conver- 
sations with  visiters  to  the  Missionary  Rooms. 

In  a  word  the  Secretary  must  have  a  superintendence  of  the  entire  concern,  in  its 
several  departments,  and  in  its  diversified  operations;  must  carry  the  whole  continu- 


MINUTES  OP  THE  ANNUAL  MEETING.  17 

The  Prudential  Committee,  in  pursuance  of  instructions  given  at  the  last 
annual  meeting',  having*  reported  on  the  subject  of  establishing*  a  fund  for 
the  support  of  infirm  or  superannuated  missionaries,  the  following  resolu- 
tions were  adopted,  viz. 

Resolved,  That  it  is  the  duty  of  this  Board  to  provide  for  the  support  of 
superannuated  and  infirm  missionaries,  widows  of  missionaries,  and  children 
of  missionaries,  in  such  manner  as  shall  best  comport  with  the  missionary 
character;  it  being  always  understood,  that  all  persons,  who  are  supported 
by  missionary  funds,  are  bound  to  do  all  in  their  power  to  promote  the 
cause  in  which  they  are  engaged,  while  employed  in  missionary  service; 
and,  when  providentially  thrown  out  of  that  service,  they  are  bound  to  do 
what  they  can  to  support  themselves. 

Resolved,  That  a  fund  be  instituted  for  the  support  of  the  various  de- 
scriptions of  persons  mentioned  in  the  preceding  resolution,  to  be  compos- 
ed of  such  legacies  and  donations,  as  shall  be  given  to  that  specific  object. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Green,  it  was 

Resolved,  That  measures  be  promptly  taken  by  the  Prudential  Commit- 
tee to  bring  this  subject  before  the  public,  in  such  manner  as  may  appear 
best  calculated  to  secure  for  it  the  attention  which  its  importance  demands, 
and  awaken  the  Christian  sympathy  of  the  friends  of  missions  in  behalf  of 
the  interesting  objects  of  the  contemplated  charity. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Evarts,  it  was  further 

Resolved,  That  the  Prudential  Committee  be  requested  to  report,  at  the 
next  annual  meeting,  a  plan,  according  to  which  allowances  shall  be  made 
to  individuals,  whether  adults  or  children,  who  are  removed  from  the  field 
of  missionary  labor  with  the  approbation  of  the  Committee,  and  whose  cir- 
cumstances are  such  as  to  make  them  dependent  upon  the  Board  for 
support. 

.  The  Rev.  Dr.  Proudfit  proposed  a  resolution,  which  was  adopted,  as 
follows: 

Resolved,  That  the  President  of  each  Auxiliary  Society,  whose  annual 
contribution  to  the  funds  of  the  Board  shall  be  one  thousand  dollars,  shall  be, 
ex  officio,  an  Honorary  member  of  the  Board,  with  the  privilege  of  holding  a 
seat  at  its  annual  meetings,  and  taking  part  in  its  deliberations. 

ally  in  his  mind  and  upon  his  heart;  must  keep  himself  informed  of  every  thing  per- 
taining to  it;  must  know  what  has  been  done,  what  must  be  done,  and  as  far  as  possible, 
what  can  be  done;  must  devise  plans,  measures,  and  means,  and  communicate  as  oc- 
casions require  to  all  concerned;  and  with  unremitting  vigilance  must  endeavor  to 
give  impulse  and  direction  to  every  part  of  a  great  system,  designed  to  convey  the 
blessings  of  salvation  to  thousands  now  ready  to  perish,  and  to  millions  yet  unborn. 

Such  a  division  of  duties  has  been  made  between  the  Assistant  Secretaries,  that  one 
may  be  regarded  as  Assistant  Secretary  for  Foreign  Correspondence,  and  the  other 
as  Assistant  Secretary  for  Domestic  Correspondence.  The  Corresponding  Secretary 
exercises  a  general  superintendence  over  all  the  duties  of  the  office,  and  employs  him- 
self in  that  manner,  which  appears  most  likely  to  promote  the  general  cause. — Miss. 
Herald. 

s 


18  MINUTES    OF    THE    ANNUAL    MEETING. 

A  letter  having  been  communicated,  at  the  commencement  of  the  meet- 
ing from  the  Corresponding  Secretary  of  the  American  Sunday  School 
Union,  tendering,  in  behalf  of  the  Officers  and  Managers  of  that  institution, 
the  suite  of  rooms  in  their  house,  for  the  use  of  the  Board  during  its  pre- 
sent session,  it  was 

Resolved,  That  the  thanks  of  the  Board  be  presented  to  the  Officers  and 
Managers  of  the  American  Sunday  School  Union,  for  their  very  obliging 
offer. 

The  thanks  of  the  Board  were  voted  to  the  Rev.  Dr.  Rice  for  his  sermon 
delivered  before  the  Board,  and  a  copy  was  requested  for  publication. 

Thanks  were  also  voted  to  the  session  of  the  first  Presbyterian  church  in 
Philadelphia,  for  the  very  convenient  accommodations  afforded  the  Board 
by  the  use  of  their  lecture  room  and  church  during  its  session;  and  to  the 
session  of  the  second  Presbyterian  church  for  the  use  of  their  house  of 
public  worship,  at  the  preaching  of  the  annual  sermon. 

The  next  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  is  to  be  held  in  the  city  of  Albany, 
on  Wednesday,  the  7th  day  of  October,  1829,  at  10  o'clock,  A.  M. ;  and  the 
Rev.  Archibald  Alexander,  D.  D.  is  appointed  to  preach  on  that  occa- 
sion, and,  in  case  of  his  failure,  the  Rev.  Leonard  Woods,  D.  D.  is  ap- 
pointed to  perform  that  service.  The  members  of  the  Board  residing  in 
Albany,  were  requested  to  make  arrangements  for  the  meeting. 

OFFICERS  FOR  THE  YEAR. 

It  was  resolved  by  the  Board  that  the  Prudential  Committee  consist  of 
six  persons. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  officers  for  the  ensuing  year?  viz. 

John  Cotton  Smith,  LL.  D.  President,- 

Stephen  Van  Rensselaer,  LL.  D.,  Vice  President,- 

Rev.  Calvin  Chapin,  D.  D.,  Recording  Secretary,- 

Hon.  William  Reed, 

Rev.  Leonard  Woods,  D.  D. 

Jeremiah  Evarts,  Esq. 

c  tt  t  t    t^  >Prudential  Committee,- 

Samuel  Hubbard,  LL.  D. 

Rev.  Warren  Fat,  D.  D. 

Rev.  Benjamin  B.  Wisner,  D.  D.  _, 

Jeremiah  Evarts,  Esq.,  Corresponding  Secretary,- 

Rev.  Rufus  Anderson,  ~) 

„    „  ~.  (Assistant  Secretaries. 

Mr.  David  Greene,        -> 

Henry  Hill,  Esq.,  Treasurer,-  and 

William  Ropes,  Esq.,  Auditor. 

Public  Religious  Meetings. 

On  Tuesday  evening,  Oct.  1st,  the  annual  sermon  was  preached  in  the 
second  Presbyterian  church,  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  Rice,  from  2  Cor.  x,  4.  For  the 


MINUTES    OF    THE    ANNUAL    MEETING.  19 

weapons  of  our  warfare  are  not  carnal,  but  mighty  through  God  to  the  pulling 
down  of  strong  holds. 

On  the  afternoon  of  Friday,  the  third  and  last  day  of  the  session,  at 
4  P.  M.,  the  Board  united  with  the  Presbytery  of  Philadelphia,  and  other 
friends,  in  celebrating  the  Lord's  Supper  in  the  first  Presbyterian  church. 
The  prayers  on  the  occasion  were  made  by  Drs.  Fat,  Proudfit,  and 
McAulet;  Dr.  Miller  administered  the  bread,  and  Dr.  Wilson  the  wine, 
and  at  the  same  time  addressed  the  communicants. 

In  the  evening",  a  meeting-  was  held  at  the  same  place,  at  which  the  Cor- 
responding- Secretary  read  portions  of  the  Annual  Report,  and  addresses 
were  delivered  by  Mr.  Brewer,  and  Drs.  Alexander  and  Bkecher. 
Prayers  were  offered  by  Drs.  Porter  and  Green. 

The  Board  then  adjourned  to  the  lecture  room,  and  the  meeting-  was 
closed  with  prayer  by  Dr.  Miller. 


REPOiiT 


OF  THE 


IBS! 


in< 


19 


Mr.  President, 

The  ordinary  course  of  Divine  Providence  forbids  us  to  ex- 
pect, that  the  annual  meeting  of  this  Board  can  be  held,  without  our 
being  called  to  mourn  at  the  graves  of  fathers  and  brethren,  who 
have  been  removed  from  their  earthly  labors,  during  the  previous 
year.     This  our  sorrow  is  renewed  on  the  present  occasion. 

The  Rev.  Dr.  Lyman,  one  of  the  original  members  of  the  Board 
and  its  second  President,  departed  this  life  in  March  last,  on  the 
verge  of  fourscore.     After  discharging  the  duties  of  a  Christian 
minister,  with  exemplary  zeal  and  fidelity,  for  more  than  half  a  cen- 
tury, he  was  taken  from  active  service,  by  a  lingering  and  painful 
disease,  about  two  years  before  his  death.     In  the  midst  of  severe 
bodily  suffering,  and  when  wearisome  days  and  nights,  in  long  suc- 
cession, had  been  appointed  unto  himy — and  when  his  friends  con- 
doled with  him  respecting  the  extraordinary  pain  and  anguish,  which 
he  had  been  called  to  endure,  it  was  his  habit  to  abstain  from  even 
a  groan,  or  a  murmur,  and,  with  eyes  lifted  toward  heaven,  to  ex- 
claim, God  is  gracious.     His  mind  retained  its  natural  vigor,  after 
his  bodily  powers  had  been  wasted  by  sickness;  and  his  thoughts 
were  intently  fixed  on  the  advancement  of.  the  Redeemer's  kingdom, 
during  the  whole  progress  of  his  descent  to  the  tomb.     Nothing  can 
more  clearly  evince  his  attachment  to   this   Board   and  its  object, 
than  the  fact  that  he  made  himself  acquainted  with  all  that  was 
done,  at  the  various  missionary  stations  under  its  care,  so  far  as  the 
published  documents  would  enable  him;  and  that  he  never  failed  i<> 


r22  DEATH    OF    DR.    LYMAN    AND    DR.    PAYSON. 

request  his  attendants  to  read,  in  regular  order,  every  part  of  the 
Missionary  Herald,  as  the  successive  numbers  were  received.  In 
this  manner  did  he  solace  the  hours  of  languishing,  constantly  giving 
thanks  for  every  indication  of  a  new  and  better  age  rising  upon  the 
world. 

Our  revered  friend  and  father  left  a  distinguished  reputation  for 
talents,  unshaken  confidence  in  the  great  truths  of  the  Gospel,  love 
to  his  Lord  and  Saviour,  gravity,  sincerity,  and  strict  religious  in- 
tegrity carried  into  all  the  relations  of  life.  Many  who  survive, 
count  it  a  privilege  to  have  been  associated  with  him,  in  the  great 
charitable  designs  of  the  present  day;  and  many  will  derive  support 
and  consolation  in  suffering,  from  having  seen  how  he  was  sustained, 
and  how  remarkably  the  grace  of  God  was  manifested  in  him. 

We  are  also  bound,  on  this  occasion,  to  notice  the  removal  of  one 
of  our  brethren  of  middle  age.  The  late  Dr.  Payson,  of  Portland, 
Jiad  been  recently  elected  a  member  of  this  institution.  He  was, 
however,  a  vigorous  and  decided  friend,  and  a  liberal  contributor, 
from  the  beginning.  At  the  very  first  effort  to  raise  funds,  when  he 
was  quite  a  young  man,  he  received  the  agent  of  the  Board  with 
such  cordiality,  and,  beside  setting  a  public  example  of  liberality, 
gave  a  larger  donation  privately,  and  under  injunctions  of  secresy, 
with  so  much  cheerfulness  and  devotedness,  as  greatly  to  encourage 
the  agent,  and  thus  contribute  toward  rendering  his  agency  success- 
ful. The  same  ardent  attachment  was  shown  by  our  departed 
friend,  in  every  subsequent  period  of  his  laborious  and  very  useful 
life.  As  a  signal  reward  of  his  love  to  Christ,  and  of  his  faithful- 
ness in  the  ministry,  it  pleased  his  heavenly  Father  to  grant  him 
such  anticipations  of  future  blessedness,  and  such  abundant  and  un- 
utterable joys  and  consolations,  and  such  love,  and  peace,  and  holy 
triumph,  as  are  recorded  of  any  servant  of  Christ  scarcely  once  in  a 
century. 

Truly  it  was  an  edifying  spectacle  to  witness  the  last  hours  of  our 
revered  father,  or  of  our  beloved  brother.  Both  united  in  a  constant 
and  earnest  testimony  to  the  power  and  grace  and  glory  of  the  Mes- 
siah. Both  renounced  all  dependence  upon  their  own  works  for  jus- 
tification, and  relied  solely  upon  the  atonement  made  by  the  Lamb 
of  God,  who  taketh  away  the  sin  of  the  world.  Both  exhibited,  in 
their  own  experience,  how  victorious  and  exulting  the  soul  may  be, 
in  the  midst  of  extreme  bodily  pain;  and  both  went  down  to  the  dark 
valley,  with  an  assured  hope  of  a  glorious  resurrection. 


BOMBAY    MISSION.  23 

Let  us  pray  that  such  bright  and  lovely  examples  be  not  set  before 
us  in  vain;  and,  as  we  rapidly  approach  the  termination  of  our  earth- 
ly course,  let  us  intreat  the  Lord,  that  he  would  so  far  honor  our 
poor  and  feeble  attempts  to  serve  him,  as  to  enable  us  to  give  our 
dying  attestation  to  the  power  of  the  Gospel,  and  thus,  in  our  last 
moments,  to  do  something  toward  promoting  the  glory  of  our  adored 
Redeemer. 

In  the  following  account  of  the  various  missions  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  Board,  and  of  the  diversified  operations  which  are  going 
forward,  the  utmost  brevity  will  be  consulted,  so  far  as  it  shall  be 
consistent  with  plain  and  intelligible  statements. 


I.  BOMBAY. 

Rev.  Allen  Graves,  Missionary ;  Mrs.  Graves. 
Mr.  James  Garrett,  Printer;  Mrs.  Garrett. 
Rev.  Cyrus  Stone,  Missionary ;  Mrs.  Stone. 
Rev.  David  Oliver  Allen,  Missionary ;  Mrs.  Allen. 
Miss  Cynthia  Farrar,  Superintendent  of  Female  Schools. 
In  our  last  Report,  it  was  stated,  p.  28,  that  Messrs.  Stone  and 
Allen,  with  their  wives  and  Miss    Farrar,   embarked   from  Boston 
for  Calcutta,  on  the  5th  of  June,  1827.     The  committee  have  since 
learned  that  they  reached  Calcutta  on  the  21st  of  September;  and 
that  they  were  received  with  much  cordiality  by  missionaries,  and 
the  friends  of  missions  in  that  city.     They  spent  the   time  of  their 
stay,  in  procuring  information,  which  would  be  particularly  useful  to 
them,  in  their  future  labors. 

About  the  middle  of  October,  Mr.  Allen  and  his  wife  took  pas- 
sage for  Bombay,  where  they  arrived  on  the  27th  of  the  next  month. 
Mr.  Stone,  his  wife,  and  Miss  Farrar  remained  at  Calcutta  more 
than  a  month  longer.  The  committee  have  just  learned,  that  they 
reached  their  ultimate  destination  on  the  29th  of  December. 

The  captain  of  the  vessel,  in  which  Mr.  Allen  sailed  from  Cal- 
cutta, though  not  professedly  a  religious  man,  readily  consented  to 
have  public  religious  services  on  the  Sabbath,  when  all  were  pres- 
ent, who  could  understand  the  English  language.  Part  of  an 
English  regiment  was  on  board,  containing  several  pious  soldiers, 
through   whose  aid  Mr.  Allen  formed  a  Bible  class.     These  facts 


24  MISCELLANEOUS    NOTICES. 

are  mentioned  as  indicating  different  channels  for  doing  good,  which 
are  now  opened  in  almost  every  part  of  the  world. 

Mr.  Allen  found  the  mission  in  a  more  encouraging  state,  than 
he  had  expected.  The  field  of  labor  seemed  to  him  exceedingly  ample 
and  inviting.  The  English  population  appeared  to  take  consid- 
erable interest  in  the  operations  of  the  American  mission;  and  a 
public  opinion  was  rising  at  Bombay,  as  well  as  in  other  parts  of 
India,  in  favor  of  instructing  and  evangelizing  the  natives.  Among 
the  decided  and  influential  friends  of  missionary  labor  are  the  three 
chaplains  of  the  East  India  Company  at  Bombay. 

The  third  annual  meeting  of  the  Missionary    Union  was  held 
early  in  December  last,   at  which,  missions  under  the  care  of  the 
London   Society,  the    Church  Society,  and  the  Scottish   Society, 
joined  in  fraternal  conference  with  the  American  mission.     At  this 
meeting,  a  general  tract  society  was  formed  to   aid   Christians  of 
all  denominations,  in  their  efforts  to  benefit  the  people  of  the  East. 
The  measure  was  taken  at  the  repeated  suggestion  of  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  London  Tract  Society,  who  pledged  the  patronage  of 
that  great  institution; — a  patronage,  which  the  American  mission 
had  previously    experienced,  in   grants    of  English  tracts,  and  of 
paper  for  printing  in  Mahratta.      From  the  reports  made  by  the 
assembled   missionaries,    it    appeared    that   there    were   favorable 
events  in  different  places;  and  among  them  the  hopeful   conversion 
of  five  individuals  at  Belgaum,  the  station  occupied  by  the  Rev. 
Mr.  Taylor,  deserves  to  be  noticed. 

No  remarkable  change,  in  regard  to  the  communication  of  Gos- 
pel truth,  or  its  reception,  had  been  witnessed  at  Bombay.  The 
number  of  those,  who  attended  at  the  mission  chapel  on  the  Sabbath, 
was  rather  on  the  increase,  toward  the  close  of  last  year;  and  it 
was  gratifying  to  see,  among  the  hearers,  some  of  the  young 
females  of  the  mission  schools  with  their  teachers. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  Lillie,  of  the  mission  at  Belgaum,  visited  Bombay 
for  his  health.  On  his  return,  he  was  accompanied  as  far  as  Goa 
by  one  of  the  American  missionaries,  who  took  particular  pains  to 
ascertain  the  condition  of  the  people,  in  the  towns  through  which 
he  passed.  The  Mahratta  language  is  spoken,  with  slight  provin- 
cialisms, considerably  beyond  Goa.  Above  thirty  towns  and  vil- 
lages on  the  coast  were  visited,  in  some  of  which  a  Christian 
missionary  had  never  before  been  seen.  The  offers  of  mercy  were 
here  made  for  the  first  time.     The  more  populous  of  these  towns 


1828.  BOMBAY    MISSION.       THE    PRESS.       EDUCATION.  25 

would  be  excellent  missionary  stations;  and  it  may  be  hoped  that, 
before  many  years  revolve,  they  will  be  thus  occupied.  In  the 
course  of  the  tour  here  mentioned,  above  two  thousand  copies  of 
tracts  and  portions  of  Scripture  were  distributed  to  persons,  who 
received  them  with  great  eagerness.  It  has  been  the  habit  of  the 
missionaries  not  to  give  tracts,  except  to  those  who  would  read  a 
portion  in  their  presence,  and  would  promise  to  peruse  the  tracts 
thoroughly  and  preserve  them  carefully. 

The  Press.  The  edition  of  the  New  Testament,  which  was 
published  in  the  spring  of  1826,  having  soon  become  exhausted, 
preparations  were  immediately  made  for  a  revised  edition.  Great 
pains  were  taken  to  learn  how  the  first  edition  was  received  and 
understood,  by  natives  in  different  parts  of  the  country.  The  print- 
ing had  advanced  only  to  the  middle  of  Luke  in  December  last, 
the  numerous  avocations  of  Mr.  Graves  not  allowing  him  so  much 
time  for  revision,  as  could  be  desired.  It  may  be  presumed,  as 
the  mission  has  been  strengthened,  that  the  residue  has  been  finished 
before  the  present  day,  and  that  the  whole  is  in  the  hands  of  the 
multitudes  who  need  it. 

The  operations  of  the  press  are  directed  to  the  furnishing  of 
school-books,  religious  tracts,  and  portions  of  Scripture,  as  the  exi- 
gencies of  the  mission  require.  A  considerable  number  of  small 
books  have  been  printed,  at  the  American  press,  for  the  District 
Committee  of  the  Society  for  promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  for 
other  religious  societies,  and  for  individuals. 

The  distribution  of  books  has  been  continued  with  care  and  reg- 
ularity, though  on  a  less  extensive  scale  than  would  be.  desirable 
and  practicable,  if  larger  funds  were  at  the  disposal  of  the  Com- 
mittee for  this  purpose. 

Education.  In  December  1826,  there  were  twenty  four  free 
schools,  under  the  care  of  this  mission,  containing  1499  boys  and 
86  girls.  Of  these  pupils,  one  hundred  and  fourteen  were  the 
children  of  Jewish  parents.  Entered,  during  the  year  preceding, 
934;  left  the  schools,  within  the  same  time,  840. 

There  were,  also,  ten  schools  for  girls  exclusively,  containing  380 

pupils.       This    class    of    schools    was    attracting   much    attention 

throughout  India,  both  with  Englishmen  and  the  more  intelligent  of 

the  natives.     "Gentlemen  in  Bombay  subscribed   more   than  $900 

4 


26  MISSION    IN    CEYLON.       TILLIPALLY.  Report, 

for  the  encouragement  of  the  American  missionaries,  in  this  depart- 
ment of  their  work;  of  which  sum  about  one  quarter  was  the  subscrip- 
tion of  Mr.  Elphinstone,  the  late  governor.  This  patronage  was 
the  more  honorable  to  the  mission,  as  it  proceeded  from  a  man  of 
distinguished  abilities,  who  had  witnessed  the  progress  of  the  mis- 
sion from  its  origin. 

A  few  children  were  in  the  families  of  the  missionaries,  for  the 
purpose  of  being  educated  as  beneficiaries;  but,  in  the  present  cir- 
cumstances of  the  mission,  their  number  cannot  be  augmented. 

A  teacher  of  one  of  the  female  schools  died  of  a  pulmonary  con- 
sumption, in  the  month  of  December  last.  This  woman  had  for 
some  time  declared  her  full  belief  in  Christianity;  and  there  are 
pleasing  indications,  that  she  did  not  receive  the  grace  of  God  in 
vain.  Though  surrounded  in  her  last  moments  by  her  heathen  re- 
lations only,  they  declared  that  she  commended  her  departing  spirit 
to  the   Lord  Jesus. 

II.  CEYLON. 

The  period,  embraced  in  the  present  Report,  extends  from  Nov. 
15,  1826,  to  March  5,  1328. 

TILLIPALLY. 

Rev.  Henry  Woodward,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Woodward. 

Charles  Hodge,  Native  Catechist  and  Preacher;  Timothy 
Dwight,  Native  Teacher  in  the  Boarding  School  and  Preacher 
among  the  People;  Asa  McFarland,  Assistant  Teacher  and  Inter- 
preter; Moottoo,  Teacher  of  the  Higher  Tamul  Classes;  Paraman- 
tee,  Teacher  of  the  Lower  Tamul  Classes;  Cyrus  Kingsbury  and 
Cyrus  Mann,  Ccdechists  and  Examiners  of  the  Free  Schools;  Va- 
lupodean,  Tamul  Writer;  Davasagayam,  Assistant  Superintendent 
of  Free  Schools. 

This  last  named  assistant  had  recently  been  engaged  as  the 
agent  of  the  Tillipally  Christian  School  Society — an  institution 
formed  by  pious  native  youths,  for  the  purpose  of  supporting  one  of 
their  number  to  labor  among  the  natives,  at  the  village  of  Erlaly. 

Among  the  encouraging  things  at  this  station,  are  an  increasing- 
disposition  to  attend  public  worship,  greater  earnestness  among  the 
native  converts,  and  an  addition  of  ten  or  twelve  to  their  number. 
Some  particulars  will  be  stated,  under  different  heads,  in  a  summary 
view  of  the  mission. 


t 


1828.  MISSION    IN    CEYLON.       BATTICOTTA.  27 

In  returning  from  Bombay  with  his  wife,  Mr.  Woodward  came 
near  experiencing  shipwreck.  In  this  peril,  he  lost  some  articles  of 
property,  and  especially  his  journals  of  the  preceding  year.  Though 
his  health  was  precarious  and  feeble,  he  was  greatly  strengthened  in 
his  work  by  the  faithful  and  efficient  services  of  the  native  assistants 
under  his  direction. 

BATTICOTTA. 

Rev.  Benjamin  C.  Meigs,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Meigs. 

Rev.  Daniel  Poor,  Missionary  and  Principal  of  the  Mission 
Seminary;  Mrs.  Poor. 

Gabriel  Tissera,  Native  Preacher;  S.  Worcester,  Teacher  of 
English  Grammar;  J.  Edwards,  Teacher  of  Geography;  M. 
Whelpley  and  J.  Codman,  Teachers  of  Arithmetic;  R.  S.  Storrs, 
S.  Church,  P.  W.  Christian,  J.  Matthew,  M.  John,  and  G.  Da- 
shiel,  Teachers  of  oilier  Studies. 

The  Mission  Seminary  continues  to  give  large  promise  of  useful- 
ness. The  fifth  report,  which  brings  down  the  history  of  the  insti- 
tution to  the  close  of  last  year,  contains  much  evidence  that  the  in- 
struction of  youth  in  the  great  principles  of  Christianity,  is  the  wisest 
course  that  can  be  taken,  with  a  view  to  diffuse  a  knowledge  of  the 
Gospel  among  the  people  generally.  The  last  examination  was  at- 
tended, as  several  previous  ones  had  been,  by  Sir  Richard  Ottley, 
now  Chief  Justice  in  Ceylon.  Several  other  gentlemen  connected 
with  the  supreme  court  were  also  present,  besides  the  collector,  the 
district  judge,  all  the  missionaries  in  the  district,  and  several  ladies 
and  gentlemen  from  Jafinapatam. 

At  the  close  of  the  examination,  the  chief-justice  made  an  address 
to  the  students,  in  which  he  expressed  the  gratification  Lhe  had  ex- 
perienced; bore  his  testimony  to  their  diligence,  and  their  ability  to 
learn;  and  assured  them,  that,  so  long  as  they  pursued  this  course, 
the  seminary  would  receive  his  best  wishes  and  his  support.  On 
this  occasion,  he  made  an  additional  donation  of  fifty  pounds  sterling. 
William  Gisborne,  Esq.  collector  of  the  district,  sent  a  note  to  Mn 
Poor,  accompanied  by  a  donation  of  five  guineas,  expressing  his  grat- 
ification with  what  he  had  witnessed,  and  saying  that  'the  zeal  and 
attentive  care  of  the  missionaries  had  already  effected  more  than  the 
most  sanguine  hopes  could  have  anticipated?' 


28  MISSION    IN    CEYLON.       OODOOVILLE.  Reporl, 

The  number  of  students  had  risen  to  sixty  seven,  who  were  dis- 
tributed into  four  classes,  and  pursuing  a  regular  and  liberal  course 
of  study*  It  was  expected  that  the  highest  class,  containing  15 
scholars,  would  leave  the  seminary  in  the  course  of  the  present  year. 
Those  who  were  qualified  for  catechists,  superintendents  of  schools, 
and  ultimately  to  become  preachers  of  the  Gospel,  were  urgently 
needed  for  various  services  in  the  mission.  Indeed,  it  must  be  man- 
ifest that,  so  far  as  these  youths  give  evidence  of  piety,  they  may 
become  most  important  agents  in  the  great  and  diversified  work  of 
communicating  divine  truth  to  their  countrymen. 

Some  progress  had  been  made  in  the  buildings;  but  they  could  not 
be  completed  without  larger  expenditures  than  the  missionaries  felt 
authorized  to  make.  It  is  very  desirable,  that  the  principal  build- 
ing, called  Ottley  Hall,  should  be  finished  soon. 

Those  young  men,  who  are  employed  as  catechists,  monitors,  and 
assistant  teachers,  spend  but  a  part  of  the  time  in  these  employments, 
while  they  devote  the  other  part,  with  great  diligence,  to  qualifying 
themselves  for  higher  services. 

OODOOVILLE. 

Rev.  Miron  Winslow,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Winslow. 

Nicholas  Permander  and  Azel  Backus,  Native  Catechists,  Teach- 
ers and  Extorters. 

The  missionary  labors  at  this  station,  and  some  of  the  others, 
greatly  resemble  those  of  a  parish  minister  in  Christian  countries. 
They  are  so  numerous,  and  so  constantly  necessary,  however,  as  to 
demand  unremitting  attention.  Distinct  and  important  services  must, 
be  performed  every  week,  in  regular  succession;  and  the  care,  which 
devolves  upon  Mr.  Winslow,  as  treasurer  and  accountant  of  the  mis- 
sion, is  not  small.  He  also  directs  the  studies  of  fourteen  pious  na- 
tive youths,  who  are  pursuing  a  regular  theological  course.  His  two 
assistants  spend  a  part  of  every  day  except  the  Sabbath  in  study  or 
writing,  and  the  other  part  in  visiting  the  free  schools,  or  the  people 
from  house  to  hpuse. 

PANDITERIPO. 

Rev.  John  Scudder,  M.  D.  Missionary;  Mrs.  Scudder. 

Martin  Tullar,  Native  Medical  Assistant. 

Samuel  Willis,  T.  W.  Coe,  and  Sinnatampe,  Native  Assistants. 


i  828.  MISSION    IN    CEYLON.       MANErY.  29 

Four  natives  residing  here  have  been  admitted  to  the  church,  and 
one  has  been  excommunicated.  The  free  schools  of  this  station 
were  never  more  nourishing'.  Five  of  the  teachers  are  professors  of 
religion,  and  others  are  deeply  serious.  There  are  many  proofs  that 
the  preaching  of  the  Gospel  is  producing  silent  effects  upon  many, 
who  are  not  brought  under  its  direct  and  powerful  influence.  Tracts 
are  distributed  with  great  industry  and  faithfulness  by  the  native  as- 
sistants. Dr.  Scudder  has  prepared  some  with  particular  reference 
to  Roman  Catholics  in  his  neighborhood.  . 


MANEPY. 

Rev.  Levi  Spaulding,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Spaulding. 
The  names  of  the  native  assistants,  at  this  station,  are  not  given 
in  the  latest  communications.     The  boarding  school  for  girls,  which, 
it  will  be  recollected,  was  established  here  some  years  ago,  is  under 
the  special  superintendence  of  Mrs.  Spaulding. 


GENERAL    STATE    OF    THE    MISSION. 

It  seems  necessary,  with  a  view  to  brevity  and  clearness,  and  in 
order  to  avoid  repetition,  that  a  summary  view  should  be  given  of  the 
progress  of  correct  knowledge  and  evangelical  truth,  in  this  district. 

The  Church.  In  the  course  of  the  year  previous  to  the  last  in- 
telligence, about  20  native  converts  were  admitted  to  a  public  pro- 
fession of  religion.  A  considerable  number  of  other  individuals 
were  serious  and  inquiring,  and  a  favorable  opinion  respecting  them 
was  entertained  by  the  missionaries.  The  whole  number  of  church 
members,  who  had  been  gathered  from  among  the  heathen,  was  120; 
of  whom  several  had  died  witnessing  a  good  confession,  and  a  few 
had  been  excluded  for  improper  conduct.  Just  one  hundred  were 
alive,  and  in  good  standing,  on  the  24th  of  January  last;  including 
14,  who  had  been  that  day  admitted.  Of  these  newly  admitted 
members,  five  were  schoolmasters,  five  were  lads  in  the  preparatory 
school,  and  two  were  elderly  persons.  The  accession  was  considered 
a  very  valuable  one.  Others  professed  a  desire  to  join  the  church; 
but  the  missionaries  were  not  hasty  in  forming  a  judgment  as  to  the 
piety    of    individuals,    concerning   whom    they    entertained   good 


30  MISSION    IN  CEYLON.       CONGREGATIONS.  Report, 

hopes.  Indeed,  the  proportion  of  those,  who  had  so  far  lapsed  as  to 
incur  church  censure,  from  the  first  admission  of  native  members  till 
the  present  time,  is  much  smaller  than  would  have  been  anticipated 
by  any  one,  who  was  well  acquainted  with  the  character  and  condi- 
tion of  the  people  generally.  It  would  seem  from  various  incidental 
notices,  that  the  young  persons,  who  have  been  admitted  to  the 
church  within  the  five  years  past,  have  preserved  as  fair  a  religious 
character,  and  exhibited  as  many  proofs  of  lively  piety,  as  would  have 
been  expected  from  the  same  number  of  youthful  converts  in  the 
United  States.  They  have  certainly  done  much  more  for  the  direct 
promotion  of  religion  among  their  own  countrymen,  than  is  ever  ex- 
pected from  individuals  of  the  same  age,  in  a  Christian  country. 
These  things  speak  strongly  for  the  fidelity  and  paternal  care  of  the 
missionaries;  and  they  should  operate  as  an  encouragement  to  simi- 
lar care  and  fidelity  in  future  years,  and  in  other  places. 

Congregations.  The  regular  attendants  on  public  worship, 
at  the  different  stations,  are  rather  increasing.  Knowledge  of  the 
Gospel  is  gradually  extending.  Here  and  there  an  individual  ad- 
vanced in  life  is  becoming  thoughtful  on  religious  subjects;  and 
although  the  mass  of  the  people  are  still  devoted  to  idolatry,  it  is 
evident  that  many  have  less  confidence  in  their  system  than  for- 
merly. 

At  Tillipally,  an  important  step  was  taken,  in  September  of  last 
year,  by  the  formation  of  a  Christian  society,  or  congregation,  com- 
posed of  natives  who  are  not  church  members,  but  who  believe  in 
the  truth  of  Christianity  and  wish  to  hear  the  regular  preaching  of 
the  Gospel.  At  a  meeting  held  for  this  purpose,  and  after  a  ser- 
mon appropriate  to  the  occasion,  thirty  three  adults,  (22  males  and 
11  females,)  arose  before  the  audience,  and  made,  in  substance, 
the  following  declaration,  which  they  afterwards  subscribed:  viz. 

That  they  would  do  nothing  directly,  nor  indirectly,  for  the  sup- 
port of  idolatry : 

That  they  would  regard  the  ministers  of  Christ,  and  them  only,  as 
spiritual  guides: 

That  they  would  attend  the  stated  and  occasional  worship  of 
God. 

That  they  would  revere  all  Christian  ordinances,  and  endeavor 
to  bring  others  within  the  influence  of  Christianity:  and 


1828.  MISSION    IN    CEYLON.       EDUCATION.  31 

That  they  would  contribute,  as  the  Lord  should  prosper  them, 
to  aid  in  giving  others  that  Gospel,  the  knowledge  of  which  they 
had  themselves  fully  received. 

The  number  of  worshippers  on  the  Sabbath,  at  this  place  is  from 
600  to  700;  and  in  the  village  of  Vasavalan,  where  Charles 
Hodge  conducts  the  services,  the  congregation  varies  from  250  to 
350.  In  all  the  places  of  regular  worship,  children  of  the  mission 
schools  form  a  large  part  of  the  audience. 


Education.  The  Missionary  Seminary  at  Batticotta  has 
already  been  mentioned.  This  must  stand  at  the  head  of  system- 
atic efforts,  made  by  the  American  missionaries,  for  the  gradual 
and  permanent  illumination  of  the  heathen  around  them.  If  it 
should  please  our  Heavenly  Father  to  smile  upon  the  mission  as 
hitherto,  and  if  the  liberality  of  the  Christian  public  should  furnish 
the  means  of  giving  a  thorough  education  to  an  increasing  number  of 
young  men,  it  is  impossible  to  calculate  the  amount  of  benefits,  which 
this  institution  may  confer  on  Ceylon  and  southern  India.  The  proof 
here  given  of  the  capacity  of  the  natives  is  of  great  value,  both  in 
overcoming  the  prejudices  of  Europeans,  and  in  imparting  confidence 
to  the  natives  themselves.  A  gentleman  in  the  British  civil  service, 
after  visiting  the  seminary,  made  a  handsome  donation,  and  de- 
clared himself  much  in  favor  of  the  institution.  "J^annot,"  said 
he,  "express  the  pleasure  I  have  derived,  from  my  visit  to  your 
mission;  and  I  cannot  but  confess  that  it  has  been  a  means  of  erad- 
icating an  opinion  I  had  formed,  that  the  native  youths  of  Ceylon, 
and  India  in  general,  were  not  capable  of  receiving  knowledge,  in 
its  more  scientific  branches.  Indeed,  I  was  astonished  to  hear 
your  three  classes  of  scholars  go  through  their  examination,  in  the 
elements  of  grammar,  arithmetic  and  astronomy,  with  such  clear- 
ness and  precision."  One  of  the  missionaries,  speaking  of  the  last 
examination,  says,  that  the  class  in  quadratic  equations  and  the 
two  first  books  of  Euclid  did  itself  great  credit. 

But  the  peculiar  importance  of  such  an  institution,  as  part  of  a 
system  of  evangelical  operations,  consists  in  the  preparation  of 
young  men  for  direct  and  efficient  service  as  preachers  of  the  Gospel, 
instructers  in  schools  of  different  grades,  and  general  agents  for  dis- 
tributing books,  and  diffusing  knowledge.     When  we  consider  how 


32  MISSION    IN    CEYLON.       BOARDING    SCHOOLS.  Report, 

much  aid  is  already  derived  from  native  assistants,  who  have  been 
taught  by  the  missionaries,  and  how  much  may  reasonably  be 
expected  from  the  twenty  four  professors  of  religion  now  in  the  sem- 
inary, and  from  the  other  students,  all  of  whom  admit  the  truth  of 
the  Bible  and  see  something  of  its  excellence,  we  cannot  be  suffi- 
ciently thankful,  that  so  much  progress  has  been  made  in  the  attempt 
to  give  the  most  promising  of  the  young  men  a  thorough  education. 

The  preparatory  school  at  Tillipally,  from  which  a  class  is  annu- 
ally selected  for  the  Mission  Seminary,  continues  to  answer  the 
original  design  of  the  boarding  schools.  The  class,  which  was  thus 
selected  and  transferred  in  September  1827,  consisted  of  twenty  four 
of  the  boys,  whose  character  and  standing  seemed  most  likely  to 
secure  a  faithful  use  of  the  higher  advantages  to  be  placed  within 
their  reach.  The  preparatory  school,  as  well  as  the  Mission  Semi- 
nary, is  almost  entirely  composed  of  beneficiaries,  for  whose  support 
provision  has  been  made  by  benefactors  in  the  United  States.  At 
one  time,  during  the  last  year,  it  contained  130  pupils;  but,  after  the 
class  had  been  transferred  to  Batticotta,  and  a  few  others  had  left 
for  various  reasons,  the  number  remaining  in  the  preparatory  school 
was  102. 

When  the  pious  natives  residing  at  this  station  were  assembled, 
Mr.  Woodward  could  look  around  upon  25  or  30  individuals,  from 
the  greater  part  of  whom  he  was  in  the  habit  of  receiving  aid  in  the 
missionary  work.  They  were  competent  to  attend  religious  meetings, 
and  conduct  them  in  a  profitable  manner.  They  visited  the  people, 
distributed  tracts,  and  discharged  the  duties  of  monitors  and  assist- 
ant teachers. 

The  Boarding  School  for  girls  at  Manepy  has  usually  contained 
about  thirty  female  beneficiaries,  supported  by  friends  of  missions  in 
this  country.  At  the  close  of  the  last  year,  there  were  but  27.  The 
professors  of  religion,  in  this  little  youthful  band,  maintain  a  charac- 
ter of  consistent  seriousness  and  apparent  piety;  and  hopes  are 
cherished  for  two  or  three  others,-  that  they  have  made  an  early 
choice  of  their  Saviour  as  the  enduring  portion  of  their  souls. 

The  free  schools  have  been  greatly  increased,  during  the  period 
now  brought  under  review.  A  summary  account  of  them  appears  in 
the  following  table. 


1828. 


SCHEDULE    OP    SCHOOLS    IN    CEYLON. 


33 


1 

tn 
m 

*i  .i 

2  « 

4) 

a 

_I  9  «•* 

■3    «    « 

-^    (•"   T-H 

W         50 

es  of  the  five 
•nary  stations 

ber  of  free  sc 
nder  the   ca 
ach  station. 

ber  of  boys  i 
^hools. 

'So 

Cm 

O 

H 

4) 
J3 

.1  number  of 
ren    in    the 
chools,  Dec. 
827. 

s.a 

£3» 

£  »> 

s 

»  "w     a>  i— 1 

es 

3 

3 

3 

o 

z. 

fc 

1,121 

25 

H 

Tillipally, 

27 

287 

1,408 

Batticotta, 

15 

571 

133 

704 

Oodooville, 

18 

784 

123 

907 

Panditeripo, 

17 

458 

151 

609 

Manepy, 

16 

446 

248 

694 

93 

3,380 

942 

4,322 

The  actual  expense  of  these  free  schools,  as  estimated  by  the 
missionaries,  without  allowing  any  thing  for  their  own  time  and  at- 
tention, but  taking  into  the  account  the  rate  of  exchange,  &c.  was, 
for  the  year  1827,  §2,620  40.  The  whole  number  of  pupils  hav- 
ing been  much  greater  at  the  close  of  the  year  than  at  the  begin- 
ning, the  average  number  on  the  lists,  in  the  different  months,  was 
probably  about  3,800.  The  expense  is  rather  in  proportion  to  the 
number  of  children, 'than  to  the  number  of  schools.  Of  the  93 
schools,  thirteen  are  composed  of  girls  only;  thirty  four  of  boys  only; 
and  the  remaining  forty  six  have  children  of  both  sexes.  The 
rapid  progress  made  in  obtaining  female  pupils,  notwithstanding  the 
inveterate  prejudices  of  the  people  on  that  point,  is  quite  unexpect- 
ed. It  would  seem  that  this  prejudice  must  speedily  give  way  to 
Christian  effort,  in  every  part  of  India. 

The  expense  of  supporting  and  teaching  the  beneficiaries  in  the 
boarding  establishments,  viz.  in  the  Mission  Seminary,  67;  in  the 
preparatory  school,  102;  and  in  the  boarding  school  for  girls,  27; 
— making  196  in  the  whole,  was  $3,177,  during  the  last  year. 
This  sum  gives  the  expense  of  each  beneficiary  for  food,  clothing, 
stationary,  &c.  to  have  been  $16  21,  not  allowing  any  thing  for 
the  buildings,  at  the  several  stations,  nor  for  the  time  and  atten- 
tion of  the  missionaries,  nor  for  the  necessary  library  and  apparatus. 

A  few  beneficiaries  have  left  these  schools,  and  a  few  others  have 
been  taken  into  them;  arid  it  is  the  intention  of  the  Committee, 
and  of  the  missionaries,  that  others  shall  be  taken,  till  the 
whole  number,  now  provided  for,  shall  have  received  an  education. 
This  cannot  be  done  for  several  years  to  come.  The  Committee 
would  not  recommend,  therefore,  that  any  new  provision  should  be 
5 


34  CEYLON    MISSION.       MISCELLANEOUS    NOTICES.  Report, 

made  for  the  support  of  individuals  of  either  sex,  till  those,  for  whom 
payments  have  already  been  received,  shall  have  been  all  selected, 
and  shall  have  made  some  advances  in  the  progress  of  their  educa- 
tion. 

Miscellaneous  notices.  The  first  missionaries  in  this  field 
have  now  been  engaged  in  their  labors  with  the  heathen  more  than 
ten  years;  and  their  brethren,  who  came  subsequently  to  their  aid, 
about  eight  years.  All  are  more  and  more  attached  to  their  work. 
While  they  have  seen  great  changes  wrought,  favorable  to  the 
missionary  cause;  and  while  they  have  witnessed  the  effects  of  di- 
vine truth  brought  to  bear  upon  the  consciences,  hearts,  and  lives 
of  natives,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  give  a  lively  representation 
of  what  will  hereafter  be  generally  witnessed;  they  wish  the  com- 
munity, in  their  native  land,  to  be  cautioned  against  supposing  the 
great  work  to  be  already  accbmplished.  The  mass  of  the  people, 
even  in  the  district  of  Jaffna,  are  but  little  affected  with  what  they 
have  heard  of  Christianity.  An  extensive  and  powerful  influence 
of  the  Holy  Spirit  mnst  be  experienced,  before  nations,  or  even 
villages,  shall  be  born  in  a  day. 

The  rice  harvest  of  last  year  was  abundant  to  a  degree  almost 
unparalleled;  and  the  people  seemed  to  take  courage  in  the  prac- 
tice of  idolatry,  and  to  plunge  into  dissipation  and  vice.  Their 
attention  was  arrested,  however,  by  an  unseasonable  and  most  vio- 
lent rain,  of  four  days  continuance,  by  which  the  whole  country  was 
covered  with  water,  and  much  injury  done  to  property  and  life. 
They  appeared  to  feel  for  the  time,  that  there  is  a  universal  prov- 
idence, and  that  they  were  in  the  hands  of  God.  Four  youths  in 
the  preparatory  school  were  drowned,  at  this  time,  in  attempting 
to  wade  from  one  village  to  another. 

The  new  press,  which  had  been  presented  to  the  mission  by  a 
gentleman  in  Connecticut,  is  in  operation  at  Nellore;  and  the  hand- 
some donation  of  paper,  which  had  been  received  from  Henry  Hud- 
son, Esq.  of  Hartford,  was  first  subjected  to  its  power,  and  applied 
to  the  furnishing  of  tracts,  school-books,  &c.  which  were  greatly 
needed. 


18'23.  COUNTRIES    AROUND    THE    MEDITERRANEAN.  35 


III.     WESTERN  ASIA. 

The  countries  around  the  Mediterranean  are,  from  year  to  year, 
regarded  with  deeper  interest,  by  all  who  are  looking1  for  the  pros- 
perity of  Zion.  Soon  after  the  last  annual  meeting-  of  this  Board, 
when  our  minds  had  been  particularly  directed  to  Greece  as  a  most 
interesting  field,  and  when  the  prayers  of  many  were  ascending  for 
the  deliverance  of  its  oppressed  and  suffering  inhabitants,  the  battle 
ofNavarino,  in  an  unexpected  moment,  changed  the  gloomy  aspect  of 
political  affairs,  and  gave  reason  to  hope  for  a  speedy  termination 
of  the  war.  Partial  relief  has  indeed  been  gained;  and  the  present 
critical  state  of  the  Ottoman  empire  induces  the  Christian  to  look 
for  events  highly  favorable  to  the  progress  of  truth.  It  especially 
becomes  missionary  societies  to  regard  all  the  changes,  which  are 
taking  place,  as  designed  in  the  overruling  providence  of  God,  to 
prepare  the  way  for  the  establishment  of  the  Redeemer's  kingdom. 
With  this  view  of  things,  the  enlightened  friends  of  their  species 
should  stand  ready  to  seize  the  earliest  opportunities  of  conveying 
spiritual  blessings  to  those  countries,  whence  the  light  of  true  re- 
ligion originally  shone  upon  the  other  nations  of  the  earth. 

MALTA. 

Rev.  Daniel  Temple,  Missionary. 

Mr.  Homan  Hallock,  Printer;  Mrs.  Hallock. 

This  island  is  obviously  the  best  place  for  the  operation  of  mission 
presses,  which  are  designed  to  exert  an  influence  in  countries  around 
the  Mediterranean.  The  time  may  not  be  distant,  however,  when 
Greece  will  afford  an  excellent  location  for  one  printing  establish- 
ment, and  some  city  in  Asia  Minor  for  another. 

From  a  full  statement  of  the  operations  of  the  American  mission 
press  here,  brought  down  to  the  month  of  November  last,  it  appears, 
that  the  number  of  books  and  tracts  printed  before  that  time  was 
106;  viz.  62  in  Modern  Greek,  43  in  Italian,  and  one  in  Greco- 
Turkish.  The  average  number  of  pages  of  the  Greek  publications 
was  56,  and  of  the  Italian  33.  A  portion  of  the  tracts  had  been 
printed  in  second  and  third  editions;  the  whole  number  of  the  edi- 
tions being  130.  Not  quite  two  thirds  of  the  tracts  printed  had 
then  been  issued  from  the  depository;  but,  in  the  subsequent  months, 


35  western  asia.     beyroot.  Report, 

large  quantities  had  been  sent  to  Greece  and  the  Levant.  During 
the  last  winter  and  spring,  the  press  was  kept  constantly  at  work; 
but  the  particulars  have  not  been  communicated. 

The  Pope  exercises  a  most  active  vigilance  to  prevent  the  circu- 
lation of  tracts  in  Italian;  and  it  is  no  easy  matter  to  persuade  the 
members  of  the  Romish  church,  in  any  part  of  the  world,  to  read  and 
think  for  themselves. 

The  Church  Missionary  Society,  and  the  London  Missionary  So- 
ciety, have,  each  of  them,  a  press  at  Malta,  employed  in  sending 
abroad  useful  works;  not  merely  those  of  a  strictly  religious  charac- 
ter, but  some  of  the  best  modern  specimens  of  school-books. 

In  the  course  of  last  winter,  the  Committee  authorized  and  request- 
ed Mr.  Temple  to  visit  the  United  States.  They  wished  that  he 
might  have  an  opportunity  of  bringing  his  two  surviving  children,  and 
placing  them  in  some  proper  situation;  and  that  he  might  spend  some 
time,  in  visiting  different  parts  of  our  country,  to  present  the  cause  of 
missions  before  churches  and  congregations.  Though  this  proposal 
met  the  approbation  of  Mr.  Temple,  yet  he  thought  it  not  best  to 
leave  Malta,  till  Mr.  Smith  should  have  returned  thither.  On  the 
arrival  of  Mr.  Smith  and  the  other  missionaries  at  Beyroot,  about  the 
middle  of  June,  Mr.  Temple  made  preparations  to  leave,  and  arrived 
in  Boston,  with  his  children,  on  the  19th  of  last  month. 

Mr.  Hallock  has  been  married  to  Mrs.  Andrews,  the  widow  of 
the  printer,  who  was  in  the  employment  of  the  Church  Missionary 
Society;  and  is  now,  at  his  own  request,  engaged  permanently  in 
the  service  of  the  mission. 

There  has  been  so  little  change,  in  the  ordinary  labors  of  this  sta- 
tion, that  no  description  of  these  labors,  in  addition  to  what  has  ap- 
peared in  former  reports,  need  be  given. 

BEYROOT. 

Rev.  William  Goodell,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Goodell. 

Rev.  Isaac  Bird,  Missionary ;  Mrs.  Bird. 

Rev.  Eli  Smith,  Missionary. 
The  period  embraced  in  the  present  Report  extends  from  March 
13,  1827  to  May  2,  1828.  Though  the  events  connected  with  this 
station  may  have  less  the  aspect  of  novelty,  than  they  had  in 
former  years,  it  is  doubtful  whether  they  are  in  themselves  less  in- 
teresting.    The  truth  seems  to  take  hold  of  the  consciences  of  men, 


18l28.  PROHIBITION    OF   THE    SCHOOLS.  37 

in  this  region,  with  extraordinary  efficacy.  Those  who  receive  it  in 
love  are  willing'  to  make  great  sacrifices  for  it;  and  those,  who  set 
themselves  in  determined  opposition  to  its  progress,  do  not  cease  to 
exhibit  the  most  bitter  hostility.  There  is  a  third  class  composed  of 
those,  whose  interests  or  passions  are  less  directly  attacked,  and 
who  look  upon  the  missionaries  and  their  labors  with  greater  or  less 
disapprobation,  as  circumstances  alter. 

In  the  early  part  of  last  year,  the  bishop  of  Tyre  and  Sidon, 
whose  name  is  Gerasimus,  had  broken  up  several  schools,  which  had 
been  established  and  were  supported  by  the  missionaries.  His  let- 
ter to  the  people  of  the  villages,  in  which  the  schools  had  been  form- 
ed, abounds  in  violent  invectives  against  the  protestants  and  all  their 
operations.  In  his  order  to  the  agent  for  the  schools,  he  professes 
to  act  under  the  direction  of  the  patriarch  of  Antioch.  These  eccle- 
siastics, it  is  to  be  remembered,  belong  to  the  Greek  church,  and  are 
strongly  opposed  to  many  of  the  errors  of  the  Papacy. 

As  Mr.  Nicolayson,  a  missionary  to  the  Jews,  was  about  going  to 
the  place  where  the  patriarch  resides,  Mr.  Bird  wrote  a  statement 
concerning  the  schools  to  be  laid  before  him;  and  subsequently, 
on  the  23d  of  March,  Mr.  Bird  despatched  a  formal  letter  to  the 
patriarch,  on  the  same  subject,  accompanied  by  an  introductory  let- 
ter from  Zachariah,  bishop  of  Akkar,  who  had  always  acted  a 
friendly  part  to  the  missionaries.  In  this  introductory  letter,  bishop 
Zachariah  specifies  six  important  articles,  in  which  the  Protestants 
are  in  agreement  with  the  Greek  church,  and  in  opposition  to  the 
Romish. 

The  patriarch  addressed  an  immediate  and  respectful  answer  to 
Mr.  Bird,  denying  that  he  had  ever  prohibited  the  schools,  and  inti- 
mating that  he  had  only  yielded  to  the  objections  of  the  people,  in 
suggesting  that,  for  the  sake  of  peace,  the  schools  should  be  given 
up.  He  also  spoke  highly  of  the  books  distributed  by  the  missiona- 
ries, and  pronounced  them  such  as  are  universally  received  in  that 
country.  These  dignitaries  of  the  church  did  not  agree  at  all  in  their 
account  of  the  matter;  and  it  is  quite  apparent,  that  the  higher  and 
the  lower  classes  of  Western  Asia  generally  give  very  different  rep- 
resentations of  the  same  things,  as  they  are  addressing  different  in- 
dividuals or  communities. 

About  the  middle  of  April  an  alarm  was  spread,  that  the  plague 
was  at  Damascus,  and  would  soon  be  at  Beyroot.  The  missionaries 
thought  it  prudent  to  establish  a  rigid  quarantine  for  their  families, 


$8  DISTURBANCE    AT    EHDEN.  JRepoW, 

which  they  observed  for  several  months.  The  plague  did  arrive,  as 
had  been  anticipated,  and  proved  very  destructive.  At  one  time,  it 
appeared  in  the  family  of  Mr.  Bird,  a  child  being  seized  with  it, 
whose  mother  had  been  employed  as  a  nurse.  It  was  three  days 
before  provision  could  be  made  to  have  the  child  removed;  and  then 
it  was  ascertained,  that  the  woman  had  the  disease  also.  Both  re- 
covered, however,  and  the  families  of  Messrs.  Bird  and  Goodell  ex- 
perienced an  entire  preservation  from  this  calamity,  except  that  they 
must  have  suffered  from  alarm,  apprehension,  and  confinement. 

Among  the  persons,  who  had  for  some  time  been  interested  in  the 
teaching  of  the  missionaries,  was  a  young  shekh,  Naami  Latoof  by 
name,  whose  father  resided  at  Ehden,  a  village  within  a  few  miles 
of  Cannobeen,  the  seat  of  the  Maronite  patriarch.  As  Mr.  Bird 
wished  to  reside  for  a  time  in  the  hill-country,  for  the  sake  of  a  cooler 
atmosphere,  he  selected  Ehden  as  the  place  of  retirement,  and  car- 
ried a  letter  to  the  Emeer  Ameen,  a  chief  of  authority  in  that 
region,  from  his  father  the  Emeer  Besheer.  Shekh  Naami  accom- 
panied Mr.  Bird  and  family,  introducing  them  to  his  father's  house, 
where  they  were  hospitably  received.  This  was  on  Friday,  the  3d 
of  August. 

The  next  day  toward  evening,  as  Mr.  Bird  returned  from  a  walk, 
he  found  the  village  in  motion,  as  though  something  important  was 
about  to  take  place.  Soon  after  he  had  entered  the  dwelling  of  his 
kind  entertainer,  a  priest  approached,  and  read  in  the  hearing  of  the 
people  a  letter  of  excommunication,  directed  by  the  Maronite  patri- 
arch against  shekh  Latoof,  on  account  of  his  having  received  Mr. 
Bird  into  his  house,  who  was  alleged  to  have  been  brought  thither 
to  work  mischief.  It  appeared  probable  that  shekh  Peter,  the  prin- 
cipal man  of  the  village,  and,  though  brother-in-law  of  shekh  Latoof, 
his  bitter  enemy  and  successful  rival,  had  sent  a  message  to  the 
patriarch  to  give  him  notice  of  the  fact,  that  a  Bible-man,  under 
English  protection,  was  about  to  spend  some  weeks  in  this  Maron- 
ite village.  Soon  after  the  letter  of  excommunication  had  been  read, 
an  attack  was  made  by  shekh  Peter's  followers,  upon  several  mem- 
bers of  shekh  Latoof's  family,  in  the  course  of  which  Latoof  himself 
received  a  severe  contusion  on  his  head,  and  his  wife's  mother  had 
her  wrist  broken. 

A  proclamation  was  issued  the  same  day  by  the  patriarch,  ad- 
dressed to  the  Maronites  of  that  district,  and  to  several  villages  by 
name,  in  which  the    excommunication  of  Latoof  and  his  family  is 


18'2o.  DEPARTURE    OP    MR.    BIRD    FROM    EHDEN.  39 

mentioned,  and  the  people  are  all  forbidden  to  receive  Mr.  Bird  and 
his  family  into  any  house  or  place  whatever,  or  to  do  them  any  sort 
of  service,  or  afford  them  any  sort  of  assistance.  To  the  credit  of 
the  kind  and  tender  feelings  of  the  bishop  of  Ehden  it  should  be  re- 
corded, that  when  this  proclamation  was  read  in  his  church,  his  sen- 
sibility received  such  a  shock  that  he  fainted,  and  did  not  recover 
his  health  for  weeks  afterwards. 

The  Sabbath  was  spent  in  quiet;  but  in  the  evening  Mr.  Bird 
learned,  apparently  from  an  authentic  source,  that  the  patriarch  had 
written  to  the  village  a  most  vehement  letter,  informing  the  people 
that  they  must  persecute  the  Bible-man  from  the  place,  even  though 
it  should  be  necessary  to  kill  him,  and  imprecating  upon  any  one, 
who  should  not  aid  in  this  work,  that  the  heavens  over  his  head 
might  be  as  brass,  and  the  earth  iron  under  his  feet.  There  were 
several  indications,  moreover,  that  shekh  Peter  was  willing  to  pro- 
ceed again  to  acts  of  violence. 

Early  on  Monday  morning,  Mr.  Bird  thought  prudence  required 
that  he  should  leave  the  house  of  Latoof,  upon  whom  so  much  re- 
proach, and  suffering,  had  already  been  brought  by  what  was  in- 
tended to  have  been  at  least  a  harmless  visit.  With  one  attendant, 
having  commended  Mrs.  Bird  and  the  children  to  God,  he  went  to  a 
neighboring  village,  hoping  to  experience  hospitality  from  a  relative 
of  the  Latoof  family.  This  relative,  however,  was  so  alarmed  at 
the  aspect  of  affairs,  that  he  was  not  willing  to  see  the  two  fugitives; 
but  he  kindly  sent  them  some  refreshments  into  the  field,  where  they 
spent  the  day  under  the  shade  of  a  pear  tree.  Toward  night  an 
intimation  was  sent  to  them,  that  it  might  not  be  safe  to  spend  the 
night  where  they  were,  as  several  men  from  Cannobeen  and  Ehden 
were  in  the  house  of  the  only  man,  to  whom  they  were  looking  for 
protection;  and  he  might  not  be  able  to  restrain  those,  who  were 
stimulated  by  their  ecclesiastical  rulers.  Under  the  influence  of 
this  monition,  Mr.  Bird  and  his  attendant  sought  shelter  in  a  Greek 
convent,  which  they  reached  late  in  the  evening,  much  exhausted 
with  their  walk.  Not  finding  a  convenient  resting  place  in  this  con- 
vent or  its  neighborhood,  they  returned  to  Tripoli,  (about  fifteen 
miles  from  Ehden,)  where  they  arrived  on  Wednesday  evening,  and 
were  kindly  received  by  the  English  vice-consul. 

By  the  kindness  of  shekh  Mahommed,  a  chief  of  mild  and  amia- 
ble manners,  Mr.  Bird  obtained  leave  to  reside  in  the  village  of 
Bawhyta,  where  Mrs.   Bird  and  the  children  joined  him,  after  an 


40  RESIDENCE    OF    MR.    BIRD    AT    BAWHYTA.  Report, 

anxious    separation  of  ten  days.     In  the  mean  time,   the  English 
'  consul  at  Beyroot,  in  accordance  with  his  long  tried  friendship,  took 
all  the  measures  in  his  power  to  prevent  ill    consequences  from  the 
disturbance  at  Ehden. 

It  was  the  practice  of  Mr.  Bird,  while  at  Bawhyta,  to  converse 
with  the  villagers  on  the  subject  of  the  Scriptures  and  of  religion. 
They  some  times  heard  him  read  in  the  Gospels,  and  seemed  not  at 
all  inclined  to  manifest  any  hostile  feelings  towards  him.  Within 
a  few  days,  excommunications  fresh  from  Cannobeen  were  read  in 
the  neighboring  villages,  and  soon  after  in  Bawhyta,  with  a  view 
to  deter  the  people  from  holding  any  intercourse  with  Mr.  Bird,  and 
from  giving  any  protection  or  comfort  to  his  family.  But  these 
measures  appear  to  have  had  little  effect,  unless  it  were  to  make 
the  patriarch  unpopular  by  exciting  inquiry  into  his  conduct  and 
motives.  It  was  not  uncommon  for  one  and  another  of  the  people 
to  admit,  that  the  patriarch  was  in  the  wrong,  and  that  there  was 
no  occasion  for  persecuting  the  mission  family.  It  was  objected  to 
Joseph  Latoof,  a  brother  of  Naami,  that  he  had  been  the  cause  of 
much  infidelity;  in  other  words,  that  the  discussions,  which  had 
recently  been  going  on,  had  weakened  the  confidence  of  the  people 
in  the  ecclesiastical  system  of  the  country. 

During  the  residence  at  Bawhyta,  Naami  and  his  father  had 
several  interviews  with  the  patriarch,  the  particulars  of  which  are 
detailed  with  much  spirit.  The  pride,  selfishness,  and  malice  of 
ecclesiastics,  in  corrupt  and  superstitious  churches,  would  be  incred- 
ible, if  the  proof  were  not  various  and  undoubted. 

In  October,  Mr.  Bird  visited  the  cedars  of  Lebanon,  and  the  cel- 
brated  ruins  of  Balbec;  and,  in  the  course  of  the  autumn,  returned 
with  his  family  to  Beyroot.  From  the  account  which  he  gives  of 
the  country  back  of  Tripoli,  between  the  sea  and  mount  Lebanon, 
with  its  hills,  vallies,  plains,  and  lively  streams,  it  is  easy  to  see 
that,  with  a  good  government,  and  under  the  influence  of  true  re- 
ligion, these  regions  would  be  immensely  populous,  prosperous  and 
happy. 

Asaad  Esh  Shidiak  remained  in  prison  down  to  the  latest  dates. 
His  sufferings  were  much  mitigated,  as  he  was  allowed  food  of  a 
good  quality,  a  comfortable  room,  and  to  converse  occasionally  with 
some  of  his  friends.  He  remained  unshaken  in  his  attachment  to 
the  word  of  God,  and  in  his  disregard  of  human  inventions  and  tra- 
ditions.    He  rejoiced  greatly  when  informed  of  Mr.  Bird's   arrival 


1828.  WESTERN    ASIA.       BATTLE    OP    NAVARINO.  41 

at  Elulen,  hoping  and  believing  that  Christian  truth  would  spread 
there,  and  in  the  neighboring  villages.  It  was  acknowledged  on 
all  hands,  that  Asaad  would  not  utter  a  falsehood.  This  trait  in 
his  character  was  a  prodigy.  According  to  all  that  had  been 
known  of  human  nature,  in  these  parts  of  the  world,  a  man  in  prison 
and  in  imminent  danger  of  death,  would  assent  to  any  thing  and 
promise  any  thing,  for  the  sake  of  escaping  from  his  perilous  situa- 
tion; and  afterwards,  he  would  not  feel  himself  bound  at  all,  by 
promises  and  oaths,  made  in  such  circumstances.  The  persever- 
ance and  fidelity  of  this  sufferer,  though  considered  insane  obstinacy 
by  many,  would  be  likely  to  produce  a  happy  effect  on  the  minds  of 
others.  Should  he  ever  be  liberated  from  the  grasp  of  the  patriarch, 
he  will  be  able  to  compose  a  narrative  of  no  ordinary  interest,  and 
one  which  will  have  an  important  influence  upon  the  minds  of  men. 

At  the  time  when  the  affair  at  Ehden  became  known  at  Beyroot, 
Mr.  Goodell  was  about  removing  with  his  family  to  Der  Kalaat, 
nine  miles  in  the  country,  with  the  design  of  residing  there  a  few 
weeks,  in  the  sanae  house  with  the  English  Consul.  The  Emeer 
Besheer  sent  a  particular  request  that  Mr.  Goodell  might  not  go 
thither,  expressing  a  fear  that  some  commotion  would  be  the  con- 
sequence. In  September,  however,  the  family  was  sent,  including 
the  Armenians,  who  were  in  the  service  of  the  mission.  Mr.  Good- 
ell occasionally  visited  the  place,  though  rather  privately.  It  would 
seem  that  the  family  returned  to  Beyroot  in  October. 

On  the  7th  of  November,  the  news  of  the  battle  of  Navarino  was 
brought  to  Beyroot  by  a  French  corvette.  Sudden  flight  seemed 
necessary  to  avoid  the  apprehended  fury  of  the  inhabitants.  Mr. 
Goodell  sent  to  the  English  consul  for  advice,  and  made  prepara- 
tions, in  the  darkness  of  night,  for  an  early  departure  the  next 
morning  to  Mansoorea,  a  village  of  Greeks,  six  or  seven  miles  dis- 
tant. All  arrived  there  in  safety,  and  afterwards  returned  to  Bey- 
root without  apprehension.  In  July  of  last  year,  the  principal  for- 
eign residents  at  Beyroot,  after  much  deliberation,  sent  a  special 
message  to  Constantinople,  requesting  the  English  Ambassador  to 
afford  them  protection  in  any  sudden  emergency.  An  answer  was 
returned,  importing  that  war  would  probably  be  averted;  but  that, 
if  this  should  not  be  the  case,  the  petitioners  should  not  be  forgotten. 
The  missionaries  were  included  in  this  application.  They  also 
caused  their  exposed  state  to  be  communicated  to  the  commander 
of  the  American  squadron  in  the  Mediterranean;  and  capt.  Downes, 
6 


42  WESTERN    ASIA.       TRANSLATIONS.  Report, 

who  commands  the  frigate  Java  in  the  Levant,  expressed  a  readi- 
ness to  do  all  in  his  power  to  give  them  an  asylum,  if  one  should 
be  necessary. 

The  Armenian  ecclesiastics,  who  were  mentioned,  in  the  last 
Report,  as  employed  in  preparing  books  and  translations,  continue 
to  sustain  a  truly  Christian  character.  Each  of  them  has  written 
an  account  of  himself,  including  a  description  of  his  former  faith  and 
practice,  and  of  the  state  of  morals  and  religion  among  the  clergy 
of  the  Armenian  church.  These  documents  bear  intrinsic  marks 
of  authenticity,  and  give  a  most  deplorable  view  of  the  depravity 
into  which  professed  Christians  may  sink,  while  they  wear  a  sanc- 
timonious exterior,  and  are  superstitiously  devoted  to  rites  and 
forms. 

The  following  articles  have  for  some  time  been  ready  for  the  press ; 
and  will  be  printed,  as  soon  as  the  types  for  the  Turkish  Armenian 
shall  be  received:  viz. 

1.  The  Four  Gospels,  translated  with  great  care  by  Mr.  Good- 
ell  and  Carabet,  and  revised  the  fifth  time.  Mr.  Goodell  thinks 
the  Greek  is  more  closely  followed  in  this  translation,  than  in  any 
other  within  his  knowledge,  Carabet  being  very  scrupulous  on  that 
point. 

2.  A  sermon  on  a  "New  Heart  the  child's  best  Portion,"  by  the 
Rev.  George  Burder,  translated  by  Mr.  Goodell  and  Wortabet. 

3.  A  sermon  on  the  Lord's  Prayer,  by  Mr.  Burder,  translated 
by  Mr.  Goodell  and  Wortabet. 

4.  A  sermon  on  Thy  kingdom  come,  written  by  Wortabet,  at 
Mr.  Goodell's  request. 

5.  A  sermon  on  "Christ  the  way  to  God  and  Heaven,"  by  Mr. 
Burder;  translated  by  Mr.  Goodell  and  Wortabet. 

6.  A  sermon  on  "the  Great  Salvation,"  written  by  Mf. 'Goodell,. 
and  translated  by  himself  and  Wortabet. 

7.  Mr.  King's  Farewell  Letter,  with  alterations  and  additions,, 
so  as  to  make  it  more  suitable  for  the  Armenians. 

8.  Little  Henry  and  his  Bearer. 

Mr.  King's  Letter  and  some  other  tracts  had  been  extensively 
circulated  in  manuscript,  more  than  a  year  ago.  An  English  and 
Turkish  Armenian  Grammar  was  nearly  ready  for  the  press:  and 
considerable  progress  had  been  made  in  preparing  an  English  Turk- 
ish Armenian  Dictionary,  which  would  be  rendered  more  and  more 
complete  by  the  advancing  labors  of  the  missionaries. 


J8l28.  BEYROOT.       MISCELLANEOUS    NOTICES.  43 

Mr.  Smith  has  spent  the  year  past  in  the  diligent  study  of  Arabic, 
for  which  he  has  possessed  great  advantages.  It  is  probable 
he  may  now  be  just  entering  upon  the  management  of  the  Arabic 
press,  at  Malta,  aided  by  Wortabet,  of  whose  piety  he  has  expressed 
a  very  favorable  opinion. 

Such  has  been  the  political  agitation  in  this  part  of  the  world,  and 
such  the  persecuting  spirit  of  the  various  Christian  sects,  that  the 
schools,  which  had  been  organized  in  so  promising  a  manner,  have  all 
been  discontinued.     The  last  school  mentioned  by  the  missionaries 
was  kept  at  Tripoli,  during  three  months,  in  the  summer  of  last  year. 
It  contained  30  boys  and  51  girls.     Tannoos,  who  had  been  employ- 
ed as  a  schoolmaster  at  Beyroot,  and  had  long  stood  on  the  list  of 
inquirers,  was  thought  to  give  satisfactory  evidence  of  true  religion. 
The  hopes   which  had  been  entertained  respecting  Naami  Latoof 
above  mentioned  and  Joseph  Lufloofy,  two  young  men  of  good  talents, 
were  sadly  weakened  by  a  quarrel  with  each  other,  into  which  they 
had  fallen.     Another  young  man,  in  whose  moral  character  Messrs. 
Bird  and  Goodell  had  confidence,  and   who   had  been  recommended 
by  them  to  the  German  missionaries  for  employment,  was  charged 
with  misconduct  at  Aleppo;  and   the  rumor  soon  reached  Beyroot. 
Pains  were  taken  to  ascertain  whether  there  was  any  ground  for 
the  imputation,  and  the  young  man  was  dismissed,  though  stoutly  as- 
serting his  innocence.     The  standard  of  morality  has,  from  time  im- 
memorial, been  so  low  here,  the   practice  of  hypocrisy  has  been  so 
common,  and  the  inducements  to  it  are  often  so  strong,  that  a  long 
trial  seems  requisite  to  give  the  desired  assurance  of  a  stable  char- 
acter. 

Girgis,  the  Abyssinian,  accompanied  the  German  missionaries 
from  Beyroot  to  Safed  and  thence  to  Jerusalem.  He  afterwards 
went  with  them  to  Cairo,  and  early  in  November  last  was  about  en- 
tering his  native  country,  which  was  then  involved  in  war.  He  ap- 
peared to  be  a  truly  devout  man,  and  was  greatly  endeared  to  all 
the  missionaries,  who  had  associated  with  him. 

Asaad  Jacob,  a  youth  of  the  Greek  church,  concerning  whom 
good  hopes  were  entertained  some  time  since,  has  been  prevailed 
upon  by  his  countrymen  to  withdraw  from  the  society  of  the  mission- 
aries; and,  to  silence  his  own  conscience,  has  indulged  in  bitter 
speeches  against  them.  Indeed,  none  can  be  expected  to  remain 
stedfast,  but  those,  who  have  sufficient  strength  of  principle  to  for^ 


44  THE    LEVANT.       MISCELLANEOUS    NOTICES.  RefJOrt, 

sake  their  relatives,  and  suffer  the  loss  of  all  things,  for  the  sake  of 
Christ. 

On  the  2d  day  of  May  last,  the  missionaries  left  Beyroot,  and  ar- 
rived at  Malta  with  their  families  in  June.  This  measure  was 
adopted  very  reluctantly,  after  full  deliberation,  and  as  a  matter  of 
strict  necessity.  The  British  consul  had  embarked  in  great  haste, 
supposing  himself  to  be  in  imminent  personal  danger.  The  mission- 
aries were  left,  therefore,  without  a  shadow  of  protection  from  any 
human  authority.  Among  the  reasons  for  quitting  Beyroot  were  the 
prospect  of  the  war,  which  has  since  been  commenced  and  which  must 
be  attended  with  great  insecurity,  the  difficulty  of  holding  any  com- 
munication with  other  places,  and  the  impracticability  of  obtaining 
the  necessary  funds  for  support.  There  was  an  advantage,  also,  in 
bringing  to  Malta  the  only  members  of  the  mission,  who  are  capable 
of  superintending  the  Turkish  Armenian  press,  which  was  ready  to 
go  into  operation  there.  The  two  Armenian  ecclesiastics,  who  have 
been  sometime  in  the  family  of  the  missionaries,  came  to  Malta  with 
them.  Pharez  esh  Shidiak,  who  had  been  at  Malta  more  than  a 
year,  was  considered  in  imminent  danger  of  falling  into  a  pulmonary 
consumption. 

It  was  intended  that  Mr.  Bird,  with  some  other  missionary,  should 
return  to  Beyroot,  as  soon  as  the  political  state  of  things  would  per- 
mit. 

THE    LEVANT. 

Mr.  Gridley,  having  spent  the  winter  and  spring  of  last  year  at 
Smyrna,  and  in  visiting  the  populous  places  in  its  vicinity,  set  out 
early  in  June  on  a  journey  to  Cappadocia,  where  he  expected  to 
spend  the  summer,  and  whence  he  designed  to  return  in  the  fall. 
The  objects,  which  he  had  in  view,  are  thus  described  by  himself. 
"My  objects  are  to  acquire  the  Turkish,  the  language  spoken  by 
perhaps  half  the  Greeks  in  Turkey; — to  ascertain,  as  far  as  I  can, 
the  state  of  education  among  the  Greeks  of  the  interior; — to  exam- 
ine their  schools,  and  learn  what  school-books  would  be  acceptable 
and  useful; — and  to  find  the  best  modes  of  introducing  them,  when  we 
have  them  prepared." 

Mr.  Gridley  was  accompanied  by  his  teacher,  whose  name  is 
Abraham,  and  whose  father  lived  in  a  village  of  Cappadocia,  near 
Kaisarea  the  capital.     This  place  is  about  400  miles  due   east  of 


1828.  DEATH    OF    MR.  GRIDLEY.  45 

Smyrna,  in  latitude  38  degrees  and  a  half  north,  at  the  foot  of 
mount  Argeus.  The  journey  was  performed  on  horseback,  and  oc- 
cupied 2 1  days.  Mr.  Gridley's  health  was  much  improved  by  it. 
The  temperature  of  June,  while  he  was  travelling  through  Ana- 
tolia, was  found  to  be  as  cool  as  that  of  May  in  New  England. 
He  had  the  opportunity  of  learning  that  a  medical  man  could 
easily  relieve  much  human  suffering,  and  often  at  a  small  ex- 
pense of  time  and  medicine.  He  acquired  useful  information,  in  his 
course,  respecting  the  kind  of  school-books,  which  would  be  required 
On  his  arrival  at  the  place  of  his  temporary  residence,  he  was  favor- 
ably situated  for  the  acquisition  of  the  Turkish  language,  to  which  he 
applied  himself  with  great  alacrity,  and  perhaps  with  too  great  sedu- 
lity. In  the  month  of  August,  he  was  affected  with  a  morning  head 
ache  of  some  continuance,  which  at  length  yielded  to  abstinence  and 
exercise. 

On  the  13th  of  September,  he  executed  a  purpose,  which  he  had 
long  cherished, — that  of  ascending  mount  Argeus,  from  the  top  of 
which,  as  Strabo  asserts,  the  Black  Sea  and  the  Mediterranean  may 
be  discerned  in  a  clear  day.  Mr.  Gridley  had  six  attendants;  but 
when  the  ascent  became  steep,  he  quickly  left  them  far  behind.  Being 
a  man  of  uncommon  agility,  he  continued  to  mount  with  great  speed 
till  he  reached  nearly  the  highest  peak,  in  the  region  of  perpetual 
snow,  where  he  stood  some  time  and  viewed  the  scene.  He  then 
descended,  with  all  possible  rapidity;  and  joined  his  companions,  in  a 
state  of  great  exhaustion.  The  exertions-  of  the  day  must  have  oc- 
cupied twelve  or  fourteen  hours,  and  were  too  great  for  any  constitu- 
tion. The  highest  peak  is  estimated  to  be  13,000  feet  above  the 
sea;  and  the  region  of  everlasting  snow  must  probably  be  at  least 
10,000  feet  above  the  plain  of  Kaisarea. 

The  next  day  Mr.  Gridley  was  seized  with  a  head-ache,  which  re- 
turned regularly  till  it  was  attended  with  a  settled  fever.  This  in- 
creased in  violence  till,  on  the  15th  day  from  the  ascent  of  the  moun- 
tain, it  terminated  in  death.  '  The  progress  of  the  disorder  was  so 
insidious,  that  the  patient  does  not  appear  to  have  been  aware  of  his 
true  situation.  He  gave  no  intimation,  that  he  thought  himself  in 
imminent  danger. 

Abraham  rendered  all  the  assistance  in  his  power,  and  felt  deeply 
afflicted  at  the  decease  of  his  friend.  The  funeral  was  attended  by 
many  Greeks,  who  had  learned  to  respect  the  character  and  the  vir- 
tues of  the  stranger.     A  monument  was  erected  over  the  grave,  with 


46  pursuits  of  MR.  brewer.  Report, 

an  inscription,    composed   by  Abraham,  in  English,    Greek,    and 
Turkish. 

Thus,  at  the  age  of  thirty  one,  fell  this  soldier  of  the  cross,  in  the 
very  commencement  of  that  warfare,  for  which  he  had  been  so  long 
preparing.  The  native  characteristics  of  his  mind  were  resolution, 
promptness,  and  generosity;  and  it  is  believed  that  these  qualities 
were  sanctified  by  grace,  and  consecrated  to  the  service  of  Christ. 
Being  of  a  temper  somewhat  impetuous,  he  did  not  always  stop  to 
weigh  consequences,  and  it  is  evident  that  there  was  a  degree  of 
imprudence  in  the  extreme  effort,  which  brought  on  his  last  sickness. 
The  removal  of  a  well  qualified  missionary,  who  had  for  years  been 
acquiring  a  thorough  education  for  that  high  service,  is  a  great  loss 
and  a  severe  disappointment;  and  every  such  case  should  lead  the 
directors  and  friends  of  missions  to  consider  well  what  it  is,  in  the 
administration  of  these  affairs,  or  rather  in  the  conduct  of  all  human 
affairs,  that  renders,  such  discipline  necessary. 

The  latest  intelligence  from  Mr.  Brewer,  which  had  been  received 
previously  to  the  last  Report,  left  him  at  Constantinople,  Feb.  28, 
1827.  On  the  15th  of  March,  he  took  up  a  residence  for  several 
months  at  Prinkipo,  (or  Prince's  islands,)  with  a  view  of  studying 
the  Jewish  Spanish.  In  this  pursuit,  however,  he  never  became 
fairly  engaged,  as  the  teacher,  whose  services  he  had  expected,  was 
still  confined  at  Constantinople.  The  prospect  of  gaining  access  to 
the  Jews  became  daily  more  unfavorable;  and  Mr.  Brewer  thought  it 
his  duty  to  turn  his  attention  to  some  more  general  field  of  mission- 
ary labor.  The  Turkish,  being  spoken  extensively  by  all  classes  of 
people,  through  a  large  and  populous  region,  seemed  to  be  a  lan- 
guage of  special  importance  to  an  evangelical  laborer,  in  these  parts. 
The  Rev.  Mr.  Hartley,  from  the  Church  Missionary  Society,  join- 
ed Mr.  Brewer  in  this  pursuit;  but,  being  soon  after  called  away  to 
Smyrna,  and  Mr.  Brewer  being  interrupted  by  applications  for  med- 
ical aid,  and  afterwards  by  his  own  ill  health,  but  little  progress 
was  made  in  the  study  of  the  language.  His  teacher  was  employed, 
under  his  direction,  in  translating  tracts  into  Graeco-Turkish;  and, 
toward  the  close  of  his  stay,  some  attention  was  given  to  modern 
Greek. 

The  political  state  of  affairs  appearing  likely  to  be  more  and 
more  disturbed,  on  the  14th  of  September  Mr.  Brewer  left  Constan- 
tinople for  Greece.     He  had  distinctly  in  view  the  establishment  of 


1828.  GREECE.       DISTRIBUTION    OP    TRACTS.  47 

deposits  for  the  Bible  and  Tracts,  and  the  distribution  of  the  Scrip- 
tures personally,  with  the  acquisition  of  such  a  knowledge  of  the 
actual  state  of  Greece,  as  should  facilitate  the  labors  of  missionaries 
in  that  field;  or  at  least  such  a  knowledge,  as  might  aid  American 
Christians,  in  deciding  what  it  becomes  them  to  do  for  a  people, 
who  have  survived  unparalleled  sufferings,  and  who  seem  to  be 
specially  deserving  of  moral  cultivation. 

Arriving  at  Syra,  toward  the  close  of  September,  and  visiting, 
(with  Mr.  Hartley,)  Mycone,  Delos,  Tirios,  and  other  places,  he 
went  to  Smyrna  the  last  of  November.  In  the  mean  time,  the 
great  battle  had  taken  place,  which  has  been  already  alluded  to, 
and  hope  once  more  dawned  upon  the  land,  which  seemed  on  the 
verge  of  utter  desolation. 

From  Smyrna,  Mr.  Brewer  went  to  Malta  in  December,  and  re- 
turned to  the  Archipelago  about  the  close  of  January,  taking  with 
him  30,000  tracts,  the  greater  part  of  which  were  put  into  circu- 
lation under  his  auspices,  in  Milo,  Samos,  Candia,  and  other  islands, 
and  in  the  Morea.  Sixteen  hundred  copies  of  the  Modern  Greek 
Testament,  which  had  been  committed  to  Mr.  Brewer  by  Mr.  Leeves, 
were  distributed  in  the  places  above-mentioned,  and  in  Hydra,  and 
Napoli.  At  Mycone,  thirty  copies  were  purchased  almost 'immedi- 
ately. Tracts  had.  been  distributed  by  Mr.  Brewer,  at  various 
places,  in  the  vicinity  of  Constantinople,  among  the  Greek  popula- 
tion; and  in  sufficient  quantities  to  show,  that  they  are  uniformly 
received  with  greediness,  even  in  circumstances  of  entire  publicity. 
It  was  ascertained  by  subsequent  inquiry,  that  while,  in  some  in- 
stances, the  books  thus  distributed  were  read  with  great  interest, 
till  the  contents  were  almost  committed  to  memory,  in  other  instan- 
ces, they  were  read  but  little.  In  all  cases,  however,  they  appear 
to  be  carefully  preserved. 

While  residing  at  Prinkipo,  Mr.  Brewer  endeavored  to  improve 
the  condition  of  the  schools  among  the  Greeks.  By  his  exertions, 
about  50  pupils,  mostly  girls,  were  taken  into  these  schools,  notwith- 
standing the  existing  prejudice  there  against  the  education  of 
females.  In  the  Greek  islands,  it  was  very  satisfactorily  ascer- 
tained, that  schools  for  mutual  instruction  may  be  instituted  with 
the  best  hopes  of  success.  At  Syra,  particularly,  an  experiment, 
on  a  small  scale,  had  been  made;  and  a  wealthy  merchant  was  pre- 
paring a  room  for  the  accommodation  of  a  large  number  of  pupils. 
Mr.  Brewer  had  engaged  a  teacher,  and  left  funds  to  bear  the  ex- 


48  EDUCATION    OF    GREEK    YOUTHS.  Report, 

penses  of  the  school  till  the  present  time.  He  defrayed  various 
charges  on  account  of  schools  in  other  islands  also;  and  was  of 
opinion,  that  the  first  efforts  should  be  directed  to  training  teach- 
ers, and  that  Greece  opened  a  most  promising  field  for  the  various 
labors,  which  are  necessary  to  introduce  knowledge  in  connexion 
with  true  religion. 

Mr.  Brewer  left  the  Greek  islands  the  latter  part  of  March,  re- 
mained at  Smyrna  till  the  2nd  of  May,  and  then  embarked  for  the 
United  States.  Touching  at  Malta,  on  his  way,  he  arrived  in  Bos- 
ton July  17th.  When  Mr.  Brewer  went  abroad,  it  was  with  the 
understanding  that  he  should  return,  after  an  absence  of  two  or 
three  years.  As  the  disturbances  in  the  Turkish  empire  rendered 
it  peculiarly  difficult  to  gain  access  to  Jews,  and  as  he  thought 
the  present  a  more  favorable  time,  than  any  future  period  would 
probably  be,  to  fix  upon  a  plan  of  permanent  labor,  he  deemed  it 
advisable  not  to  delay  his  voyage  across  the  Atlantic  longer. 


GREEK  YOUTHS. 

The  four  Greek  young  men,  who  were  mentioned  in  the  last 
Report  as  being  members  of  Yale  College,  continue  to  retain  a  good 
standing  in  that  institution. 

One  who  was  a  member  of  the  junior  class  in  Amherst  College, 
returned  to  Malta  last  winter,  in  consequence  of  urgent  applications 
from  his  parents  and  friends.  His  father  was  supposed  to  be  in  a 
consumption,  which,  however,  proved  not  to  be  the  case.  The 
name  of  this  youth  is  Nicholas  Petrokokino.  He  possesses  fine 
talents,  and  is  thought  to  give  evidence  of  piety.  It  is  much  to  be 
regretted,  that  his  education  should  have  been  interrupted,  though 
there  is  reason  to  hope  that,  by  a  residence  of  nearly  four  years  in 
this  country,  he  acquired  principles  and  habits,  which  will  render 
him  eminently  useful  to  his  own  people. 

Prassus  and  Anastasius  have  recently  entered  Amherst  College. 
Perdicari,  having  received  an  offer  to  become  an  assistant  teacher 
in  Mount  Pleasant  school  at  Amherst,  was  advised  by  the  Commit- 
tee to  engage  in  that  employment,  and  thus  provide  for  himself,  while 
he  is  acquiring  an  education.  Paspati  is  a  member  of  the  same 
school;  and  his  teachers  and  friends  cannot  but  hope,  that  he  has 
become  truly  pious  within  a  few  months  past. 


f828.  AGENCY  OP  MR.  KING.  49 

Mr.  Brewer  brought  with  him  a  young  man,  who  had  possessed 
uncommon  advantages  for  getting  a  knowledge  of  the  Greek  clas- 
sics, and  who  had  shown  himself  capable  of  rapid  intellectual  im- 
provement. It  seemed  desirable,  that  he  should  have  the  opportu- 
nity of  becoming  acquainted  with  our  institutions,  and  should  receive 
an  education  at  one  of  our  colleges.  For  the  purpose  of  going 
through  the  preparatory  course  of  study,  he  has  been  placed  in  Mon- 
son  academy.  The  name  of  this  young  man  is  Evangelinos  Sopho- 
cles; his  age  about  twenty  one. 

AGENCY   OF   MR.    KING. 

The  Board  will  not  need  to  be  reminded,  that  the  Rev. 
Jonas  King  imparted  a  lively  interest  to  the  last  annual  meeting, 
he  having  recently  returned  to  this  country  from  his  missionary 
labors  in  the  Mediterranean.  Soon  after  the  meeting,  he  engaged 
as  an  agent  of  the  Committee,  appointed  by  friends  of  missions  in 
the  city  of  New  York,  to  solicit  an  extraordinary  subscription  in 
aid  of  the  Board.  In  the  execution  of  this  agency,  he  visited  a  few 
of  the  principal  places  in  the  state  of  New  York,  and  then  made 
a  tour  of  the  southern  and  middle  states,  which  occupied  the  time 
till  the  last  of  April.  Mr.  Edward  N.  Kirk^  who  had  previously 
been  a  laborious  and  successful  agent  of  the  Board,  was  associated 
with  Mr.  King  in  these  services. 

A  vessel  being  about  to  sail  for  Greece  with  contributions 
from  the  benevolent  in  this  country,  ladies  in  the  city  of  New  York 
applied  to  Mr.  King,  requesting  that  he  would  aid  in  the  distribution 
of  American  bounty;  and  then  engage  in  evangelical  labors.  To 
afford  regular  patronage  a  society  of  ladies  was  formed;  and  Mr. 
King  went  abroad  as  their  agent  and  missionary,  it  being  supposed, 
that  some  peculiar  advantages  would  be  derived! from  such  an  ar- 
rangement. 

Mr.  King  touched  at  Malta  in  July,  and  proceeded  in  the  vessel 
to  his  ulterior  destination. 


IV.    THE  SANDWICH  ISLANDS. 

The  period  embraced  in  this  Report  is  a  little  more  than  nine 
months;  namely,  from  the  17th  of  March,  to  the  19th  of  December, 
1827.  The  progress  of  the  mission  has  been  steady  and  encouraging. 
7 


50  sandwich  islands,     honoruru.  Report, 

The  opposition  of  visiters  and  foreigners  resident  at  the  islands,  was 
rather  exasperated  than  diminished.  All  this,  however,  was  a  proof 
that  the  truth  was  gaining-  strength. 


HONORURU. 

Rev.  Hiram  Bingham,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Bingham. 

Rev.  Joseph  Goodrich,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Goodrich. 

Mr.  Levi  Cha.mher\a.in  f  Superintendent  of  Secular  Concerns. 
It  is  a  most  interesting  fact,  that  nearly  all  the  highest  chiefs  are 
friendly  to  the  missionaries;  and  those,  who  have  the  principal  influ- 
ence, are  consistent  and  steadfast  in  their  profession  of  the  Christian 
faith,  and  exemplary  in  their  lives.  Several  of  these  chiefs  have  be- 
come more  decided  in  their  character  within  the  year  past.  This  is 
the  more  thankfully  to  be  acknowledged,  as  uncommon  pains  have 
been  taken  to  mislead  them  and  pervert  their  minds. 

During  last  autumn,  the  high  chiefs  of  all  the  islands  were  con- 
vened at  Honoruru  to  consult  respecting  certain  complaints  of  for- 
eigners. While  thus  together,  they  seized  the  opportunity  of  enact- 
ing laws  against  murder,  theft,  and  adultery,  which  were  adopted 
unanimously,  and  ordered  to  be  printed  immediately.  Three  other 
laws  against  flagrant  immoralities  and  injurious  practices  were  pro- 
posed, and  ordered  to  be  published  for  further  consideration  and  the 
information  of  the  people.  These  measures  were  taken,  in  the  face 
of  the  most  violent  opposition  on  the  part  of  foreigners,  and  in  spite 
of  the  grossest  falsehoods  and  misrepresentations,  with  respect  to  the 
character  and  motives  of  the  missionaries  and  the  laws  and  usages  of 
Christian  countries. 

The  port  of  Honoruru  is  visited  by  more  than  a  hundred  vessels 
annually,  most  of  them  whale-ships.  In  the  spring  and  fall,  there 
are  sometimes  more  than  twenty  of  these  ships  in  port  at  once,  con- 
taining 400  or  500  seamen.  Some  •  ships  remain  in  port  three  or 
four  months  at  a  time.  A  few  captains  and  others  have  shown 
themselves  friendly  to  the  missionaries  and  to  the  cause  of  morality; 
and  instances  of  this  kind  have  always  been  acknowledged  with  grat- 
itude. But  the  mass  of  the  sea-faring  men,  who  touch  here,  includ- 
ing the  masters  with  their  crews,  exert  a  most  deadly  influence 
against  every  thing,  which  tends  to  the  true  honor  and  happiness  of 
the  people.  It  may  be  questioned,  whether  there  is  a  place  in  the 
world,   where   so  much  flagitious  wickedness  is  concentrated,  and 


18°28.  OPPOSITION    TO    THE    MISSION.  51 

where,  with  so  little  restraint  of  conscience  and  principle,  it  is  direct- 
ed so  plainly  and  openly  against  the  cause  of  God  and  his  church,  as 
is  unhappily  the  case  at  this  station.  When  it  is  considered,  that 
these  numerous  visiters  have,  necessarily,  constant  intercourse  with 
some  of  the  chiefs  and  many  of  the  people;  that  their  views  are  sec- 
onded by  the  depraved  inclinations  of  the  human  heart;  that  uncivil- 
ized men  always  feel  their  inferiority,  when  brought  into  contact  with 
men  from  civilized  countries;  that  efforts  to  deceive,  to  allure,  to  de- 
bauch, to  degrade  these  poor  islanders,  are  made  with  unremitting 
zeal  and  pertinacity;  and  that  no  external  means  are  at  hand  to  re- 
sist this  flood  of  evil,  except  what  are  under  the  direction  of  a  small 
band  of  missionaries,  often  comprising  but  one  ordained  preacher  of 
the  Gospel,  even  he  being  sometimes  compelled  to  leave  his  post  by 
ill  health  and  other  causes; — when  all  these  things  are  considered, 
it  is  a  matter  of  special  wonder,  that  divine  truth  has  been  brought 
to  bear  upon  the  minds  of  so  many  natives,  and  that  so  much  has 
been  achieved  in  favor  of  education,  good  morals,  and  religion. 

The  unfavorable  influence,  which  has  been  described,  has  had  the 
effect  of  diminishing  the  number  of  pupils  in  the  schools  at  this  place, 
and  of  the  attendants  on  public  worship.  Yet,  Mr.  Chamberlain 
gives  it  as  his  deliberate  judgment,  that  the  cause  of  truth  is  gain- 
ing ground.  Its  friends  are  becoming  more  decided;  and  many  of 
the  natives  are  sufficiently  intelligent  to  see  the  character  of  the 
opposition  in  all  its  deformity. 

In  the  forenoon  of  the  Sabbath,  the  number  of  worshippers  is 
generally  about  2,000;  and  this  number  is  maintained,  even  in  the 
absence  of  ordained  preachers,  the  services  being  then  conducted 
principally  by  natives.  Some  additions  are  made  to  the  church;  and 
considerable  numbers  are  desirous  of  that  privilege.  The  mission- 
aries still  feel  it  safest  to  be  very  cautious,  as  to  the  admission  of 
hopeful  converts  to  a  profession  of  religion. 

At  a  social  meeting  of  chiefs  in  December  last,  held  by  in- 
vitation at  the  mission  house,  nearly  all  the  high  chiefs  of  the  islands 
were  present.  Of  twenty  one  thus  met,  ten  were  members  of  the 
church,  and  two  others  were  publicly  announced  as  received  for  ad- 
mission. All  the  remainder  were  ready  to  give  their  influence  in 
favor  of  schools  and  of  salutary  laws ;  and  for  the  basis  of  these  laws 
all  united  in  receiving  the  revealed  will  of  God. 

Though  the  schools  at  Honoruru  are  languishing,  in  comparison 
with  those  at  other  places,  yet,  at  the  last  examination,  of  which 


52  SANDWICH    ISLANDS.       SCHOOLS    AND    THE    PRESS.       Report, 

accounts  have  been  received,  the  pupils  showed  considerable  pro- 
ficiency, especially  in  regard  to  correctness.  The  examination  was 
not  intended  to  be  a  general  one,  embracing  all  the  scholars;  but 
rather  for  those,  who  had  made  some  advances.  The  writers  on 
slates  were  brought  forward  in  a  solid  column  of  about  400.  Laa- 
nui,  a  chief  of  singular  excellence  and  amiableness,  gave  out  a  sen- 
tence to  be  written  down,  which  was  done  immediately,  with  scarcely 
an  inaccuracy  in  spelling. 

A  committee  for  inspecting  the  schools  had  been  appointed  with 
the  full  approbation  of  the  chiefs.  It  consisted  of  sixteen  young 
men,  selected  from  the  best  native  teachers,  three  of  them  members 
of  the  church,  and  others  hopefully  pious.  They  were  to  make  a 
circuit  of  the  islands  once  in  two  months,  examining  the  schools, 
encouraging  the  teachers,  suggesting  improvements,  and  consulting 
the  good  of  the  scholars  and  the  people  generally.  The  effect  of 
the  first  visit  was  an  increased  application  for  books,  and  much  benefit 
was  anticipated  from  the  measure. 

The  press  has  not  been  employed  as  much  as  it  would  have  been, 
if  there  had  been  a  missionary  printer  at  the  station.  Mr.  Bing- 
ham had  many  cares  and  duties,  besides  those  which  belonged  to 
the  printing  office;  and  he  was  obliged  to  leave  Honoruru,  for  a 
while,  on  account  of  his  health.  In  the  fall,  Mr.  Goodrich  was 
removed  from  Waiakea  hither,  and  will  take  charge  of  the  printing- 
department.  At  the  last  dates,  he  was  striking  off  a  new  edition  of 
hymns, — a  small  tract,  or  hand-bill,  containing  the  new  laws, — and 
the  Gospel  of  Luke,  the  translation  of  which  was  in  progress.  This 
first  edition  was  to  contain  10,000  copies. 

It  was  in  July,  that  Mr.  Bingham  went  to  Hawaii  for  relaxation 
from  severe  labor  and  for  the  restoration  of  his  strength.  Kuakini, 
the  governor,  (commonly  called  John  Adams,)  kindly  offered  him 
a  residence  on  the  high  grounds,  four  miles  back  of  the  coast.  This 
appeared  to  afford  such  a  change  of  climate  as  will  be  likely  to 
give  relief  in  all  similar  cases.  At  an  elevation  of  about  1,600 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  the  temperature  is  moderate,  the 
range  being  from  53  to  74  of  Farenheit,  and  the  average  68; — a 
degree  of  heat,  which  is  as  favorable  to  health,  perhaps,  as  any 
other  that  can  be  mentioned.  This,  it  will  be  observed,  was  at  the 
warmest  season  of  the  year. 

After  spending  some  time  in  this  retirement,  Mr.  Bingham  stop- 
ped at  Lahaina,  where  he  made  a  visit  of  some  weeks,  and  returned 


1828.  WAIMEA    IN    TAUAI.       LAHAINA.  53 

to  his  station  in  November.  Mr.  Whitney  was  at  Honoruru,  dur- 
ing a  part  of  last  year,  but  removed  back  to  Waiakea  for  the  health 
of  Mrs.  Whitney,  which  had  failed  on  the  warm  plain  of  Oahu. 

WAIMEA. 

The  last  Report  mentioned,  that  this  station,  which  is  on  the 
island  of  Tauai,  was  left  for  a  season,  and  till  the  mission  should 
receive  a  reinforcement.  As  soon  as  circumstances  will  permit, 
Mr.  Whitney,  and  perhaps  Mr.  Ruggles,  will  return  thither. 

From  incidental  notices  of  other  stations,  it  appears  that  Kaikio- 
eva,  the  governor,  of  Tauai,  has  been  very  faithful  in  his  exertions 
to  promote  the  improvement  of  the  people,  and  to  resist  the  over- 
bearing wickedness  of  foreigners.  He  urgently  needs  all  the  as- 
sistance, which  could  be  derived  from  the  faithful  preaching  of  the 
Gospel,  and  the  spiritual  counsels  of  an  intelligent  and  faithful  friend. 
It  is  a  most  affecting  spectacle  to  behold  these  partially  instruct- 
ed chiefs  struggling  to  maintain  good  order,  and  to  introduce  Chris- 
tian usages,  against  the  machinations  and  threats  of  men  from  civ- 
ilised countries,  who  boast  their  superior  knowledge  and  refinement, 
while  they  are  in  fact  ignorant  of  all  that  relates  to  their  own  best 
interests,  and  abandoned  to  low  and  criminal  gratifications. 

LAHAINA. 

Rev.  William  Richards,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Richards. 
Stephen  Pupuhi,  Robert  Hawaii,  and  Tana,  Native  Assistants. 

In  a  circuit  of  the  western  parts  of  Maui,  which  was  made  by  Mr. 
Richards  last  year,  he  was  every  where  received  with  great  kind- 
ness and  treated  with  great  respect.  He  was  accompanied  by  Mrs. 
Richards,  and  by  Nahienaena,  the  young  princess.  He  preached 
often,  solemnized  many  marriages,  inspected  schools,  and  returned 
from  his  tour  highly  gratified  and  'cheered,  in  view  of  the  wide  field 
of  usefulness,  which  lay  open  before  him.  His  only  regret  was, 
that  the  laborers  were  so  few. 

The  schools  are  in  a  flourishing  condition;  and  such  is  the  fond- 
ness for  reading,  that  it  is  supposed  10,000  copies  of  a  small  book 
would  sell  in  this  island  alone,  if  payment  could  be  taken  in  the 
produce  of  the  land. 


54  SANDWICH    ISLANDS.       CAPTAIN    CLARK.  Report, 

The  missionary  family  at  this  station  had  suffered  inconvenience 
and  exposure  of  health  by  residing  four  years  in  a  house  like  those 
of  the  natives,  thatched  on  the  sides  as  well  as  the  roof.  A  framed 
house  would  have  arrived  from  the  United  States,  if  conveyance 
could  have  been  obtained.  Mr.  Richards  thought  it  advisable  to 
erect  a  stone  house  of  moderate  dimensions,  one  story  and  a  half 
high.  The  walls  were  composed  of  a  soft  stone  laid  in  mortar, 
which  promised  to  be  durable. 

This  new  building  had  just  begun  to  be  occupied,  when  it  came 
near  being  battered  down  by  the  cannon  of  an  English  whale-ship. 
The  occasion  was  as  follows. 

Two  or  three  females  had  been  enticed  on  board  a  ship  in  the 
harbor,  named  the  John  Palmer,  commanded  by  a  captain  Clark, 
said  to  be  a  native  American.  The  laws  of  the  place  had,  for  three 
years  previously,  forbidden  women  to  go  on  board  vessels  for  the 
purpose  of  prostitution;  and  the  existence  of  these  laws  was  per- 
fectly well  known  to  all,  as  they  were  a  constant  subject  of  com- 
plaint against  the  government,  on  the  part  of  the  visiters,  and  as 
,  they  had  been  rigidly  enforced  from  their  first  enaction. 

Hoapiri,  the  governor  of  the  island,  being  informed  that  the  women 
were  on  board,  demanded  them  of  the  captain,  proposing  to  send  on 
board  himself,  and  search  for  them.  This  demand  was  repeated 
three  days  in  succession,  and  was  at  first  evaded,  and  then  ridiculed 
by  the  captain.  The  governor  was  determined  that  the  laws  should 
be  executed,  and  that  the  rights  of  the  natives  should  not  be  thus 
disregarded.  He  therefore  told  captain  Clark,  that  unless  he  caus- 
ed the  women  to  be  brought  on  shore,  he  should  not  be  permitted 
to  return  to  his  vessel.  This  threat  not  producing  any  effect,  un- 
less it  were  to  exasperate  the  captain,  Hoapiri  directed  his  men  to 
remove  the  ship's  boat  from  the  beach;  giving  the  assurance,  at 
the  same  time,  that  the  captain  should  be  perfectly  safe,  and  should 
be  released  as  soon  as  the  women  were  sent  on  shore. 

About  this  time,  there  were  repeated  communications  with  the 
ship  by  other  boats,  and  the  captain  gave  permission  to  his  officers 
and  men  to  fire  upon  the  town  if  they  saw  fit,  unless  he  were  releas- 
ed in  an  hour.  This  was  the  state  of  things,  when  the  affair  came 
to  the  knowledge  of  the  mission  family,  in  which  Mr.  Bingham,  his 
wife  and  children,  were  then  visiters.  Mr.  Richards  thought  it 
his  duty  to  attempt  a  mediation;  and  by  his  advice,  the  governor 
at  last,  though  slowly  and  very  reluctantly,  released  captain  Clark, 
just  before  the  threatened  firing  began.    Five  cannon  balls  were  dis- 


1828.  OUTRAGE  AT  LAHAINA.  55 

charged,  all  of  them  in  the  direction  of  the  mission  house ;  but  when 
the  issue  of  the  negociation  was  known,  the  firing  ceased. 

The  mission  families,  perceiving  that  the  balls  passed  at  no  great 
distance,  took  refuge  in  the  cellar.  The  next  morning  it  was  as- 
certained, that  one  nine  pound  shot  must  have  passed  within  a  few 
feet  of  the  roof.  In  giving  his  permission  to  fire  upon  the  town, 
captain  Clark  requested  his  men  to  raise  their  guns,  so  as  not  to 
injure  the  missionaries;  but  how  long,  or  how  accurately,  this  cau- 
tion would  have  been  regarded,  cannot  now  be  known. 

These  events  took  place  on  the  23d  of  October  last.  The 
captain  had  stipulated,  on  his  being  released,  that  he  would 
settle  the  matter  the  next  morning;  but  he  left  the  place  immediately 
for  Oahu,  paying  no  attention  to  his  promise,  and  carrying  the 
women  with  him. 

This  wanton  outrage  upon  the  rights,  and  the  peace  of  an  unoffend- 
ing people,  who  are  struggling  to  rise  to  civilization  and  a  state  of 
correct  public  morals,  must  occasion  grief  to  every  true  philanthropist, 
and  awaken  emotions  of  shame  for  those,  who  go  from  a  Christian 
land,  and  use  their  superior  knowledge  and  power  to  diffuse  and  per- 
petuate human  suffering.  It  is  very  clear  that  Hoapiri  was  perfectly 
justifiable  in  the  course  he  took.  The  despatch  which  he  wrote  to 
his  superior  at  Oahu,  is  remarkable  for  its  perspicuity,  and  its  firm 
and  manly  tone.  It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  the  English  consul, 
instead  of  reprehending  captain  Clark,  should  have  thrown  all  the 
blame  upon  the  governor.  Such  conduct  on  the  part  of  this  public 
agent  creates  no  surprise,  however,  as  he  has,  for  some  time  past, 
thrown  all  his  influence  into  the  scale  of  vice  and  disorder,  and 
against  efforts  of  every  kind  for  the  benefit  of  the  natives. 

KAIRUA. 

Rev.  Asa  Thurston,  Missionary ;   Mrs.  Thurston. 

Rev.  Artemas  Bishop,  Missionary ;  Mrs.  Bishop. 
In  a  letter  dated  Oct.  10,  1827,  which  is  the  last  received  from 
this  station,  the  missionaries  say,  that  the  year  preceding  had  been 
a  season  of  uninterrupted  prosperity  in  the  discharge  of  their  duties, 
as  preachers  of  the  Gospel  to  the  heathen.  Knowledge  of  the  word 
of  God  has  increased,  schools  have  been  multiplied,  and  progress 
has  been  made  in  the  translations.  The  number  of  attendants  on 
public  worship,  in  the  large  church  of  this  station,  is  between  two 


56  sandwich  islands,     waiakea.  Report, 

and  three  thousand.  A  school  for  the  training  of  teachers  was 
commenced,  continued  for  a  while,  and  was  about  to  be  resumed. 
Eighty  teachers  attended  this  preparatory  school.  The  neighbor- 
ing districts  have  been  visited  twice  in  the  year,  the  schools  exam- 
ined, and  the  people  encouraged  to  every  good  work.  On  the 
Sabbath,  which  the  missionary  spent  in  the  district  of  Kohala,  he 
preached  morning  and  evening  to  an  assembly  of  5,000  people.  The 
pupils  in  most  of  the  schools  have  not  only  learned  to  read,  but  have 
committed  to  memory  the  greater  portion  of  the  tracts,  which  the 
mission  has  printed.  In  those  parts,  which  are  seldom  visited  by  a 
missionary,  the  people  assemble  in  their  school-houses  on  the  Sab- 
bath, and  repeat  the  catechism,  the  decalogue,  and  such  passages  of 
Scripture,  as  they  have  committed  to  memory.  The  meetings  are 
then  concluded  with  prayer  by  the  teachers.  The  eagerness  of  the 
people  to  learn  may  be  seen  from  the  single  fact,  that  some  little 
historical  catechisms,  furnished  by  one  and  another  of  the  missiona- 
ries, have  been  copied  from  the  manuscripts  by  the  natives,  and 
taught  to  most  of  the  scholars.  The  number  of  learners,  in  schools 
under  the  superintendence  of  this  station,  is  not  known  exactly;  but 
is  estimated  at  6,000. 

The  greater  part  of  the  time  of  the  missionaries  here  was  occu- 
pied with  the  translations,  for  some  months  before  the  letter  was 
written.  They  had  translated  the  Gospel  of  John,  and  had  revised 
the  eighteen  last  chapters  of  Matthew.  Mr.  Ely  had  been  associ- 
ated with  them  in  these  labors.  Interruptions  had  been  experienced 
from  ill  health,  particularly  by  the  female  members  of  the  family. 

waiakea. 

Rev.  Samuel  Whitney,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Whitney. 

Mr.  Samuel  Ruggles,  Teacher;  Mrs.  Ruggles. 

John  Honorii,  Native  Assistant. 
The  mission  families  live  in  two  houses,  built  after  the  manner  of 
the  natives.  A  decent  house  for  public  worship  has  been  erected 
near  the  enclosure  of  Mr.  Goodrich.  It  will  contain  1,000  wor- 
shippers, and  is  generally  filled  on  the  Sabbath.  Mr.  Chamberlain 
states,  that  he  has  seen  no  congregations  in  the  island  more  order- 
ly, than  those  he  witnessed  here. 

Maalo,  the  head  man    of  one    division  of  the  district,  is  very 
friendly;  which  is  the  more  remarkable,  as  he  was  at  first  rather 


1823.  KAAVAROA.       GENERAL    NOTICES.  57 

distant  and  regardless  of  the  mission.  On  the  return  of  Mr.  Rug- 
gles  to  the  station,  he  made  a  present  of  native  cloth  worth  fifty 
dollars. 

KAAVAROA. 

Rev.  James  Ely,  Missionmnj;  Mrs.  Ely. 
Thomas  Hopu,  Native  Assistant. 

In  October  last,  Mr.  Ely  made  a  circuit  through  a  large  district 
at  the  south  of  his  station.  The  chief  furnished  the  necessary 
means  of  conveyance,  and  prepared  the  way  for  a  favorable  recep- 
tion. All  the  existing  schools  were  visited,  and  arrangements  were 
made  for  the  erection  of  school-houses,  where  none  had  been  pre- 
viously built. 

The  firm  hold  which  Christianity  has  gained,  in  the  minds  of  the 
people  of  Kaavaroa,  where  Mr.  Ely  had  resided  not  quite  four  years, 
may  be  seen  from  the  fact,  that  valuable  goods  are  left  unguarded 
in  an  open  shed,  by  night  as  well  as  by  day,  without  apprehension, 
and  without  actual  loss.  Before  the  introduction  of  the  Gospel,  the 
natives  were  universally  nddicted  to  stealing.  The  people  of  the 
village  are  regular  in  attending  public  worship;  and,  at  a  populous 
neighborhood  three  or  four  miles  back  from  the  coast,  where  Mr. 
Ely  spent  some  time,  about  2,000  attended  preaching  on  the  Sab- 
bath, in  the  shade  of  a  grove. 

GENERAL    NOTICES. 

The  Gospels  of  Matthew,  Mark,  and  John,  having  been  trans- 
lated and  revised,  were  sent  to  this  country  for  printing,  and  have 
safely  come  to  hand.  The  Gospel  of  Luke  is  probably  completed 
at  the  mission  press,  and  already  in  the  hands  of  the  people.  The 
reason  of  sending  any  translations  to  xA.merica  to  be  printed  is,  that 
the  work  cannot  be  done  with  sufficient  expedition  by  the  portion 
of  missionary  labor,  which  can  be  employed  in  the  printing  depart- 
ment, even  after  the  second  press  shall  be  in  use. 

The  number  of  tracts  and  school-books  worked  off,  since  Mr. 
Loomis,  the  printer  of  the  mission,  was  compelled  by  ill  health  to 
leave  the  islands,  is  very  considerable;  probably  exceeding  a  million 
pages.  When  Mr.  Chamberlain  took  a  little  voyage  to  the  wind- 
ward stations,  he  carried  with  him  26,000  small  books  and  tracts, 

8 


53         SANDWICH    ISLANDS.    OPPOSITION    OF    FOREIGNERS.        Report? 

for  sale  and  distribution.  The  missionaries,  who  embarked  for  the 
islands  in  November  last,  were  furnished  with  20,000  copies  of  the 
elementary  tract  for  schools,  and  as  many  of  a  small  catechism, 
which  were  presented  to  the  Board  by  a  gentleman  in  Utica,  N.  Y. 
The  American  Tract  Society  has  since  printed  20,000  copies  of 
the  Sermon  on  the  Mount,  and  45,000  copies  of  other  tracts,  and 
generously  made  a  donation  of  them  to  the  Board. 

The  whole  number  of  pupils,  in  the  schools  of  all  the  islands,  can- 
not be  accurately  stated.  The  increase,  however,  must  have  been 
considerable,  since  the  time  when  the  number  was  estimated  at 
25,000. 

It  is  painful  to  advert  again  to  the  interruptions  in  their  labors, 
and  the  apprehension  of  serious  personal  dangers,  by  which  the  mis- 
sionaries have  been,  and  continue  to  be,  annoyed,  as  one  conse- 
quence of  their  fidelity,  and  of  the  visible  progress  of  the  Gospel. 
A  few  weeks  before  the  latest  intelligence  left  the  islands,  there  had 
been  much  exasperation  among  foreigners  at  Honoruru,  on  account  of 
the  publication  of  a  part  of  Mr.  Richards's  journal,  in  which  the 
conduct  of  captain  Buckle,  of  the  whale-ship  Daniel,  was  described. 
Many  threats  had  been  uttered  against  the  life  of  Mr.  Richards; 
and,  if  the  representations  of  a  native,  writing  to  his  friend  in  this 
country  and  with  a  view  to  publication,  may  be  trusted,  the  foreign- 
ers generally  had  but  one  desire,  which  was  the  death  of  this  faith- 
ful missionary.  It  is  highly  probable,  indeed,  that  he  would  have 
been  assassinated,  had  he  not  been  constantly  guarded  by  the 
chiefs. 

It  will  be  recollected,  that,  in  the  fall  of  1825,  Mr.  Richards 
and  his  family  were  threatened  with  instant  death  by  the  crew  of  the 
Daniel,  unless  he  would  give  his  consent  to  the  unrestrained  licen- 
tiousness formerly  practised  at  the  islands.  This  outrage  of  the 
crew  was  sanctioned  by  the  captain.  After  giving  an  account  of 
the  affair,  and  of  the  manner  in  which  he  had  been  protected  by 
the  natives,  Mr.  Richards  mentioned  a  fact,  which  exhibited  the  true 
character  of  this  captain.  It  was  the  publication  of  this  fact  that 
gave  so  much  offeace.  It  certainly  is  not  strange,  that  men  should 
wish  to  have  their  vicious  conduct  concealed; — especially  from  their 
relatives,  friends,  and  employers  in  Christian  countries.  Nor  should 
we  be  surprised,  that  threats,  and  other  means  of  intimidation  should 
be  used,  in   order  to  deter  missionaries  from  communicating  freely 


13'2tf.  OPPOSITION    OF    FOREIGNERS.  59 

with  their  patrons  and  the  public,  in  regard   to  the  chief  impedi- 
ments to  the  great  work  in  which  they  are  engaged. 

On  this   subject,  however,  the  Committee  have  no  hesitation  in 
declaring  it  to  be  their  fixed  opinion,  that  the  enormities  of  various 
kinds,  perpetrated  against  heathens  and  new  converts  from  heathen- 
ism, by  visiters  from   Christian  lands,  should  be  fully  made  known 
to  the  world,  and  the  guilty  authors  of  them  held  up,  by  name,  to 
general  reprobation  and  abhorrence.     Private  scandal  is  not  to  be 
encouraged,  and  no  unnecessary  publicity  should  be  given  to  secret 
sins;  but  when  individuals  come  forth  as  the  public  champions  of 
vice;  when  they  insist  on  the  privilege  of  openly  trampling  on  laws 
made  by  natives  for  the  promotion  of  the  public  morals;  when  they 
express  a  determination  to  pursue  such  a  course,  as  will  tend  to  the 
utter  subversion  of  religion,  and  to  the  ruin,  temporal  and  eternal, 
of  all  who  can  be  brought  within  the  vortex  of  their  criminal  design 
and  their  base  example;  it  is  not  only  proper,  but  indispensable,  that 
the  real  state  of  things  should  be  exposed.     There  is  no  reason  why 
it  should  not  be  fully  understood  at  the  Sandwich  Islands,  that  the 
public  conduct  of  foreigners  not  only  may  be  lawfully,  but  that  it 
shall  be    effectually,  made  public  in  Great  Britain  and  America, 
and  consequently  wherever  civilized  men    are  to  be  found.     Such 
part  of  this  public  conduct  as  tends  to  the  promotion  of  peace,  in- 
dustry, morality,  knowledge,   and  true   religion,   will   receive  the 
hearty  commendation  of  all  men,  whose  praise  is  of  any  value;  and 
all  that  power  of  influence   and  example,  which  tends  to  depress 
those  who  are  beginning  to  rise,  and  to  sink  deeper  in  guilt  and 
shame  those  who  have  never  felt  any  moral  restraints,  will  surely 
bring  with  it  that  punishment  inflicted  by  many,  that  public  reproach 
and  odium,  which  even  the  most  abandoned  must  perceive  to  be  just, 
and  which  few  indeed  are  so  hardened  as  not  to  feel. 

The  Committee  trust  that  a  gracious  Providence  will  prevent 
acts  of  violence  being  done  to  the  missionaries  or  their  families. 
At  this  age  of  the  world,  it  is  hardly  to  be  supposed,  whatever  may 
be  threatened,  that  a  missionary  will  be  murdered  by  his  country- 
men, or  by  others  who  speak  the  same  language,  merely  because 
he  has  felt  obliged,  in  the  course  of  his  duty,  to  publish  unwelcome 
truths.  If  this  should  be  the  case,  it  would  be  a  great  calamity; 
and  it  would  be  lamented  especially,  on  account  of  the  guilt,  in 
which  it  would  involve  the  perpetrators,  and  all  who  encouraged 
them,  or  inflamed  their  passions.     But  even  such  an  event,  however 


60  SANDWICH    ISLANDS.       LIEUTENANT    PERCIVAL.  Report, 

deplorable,  might  be  overruled  for  the  promotion  of  the  missionary 
cause.  It  would  attract  the  notice  of  Europe  and  America,  as  did 
the  death  of  the  missionary  Smith;  and  it  would  compel  investiga- 
tions, on  the  part  of  public  authorities,  which  could  not  but  issue 
favorably.  There  is  no  alternative  so  bad,  as  that  Satan  and  his 
adherents  should  be  led  to  think,  that  they  are  more  powerful  than 
the  friends  of  God;  and  that  whatever  abominations  maybe  com- 
mitted, silence  respecting  them  may  be  enforced  upon  missionaries, 
and  missionary  societies,  and  the  Christian  world. 

The  last  Report  contained  an  account  of  the  injuries  experienced 
by  the  natives  and  the  missionaries,  from  the  visit  of  the  U.  S. 
schooner  Dolphin,  and  especially  from  Lt.  John  Percival,  its  com- 
mander. Previously  to  the  preparation  of  that  Report,  a  formal 
complaint  was  made  by  the  Committee  to  the  navy  department, 
stating  the  principal  charges,  which  they  supposed  capable  of  proof, 
if  testimony  could  be  obtained  from  the  islands;  and  requesting  that 
a  suitable  agent  might  be  sent  thither  to  collect  testimony.  Sub- 
sequently, as  more  information  was  received  from  authentic  sources, 
additional  complaints  .were  preferred.  Charges  were  made  against 
Lt.  Percival,  by  several  individuals  also,  who  alleged  that  they  had 
been  injured  by  him,  during  his  stay  at  the  Sandwich  Islands. 

A  court  of  inquiry  was  ordered  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  to 
meet  at  the  navy  yard  in  Charlestown,  on  the  first  of  May.  The 
court  consisted  of  three  captains  of  the  navy,  and  was  directed  to 
inquire  into  the  conduct  of  Lt.  Percival,  while  at  the  Sandwich 
Islands,  in  the  months  of  January,  February,  March,  and  April 
1826; — to  state  to  the  government  what  should  be  proved  in  the 
course  of  the  inquiry; — and  to  give  an  opinion,  whether  a  court- 
martial  would  be  necessary  for  the  trial  of  this  officer. 

The  court  met  at  the  day  appointed,  and  continued  its  session  in 
public  till  the  5th  of  June,  during  which  time  twenty  six  days  were 
occupied  in  examining  witnesses,  and  taking  down  their  testimony. 
The  Prudential  Committee  were  allowed  to  be  present,  and  to  pro- 
pose questions  to  witnesses,  by  an  agent  whom  they  employed  as 
legal  counsel  for  that  purpose.  They  took  full  notes  of  the  evidence, 
and  copies  of  nearly  all  the  depositions;  the  import  and  bearing  of 
which,  however,  it  is  not  thought  proper  to  disclose  at  present. 

About  the  middle  of  June,  the  proceedings  of  the  court  were 
transmitted  to  the  navy  department;  but  what  the  decision  was,  and 
how  far  the  proceedings  are  approved  by  the  President,  the  Com- 


1828.  CHARGES    AGAINST    LIEUT.    PEItCIVAL.  61 

mittee  arc  not  able  to  state,  as  nothing,  so  far  as  they  know,  has 
transpired  on  the  subject.  No  agent  having  been  sent  to  the  islands 
to  authenticate  written  evidence  and  the  letters  and  statements  of 
missionaries  and  others,  however  worthy  of  confidence,  not  being 
legally  admissible,  it  could  not  be  expected  that  a  full  developement 
could  be  made,  at  the  distance  of  many  thousand  miles  from  the 
scene  of  these  transactions.  The  charges  preferred  against  Lieut. 
Percival  by  the  Committee  may  be  divided  into  three  classes: 

1.  Those  that  imply,  that  he  interfered  with  the  government  of 
the  islands,  for  the  purpose  first  of  persuading,  and  afterwards  of 
compelling,  the  chiefs  to  repeal  a  law  for  the  preservation  of  the 
public  morals. 

2.  That  he  assailed  the  character  of  the  missionaries,  obstructed 
their  influence,  and  instigated  his  men  to  acts  of  violence  upon  their 
dwelling. 

3.  That  he  lived  publicly  in  habits  of  vice,  which  were  injurious 
to  the  natives  as  an  example,  and  expressly  forbidden  by  the  law 
for  the  regulation  of  the  navy. 

In  the  present  state  of  the  proceedings,  it  is  not  deemed  expedient 
to  intimate  how  much  was  proved  under  each  of  these  heads,  fur- 
ther than  to  say,  that  enough  appeared  to  justify  the  Committee 
and  the  Board  for  preferring  and  sustaining  their  complaints,  and 
the  government  for  making  the  investigation. 

To  some  persons  it  may  seem  unnecessary  to  have  paid  so  much 
attention  to  transactions  connected  with  the  visit  of  the  Dolphin. 
They  may  think  that  the  misconduct  of  a  subaltern  in  the  navy,  even 
though  scandalous  and  of  bad  tendency,  should  receive  but  little  at- 
tention from  the  Committee  of  a  Missionary  Society.  Such  an  opin- 
ion would  undoubtedly  be  correct,  in  many  supposable  cases.  But 
those  who  would  advise  to  silence  and  forbearance,  in  the  instance 
before  us,  are  probably  not  aware  of  the  serious  and  permanent 
evils,  which  are  alleged  to  have  been  experienced,  both  by  the  mis- 
sionaries and  the  natives,  from  the  acts  complained  of.  They 
probably  have  not  known,  or  have  not  duly  considered,  that  the 
first  visit  of  a  national  vessel  of  the  United  States  to  the  Sandwich 
Islands  was  peculiarly  important; — that  the  commanding  officer  of 
a  national  vessel,  in  a  foreign  port,  is  the  representative  of  his  coun- 
try, whatever  his  own  rank  maybe; — that  any  of  the  senior  lieuten- 
ants in  the  American  navy  does  in  fact  hold  a  very  important  office, 
and  one  which  is  often  highly  responsible,  as  to  this  class  of  officers 


G2  ill  consequences  of.  the  dolphin's  visit.       Report, 

is,  in  a  great  measure,  committed  the  care  of  our  largest  ships,  and 
the  management  and  discipline  of  their  numerous    crews; — thatLt. 
Percival  was  himself  first  lieutenant  of  a  large  frigate,  and  is  ar- 
rived at  such  a  period  of  life,  as  ought  to  insure  coolness  and  con- 
sideration in  a  public  officer; — that,  as  the  Committee  have  learned 
from  highly  respectable  sources,  independent  of  the  missionaries,  he 
put  himself,  on  his  arrival  at  the  Sandwich  Islands,  at  the  head  of 
the  profane,  the  dissolute,  and  the  vicious,  in  their  open  and  avowed 
opposition  to  the  restraints  of  morality  and  religion; — that,  as  the 
complaints  allege,  he  intimidated  the  chiefs  by  threatening  physical 
force,  thus  compelling  them  to  license  public  lewdness,  or  expose 
themselves  to  the  fire  of  his  cannon;  that  as  a  consequence  of  his 
success,  in  attacking  the   most  important  rights  of  the  people,  the 
missionaries  declare,  that  many  young  females  in  the  mission  schools 
of  Honoruru '  immediately  became  victims;  that,    in  this   manner, 
some  of  the  schools  for  females  were  entirely  broken  up; — that  the 
school  system  in  that  place  received  a  deep  wound; — that  the  pro- 
moters of  vice  received  a  courage,  and   an  impulse,  which  they  had 
never  shown  before; — that  the  time  of  the  missionaries  has  been 
much  consumed,  and  their  strength  exhausted,  in  efforts  to  withstand 
such  a  deluge  of  mischief;  and  that  if  a  victory  shall  finally  be  gain- 
ed in  favor  of  Christian  morals,  it  will  be  solely  in  consequence  of 
the  blessing  of  heaven  upon  the  unwearied  labors  of  the  missiona- 
ries, and  not  from  the  want  of  malignity  in  the  nature  and  design  of 
the  actions  here  described.     If  a  merchant,  or  any  persdn  in  secu- 
lar pursuits,  should  have  his  business  deranged,  and  his  plans  of  fu- 
ture employment  frustrated,  by  the  application  of  lawless  force  on 
the  part  of  a  public  officer,  he  would  feel  himself  justified  in  com- 
plaining to  the  government  and  demanding  compensation.     And  is 
the  injury  less,  when  missionaries,  who  are  supported  by  the  Chris- 
tian public  at  a  large  annual   expense,  and  who  cheerfully  wear  out 
their  lives  for  the  benefit  of  strangers  and  pagans,  suffer  the  ex- 
treme inconvenience  of  being  withdrawn  from  their  appropriate  and 
allotted  sphere  of  labor,  from  their  schools,  translations,  and  print- 
ing,— in  consequence  of  acts,  perpetrated  at  the  instigation  of  a  pub- 
lic officer?     Is  not  their  time  of  some  value?     Are  not  their  feelings 
and  rights  worthy  of  some  regard  ?      And  is  it  a  small  thing  to 
divert  a  faithful  preacher  of  the   Gospel  from  his  work,  to  scatter 
his  hearers,  to  defame  his  character,   and  to  pluck  from  his  hands 
the  sheaves,  which  he  was  bringing  home  with  rejoicing? 


1828.  REINFORCEMENT    OF    THE    MISSION.  63 


EMBARKATION    OF    MISSIONARIES. 

On  Saturday  the  3d  of  November  last,  the  following  persons  em- 
barked at  Boston,  on  board  the  ship  Parthian,  capt.  Blinn,  bound 
directly  to  the  Sandwich  Islands:  viz. 

Rev.  Lorrin  Andrews,  Rev.  Jonathan  Smith  Green,  Rev.  Peter 
Johnson  Gulick,  and  Rev.  Ephraim  Weston  Clark,  Missionaries, 
with  their  wives. 

Dr.  Gerrit  P.  Judd,  Physician;  Mrs.  Judd. 
Mr.  Stephen  Shepard,  Printer;  Mrs.  Shepard. 
Miss  Maria  C.    Ogden,  Miss    Delia    Stone,   Miss   Mary 
Ward,  and  Miss  Maria  Patten,  Assistant  missionaries,  to  reside 
in  the  different  mission  families. 

Four  natives  of  the  Sandwich  Islands,  who  had  derived  some 
advantages  of  education  in  this  country,  and  who  had  been  admitted 
to  the  privileges  of  the  Christian  church,  were  placed  under  the 
care  of  the  missionaries  and  had  a  passage  procured  for  them, 
though  they  did  not  form  a  part  of  the  reinforcement.  When  they 
arrive  among  their  countrymen,  it  will  be  at  their  option  to  engage 
in  such  employment  as  they  choose.  It  is  hoped,  that  their  influence 
will  be  good,  and  that  they  may  be  serviceable  to  the  mission. 

Mr.  Andrews  and  Mr.  Gulick  received  their  theological  educa- 
tion at  Princeton,  and  Mr.  Green  and  Mr.  Clark  at  Andover.  The 
sixteen  individuals,  composing  this  band  of  additional  laborers,  came 
from  seven  different  states  of  the  union. 

The  single  females  will  have  it  in  their  power,  with  the  ordinary 
blessing  of  heaven  upon  their  well-meant  endeavors,  to  comfort  and  aid 
the  wives  of  the  missionaries,  in  their  various  cares  and  domestic  du- 
ties, and  to  improve  the  condition  of  native  females.  This  last  is  an 
object  of  great  importance,  and,  if  faithfully  pursued,  will  abundantly 
repay  all  the  labor  bestowed  upon  it. 

A  printing  press,  types,  and  paper,  with  large  supplies  of  other 
articles,  were  sent  by  the  Parthian.  Within  a  few  weeks,  we  may 
hope  to  hear  of  this  vessel's  arrival  at  her  port  of  destination,  and 
of  the  entrance  of  our  brethren  upon  their  appropriate  work. 

The  expenses  of  this  mission,  though  considerable,  are  probably 
less  than  those  of  any  other  mission,  where  so  much  good  has  appar- 
ently been  effected,  and  so  broad  a  foundation  has  been  laid  for 
future   success. 


64  GENERAL    AGENCY    AMONG    THE    INDIANS.  RepOtij 


V.     MISSION   AMONG   THE   CHEROKEES. 

It  is  more  than  eleven  years  since  this  Board  commenced  mission- 
ary labors  in  the  Cherokee  nation,  by  causing  the  Gospel  to  be 
preached,  and  a  school  to  be  established  for  Indian  children,  at 
the  place  now  called  Brainerd.  During  the  period  which  has  inter- 
vened, there  have  been  many  tokens  of  the  divine  favor,  which 
serve  as  abundant  rewards  for  past  exertions,  and  as  powerful  en- 
couragements to  persevere.  It  could  not  be  expected,  however, 
that  so  great  an  enterprise  as  the  conversion  and  civilization  of  the 
aborigines  of  our  land,  would  be  carried  forward  without  encounter- 
ing obstacles.  The  agitated  and  unsettled  state  of  the  Cherokees, 
in  regard  to  the  question  of  their  permanent  residence,  and  the 
influence  of  bad  white  neighbors,  with  the  natural  aversion  of  men 
to  the  purity  of  the  Gospel,  have  seriously  impeded  the  progress  of 
improvement. 

It  is  plain  that  Christianity  is  to  have  the  glory  of  subduing  the 
red  men  of  the  forest,  if  they  are  subdued  at  all;  but  how  to  bring 
Christianity  to  bear  upon  their  hearts  and  consciences,  in  the  spee- 
diest and  most  effectual  manner,  is  not  so  easily  ascertained.  The 
Committee  have  always  wished  to  gain  light  on  this  subject;  and, 
with  this  view,  as  well  as  for  other  important  purposes,  visits  of  in- 
spection to  the  missionary  stations  in  different  tribes,  have  been  re- 
peatedly made  under  their  direction.  Soon  after  the  last  annual 
meeting,  Mr.  David  Greene,  who  had  been  employed  the  year  pre- 
vious at  the  Missionary  Rooms,  was  appointed  to  make  a  general 
visit  to  all  the  missionary  stations  of  this  Board  among  the  Indians, 
in  the  southwestern  and  western  parts  of  the  United  States;  and? 
in  the  performance  of  this  service,  to  collect,  information,  to  advise 
and  direct  the  missionaries,  and  to  report  to  the  Committee  the 
real  state  of  things,  at  each  station,  so  far  as  he  could  ascertain  it. 

Mr.  Greene  entered  upon  this  agency  in  November; — was  pres- 
ent at  the  meeting  of  the  Synod  of  South  Carolina  and  Georgia  at 
Charleston,  when  the  Chickasaw  mission  was  transferred  to  this 
Board; — made  the  tour  of  the  Cherokee  nation  in  January; — vis- 
ited the  stations  among  the  Chickasaws  in  February,  and  those 
among  the  Choctaws  in  March, — and  was  there  joined  by  Mr. 
Kingsbury,  who  accompanied  him  to  the  stations  beyond  the  Missis- 
sippi.    Thus  associated,  the  two  agents  took  passage  in  a  steamboat 


1828.  CHEROKEE    MISSION.       BRAINERD.  G5 

at  Vicksburgh,  ascended  the  Mississippi  and  the  Arkansas,  stopped 
at  Dwight  about  the  middle  of  April,  spent  the  greater  part  of  May 
at  the  stations  among  the  Osages,  and  reached  St.  Louis  early  in 
June,  whence  Mr.  Kingsbury  returned  by  the  way  of  Memphis  to 
Mayhew.  Mr.  Greene  continued  his  agency  by  visiting  Maumee, 
in  the  north-west  part  of  Ohio,  and  the  three  mission  schools  on 
the  Niagara  frontier; — and  reached  Boston  in  July,  after  an  ab- 
sence of  about  eight  months,  during  which  time  he  had  travelled 
by  land  and  water  about  6,000  miles,  inspected  about  thirty  sta- 
tions, and  been  called  upon  to  give  advice  and  direction  in  numerous 
instances.  Similar  visits  will  be  useful,  if  not  indispensable,  at 
moderate  intervals,  so  long  as  missionary  operations  shall  be  car- 
ried on. 

It  has  been  supposed,  that  the  expense  of  time  and  money  in- 
volved in  such  agencies  might  be  saved,  and  the  severe  labor  and 
exposure  of  health  avoided,  by  extraordinary  attention  to  written 
correspondence.  The  expense  is  not  great,  compared  with  the  value 
of  the  object;  and  especially  if  it  be  considered  that  all  such  agen- 
cies, when  judiciously  performed,  have  the  effect  of  diminishing  ex- 
pense, at  the  missionary  stations.  As  to  the  labor,  it  is  applied  to 
a  good  purpose; — and  the  exposure  may  be  cheerfully  encountered, 
when  the  advantages  of  personal  acquaintance  and  fraternal  confer- 
ence are  duly  estimated. 

In  giving  a  view  of  the  missions  among  the  Indians,  brevity  will 
be  consulted,  and  much  use  will  be  made  of  the  materials  furnished 
by  Mr.  Greene. 

BRAINERD. 

Mr.  John  C.  Elsworth,  Teacher  and  Superintendent  of  Secu- 
lar Concerns;  Mrs.  Elsworth. 

Mr.  John  Vail,  Farmer;  Mrs.  Vail. 

Mr.  Ainsworth  E.  Biunt,  Farmer  and  Mechanic;  Mrs.  Blunt, 

Mr.  Luke  Fernal,  Mechanic;  Mrs.  Fernal. 

Mr.  Henry  Parker,  Miller;  Mrs.  Parker. 

Miss  Lucy  Ames,  Teacher. 

Miss  Delight  Sargent,  Assistant. 
In  pursuance  of  the  design  announced  in  the  last  Report,  Mr. 
Worcester  removed  to  Newtown,  now  called  New   Echota,   the 
place  where  the  Cherokee  legislature,  according  to  their  newly  or- 
ganized form  of  government,  meets  annually  in  October 
9 


66  CHEROKEE    MISSION.       BRAINERD.  Report, 

Miss  Ames  and  Miss  Sargent  joined  the  mission  last  fall,  hav- 
ing engaged  in  the   service  for  a  limited  time,  at  the  end  of  which 
they  will  be  at  liberty  to  return  to   New  England;  or  if,  in  their 
judgment,  and  the  judgment  of  the  Committee,  the  sphere  of  useful- 
ness in  which  they  now  are,  is  one  in  which  they  may  continue  to 
act  happily  and  with  a   prospect  of  benefit  to  the  mission,  they  can 
then  renew  their  engagement  for  a  further  limited  time,  or  make  it 
permanent.      The  missionaries,  who  have  had  most  experience  on 
mission  ground,   agree  in  the   opinion,  that  a  temporary  engage- 
ment in  these   services   is  preferable,  in  the  first  instance,  to  an  en- 
gagement of  a  more  permanent  character.     Many  persons  cannot 
tell  how  they  shall  be  affected  by  a  change  of  circumstances,  till 
after  they  have  made  the  trial ;  nor  can  they,  without   experience, 
form  a  very  accurate  judgment  of  the  nature  of  missionary  employ- 
ment.    There  would  seem  to  be  obvious  advantages,  therefore,  in  a 
plan,  which  permits  a  deliberate  choice  to  be  made,  after  a  practical 
knowledge  of  the  case  and  circumstances  has  been  obtained.     In  all 
future  appointments  of  assistant  missionaries  to  stations  among  the 
Indians,  this  plan  will  be  followed. 

Miss  Ames  has  the  charge  of  the  school  for  girls,  Miss  Sawyer, 
the  former  teacher,  now  residing  at  Haweis. 

Both  schools  are  in  a  good  state,  and  appear  well  on  a  critical 
examination.  Most  of  the  pupils  make  gratifying  improvement  in 
speaking  the  English  language. 

The  mills  were  more  useful  to  the  people  and  to  the  mission  the 
last  year,  than  at  any  previous  period.  The  farm  was  less  pro- 
ductive than  common.  A  considerable  addition  to  the  buildings,  by 
the  erection  of  a  new  house,  containing  a  dining-hall,  and  several 
other  accommodations,  was  made  in  the  summer  and  fall  of  last 
year.  The  smith's  shop,  under  the  direction  of  Mr.  Fernal,  is  a 
great  benefit  to  the  people. 

The  state  of  religious  feeling  has  been  at  times  encouraging. 
At  the  late  communion  of  the  church,  which  took  place  on  the  last 
Sabbath  of  July,  a  Cherokee  youth,  who  had  just  completed  his 
education  at  the  school,  was  admitted  to  a  profession  of  religion, 
having  recently  become  a  hopeful  subject  of  divine  grace.  A 
daughter  of  Mr.  Vail,  aged  about  16,  was  also  admitted;  as  were 
two  persons  of  African  descent.  An  unusually  large  number  of 
Cherokees  were  present,  and  gave  the  most  solemn  attention.  It  is 
to  be  regretted,  that  the  Committee  are  not  able  at  present,  to  as- 


1828.  STATIONS    OF    CAIIMEL    AND    CREEKFATII.  67 

sign  an  ordained  missionary  to  this  station.  Within  a  few  months 
past,  there  has  been  more  than  ordinary  seriousness  among  the  peo- 
ple in  the  neighborhood. 

CARMEL. 

Mr.  Isaac  Proctor,  Teacher  and  Catechist;  Mrs.  Proctor. 
Mr.  Josiah  Hemmingway,  Farmer. 
The  school  here,  which  has  been  in  operation,  about  seven  years, 
seems  to  answer  the  great  ends  of  its  formation.  Though  the  pupils 
generally  attend  with  less  regularity  than  could  be  desired,  and 
some  promising  children  have  disappointed  the  hopes  of  their  teach- 
er, yet  there  has  been  a  great  increase  of  knowledge  in  the  neigh- 
borhood, and  a  foundation  is  laid  for  improvement  of  a  permanent 
character. 

The  number  of  church  members  in  good  standing  is  thirty  one; 
of  whom,  when  the  account  was  forwarded,  five  were  considered  as 
of  a  doubtful  character.  The  greater  part,  however,  were  thought 
to  give  as  much  evidence  of  piety,  from  year  to  year,  as  the  mem- 
bers of  churches  in  those  parts  of  our  country,  where  the  mission- 
aries were  best  acquainted.  Six  individuals  have  been  dismissed 
from  this  church  to  join  other  churches. 

It  is  a  pleasing  evidence  of  the  growth  of  Christian  principle, 
that  an  association  has  been  formed  by  the  native  converts,  for  the 
purpose  of  bearing  the  expense  of  sending  an  agent  of  their  own 
selection  and  appointment  into  the  darkest  part  of  their  country. 
With  this  view  they  contribute  one  dollar  each.      The  business  of 
their  agent  is,  to  carry  portions  of  the  Bible,  hymn  books,  and  tracts, 
prepared  in  manuscript,  and  to  teach  from  house  to  house,  in  some 
neighborhoods  where  the  people  have  never  had  an  opportunity  of 
hearing  the  Gospel. 
The  farm  at  this  place  has  been  faithfully  and  skilfully  managed. 
In  a  town,  or  settlement  of  natives,  about  25  miles  from  Carmel, 
there  has  been  some  religious  inquiry,  and  three  individuals  from 
that  place  were  lately  admitted  to  communion. 

CREEKPATH. 

Rev.  William  Potter,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Potter. 
Miss  Erminia  Nash. 
Mr.  Bosworth  and  his  wife,  who  had  been  employed  as  assistant 
missionaries  at  this  station  about  two  years  and  a  half,  returned 


68  STATIONS    OF    HIGHTOWER    AND    WILLSTOWN.  Report, 

ast  spring  to  the  place  of  their    former  residence  in  Lewis  county, 
N.  Y. 

The  pupils  of  the  school  are  all  boarded  in  the  mission  family. 
The  number  is  thirty  one.  Mr.  Greene  found  them  uncommonly 
attentive  in  school,  and  prompt  in  the  performance  of  the  services 
assigned  them. 

The  church  now  contains  17  members,  who  have  been  hopefully 
converted  by  the  instrumentality  of  missionary  labor.  Three  have 
died  in  faith,  four  have  been  dismissed  to  join  other  churches,  and 
one  has  been  excluded.  The  professors  of  religion  generally  are 
favorable  examples  of  the  power  of  religion.  The  three,  who  have 
died,  were  eminent  for  the  consistency  of  their  conduct. 

The  buildings  and  farm  are  in  a  very  good  condition.  Though 
the  season  last  year  was  unfavorable,  the  farm  produced  50  bushels 
of  wheat,  200  of  oats,  800  of  maize,  and  1000  of  sweet  potatoes. 

A  good  teacher  is  much  wanted  at  this  station,  the  school  being 
now  taught  by  Mrs.  Potter,  whose  services  are  constantly  needed  in 
the  management  of  domestic  concerns. 

HIGHTOWER. 

Rev.  Daniel  S.  Butrick,  Missionary ;  Mrs.  Butrick. 

The  school  here  is  small,  not  exceeding  ten  or  twelve  pupils,  of 
whom  six  are  boarded  in  the  mission  family,  at  the  expense  of  a  sin- 
gle native  convert,  who  was  himself  exceedingly  wicked  till  the  Gos- 
pel was  brought  to  his  neighborhood.  This  man  was  deeply  aifect- 
ed  on  seeing  his  children  examined,  and  hearing  them  read  the  word 
of  God.  During  the  summer  past  the  school  has  been  suspended; 
but  it  will  be  resumed  again  the  present  autumn. 

Mr.  Butrick  has  preached  at  the  different  stations,  which  are 
destitute  of  a  minister,  and  at  some  villages  of  the  natives.  High- 
tower  district  is  one  of  the  most  populous  parts  of  the  nation ;  and 
an  interpreter  is  always  at  hand  on  the  Sabbath. 

WILLSTOWN. 

Rev.  William  Chamberlain,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Chamberlain. 
Mr.  Sylvester  Ellis,  Farmer;  Mrs.  Ellis. 
Mrs.  Hoyt,  widow  of  the  Rev.  Ard  Hoyt 
John  Huss,  Native  Assistant. 


1828.  CHEROKEE    MISSION.       HAWEIS.  69 

About  two  thirds  of  Mr.  Chamberlain's  time  has  been  employed  in 
travelling  as  an  evangelist,  and  preaching-  at  many  different  places. 
He  has  performed  more  service  of  this  kind  than  any  of  his  breth- 
ren. 

The  school  is  small,  not  exceeding  thirteen  scholars,  and  usually 
somewhat  less. 

The  church  is  in  a  pretty  good  state,  though  there  have  been  no 
recent  admissions.  The  congregation  is  more  regular  and  atten- 
tive, than  any  other  among  the  Cherokees. 

On  the  18th  of  February,  the  Rev.  Ard  Hoyt,  who  had  been  at- 
tached to  the  Cherokee  mission  a  little  more  than  ten  years.,  was 
suddenly  called  away  from  his  earthly  labors,  in  the  58th  year  of 
his  age.  His  death  was  greatly  and  very  tenderly  lamented  by 
the  natives,  to  whom  he  had  always  shown  himself  a  kind  friend 
and  benefactor.  He  was,  indeed,  somewhat  remarkable  for  his 
strong  attachment  to  the  Indians,  especially  to  those  who  gave  ev- 
idence of  piety.  His  letters  and  journals  were  always  favorably 
received  by  the  Christian  community;  and  to  the  perusal  of  these 
writings,  in  the  early  years  of  the  mission,  it  is  believed  that  not  a 
few  members  of  our  churches  attribute  their  first  interest  in  missions 
to  the  American  aborigines. 

The  health  of  Mr.  Hoyt  had  been  feeble  for  several  years;  yet 
he  was  able,  in  fine  weather,  to  preach  on  the  Sabbath,  and  could 
generally  converse  with  the  people  when  they  applied  for  instruction. 
In  this  way,  he  did  much  toward  building  up  new  converts  in  the 
faith,  and  preserving  them  from  temptation. 

John  Huss,  the  native  assistant,  retains  his  zeal  and  interest  in 
the  welfare  of  his  countrymen,  and  his  labors  are  very  useful. 

One  occurrence  of  an  adverse  nature  has  taken  place  in  this 
neighborhood,  within  the  year  past.  A  distillery  has  been  establish- 
ed, which  already  proves  deeply  injurious  to  a  portion  of  the  na- 
tives, though  a  majority  of  them  abstain  entirely  from  the  use  of 
ardent  spirits. 

HAWEIS. 

Dr.  Elizur  Butler,  Physician  and  Catechist;  Mrs.  Butler. 
Miss  Sophia  Sawyer,  Teacher. 
Miss  Nancy  Thompson,  Assistant. 
Four  members  were  added  to  the  church  last  December,  and  two 
last  March;  and  there  is  a  gradual  but  very  perceptible,  increase  of 


70  cherokee  mission,     candy's  cheek.  Report, 

•religious  influence.  Some  of  those,  who  now  make  a  credible  pro- 
fession of  religion,  were  formerly  very  degraded  in  their  habits  and 
very  vicious  in  their  lives. 

Dr.  Butler  is  necessarily  absent  from  his  station  frequently  on  ac- 
count of  his  being  called  to  attend  the  other  mission  families  in  sick- 
ness. This  is  often  quite  an  inconvenience  to  his  own  station,  and 
quite  a  trial  to  Mrs.  Butler,  who,  in  such  cases,  has  a  great  burden 
of  care  to  sustain.  There  are  ten  children  boarding  in  the  family, 
whom  she  has  taught  the  winter  past.  In  the  spring,  Miss  Sawyer 
was  removed  hither,  and  entered  upon  teaching  the  children. 

The  vice  of  intemperate  drinking,  attended  with  idleness  and  gen- 
eral dissoluteness  of  conduct,  prevails  among  a  portion  of  the  people 
in  the  neighborhood;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  there  are  reformed  and 
industrious  men  and  women,  whom  the  Gospel  has  evidently  and 
greatly  raised  in  their  condition  and  prospects  as  to  this  life,  beside 
giving  them  the  hope  of  a  better  life  beyond  the  grave. 

candy's  creek. 

Mr.  William  Holland,  Teacher;  Mrs.  Holland. 
Miss  Hannah  Kelly,  Assistant. 

Ten  native  converts  have  been  admitted  to  the  church  at  this  sta- 
tion, and  four  were  recently  proposed  for  admission.  During  the 
last  summer  there  was  much  religious  attention  here,  and  some  re- 
markable changes  of  character  were  witnessed.  One  man  in  par- 
ticular, who  had  been  thought  in  a  hopeless  condition,  appears  to 
have  become  truly  pious. 

More  than  thirty"  scholars  have  belonged  to  the  school,  only  half 
of  whom  have  been  regular  in  their  attendance.  Three  girls  live  in 
the  mission  family;  but  the  rest  of  the  scholars  board  with  their 
parents  or  other  relatives.  One  young  man,  now  about  20  years 
old,  entered  the  school  at  first,  and  has  been  extremely  desirous 
of  improvement  from  that  time.  He  is  an  exemplary  member  of  the 
church,  and  desires  to  be  prepared  for  preaching  the  Gospel  to  his 
countrymen.  For  this  purpose  it  is  intended  that  he  shall  spend 
some  years  in  the  study  of  the  Scriptures,  under  the  direction  of  Mr. 
Worcester. 

The  effects  of  instruction  are  very  evident  in  this  neighborhood, 
not  only  in  the  lives  of  the  native  converts,  but  in  the  superior  indus- 
try, neatness,  and  decorum  of  all  who  have,  in  any  degree,  come  in 
contact  with  the  mission. 


1328.  CHEROKEE    MISSION.       GENERAL    REMARKS.  71 

NEW    ECIIOTA. 

Rev.  Samuel  Austin  Worcester,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Worcester. 

A  residence  of  a  mission  family  was  commenced  here  last  Novem- 
ber. Mr.  Worcester's  time  has  been  much  occupied  in  preparations 
for  a  removal,  and  in  establishing  himself  here.  The  business  to 
which  he  is  especially  devoted,  is  the  acquisition  of  the  language, 
with  a  view  to  translating  the  Scriptures,  and  preparing  school- 
books  and  tracts  for  the  general  instruction  of  the  people.  As  he 
proceeds  in  the  study  of  the  language,  he  finds  it  more  and  more 
wonderful  in  its  structure,  and  the  difficulties  of  reducing  it  to  system 
become  more  and  more  apparent. 

At  this  place,  a  printing  press  has  been  put  in  operation  by  the 
Cherokees  at  their  own  expense;  the  purchase  of  the  press  and 
types,  with  paper,  &c.  having  been  made,  on  their  engagement  to 
refund  the  money  to  the  Board,  which  has  been  already  done.  It  is 
hoped  and  expected,  that  a  new  impulse  will  be  given  to  the  mis- 
sionary work  among  this  people,  when  the  press  can  be  employed  in 
multiplying  copies  of  little  books  suited  to  their  capacities,  and  easily 
distributed  to  almost  every  family. 

GENERAL    REMARKS. 

Among  the  encouraging  things,  which  have  a  bearing  upon  the 
success  of  this  mission,  the  following  are  worthy  of  particular  notice ; 
viz. 

1.  The  unexampled  fact,  that,  in  some  places,  nearly  all  the  adult 
population,  and,  in  the  tribe  at  large,  more  than  half,  are  actually 
capable  of  reading  their  own  language,  in  their  own  peculiar  char- 
acter, having  learned  from  small  manuscripts,  and  without  ever  hav- 
ing become  acquainted  with  any  other  character,  or  possessed  a  sin- 
gle page  of  a  printed  book  in  any  language.  This  is  so  strange  a 
fact,  that  it  would  not  be  credible,  if  the,  proof  were  not  unquestion- 
able. As  soon  as  the  alphabet  of  Guess  became  known,  it  was 
rapidly  communicated,  till  the  acquisition  of  it  became  a  general 
thing. 

2.  There  is  a  great  improvement  in  many  families,  with  respect  to 
industry,  neatness,  and  the  manner  of  living.  A  large  proportion 
of  the  people  dress  much  better,  and  live  in  much  better  houses  now, 


72  CHEROKEE    MISSION.       GENERAL    REMARKS.  Report? 

than  at  any  former  period  of  their  known  history.  Many  of  the 
women  spin  and  weave  cotton,  and  thus  furnish  cloth  for  very  de- 
cent garments  of  their  own  manufacture.  There  is  a  disposition  in 
many  to  rise  in  the  arts  and  habits  of  civilized  life. 

3.  The  diffusion  of  knowledge  within  ten  years  past  has  been  con- 
siderable. More  than  500  children  have  been  members  of  the 
schools  under  the  care  of  this  Board.  Some  have  derived  great  ad- 
vantages from  what  they  have  here  been  taught;  many  more  have 
acquired  such  a  degree  of  knowledge,  as  will  be  of  use  to  themselves 
and  their  relatives;  and  though  a  part  appeared  to  derive  no  profit 
from  the  limited  instruction  which  they  received,  yet  others  not  con- 
nected with  the  schools,  have  doubtless  been  indirectly  benefitted  by 
the  instruction  thus  brought  into  the  wilderness.  Nearly  200  chil- 
dren belonged  to  the  schools  in  the  year  past,  of  whom  more  than 
100  were  boarded  in  the  mission  families,  where  they  enjoyed  the 
superintendence  and  various  discipline,  which  are  common  in  well 
regulated  Christian  families  of  our  land. 

4.  The  influence  of  religion  is  now  such,  as  to  call  forth  grateful 
acknowledgments  to  the  Author  of  all  good.  There  are  now  about 
160  communicants  belonging  to  these  churches,  who  are  the  fruits  of 
the  mission.  Twelve  have  died  in  faith,  giving  generally  very  strik- 
ing evidence  of  the  reality  of  their  conversion.  Some,  who  are  not 
yet  admitted  to  church  privileges,  give  reason  to  hope  that  they  are 
truly  pious,  and  many  others  are  restrained  from  vice,  in  a  greater  or 
less  degree,  by  the  example  and  exhortations  of  their  religious  ac- 
quaintances, and  the  various  indirect  influences  of  Christianity, 
wherever  it  is  seen.  There  are  now,  at  several  of  the  stations, 
pious  natives,  who  can  interpret  to  their  countrymen  the  discourses 
of  the  missionaries,  and  explain  and  enforce  what  is  said,  by  their 
own  knowledge  and  experience. 

It  is  to  be  admitted,  notwithstanding  these  advantages,  that  it  is 
a  laborious  and  difficult  thing  to  reclaim  a  single  tribe  from  ignorance 
and  sin;  that  some  of  the  Indians  seem  to  be  driven  into  greater  ex- 
cesses of  vice,  that  they  may  stifle  the  reproaches  of  their  consciences; 
that  discouragements  are  found  in  the  heedlessness  of  numbers,  to 
whom  the  greatest  of  blessings  is  proffered;  and  that  the  efforts  of 
missionaries  themselves  are  liable  to  become  languid,  from  a  defi- 
ciency of  faith  and  zeal,  and  an  over  estimate  of  the  difficulties,  by 
which  they  are  surrounded.  Whoever  is  intimately  and  practically 
acquainted  with  the  obstacles  to  success  in  the  missionary  enterprise, 


1828.  CHICKASAW    MISSION.       MONROE.  73 

must  feel  the  absolute  necessity  of  relying  upon  divine  aid;  and  who- 
ever sees  what  can  be  accomplished  with  this  aid,  should  never  give 
place  to  doubt  and  despondency. 

VI.     CHICKASAW  MISSION. 

At  the  last  annual  meeting  of  the  Board,  the  Prudential  Com- 
mittee was  especially  authorized  to  consent  to  an  arrangement,  by 
which  the  Chickasaw  mission  should  be  transferred  from  the  care  of 
the  Synod  of  South  Carolina  and  Georgia  to  the  care  of  this  Board. 
The  contemplated  arrangement  took  place,  when  the  Synod  met  in 
December  last,  on  terms  perfectly  satisfactory  to  both  parties,  and 
to  the  missionaries  in  the  service,  all  of  whom  have  expressed  their 
cheerful  acquiescence  in  the  measure.  As  one  part  of  the  act, 
which  completed  the  union,  the  missions  and  objects  of  this  Board 
were  cordially  and  strongly  recommended  to  the  favor  and  patronage 
of  the  churches  and  congregations  under  the  care  of  the  Synod,  and 
of  American  Christians  generally,  who  belong  to  the  Presbyterian 
or  Congregational  denominations. 

MONROE. 

This  place  is  situated  near  the  34th  parallel  of  latitude,  about 
45  miles  N.  N.  W.  of  Mayhew,  and  25  miles  west  of  Cotton  Gin 
Port  on  the  Tombeckby.  The  mission  was  commenced  in  January 
1821,  and  the  school  in  May  1822. 

Rev.  Thomas  C.  Stuart,  Missionary   and   Superintendent  of 

the  Chickasaw  Mission;  Mrs.  Stuart. 
Mr.  Samuel  C.  Pearson,  Farmer;  Mrs.  Pearson. 
The  first  year  in  which  the  school  was  taught,  twenty  five  chil- 
dren entered,  only  three  of  whom  boarded  in  the  mission  family. 
In  1823,  the  pupils  were  taken  into  the  family,  and  during  that 
year  more  than  50  were  received.  Since  that  time  three  other 
schools  have  been  formed,  to  which  a  part  of  the  scholars  have  been 
transferred.  As  is  usual  in  such  cases,  some  withdrew  from  the 
school  without  having  made  much  improvement.  The  whole  num- 
ber entered  from  the  first  is  8 1 . 

The   Rev.   Messrs.  Blair  and  Wilson,   (now  at  stations  formed 
subsequently,)  assisted  Mr.  Stuart,  in  the  early  years  of  this  estab- 
lishment.    A  mechanic  and  a  farmer  were  also  employed  here,  on 
10 


74  chickasaw  mission,     the  church.  Report, 

a  contract  for  five  years,  at  the  expiration  of  which  time  they  re- 
turned to  the  places  of  their  former  residence. 

The  farm  consists  of  nearly  100  acres  reduced  to  cultivation. 
Last  year  the  crop  was  estimated  to  be  worth  $600,  though  it  had 
suffered  from  an  unfavorable  season.  The  labor  is  principally  per- 
formed by  men  hired  for  the  season. 

The  property  of  this  station  is  valued  at  $3,870,  including  the 
buildings,  agricultural  improvements,  tools,  household  furniture,  live 
stock,  &c. 

The  church  is  by  far  the  most  interesting  part  of  the  mission. 
Indeed,  there  are  few  collections  of  believers,  even  of  those  who 
are  brought  together  in  the  wilderness,  where  more  is  to  be  found 
to  affect  the  heart,  than  among  the  little  band  here  united  in  the 
Christian  covenant. 

The  church  was  formed  in  June  1823,  and  then  consisted  only 
of  members  of  the  mission  family,  seven  in  number,  and  one  black 
woman,  the  first  fruits  of  evangelical  labor  on  this  ground.  The 
next  year  four  hopeful  converts  were  added; — in  1825,  five  were  ad- 
ded;— in  1826,  six  were  added; — in  1827,  twenty  six;  and,  since 
the  commencement  of  the  present  year,  seventeen; — making  fifty 
nine  in  all.  Of  these,  eight  are  native  Chickasaws,  six  are  whites, 
and  forty  five  blacks.  Several  of  these  are  very  remarkable  ex- 
amples of  the  power  of  religion.  One  has  been  removed  by  death. 
She  was  a  native  of  Africa,  who  had  been  taken  captive  in  early 
life,  carried  to  the  West  Indies  as  a  slave,  thence  to  New  Orleans, 
and  lastly  to  the  Chickasaw  wilderness,  where  she  became,  as  is 
believed,  savingly  acquainted  with  divine  truth.  Her  end  was  em- 
inently peaceful  and  happy. 

The  mercy  of  God  has  been  remarkably  displayed  also  in  follow- 
ing abandoned  white  men  in  their  flight  from  the  restraints  of  a  civ- 
ilized and  Christian  community  and  overtaking  them  here,  trans- 
forming them,  and  making  them  a  blessing  to  a  people,  to  whom 
they  had  been  a  curse.  This  is  true  in  regard  to  several  individ- 
uals, who  have  for  some  time  given  pleasing  evidence  of  piety.  The 
exertions,  which  some  of  the  blacks  will  make  to  attend  public  or 
social  worship,  are  surprising.  In  not  a  few  instances,  they  have 
travelled  ten  miles  on  a  week  day,  for  the  sake  of  attending  a 
meeting  in  the  evening,  after  which  they  would  return  by  torch-light, 
in  foot-paths  full  of  mud  and  water. 


1828.  CHICKASAW    MISSION.       TOKSHISH.  75 

Beside  performing  the  ordinary  public  services  of  the  Sabbath,  Mr. 
Stuart  often  preaches  in  the  neighborhood  on  other  days.  His 
health  is  now  feeble,  and  he  greatly  needs  the  assistance  of  a  good 
teacher;  the  school  having  been  necessarily  suspended,  for  a  season, 
as  the  labors  of  the  station  were  greater,  than  could  well  be  borne 
by  the  members  of  the  present  mission  family.  A  teacher  was 
hired  in.  June  for  a  limited  time,  and  the  school  was  opened  toward 
the  close  of  that  month. 

TOKSHISH. 

This  station  is  but  two  miles  from  Monroe.  It  was  commenced 
in  1825. 

Mr.  James  Holmes,    Teacher  and  Catechist;  Mrs.  Holmes. 
Miss  Emeline  H.  Richmond,  Teacher. 

The  school  has  consisted  of  18  children,  lately  of  15,  eight  of 
whom  board  in  the  family.  They  are  mostly  small  girls,  who  are 
well  taught  and  trained  by  Miss  Richmond.  They  are  intelligent, 
inquisitive,  and  docile. 

Mr.  Holmes  was  recently  licensed  as  a  preacher,  having  been 
some  time  under  the  care  of  the  Presbytery  for  that  purpose.  He 
has  labored  much  heretofore,  as  an  exhorter  and  spiritual  adviser. 
The  religious  concerns  of  this  station  and  Monroe  are  closely  united, 
there  being  but  one  church.  Within  ten  miles  of  these  stations  are 
about  800  souls;  viz.  13  whites,  300  blacks,  and  the  rest  Chicka- 
saws.  Concerning  many  of  the  inhabitants,  Mr.  Holmes  says,  "I 
have  never  seen  a  people  so  hungry  for  the  bread  of  life." 

There  is  a  small  farm  here  of  about  thirty  acres,  which  furnishes 
the  family  with  most  kinds  of  food.  A  hired  man  is  needed  con- 
stantly, and  additional  labor  occasionally. 

MARTYN. 

This  place  is  situated  about  60  miles  N.  W.  of  Monroe,  and  40 
S.  E.  of  Memphis  on  the  Mississippi.  The  labors  were  commenced 
here  in  1825. 

Rev.  William  C.  Blair,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Blair. 

In  a  treaty  made  some  years  since  between  the  United  States  and 
the  Chickasaws,  it  was  stipulated,  that  $4,500  should  be  paid  by 
the  United  States  for  erecting  buildings  and  opening  small  farms 


76  CHICKASAW    MISSION.       CANEY    CREEK.  Report, 

for  two  schools,  to  be  established  at  such  places  as  the  Chickasavvs 
should  select;  and  that  $2,500  annually  should  be  paid  for  the  sup- 
port of  these  schools.  The  latter  sum  is  to  be  paid  from  the  annuity, 
allowed  by  the  U.  S.  to  the  Chickasaws.  It  is  divided  in  the  pro- 
portion of  three  sevenths  to  Martyn,  and  four  sevenths  to  Caney 
Creek;  which  were  the  places  selected  according  to  the  treaty. 
The  allowance  for  the  buildings  and  plantations  was  not  very  advan- 
tageously expended,  as  the  work  was  done  by  contract,  and  without 
an  effectual  supervision.  It  was  not  possible  that  the  missionaries 
should  have  remedied  this  evil,  without  relinquishing  labors  of  press- 
ing importance. 

The  school  at  Martyn  consists  of  twenty  four  pupils,  of  whom 
twelve  board  in  the  mission  family.  Mr.  Blair  teaches  the  school 
himself,  and  preaches  on  the  Sabbath.  Instruction  of  children  com- 
menced in  August  1826.  All  the  pupils  appear  to  have  made  re- 
spectable proficiency. 

The  preaching  of  the  Gospel  is  evidently  attended  with  a  bless- 
ing. Four  or  five  hopeful  converts  are  already  a  source  of  much 
encouragement  and  comfort.  At  the  last  intelligence  the  serious- 
ness was  increasing. 

A  small  farm  is  cultivated.  About  30  acres  of  very  productive 
land  have  been  cleared. 

CANEY    CREEK. 

This  station  is  about  90  miles  east  of  Martyn,  three  miles  south 
of  the  Tennessee  river,  and  eight  miles  S.  W.  ofTuscumbia.  It  is 
just  within  the  Chickasaw  limits.  It  is  feared  the  place  may 
be  unhealthy,  as  the  land  is  low  in  the  vicinity.  The  station  was 
commenced  in  1826. 

Rev.  Hugh  Wilson,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Wilson. 

Miss  Prudence  Wilson. 
It  is  stipulated  with  the  Indians,  that  25  children  shall  be  boarded 
and  taught  here,  on  account  of  the  support  which  the  station  derives 
from  the  annuity.  The  school  was  opened  in  January,  1827.  Mr. 
Wilson  taught  it  till  June,  when  a  vacation  took  place.  It  was 
opened  again  in  September,  under  the  instruction  of  a  hired  teacher, 
whose  time  expired  in  June  last,  when  Mr.  Wilson  resumed  the 
instruction.  A  common  difficulty  was  experienced  here;  viz.  the 
children  being  so  much  in  the  habit  of  speaking  in  their  native   Ian- 


1828.  CHOCTAW    MISSION.       ELLIOT  77 

guage  to  each  other,  that  they  were  making  no  progress  in  the  ac- 
quisition of  English.  To  afford  some  remedy  for  this  evil,  Mr.  Wil- 
son placed  five  of  his  most  promising  boys  in  pious  families,  in  Giles 
county,  Tennessee,  where  strict  attention  would  be  paid  to  their  ed- 
ucation, and  where  they  would  be  compelled  to  learn  our  language, 
as  only  one  was  put  in  a  family.  This  experiment  seemed  likely  to 
succeed.  The  children  could  go  in  rotation,  and  in  as  large  num- 
bers, as  should  seem  on  the  whole  advisable. 

Though  Caney  Creek  is  within  the  Chickasaw  limits,  it  is  re- 
moved 40  or  50  miles  from  any  considerable  number  of  the  natives; 
but  it  is,  on  this  very  account,  the  more  favorably  situated  for  a 
boarding  school.  If  the  parents  live  near  such  a  school,  they  are 
more  apt  to  take  away  their  children  for  short  visits,  and  on  slight 
pretences,  and,  in  various  ways,  to  render  the  management  of  the 
school  very  difficult.  This  distance  of  the  Indians,  however,  makes 
it  impossible  for  the  resident  missionary  to  preach  to  them.  It  is 
much  to  be  desired,  therefore,  that  such  aid  should  be  furnished,  as 
will  enable  Mr.  Wilson  to  leave  his  family  and  school,  and  make 
tours  for  preaching  the  Gospel  to  the  natives,  wherever  a  little  con- 
gregation of  them  can  be  collected. 

The  superintendence  of  these  two  stations  last  mentioned  is  com- 
mitted to  Mr.  Stuart  by  the  Chickasaws.  They  look  to  him  as 
responsible  for  providing  good  teachers  and  seeing  that  the  schools 
answer  their  end. 

On  examining  the  history  of  this  mission,  as  communicated  in  va- 
rious documents  furnished  from  the  different  stations,  it  appears 
already  to  have  been  a  great  blessing'  to  the  tribe,  and  to  promise 
much  greater  blessings  in  time  to  come. 

VII.     CHOCTAW  MISSION. 

The  assistant  missionaries,  mentioned  in  the  last  Report,  p.  Ill, 
arrived  at  Mayhew  last  fall,  and  had  services  assigned  them,  ac- 
cording; to  the  exigencies  of  different  stations. 

ELLIOT. 

Mr.   John    Smith,    Farmer   and    Superintendent    of  Secular 

Concerns;  Mrs.  Smith. 
Mr.  Joel  Wood,  Teacher;  Mrs.  Wood. 


78  Choctaw  mission,     elliot.  Report, 

Mr.  William  Hooper,  Teacher  and  Catechist;  Mrs.  Hooper. 
Mr.  Zechariah  Howes,  Farmer;  Mrs.  Howes. 

The  whole  number  of  native  pupils  in  the  schools,  during  the  past 
year,  is  49.  The  average  number  was  the  same  as  that  of  the  pre- 
ceding year;  viz.  26  boys  and  12  girls.  Tbe  proficiency  of  the 
scholars  has  been  quite  respectable.  Sixteen  boys  and  five  girls  are 
so  far  advanced  in  their  education,  as  to  write  English  compositions. 
Nearly  all  are  taught  the  use  of  the  pen,  and  more  than  half  the 
boys  cipher.  Eleven  boys  and  four  girls  studied  English  grammar, 
and  a  greater  number  have  obtained  much  accurate  geographical 
knowledge. 

Since  the  commencement  of  the  school  at  Elliot,  one  hundred  and 
eighty  five  children  of  natives  have  been  admitted  to  it.  About  half 
left  the  school  so  soon,  or  attended  so  irregularly,  as  not  to  have  re- 
ceived much  benefit;  and  perhaps  they  could  now  hardly  be  distin- 
guished from  children,  who  never  attended  at  all.  It  is  possible, 
however,  that  some  salutary  impressions  may  have  been  made,  in  many 
instances,  where  they  are  not  perceptible  at  present,  but  may  be  de- 
veloped on  some  favorable  occasion  hereafter.  Those  pupils  who 
have  staid  some  time  in  the  mission  family,  and  have  made  full  proof 
of  the  advantages  there  enjoyed,  are  essentially  improved  in  their 
minds  and  habits,  and  must  probably  manifest  this  improvement  in 
their  future  lives. 

Miss  Eliza  Fairbanks,  who  joined  the  mission  last  fall,  has  since 
been  married  to  Mr.  Hooper.  She  has  the  charge  of  the  school  for 
girls. 

In  the  Sabbath  school,  7,732  verses  of  Scripture  and  of  hymns, 
and  answers  in  the  catechism,  were  committed  to  memory  by  the 
boys,  and  2,688  by  the  girls.     One  boy  committed  975. 

The  labor  of  the  boys  on  the  farm,  under  the  direction  of  Mr. 
Howes,  is  rather  increasing. 

As  few  natives  reside  in  the  neighborhood  of  Elliot,  only  six  or 
eight  adults  beside  those,  who  belong  to  the  mission  family,  attend 
worship  here  on  the  Sabbath.  Meetings  have  been  held,  in  villages 
six  miles  and  nine  miles  distant,  for  the  religious  instruction  of 
blacks,  from  fifteen  to  twenty  of  whom  attend;  and  sometimes  thirty 
are  present.  Mr.  Hooper  has  lately  visited  a  settlement  of  half- 
breeds  and  others,  a  great  part  of  whom  understand  some  English, 
•50  or  60  miles  S.  S.  W.  of  Elliot,  where  he  has  found  much  encour- 
agement for  evangelical  labor. 


1828.  CHOCTAW    MISSION.       MAYHEW.  79 

A  part  of  the  natives  have  made  considerable  improvements,  within 
four  or  five  years,  as  to  the  cultivation  of  land,  and  the  manner  of 
living.  The  introduction  of  whiskey  is  the  great  impediment  to  civ- 
ilization. The  prevailing  vice  is  intoxication;  and  this  leads  to 
other  vices,  and  frequently  to  personal  violence  and  bloodshed.  It  is 
true  of  the  Choctaws,  as  of  several  other  tribes,  that  when  sober  they 
are  remarkably  free  from  anger,  not  apt  to  engage  in  personal 
altercation  or  abuse,  but  kind  in  speech  and  gentle  in  manners. 
When  inflamed  by  strong  drink,  they  become  infuriated,  and  will 
fall  into  quarrels  and  commit  murder  with  slight  provocation.  It  is 
believed,  however,  that  even  in  their  fits  of  drinking,  they  never  at- 
tack white  men,  excepting  those  who  have  put  themselves  on  the 
same  level. 

The  Choctaws  are  honest  in  regard  to  property,  unless  when 
strongly  tempted  to  s;et  the  means  of  buying  whiskey;  and  theft  has 
been  very  rare  among  them;  though  it  does  not  appear  that  they 
have  been  restrained  from  this  vice,  or  any  other,  by  a  sense  of  ac- 
countability to  God. 

MAYHEW. 

Rev.  Cyrus  Kingsbury,  Missionary  and  Superintejident  of  the 

Choctaw  Mission;  Mrs.  Kingsbury. 
Miss  Anna  Burnham,  Teacher;  .• 

Mr.  Anson  Gleason,  Teacher  and  Mechanic;  Mrs.  Gleason. 
Mr.  Philo  P.  Stewart,  Teacher  and  Manager  of  Secular  Con- 
cerns of  the  Station;  Mrs.  Stewart. 
Mr.  Ebenezer  Bliss,  Farmer. 
Mr.  Elijah  S.  Town,  Teacher  and  Farmer. 
Miss  Hannah  Cone. 
As  Miss  Burnham's  health  had   suffered  from  long  confinement, 
and  constant  application  to  the  business  of  teaching,  she  took  a  jour- 
ney to  the  north   last  spring,  of  which  the  Committee   approved. 
She  is  now  probably  on  her  return  to  the  place  of  her  former  labor, 
in  company  with  other  assistant  missionaries,  and  with  improved 
health. 

Mrs.  Macomber's  illness  still  continuing,  and  there  being  little 
prospect  of  her  restoration  to  health  on  mission  ground,  it  was  thought 
best,  that  Mr.  Macomber  »should  leave  the  mission  and  return  with 
her  to  their  former  residence  in  the  state  of  New  York.     They  left 


80  choctavv  mission,     emmaus.  Report, 

Mayhew  in  March.  Mr.  Town,  Miss  Eliza  Capen,  (now  Mrs, 
Stewart,)  and  Miss  Cone,  were  a  part  of  the  reinforcement,  which 
joined  the  mission  last  fall. 

The  school  for  girls  was  taught  last  spring  and  summer  by  Mrs. 
Stewart;  and  the  school  for  boys  by  Mr.  Gleason  for  some  months, 
then  by  Mr.  Town,  and  since  by  Mr.  Gleason  and  Mr.  Stewart  in 
conjunction. 

The  history  of  this  station  has  been  quite  uniform.  The  school, 
the  farm,  and  the  process  of  evangelical  instruction,  have  scarcely 
varied  at  all  from  what  has  appeared  in  preceding  reports.  Those, 
who  were  mentioned  last  year,  as  having  become  hopefully  pious, 
continue  to  manifest  the  Christian  character. 

Mr.  Gleason  has  frequently  visited  Choctaw  villages,  at  the  dis- 
tance of  three  and  five  miles  from  Mayhew,  where  a  little  audience 
can  be  collected,  for  the  purpose  of  giving  and  receiving  religious  in- 
struction. 

The  following  facts  show,  in  a  striking  point  of  view,  the  efficacy 
of  attempts  to  restrain  intemperance.  In  the  year  1825,  the  chief 
of  the  northeastern  district,  in  which  Mayhew  is  situated,  permitted 
the  introduction  of  whiskey.  In  that  year  ten  lives  were  lost,  as  the 
direct  consequence  of  drinking; — six  of  them  by  violence.  In  the 
spring  of  1826,  the  chief  was  formally  deposed,  and  another  chief 
appointed,  who  has  uniformly  prohibited  the  introduction  of  whiskey; 
or  rather,  he  has  enforced  previously  existing  laws  on  the  subject. 
Within  the  two  years,  which  have  since  intervened,  only  a  single 
death  is  known  to  have  taken  place  in  consequence  of  intoxication; 
and  that  was  a  case  of  accidental  drowning. 

EMMAUS. 

Mr.  Moses  Jewell,  Assistant  Missionary  and  Catechist;  Mrs. 

Jewell. 
Mr.  David  Gage,  Teacher;  Mrs.  Gage. 
Miss  Pamela  Skinner. 
No  material  change  has  taken  place  at  this  station,  except  by  the 
accession  of  Miss  Skinner,  who  joined  the  mission  last  fall  from  Con- 
necticut.    The  school  is  small,  not  exceeding  15  pupils.     The  influ- 
ence of  the  station  upon  the  natives  is  not  great. 


18128.  CHOCTAW    MISSION.       AI-IK-HUN-NUH.  81 


SCHOOL    AT    MR.    JUZON's. 

Mr.  Adin  C.  Gibbs,  Teacher. 
About  twelve  pupils  attended  this  school  last  year,  and  made  re- 
spectable proficiency.     Mr.  Gibbs  was   assigned  to  the   station   in 
March  last;  but  no  report  has  yet  been  received  from  him. 

GOSHEN. 

Rev.  Alfred  Wright,  Missionanj;  Mrs.  Wright. 

Mr.  Elijah  Bardwell,  Farmer;  Mrs.  Bardwell. 

Mr.  Samuel  Moulton,  Teacher;  Mrs.  Moulton. 

Miss  Eliza  Buer. 
This  station  is  among  that  part  of  the  Choctaws,  which  is  at  the 
farthest  remove  from  civilization.  Yet,  even  here,  the  example  and 
influence  of  the  mission  are  felt  by  the  natives.  Especially  is  this 
observable  of  those,  who  live  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Goshen. 
They  have  more  clothing,  larger  fields,  and  better  farms; — are  more 
industrious,  less  given  to  drinking,  and  provide  better  for  their 
families.  In  the  article  of  dress,  very  considerable  improvement  is 
visible. 

Intoxication  is  less  prevalent  than  formerly;  and  the  improvement 
is  owing,  it  is  supposed,  to  the  influence  of  the  chiefs.  The  first 
year  after  the  station  was  formed,  there  were  about  twenty  murders 
committed  within  a  few  miles  of  Goshen,  in  consequence  of  intoxica- 
tion. Within  the  last  year,  only  two  murders  are  known  to  have 
been  committed,  in  the  same  tract  of  country. 

Mr.  Wright  visits  the  natives  from  house  to  house,  and  converses 
with  the  people  in  their  own  language.  The  progress  made  in 
teaching  is  slow;  but  some  salutary  effects  are  seen,  both  in  the 
schools  and  among  the  adults. 

Miss  Lucinda  Field,  (now  Mrs.  Moulton,)  joined  the  mission  last 
fall  from  Connecticut. 

The  number  of  pupils  in  school  is  fourteen. 

AI-IK-HUN-NUH. 

Rev.  Cyrus  Byington,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Byington. 

Mr.    Loring    S.    Williams,    Teacher   and    Catechist;     Mrs. 

Williams. 

11 


82  ghoctaw  mission,     gibeon.  Report, 

Miss  Nancy  F.  Foster,  Assistant. 
Mr.  Nicholas  Cochnauer,  Teacher. 

After  printing  Choctaw  books  at  Cincinnati,  in  the  summer  of  last 
year,  and  performing  a  short  but  welcome  agency  in  Ohio,  Mr.  By- 
ington  returned  to  his  station  early  in  the  winter.  During  his  ab- 
sence, he  had  entered  into  a  matrimonial  union  with  Miss  Sophia 
Nye,  of  Marietta,  by  whom  he  was  accompanied  to  Ai-ik-hun-nuh, 
Miss  Nancy  F.  Foster,  of  the  same  'place,  enters  upon  missionary 
service  as  a  member  of  his  family.  Mr.  Holley,  now  a  member  of 
the  church  at  Mayhew,  was  employed  last  year  to  teach  the  school 
at  Mr.  Juzon's,  and  has  till  lately  had  the  charge  of  thirteen  boys 
here.  He  is  now  preparing  at  Elliot  to  be  a  permanent  teacher  in 
Indian  schools.  Five  girls  are  instructed  by  the  female  members  of 
the  mission  family.  Two  or  three  small  schools  are  taught  twice  a 
week,  in  villages  a  few  miles  distant,  by  the  brethren  of  this  station. 

Mr.  Byington  preaches  regularly  in  Choctaw.  The  children  in 
all  the  schools  learn  to  read  in  English  and  Choctaw,  at  the  same 
time. 

Two  native  youths,  who  have  been  members  of  the  school  at  May- 
hew,  have  settled  in  this  village  as  mechanics,  one  as  a  blacksmith, 
and  the  other  as  a  carpenter.  The  people  are  making  some  ad- 
vances in  civilization  and  industry. 

Mr.  Williams  removed  hither  from  Bok-i-tun-nuh  last  autumn. 

station  near  col.  folsom's,  now  called  gibeon. 

Mr.  Dyer  left  the  mission  last  fall,  and  returned  to  the  north. 

Mrs.  Moseley  taught  the  school  in  Col.  Folsom's  family  for  several 
months,  and  appears  to  have  been  quite  useful.  Her  health  had 
been  feeble,  a  great  part  of  the  time,  since  Mr.  Moseley's  death,  in 
1824;  and  it  was  thought  best  by  her  relatives,  that  she  should 
visit  them  again.  The  Committee  deemed  it  advisable,  on  the 
whole,  that  she  should  be  released  from  her  missionary  engagement. 
She  reached  New  England  in  May  last.  Since  her  return,  she  has 
signified  her  strong  attachment  to  the  missionary  work,  and  her  de- 
sire to  be  employed  in  it  again,  if  Providence  shall  again  open  the 
way. 

Mr.  David  Wright,  who  had  lived  several  years  at  Ai-ik-hun- 
nuh,  made  some  preparations  for  entering  upon  this  station.  Build- 
ings were  Commenced  near  Col.  Folsom's,  and  will  soon  be  in  readi- 


1828.  CHOCTAW    MISSION.       GENERAL    NOTICES.  83 

ness  for  a  mission  family.  In  the  mean  time,  Mr.  Wright  was 
solicited  to  become  the  principal  of  an  academy  at  Columbus,  in 
Monroe  county,  Mississippi,  where  he  thought  he  might  be  useful  to 
the  missionary  cause.  He  therefore  solicited  permission  to  accept 
this  offer,  which  the  Committee,  in  consideration  of  the  peculiar  cir- 
cumstances of  the  case,  cheerfully  granted. 

Col.  Folsom,  who  consults  the  good  of  his  people  with  extraordi- 
nary care  and  constancy,  is  still  very  desirous  of  having  a  teacher  in 
his  neighborhood.  It  is  now  probable,  that  Mr.  Byington  will  re- 
move to  this  vacant  station. 

HEBRON,  NEAR  CAPT.  ROBERT  FOLSOM's. 

Mr.  Calvin  Cushman,  Teacher  and  Farmer;  Mrs.  Cushman. 
Miss  Philena  Thatcher,  Teacher. 

The  school  was  opened  here  on  the  15th  of  January  last.  Twenty 
two  scholars  have  attended,  though  the  average  number  is  less. 
They  are  taught  Choctaw  only,  at  present;  though  some  of  them 
will  doubtless  be  taught  English  hereafter,  if  the  school  should  be 
continued. 

Mr.  Cushman  designs  to  cultivate  a  small  farm,  and  to  conduct 
the  mission  upon  economical  principles.  He  is  warmly  supported  in 
his  measures  by  Capt.  Folsom,  who  is  at  the  head  of  this  settlement, 
and  who  wishes  to  promote  the  improvement  of  his  people.  He  is  a 
brother  of  Col.  Folsom,  and  acts  as  a  sort  of  patron  and  magistrate. 
In  this  latter  capacity,  he  has  twice  solemnized  marriage  with  great 
propriety.  On  these  occasions,  every  thing  was  conducted  with 
entire  stillness  and  decorum,  though  200  individuals  were  present. 

The  people  are  very  desirous  of  getting  agricultural  implements, 
household  furniture,  and  other  useful  articles.  It  is  hoped  the  set- 
tlement will  increase  in  numbers,  and  that  here  will  be  a  happy 
experiment  of  the  civilizing  effects  of  Christianity.  There  is  already 
seen  among  the  people  a  disposition  to  inquire  on  the  subject  of 
religion. 

GENERAL   NOTICES. 

In  comparing  the  history  of  the  past  year  with  that  of  several 
preceding  years,  it  is  pretty  evident  that  the  Choctaws  are  in  a 
course  of  improvement.     Jealousies  are  diminishing.     The  principal 


84  Arkansas  mission,     dwight.  Report, 

men  are  in  favor  of  civilization.  They  are  gaining-  influence  over 
the  people,  not  by  their  offices  as  chiefs  merely,  but  by  their  greater 
intelligence  and  the  consistency  of  their  character.  Their  exhorta- 
tions and  their  example  may  now  be  said  to  be  decidedly  in  favor  of 
morality  and  good  order. 

The  acquisition  of  an  influence  directly  religious  has  proved  more 
slow  and  difficult  here,  than  among  the  Cherokees,  and  in  many  other 
places.  The  faith  of  the  missionaries  has  been  tried  by  a  long- 
struggle  against  ignorance  and  sin,  with  comparatively  few  encour- 
agements from  seeing  the  natives  become  pious,  or  sincerely  inquir- 
ing on  the  subject  of  religion.  Yet  there  have  been  exhibitions  of 
the  power  of  divine  truth;  and  the  way  may  now  be  preparing  for 
more  signal  displays  of  it.  Much  disinterested  labor  has  been  cheer- 
fully expended  for  the  benefit  of  this  tribe;  much  health  has  here 
been  voluntarily  sacrificed;  large  donations  of  money  and  articles  of 
clothing  have  been  generously  devoted  to  the  same  purpose;  and  six 
faithful  men  and  women  have  laid  down  their  lives,  and  others  stand 
ready  to  do  the  same,  for  the  accomplishment  of  the  great  object, 
which  brought  them  forth  into  the  wilderness.  This  object  is  the 
establishment  of  the  Gospel  and  its  institutions;  and  if  it  be  even 
partly  accomplished,  the  joy  and  satisfaction  of  those  who  are  em- 
ployed in  the  work  will  be  great. 


VIII.    MISSION  AMONG  THE  CHEROKEES  OF  THE 

ARKANSAS. 

It  is  a  little  more  than  eight  years,  since  Messrs.  Finney  and 
Washburn  crossed  the  Mississippi  to  prepare  the  way  for  evangeli- 
cal labors  among  the  Cherokees,  who  had  emigrated  thither.  A 
boarding  school  was  commenced,  as  soon  as  the  necessary  prepara- 
tions could  be  made.  The  Gospel  has  been  preached,  so  far  as 
Providence  has  opened  the  way  and  furnished  the  means.  A  steady 
advance  has  been  made,  though  amidst  frequent  discouragements. 

DWIGHT. 

This  station  is  about  200  miles  west  of  the  Mississippi,  and  three 
or  four  miles  north  of  the  Arkansas. 

Rev.  Alfred  Finney,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Finney. 


1828.  DWIGHT.       CHURCH    AND    CONGREGATION.  35 

Rev.  Cephas  Washburn,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Washburn. 

Mr.  Jacob  Hitchcock,  Steivard;  Mrs.  Hitchcock. 

Mr.  James  Orr,  Farmer;  Mrs.  Orr. 

Mr.  Samuel  Wisner,  Mechanic;  Mrs.  Wisner. 

Mr.  Samuel  Newton,  Assistant;  Mrs.  Newton. 

Mr.  Asa  Hitchcock,       \ 

Miss  Ellen  Stetson,       \  Teachers. 

Miss  Cynthia  Thrall,     ) 
During   the  last  winter,  Dr.  Weed  removed  from  this  place   to 
Union,  in  the  Osage  mission.     This  measure  was  approved  by  the 
mission  families   at  both   stations,  and  has  since  been  approved  by 
the  Committee. 

Mr.  Newton  was  connected  with  the  Osage  mission  at  Harmony 
about  five  years.  In  the  year  1826,  he  left  the  station,  because  his 
services  were  not  thought,  by  himself  and  his  brethren,  to  be  needed 
in  the  departments,  for  which  he  was  qualified  to  labor.  By  the 
missionary  convention,  held  at  Harmony  in  November  last,  he  was 
invited  to  return  to  the  mission  family;  and  he  was  subsequently  ad- 
vised to  join  the  mission  among  the  Cherokees  of  the  Arkansas,  for 
the  purpose  of  teaching  a  new  local  school,  which  was  then  contem- 
plated. While  preparations  were  making  for  the  school,  he  took 
up  his  residence  at  Dwight,  where  he  assists  in  teaching,  and  su- 
perintends the  labor  of  the  boys.  During  the  interval  of  Mr.  New- 
ton's not  being  attached  to  a  mission,  he  supported  himself  and  his 
family,  in  the  neighboring  white  settlements.  The  Committee  ap- 
prove of  his  return  to  missionary  employment. 

The  church  at  Dwight  has  received  sixteen  members,  beside  the 
mission  family.  Two  of  these  are  whites,  and  the  remaining  four- 
teen are  natives.  Five  were  received  from  the  churches  "among  the 
Cherokees  east  of  the  Mississippi,  and  eleven  on  a  profession  of 
their  faith.  Of  the  whole  number,  three  have  died  in  hope  of  a  bet- 
ter life;  one  has  removed  to  a  distance,  and  joined  another  church; 
one  is  under  censure;  and  eleven  now  remain  in  good  standing. 

The  congregation  at  Dwio-ht,  including  all  that  reside  at  the  sta- 

DO  D         J  O 

tion,  varies  from  90  to  130.  The  number  who  come  from  a  distance, 
is  small;  as  the  missionaries  now  preach  regularly,  at  several  differ- 
ent places,  as  follows:  viz.  1.  At  the  lower  settlement,  on  Point 
Remove,  25  miles  east  from  Dwight,  once  in  four  weeks.  The 
congregation  is  from  30  to  80.     The  people  have  erected  a  house 


86  Arkansas  mission,     the  schools.  Report, 

for  public  worship;  and  there  is  no  family,  in  which  there  is  not  some 
individual  hopefully  pious.  In  every  family  but  one,  there  is  a  pro- 
fessor of  religion.  2.  At  the  upper  settlement  on  Point  Remove,  25 
miles  northeast  from  Dwight,  once  in  four  weeks.  Congregation 
from  30  to  120.  None  understand  English.  3.  At  Asto-lut-tuh's, 
eight  miles  north  from  Dwight,  once  in  four  weeks.  From  20  to  70 
assemble  to  hear.  This  neighborhood  is  comparatively  populous. 
Three  hundred  might  assemble,  without  any  of  them  being  obliged  to 
travel  more  than  8  miles.  None  understand  English.  4.  At  Spring- 
frog's,  12  miles  S.  S.  E.  from  Dwight,  once  in  four  weeks.  Con- 
gregation about  60.  None  understand  English.  5.  At  Maj.  John 
Jolly's,  the  principal  chief  of  the  nation,  on  Spadre  creek,  25  miles 
west  from  Dwight,  once  in  four  weeks.  From  50  to  12  assemble; 
and  about  half  understand  English.  6.  At  Rafeldt's,  12  miles  west 
from  Dwight,  once  in  four  weeks.  Congregation  from  30  to  70. 
7.  At  Chisholm's,  five  miles  west  from  Dwight,  once  in  three  weeks. 
From  15  to  40  assemble. 

By  this  arrangement,  there  is  preaching  at  Dwight,  two  Sabbaths 
out  of  four,  by  one  of  the  missionaries;  and,  at  the  communion,  which 
is  administered  every  second  month,  Mr.  Finney  and  Mr.  Washburn 
are  both  present. 

There  are  probably  1,000  or  1,200  adults  within  25  miles  of 
Dwight,  not  including  the  white  settlements,  on  the  south  of  the 
Arkansas.  It  was  at  the  earnest  .solicitation  of  the  people,  in 
the  respective  neighborhoods,  that  preaching  was  commenced,  in  the 
above-mentioned  places.  The  people  of  other  neighborhoods  earnest- 
ly request,  that  meetings  may  be  held  among  them  also.  The  mis- 
sionaries visit  them  occasionally,  as  they  are  able.  The  desire  to 
hear  the  Gospel,  and  the  attention  paid  to  it,  when  it  is  preached, 
have  greatly  increased.  It  is  believed  there  is  not  a  neighborhood, 
in  which  there  are  not  many,  who  would  not  be  glad  to  hear  preaching. 

Mr.  Alexander  Brown,  a  half  brother  of  David  Brown,  is  the 
regular  interpreter.  He  is  hopefully  pious,  having  recently  be- 
come so. 

The  Schools.— When  Dr.  Weed  left  the  instruction  of  the  boys, 
Mr.  Asa  Hitchcock  succeeded  him  in  teaching,  and  has  been  quite 
useful  in  that  employment.  At  the  commencement  of  the  school  last 
fall,  after  the  vacation,  there  were  above  60  scholars.  Six  or  eight 
left  the  school  soon  after,  to  join  the  new  school  at  Mulberry. 


I8l28.  ARKANSAS    MISSION.       MULBERRY.  87 

Messrs.  Kingsbury  and  Greene,  when  visiting  this  place  last 
April,  as  a  deputation  from  the  Board,  paid  particular  attention  to 
the  schools.  About  50  pupils  boarding  in  the  mission  family,  were 
then  in  daily  attendance.  Some  of  them,  both  males  and  females, 
were  making*  respectable  proficiency.  Miss  Stetson  had  the  charge 
of  the  school  for  girls.  In  examining  the  list  of  young  persons,  who 
have  been  taken  from  the  tutelage  of  the  mission  family,  it  is  found 
that,  though  some  are  not  materially  improved,  others  have  discover- 
ed a  remarkable  capacity  of  being  benefitted;  and,  on  the  whole,  the 
instruction  here  given  has  essentially  aided  the  process  of  civilization. 
It  is  proper  to  say,  in  this  connexion,  that  Maj.  Duval,  the  United 
States  agent,  residing  near  Dwight,  declared  to  the  Corresponding 
Secretary  last  spring,  that  the  single  school  in  question  had  done 
more  to  improve  the  condition  of  the  Indians,  than  all  the  sums  of 
money  expended  by  the  government  in  furnishing  them  with  imple- 
ments of  husbandry,  and  annual  distributions  of  clothing. 

There  was  a  period  when,  owing  to  prejudices  and  untoward  cir- 
cumstances, the  people  were  unfriendly  to  the  school  and  the  mission; 
but  the  case  is  far  different  now.  No  scholars  are  solicited,  and 
many  more  apply  than  can  be  admitted.  Parents  generally  are  de- 
sirous to  have  their  children  instructed.  Applications  for  local 
schools  have  been  made  by  the  people  in  several  places;  they  offer- 
ing to  bear  the  expense  of  the  preparation,  and  to  support  the  fami- 
ly of  the  teacher. 

MULBERRY. 

Situated  near  the  Great  Mulberry  creek,  about  60  miles  west 
from  Dwight,  five  miles  north  of  the  Arkansas  river,  and  80  miles 
E.  S.  E.  from  Fort  Gibson. 

Dr.    Marcus    Palmer,     Licensed     Preacher,    Physician   and 
Teacher;  Mrs.   Palmer. 

The  people  of  this  neighborhood  offered,  in  case  they  might  have 
a  teacher  stationed  among  them,  to  erect  the  buildings  necessary 
for  his  family  and  for  a  school,  to  clear  and  fence  a  garden,  to  board 
their  own  children,  and  to  furnish  corn  and  meat  for  the  teacher's 
family.  Comfortable  buildings  were  accordingly  erected  by  them; 
and,  at  the  special  request  of  the  Cherokees,  and  with  the  approba- 
tion of  the  Committee,  Dr.  Palmer  removed  hither  from  Union 
last  winter. 


88  REMOVAL    OF    THE    ARKANSAS    CHEROKEE S.  Report, 

The  school  was  opened  in  March;  and  when  Messrs.  Kingsbury 
and  Greene  visited  the  place,  on  the  24th  of  April,  there  were  more 
than  30  scholars.  In  the  September  preceding,  a  formal  applica- 
tion was  made  for  a  school  directly  to  the  Prudential  Committee,  by 
the  principal  men  of  the  district,  in  council  assembled;  and  a  cer- 
tified copy  of  their  proceedings  was  forwarded  by  Mr.  David  Brown, 
their  clerk.  The  people  were  much  interested  in  this  effort  of  their 
own;  and  the  prospects  of  doing  good  were  very  encouraging. 

The  congregation,  to  which  Dr.  Palmer  preaches  on  the  Sabbath, 
varies  from  75  to  150.  Many  are  seriously  inquiring,  and  some  are 
hopefully  pious. 

Arrangements  were  in  progress  for  opening  another  local  school, 
on  the  same  plan,  at  Crossland's  settlement,  25  miles  west  from 
Dwight. 

REMOVAL    OF    THIS    PART    OF    THE    TRIBE. 

• 

A  treaty  was  concluded  at  Washington,  in  May  last,  between  the 
government  of  the  United  States  and  a  deputation  of  the  Chero- 
kees  of  the  Arkansas,  by  which  it  was  stipulated,  that  the  country 
now  occupied  by  these  Cherokees  should  be  surrendered  to  the 
United  States,  in  consideration  of  receiving  other  lands,  lying  west 
of  a  line  drawn  from  the  N.  W.  corner  of  Louisiana  to  the  S.  W. 
corner  of  Missouri.  As  a  consequence  of  this  negociation,  the  west- 
ern limits  of  Louisiana,  Arkansas,  and  Missouri  will  form  one  con- 
tinuous line,  and  all  the  Indian  lands  will  lie  on  the  west  of  it.  As 
another  consequence,  this  part  of  the  Cherokee  tribe,  containing 
probably  about  6,000  souls,  will  remove  from  their  present  habita- 
tions to  their  newly  acquired  lands,  which  are  said  to  be  of  a  better 
quality  than  those  which  are  given  in  exchange.  As  their  present 
western  settlements  extend  to  the  line,  over  which  they  are  to  re- 
move, and  their  eastern  settlements  are  but  about  a  hundred  miles 
from  it,  the  distance  of  their  removal  is  comparatively  small. 

The  news  of  this  treaty,  when  first  received  by  the  people,  created 
great  dissatisfaction;  particularly  as  the  deputies  were  not  author- 
ized to  alienate  any  land,  but,  on  the  contrary,  were  prohibited  from 
doing  so,  by  a  standing  law.  But  when  the  whole  matter  was  calmly 
considered,  the  exchange  was  generally  thought  to  be  advantageous, 
and  the  people  were  satisfied  with  it.  The  actual  removal  will 
probably  be  accomplished  speedily,  and  with  a  good  degree  of  cheer- 


1828.  OSAGES    OF    THE    NEOSHO.  89 

fulness.  The  Indians  are  to  receive  a  fair  compensation  for  their 
present  improvements,  and  an  allowance  for  the  expense  of  re- 
moving. 

The  money  expended  by  this  Board,  in  erecting  buildings  and 
making  improvements  on  land,  with  a  view  to  the  civilization  of  the 
tribe,  is  to  be  refunded,  on  condition  that  it  shall  be  used  for  similar 
purposes,  in  the  new  country  of  the  Cherokees.  The  school  will 
be  continued  at  Dwight,  till  the  people  become  settled  again,  when 
the  necessary  changes  will  be  made. 

The  condition  of  this  portion  of  the  Cherokees,  is  represented  by 
the  missionaries}  as  improving  to  a  very  considerable  extent.  A 
greater  number  of  people   are   engaging  in  agriculture  every  year. 

Col.  Webber,  a  half  brother  of  Mr.  David  Brown,  resides  near 
the  station  at  Mulberry,  and  is  the  special  patron  of  the  school. 
Last  year  he  planted  100  acres  with  cotton  and  100  acres  with 
corn,  potatoes,  &.c.  There  is  a  general  improvement  in  buildings, 
furniture,  dress,  and  manner  of  living.  In  some  of  these  respects, 
particularly  in  the  dwelling  houses,  the  Cherokees  of  the  Arkansas 
are  not  behind  their  white  neighbors. 


IX.      MISSIONS    AMONG    THE    OSAGES   OF   THE 

NEOSHO. 

The  river  Neosho,  commonly  called  Grand  River,  falls  into  the 
Arkansas  from  the  north.  Fort  Gibson  has  been  erected  upon  it, 
two  miles  above  its  mouth.  The  Osage  Indians  possessed  the  coun- 
try on  both  sides,  from  its  mouth  to  its  source,  till,  by  recent  treaties, 
they  have  consented  to  withdraw  towards  its  head  waters.  Their 
country  is  now  west  of  the  southern  part  of  the  state  of  Missouri. 
The  migrating  Creeks  are  west  of  the  Verdigris,  and  thus  west  of 
the  northern  part  of  the  Arkansas  territory.  Next  comes  the  coun- 
try of  the  Cherokees,  acquired  by  their  late  treaty,  and  which  lies 
between  the  present  west  line  of  the  Arkansas  territory  and  the 
Verdigris,  and  in  the  fork  between  the  Arkansas  river  and  the 
Canadian  river.  The  Choctaw  lands,  acquired  a  few  years  since, 
lie  south  of  the  Canadian,  and  west  of  the  southern  part  of  the 
Arkansas  territory. 

12 


90  osage  mission,  union.  Report, 


UNION. 


This  place  is  situated  one  mile  west  of  the  Neosho,  26  miles  north 
of  Fort  Gibson,  and  about  150' miles  N.  W.  from  Dwight.  The 
western  boundary  of  the  Arkansas  territory  was,  till  the  late  treaty, 
two  miles  west  of  Union;  it  is  now  38  miles  east.  Of  course, 
Union  falls  into  the  territory  newly  acquired  by  the  Cherokees,  as 
stipulated  in  the  treaty  of  May  last;  and,  although  it  cannot  be  a 
station  for  the  Osages  particularly,  it  may  be  useful,  with  the  consent 
of  the  Cherokees,  to  several  Indian  tribes,  at  least?  for  the  present. 
Rev.  William  F.  Vaill,  Missionary  and  Superintendent;  Mrs. 

Vaill. 
Dr.  George  L.  Weed,  Physician;  Mrs.  Weed. 
Mr.  George  Requa,  Steward;  Mrs.  Requa. 
Mr.  Abraham  Redfield,    Carpenter  and  Farmer;  Mrs.  Red- 
field. 

The  removal  of  Dr.  Weed  and  Dr.  Palmer  has  already  been 
mentioned.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Woodruff  ceased  to  be  connected  with 
the  mission  in  May  last,  for  reasons,  which  it  is  not  necessary  to 
state  here,  but  which  were  deemed  sufficient  by  the  missionaries, 
and  the  members  of  the  Deputation.  They  reside  still  at  the  sta- 
tion, and  are  disposed  to  render  assistance,  so  far  as  they  shall  be 
able.  Mr.  Douglas,  who  had  been  previously  married  to  Miss  Sel- 
den,  thought  it  expedient  to  leave  the  mission.  He  is  now  settled 
as  a  farmer,  about  four  miles  from  Union. 

The  only  Osages  near  this  station  are  those  at  Hopefield,  five 
miles  distant; — a  few  at  the  Grand  Saline,  15  miles  distant; — and 
that  part  of  the  tribe,  which  is  called  Clamore's  village,  and  which 
contains  2,000  souls.  This  large  collection  of  Osages,  is  25  miles 
distant.  All  these  settlements  are  on  land  ceded  to  the  United 
States  by  the  treaty  of  1825;  but,  as  the  people  of  Clamore's 
village  are  unwilling  to  remove,  it  is  probable  that  some  arrange- 
ment may  be  made,  which  will  save  them  from  that  necessity. 

Clamore,  who  was  for  twenty  or  thirty  years  the  chief  of  this 
part  of  the  nation,  died  last  May.  He  was  one  of  the  company  of 
Indians,  which  was  sent  through  the  country  as  far  as  Boston  at 
the  public  expense,  during  the  early  part  of  Mr.  Jefferson's  adminis- 
tration. He  is  described  by  Mr.  Vaill  as  being  a  man  of  a  noble 
countenance  and  stately  figure,  of  robust  constitution,  and  vigorous 


1828.  OSAGE    MISSION.        THE    SCHOOL.  91 

intellectual  powers.  He  was  accustomed  to  boast,  that  be  had  never 
been  at  war  with  the  whites;  and  he  could  have  said,  with  almost 
equal  truth,  that  he  had  never  been  at  peace  with  the  neighboring 
tribes.  He  was  a  jealous^  subtle  man — a  wily,  intriguing  politician, 
and  a  most  eloquent  speaker.  He  always  respected  the  missiona- 
ries; but  never  favored  the  cause,  in  which  they  are  engaged.  After 
giving  these  outlines  of  his  character,  Mr.  Vaill  adds;  "I  can  truly 
say,  that,  notwithstanding  his  failings,  such  was  the  greatness  of 
his  mind,  and  such  his  friendship  for  the  whites,  that  all,  who  were 
intimately  acquainted  with  him,  respected  him  when  living,  and 
lament  his  death." 

There  is  little  opportunity  for  preaching  the  Gospel,  except  at 
Hopefield;  though  Mr.  Vaill  has  occasionally  preached,  at  the  other 
two  places.  There  is  no  good  interpreter  at  the  disposal  of  the 
mission,  the  man,  who  had  some  times  served  in  this  capacity,  hav- 
ing died  last  year.  The  Osages  are  totally  destitute  of  religious 
knowledge,  and  of  thought  on  religious  subjects.  At  first  they  treat 
the  Gospel  with  levity;  and,  so  far  as  the  experience  of  this  mission 
warrants  any  inference,  the  work  of  bringing  them  to  an  acquaint- 
ance with  divine  truth  must  be  long  and  arduous.  None  of  the 
natives  have  as  yet  given  satisfactory  evidence  of  piety;  and  very 
few  manifest  any  disposition  to  inquire  respecting  Christianity.  The 
congregation  on  the  Sabbath  is  composed  of  those,  who  reside  at  this 
place,  and  of  a  few  white  families,  who  are  settled  in  the  vicinity. 
Beside  the  Osages,  there  are,  (including  the  troops  at  Fort  Gibson,) 
500  whites  and  750  Creek  Indians,  lately  removed  to  the  Verdigris, 
all  within  25  miles  of  Union. 

The  School.  Sixty  five  native  children  have  been  taken  into 
the  family  for  education,  and  thirty  five  now  remain  in  it.  These 
form  the  school,  and  are  boarded  and  taught  at  the  expense  of  the 
mission.  They  are  generally  making  good  progress.  Twenty  read 
in  the  New  Testament.     Mr.  Vaill  teaches  the  school  at  present. 

This  station  has  had  to  contend  with  great  difficulties.  At  no  one 
time  have  the  Osages  been  free  from  war,  or  the  alarm  of  war,  for 
more  than  half  a  year;  and  two  or  three  times,  the  breaking  out  of 
war  has  caused  a  serious  interruption  of  the  school.  Parents  are 
fickle;  and  having  no  adequate  sense  of  the  importance  of  learning, 
.they  remove  their  children,  either  temporarily  or  finally,  for  slight 
causes.     The  children  have  in   no  instance  become  discontented  of 


M 


92  osage  mission.     HOPEFiELD.  Report, 

themselves;  but  often  in  consequence  of  a  bad  influence  exerted  upon 
them  by  their  parents.  Most  of  the  scholars  are  from  the  settlement 
at  Hopefield,  and  from  families  of  mixed  blood,  partly  French  and 
partly  Osage,  where  some  little  knowledge  of  civilization  has  existed. 
The  children  have  of  late  been  permitted  by  their  parents  to  remain 
in  school  much  more  steadily  than  in  preceding  years;  and  there  is 
obviously  a  gradual  improvement  in  this  respect. 

HOPEFIELD. 

Situated  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Neosho,  about  five  miles  N.  N.  E. 
of  Union.  The  Indians,  and  the  mission  family,  formerly  lived  on 
the  east  side  of  the  river,  but  after  their  houses  were  swept  away 
by  the  inundation,  in  Sept.  1826,  they  erected  their  buildings  on  the 
higher  land  of  the  west  bank. 

Rev.  William  B.  Montgomery,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Montgomery. 
Mr.  William  C.  Requa,  Farmer  and  Catechist;  Mrs.  Requa. 

Since  the  last  Report,  Mr.  Montgomery  formed  a  matrimonial 
connexion  with  Miss  Woolley,  of  the  Harmony  station. 

As  Hopefield  was  designed  principally  for  a  farming  establishment, 
to  instruct  the  Osages  in  agriculture,  there  has  been  no  school.  The 
children  are  sent  to  Union.  There  are  now  sixteen  families,  con- 
taining 115  individuals,  at  this  station.  The  Sabbath  has  been  ob- 
served here,  from  the  origin  of  the  settlement.  From  12  to  20 
adults  assemble  for  religious  instruction;  and  Mr.  Montgomery  con- 
verses with  them,  so  far  as  his  limited  acquaintance  with  their  lan- 
guage will  permit.  Mr.  Requa  is  able,  also,  to  converse  with  the 
people  in  their  own  tongue.  There  is  an  increasing  attention; 
though  no  considerable  interest  in  religious  things  has  yet  been  man- 
ifest. 

This  first  experiment  to  induce  the  Osages  to  labor  regularly,  as 
the  means  of  obtaining  a  comfortable  subsistence,  has,  considering 
their  immemorial  habits  and  usages,  been  remarkably  successful. 
They  have  about  50  acres  of  land  under  ^cultivation,  which  has  been 
cleared  and  fenced  by  themselves.  In  1824,  they  began  to  use  the 
axe  and  the  plough.  The  next  year  they  made  evident  advances. 
In  1826,  their  crop  of  corn  was  xery  fine;  and  it  was  supposed  that 
the  eleven  families  of  which  the  settlement  then  consisted,  raised  from 
40  to  200  bushels  of  corn  to  each  family;  that  is,  no  family  raised 
less  than  40  bushels,  while  one  family,  or  more,  raised  200  bushels 


1828.  OSAGE    MISSION.       HOPEFIELD.  93 

each.  This  unexampled  provision  for  their  wants  was  wh  oily  swept 
away  by  a  great  inundation,  and  the  poor  poople  were  left  utterly 
destitute.  Not  discouraged,  however,  they  commenced  agricultural 
labors  again  the  next  spring,  and  raised  from  40  to  100  bushels  of 
corn  to  a  family.  From  the  appearance  of  the  crops  in  July  last,  it 
was  hoped  that  100  bushels  of  corn  to  each  family,  on  an  average, 
would  be  produced. 

The  males  consider  it  much  less  a  disgrace  to  labor,  than  they 
formerly  did.  One  man  has  built  himself  a  comfortable  log  house; 
the  first,  probably,  ever  built  by  an  Osage  without  assistance.  Some 
of  these  settlers  have  entirely  refused  to  go  upon  the  hunting  and 
war  expeditions;  and  others  manifest  much  less  interest  in  such 
things,  than  they  have  heretofore  done.  Several  of  the  families  in- 
close small  gardens,  and  seem  quite  desirous  to  possess  cows,  hogs, 
and  fowls.  Some  have  become  very  industrious,  in  the  prosecution 
of  their  labor  generally.  They  need  more  agricultural  implements, 
than  they  are  able  to  obtain;  and  the  benevolence  of  government,  or 
of  individuals,  might  be  very  usefully  employed,  in  aiding  them  in  this 
respect. 

Others  of  the  tribe  have  wished  to  join  this  settlement;  but  have 
been  dissuaded,  as  Mr.  Requa  could  not  afford  suitable  care  and  aid 
to  a  larger  number. 

In  the  course  of  last  summer,  the  most  industrious  man  of  the 
settlement  was  barbarously  murdered,  while  he  was  at  work  alone 
on  the  east  side  of  the  river,  by  five  vagrants,  partly  whites  and 
partly  Indians  of  other  tribes,  who  lay  in  ambush.  All  fired  upon 
him  at  once.  The  settlers,  hearing  the  report  of  the  guns,  seized 
their  oWn  arms,  swam  the  river  with  their  rifles  in  their  hands,  pur- 
sued the  murderers,  and,  after  a  sharp  battle  of  half  an  hour,  killed 
them  all,  without  any  loss  on  the  side  of  the  pursuers.  This  was  an 
exhibition  of  unparalleled  bravery  on  the  part  of  the  Osages,  who, 
though  always  at  war,  are  among  the  greatest  cowards  in  the  world. 
It  would  seem  that  a  life  of  industry,  or  sorrow  for  the  death  of  their 
beloved  associate,  or  a  strong  desire  uf  revenge,  had  inspired  them 
with  unwonted  courage. 

The  members  of  this  settlement,  expecting,  for  reasons  already 
mentioned,  to  remove  soon,  are  desirous  of  forming  a  similar  settle- 
ment, and  of  being  accompanied  by  the  missionary  farmer.  This  will 
probably  be  the  case. 


94  station  of  mr.  pixlew  Report, 

NEOSHO. 

This  station  is  on  the  west  bank  of  the  river  Neosho,  110  miles 
north  of  Union,  and  GO  W.  S.  W.  of  Harmony.  It  is  within  six 
miles  of  the  largest  village  in  this  part  of  the  Osage  nation,  under 
the  chief,  whose  name  is  White  Hair,  and  who  has  been  considered 
the  principal  chief,  but  whose  claims  to  that  distinction  were  long  re- 
sisted by  Clamore,  and  very  reluctantly  admitted  at  last. 
Rev.  Benton  Pixley,  Missionary ;  Mrs.  Pixley. 

At  the  commencement  of  labors  at  this  station,  four  years  ago, 
there  was  a  small  village  of  natives  near  it;  but  most  of  these  na- 
tives have  withdrawn,  and  joined  themselves  to  White  Hair's  village. 
This  has  been  augmented  by  the  accession  of  several  other  small 
villages,  so  that  nearly  2,000  souls  are  collected  in  lodges,  or  mud- 
houses,  which  stand  on  four  or  five  acres  of  ground.  Here  Mr. 
Pixley  can  gain  access  to  considerable  numbers;  and  he  has  found 
it  better  to  converse  with  the  people  on  religion,  privately,  in  their 
several  lodges,  than  to  attempt  public  discourses.  When  this  was 
done,  those  who  assembled  were  much  inclined  to  interrupt  the  meet- 
ing by  levity,  cavilling,  and  conversing  with  each  other.  The  people 
generally  are  friendly  to  Mr.  Pixley,  converse  with  him  freely,  and 
hear  what  he  has  to  say;  but  he  is  not  able  as  yet  to  see  any  im- 
provement in  their  habits,  manners,  modes  of  thinking,  or  modes  of 
living.  Sometimes  they  profess  a  desire  to  hear  the  Gospel,  and  to 
lead  an  industrious  life;  but  Mr.  Pixley  places  all  these  professions 
to  the  score  of  their  habitual  duplicity.  He  gives,  indeed,  a  very 
gloomy  account  of  their  actual  condition,  and  their  prospects.  They 
are  deplorably  addicted  to  gross  vices,  the  latter  part  of  the  first 
chapter  of  Romans  being  an  accurate  description  of  their  moral  char- 
acter. Gambling,  stealing,  lying,  fornication  and  adultery,  are 
among  their  common  vices,  in  .which  they  glory.  They  are  often 
guilty  of  still  more  odious  crimes.  They  suffer  greatly  and  extensive- 
ly from  a  loathsome  disease  which  the  whites  have  brought  among 
them. 

In  regard  to  their  traditions,  and  their  religious  belief,  it  would 
seem,  that  they  have  a  vague  impression  of  a  superior  being,  who  is 
near  them,  who  hears  their  prayers,  who  sometimes  befriends  them 
by  speaking  to  them,  by  communicating  with  them  in  dreams,  and 
by  leading  them  to  the  discovery  of  their  enemies.     This  being  is 


1828.  OSAGESO    OF    MISSOURI.  95 

pleased  with  the  marks  of  their  tears  running  down  their  cheeks, 
which  are  previously  daubed  with  mud,  that  the  streaks  made  by  the 
tears  may  be  more  apparent.  He  is  not  presented  to  their  minds  as 
possessed  of  goodness  or  benevolence;  but  they  expect  to  get  his  aid 
in  the  catching  of  game^  and  wish  to  make  him  their  ally  against 
their  enemies. 

Mr.  Pixley  pronounces  the  Osage  s  to  be  utterly  destitute  of 
gratitude.  They  regard  a  favor  conferred  upon  them,  as  a  strong 
obligation  upon  their  benefactor  to  repeat  his  favor,  but  no  obliga- 
tion upon  themselves  to  return  it.  He  would  therefore  rely  princi- 
pally upon  moral  means,  till,  by  the  repeated  and  persevering  appli- 
cation of  them,  these  poor,  degraded  people  are  brought  to  some 
proper  sense  of  their  condition. 

Major  Hamtramck,  the  agent  of  the  United  States,  is  erecting 
buildings  at  White  Hair's  village.  The  government  supports  a 
farmer  and  blacksmith  there. 

Mr.  Pixley  has  exhibited  uncommon  resolution  in  remaining  alone 
at  this  station,  so  far  from  any  of  his  brethren.  On  more  than  one 
occasion  he  received  violent  blows  from  the  natives,  who  took  unrea- 
sonable offence  at  some  part  of  his  conduct.  The  expense  of  the 
station  last  year  was  about  a  hundred  dollars. 


X.   MISSION  AMONG  THE   OSAGES   OF   MISSOURI. 

In  the  last  Report,  the  station  of  Neosho  was  reckoned  as  be- 
longing to  this  mission.  Mr.  Pixley  went  from  the  company  of  mis- 
sionaries, who  ascended  the  Missouri;  but,  as  his  new  station  is  on 
the  waters  of  the  Neosho,  a  different  arrangement  became  obviously 
proper. 

HARMONY. 

Situated  in  the  state  of  Missouri,  about  18  miles  from  the  .western 
boundary,  on  the  north  bank  of.  the  Marais  des  Cygnes,  (Sivan 
Marsh,)  a  small  river,  which,  after  receiving  another  small  stream 
from  the  south,  two  miles  below  the  station,  is  called  the  Osage 
river.  St.  Louis  is  about  "220  miles  distant,  in  nearly  an  c^st  direc- 
tion; and  Jefferson,  on  the  Missouri,  the  present  scat  of  government, 
is  120  miles,  in  a  course  about  E.  N.  E. 


06  osages  of  Missouri,     harmony.  Report, 

Rev.  Nathaniel  B.   Dodge,  Missionary  and   Superintendent; 
Mrs.  Dodge. 

Mr.   Amasa  Jones,   Teacher  and   Licensed   Preacher;  Mrs. 
Jones. 

Mr.    Daniel   H.    Austin,    Carpenter  and   Millwright;   Mrs. 
Austin. 

Mr.  Samuel  B.  Bright,  Farmer;  Mrs.  Bright. 

Mr.  Richard  Colby,  Blacksmith. 

Miss  Mary  Etris. 
Within  the  year  past,  Miss  Harriet  Woolley  has  been  married  to 
Mr.  Montgomery,  of  Hopefield,  and  the  eldest  daughter  of   Mr. 
Austin,  to  Mr.  George  Requa,  of  Union. 

Only  two  individuals,  beside  the  members  of  the  mission  family, 
have  been  connected  with  the  church  here.  One  of  these  became 
hopefully  pious,  while  a  hired  laborer  at  the  station.  The  other  is  a 
colored  man,  who,  after  devoting  some  time  to  theological  studies, 
was  licensed  to  preach  the  Gospel.  He  is  now  respected  as  a 
preacher  in  the  state  of  Missouri. 

When  this  station  was  first  occupied,  there  were  many  Osages  in 
the  vicinity;  but  they  afterwards  removed  to  other  parts  of  their 
territory,  and,  for  four  years  preceding  the  last,  there  was  no  con- 
siderable number  within  50  or  60  miles.  Of  course,  during  that 
period,  the  congregation  was  composed  of  the  members  of  the  mis- 
sion family,  the  hired  laborers,  and  the  children  of  the  school.  A  few 
Frenchmen  and  half-breeds  resided  in  the  neighborhood,  among 
whom  and  the  more  distant  Osages,  there  was  occasional  evangeli- 
cal labor.  There  are  three  religious  services  at  the  station,  on  the 
Sabbath,  at  which  between  70  and  80  are  present.  Several  of  the 
children  have  been  serious;  but  none  give  satisfactory  evidence  of  a 
change  of  heart. 

During  the  last  spring,  a  party  of  the  tribe,  who  had  been  en- 
camped for  the  winter  in  the  vicinity,  proposed,  of  their  own  accord, 
in  case  they  might  receive  a  little  assistance,  to  come  and  settle  near 
the  station,  and  cultivate  the  land.  The  missionaries,  and  the  sub- 
agent,  gave  their  consent;  and  a  small  number,  which  has  since  in- 
creased to  350  or  400,  settled  within  about  a  mile.  Some  of  them 
expressed  a  desire  to  hear  religious  instruction;  and  accordingly  two 
or  three  religious  exercises  have  been  attended  there  on  the  Sabbath, 
at  which  Mr.  Dodge  or  Mr.  Jones  officiates.  Instruction  is  convey- 
ed by  means   of  a  competent  interpreter.     From  30  to  70  or  80  of 


1828.  THE    SCHOOL    AT    HARMONY.  97 

the  natives  assemble.  One  family  has  taken  considerable  pains  to 
furnish  a  comfortable  place  for  meeting.  Several  individuals  have 
manifested  much  inquisitiveness  respecting  religious  truth,  and,  in 
their  habits,  seem  somewhat  influenced  by  it.  What  they  hear  on 
the  Sabbath,  and  on  other  occasions,  from  the  Bible,  is  a  very  com- 
mon topic  of  conversation  among  them,  and  seems  to  excite  more 
curiosity  and  interest,  than  has  been  excited,  by  religious  instruction, 
in  any  other  part  of  the  tribe.  The  interpreter  exhibits,  to  a  con- 
siderable extent,  the  good  effects  of  religious  truth  on  himself. 

This  is  the  largest  and  most  regular  congregation,  which  has  ever 
been  gathered  among  the  Osages;  and  it  has  received  more  relig- 
ious instruction,  and  given  better  attention,  than  any  other. 

The  School.  When  the  Deputation  visited  Harmony  last 
May,  the  school  consisted  of  39  pupils;  19  boys  and  20  girls;  all  of 
whom  board  in  the  mission  family.  Most  of  them  are  of  mixed  blood, 
descended  from  French  and  Osage  parents.  They  are  thought  by 
their  teacher  to  possess  good  minds;  and  tljey  make  good  proficiency 
in  their  studies,  are  very  easily  governed,  and  more  than  three 
fourths  of  them  have  become  able  to  understand  the  English  language, 
and  to  speak  it  fluently.  The  children  are  permitted  by  their  parents 
to  attend  school  much  longer,  and  more  steadily,  than  in  former 
years,  and  of  course  become  more  endeared  to  their  teacher,  and 
more  successful  in  their  studies.  They  are  distributed  as  boarders, 
in  the  different  houses  at  the  station,  have  more  intercourse  with  the 
missionaries  than  formerly,  and,  as  to  their  manners,  appear  better, 
than  pupils  at  mission  schools  generally.  The  larger  boys  are  em- 
ployed in  some  useful  labor  one  fourth,  or  one  third,  of  the  time. 
Much  pains  have  been  taken  to  teach  the  girls  various  kinds  of 
domestic  work,  as  well  as  to  enable  them  to  manufacture  cloth. 
They  appear  unusually  docile,  and  are  much  pleased  with  the  acqui- 
sition of  useful  arts. 

The  school  is  under  the  care  of  Mr.  Jones,  who  is  aided  by  a  son 
of  Mr.  Austin. 

Fifty  seven  pupils  have  left  the  school  since  its  commencement, 

after  having  been  instructed  for  a  longer  or  shorter  period.     Most  of 

them  were  taken  from  school  by  their  parents.     Many  of  them  had 

learned  to  read  well,  to  write  decently,  and  to  perform  various  kinds 

of  useful  labor.     Many  were  in  school    too  short  a  time  to  derive 

much  advantage  from  it;  while  others  appear  much  more  intelligent, 
13 


98  condition  of  the  osages.  Report, 

than  Indian  youths,  who  have  not  had  the  same  advantages  for  im- 
provement; and  a  few,  by  their  industry  and  good  conduct,  maintain 
a  character,  which  has  not  been  known  in  the  nation  before. 

Civilization.  The  band  of  Osages  before  mentioned,  as  hav- 
ing settled  near  Harmony,  for  the  purpose  of  cultivating  the  land, 
have,  with  some  aid  from  the  mission  in  obtaining  the  necessary  im- 
plements, and  in  the  use  of  teams,  and  some  instruction  from  the 
missionaries,  inclosed  and  planted  about  thirty  acres,  portions  of 
which  are  allotted  to  individuals,  according  to  the  amount  of  labor 
which  they  perform.  A  few  are  somewhat  industrious,  and  seem 
likely  to  obtain  a  comfortable  subsistence;  but  most  of  the  men  are 
extremely  indolent,  and  think  it  disgraceful  for  them  to  engage  in 
any  other  active  employment  than  hunting  and  fighting.  The  vices, 
which  were  mentioned  under  the  head  of  Neosho,  are  almost  uni- 
versally prevalent  here.  A  man  will  sometimes  gamble  away  even 
the  coarse  provisions,  which  were  collected  by  the  hard  menial  ser- 
vice of  his  wife. 

The  people  sometimes  appear  to  be  atheists,  and,  except  when 
setting  out  upon  some  difficult  or  dangerous  expedition,  or  when  in 
circumstances  of  distress,  they  utterly  disregard,  and  often  ridicule, 
all  religious  considerations.  Yet  they  are  not  to  be  treated  as  if 
they  were  beyond  the  reach  of  the  Gospel.  On  the  other  hand,  it 
should  be  faithfully  and  intelligibly  preached  to  them;  and  there  is 
reason  to  think  it  will  be  impressed  upon  their  hearts  by  the  Holy 
Spirit.  The  inability  of  any  of  the  missionaries  to  speak  the  lan- 
guage until  recently,  and  the  want  of  competent  interpreters,  have 
prevented  the  communication  of  the  Gospel,  to  any  considerable  ex- 
tent. It  is  hoped,  however,  that  some  seed  has  been  sown;  and 
that  such  facilities  now  exist  as  will,  with  the  blessing  of  God,  pro- 
mote the  diffusion  of  light,  improve  the  character  of  the  people,  and 
save  some  of  them.  That  the  Osages  should  be  brought  under  the 
influence  of  divine  truth,  is  regarded  as  very  important,  with  respect 
to  any  measures,  which  may  be  taken  to  evangelize  other  tribes  in 
that  part  of  the  continent. 

In  compliance  with  a  direction  of  the  Committee,  Mr.  Dodge  en- 
deavored to  ascertain  from  two  Osages  who  are  advanced  in  life, 
what  they  had  learned  or  known,  on  the  subject  of  religion. 

The  first  was  Sans  Nerf,  a  chief,  supposed  to  be  about  60  years 
old,  and  who  has  had  intercourse  with  the  whites  about  40  years. 


1828.  CONDITION    OF    THE    OSAGES.  99 

He  was  one  of  the  company,  mentioned  under  the  head  of  Union, 
who  travelled  in  the  United  States,  24  years  ago.  When  at  New 
York,  he  was  told  that  there  is  a  God,  who  made  man,  the  earth, 
and  all  things.  Twelve  years  ago,  he  was  at  St.  Louis,  where  a 
French  priest  told  him  something  of  Jesus  Christ.  Before  tliat  time, 
he  had  been  taught  to  consider  the  sun,  the  moon,  the  earth,  and  the 
sky  as  being  the  principal  gods.  The  old  men  told  him  all  he  had 
heard  on  this  subject.  He  had  not  been  informed,  whether  these 
gods  had  any  concern  with  men,  but  he  believed  the  sun  and 
moon  are  angry  with  men  and  kill  them.  Whether  these 
gods  require  men  to  do  any  thing,  or  to  abstain  from  doing  any  thing, 
he  did  not  know.  He  sometimes  thought  they  hated  himself;  and 
the  reason  of  his  thinking  so  was,  that  he  did  not  succeed  in  gaining 
the  objects,  which  he  desired.  He  was  never  restrained  from  doing 
any  thing  from  an  apprehension  that  he  should  displease  the  gods,  or 
that  they  had  forbidden  it.  He  never  had  an  idea  of  sin.  His 
strongest  desire  was  to  kill;  and  if  the  enemy  killed  his  son,  or 
nearest  friend,  it  was  all  well; — there  was  nothing  wrong.  He  had 
no  knowledge  of  a  future  life;  but  supposed,  that  when  the  body  was 
dead,  there  was  an  end  of  man.  In  regard  to  assistance  from  the 
gods  in  this  life,  he  said  the  Osages  put  mud  on  their  faces  and  call 
upon  the  sun  and  moon  to  help  them  in  war,  and  to  give  them  success 
in  hunting. 

The  other  man,  who  was  interrogated  on  these  subjects,  was  sup- 
posed to  be  about  80  years  old.  He  had  never  heard  of  the  Crea- 
tor of  all  things,  till  Mr.  Dodge  preached  in  his  presence,  Feb.  3, 
1828.  He  had  been  told,  that  there  are  four  gods,  the  sun,  the 
moon,  and  two  constellations,  or  clusters  of  stars.  He  said,  the 
sun  requires  men  to  go  to  war  and  bring  a  scalp;  the  moon  to  bring 
a  skin  for  moccasins;  and  one  constellation  requires  the  Indians  to 
paint  the  leader,  when  they  go  to  war.  He  knew  nothing  about  sin, 
or  any  moral  subject.  He  supposed  the  Osages  would  live  after 
death,  at  an  old  town  on  the  Missouri;  that  they  would  hunt  and  go 
to  war,  as  at  present;  and  that  different  tribes  would  remain  in  dif- 
ferent places. 

In  such  deplorable  darkness  are  the  aborigines  of  this  continent,  in 
regard  to  all  their  most  important  interests;  and  it  is  doubtful  whether 
a  single  tribe  has  enough  of  tradition  to  operate  even  as  a  prompter 
to  curiosity; — much  less  to  restrain  from  sin,  and  urge  to  a  life  of 
virtue. 

The  tract  assigned  to  the  Osages,  by  the  treaty  of   1825,  com- 


100  mission  at  Mackinaw.  Report, 

mences  at  a  line  25  miles  west  of  the  western  limit  of  Missouri,  and 
against  the  S.  W.  corner  of  that  state.  It  is  50  miles  in  breadth, 
from  north  to  south,  and  extends  westward  to  tlje  Mexican  territory. 
It  is  probable,  that,  as  the  southern  part  of  the  tribe  is  very  unwill- 
ing to  remove,  the  terms  of  the  treaty  will  not  be  rigorously  enforc- 
ed by  the  United  States. 

Before  leaving  the  missions  west  of  the  Mississippi,  it  is  proper  to 
mention,  that  the  missionaries,  who  were  assembled  at  Harmony  as 
a  convention,  Nov.  12,  1827,  formed  themselves  into  a  Missionary 
Presbytery,  in  order  to  enjoy  that  mutual  care  and  guidance,  which 
their  circumstances  require. 

XI.     MISSION    AT    MACKINAW. 

This  mission  was  established  for  the  benefit  of  the  Chippeways, 
the  Ottawas,  and  several  other  tribes,  which  occupy  the  shores  of 
the  great  lakes,  and  the  interior  wilderness. 

Rev.  William  M.  Ferry,  Missionary  and  Superintendent; 
Mrs.  Ferry. 

Mr.  Martin  Heydenburk,  Teacher;  Mrs.  Heydenburk. 

Mr.  John  SL  Hudson,  Teacher  and  Farmer;  Mrs.  Hudson. 

Mr.  John  Newland,  Mechanic;  Mrs.  Newland. 

Miss  Eunice  Osmar,  "| 

Miss  Elizabeth  McFarland, 

Miss  Delia  Cook,  !  , •       . 

ixt-     tt        i  n     i  *  r  1  earners  and  Jlssistants. 

Miss  Hannah  Goodale, 

Miss  Matilda  Hotchkiss, 

Miss  Betsey  Taylor,  J 

The  three  last  named  individuals  joined  the  mission  last  spring, 
with  Mr.  Newland  and  his  family.  Mr.  George  Hornell,  also,  from 
the  western  part  of  New  York,  was  appointed  a  missionary,  subse- 
quently ordained,  and  sent  forth  to  the  work  about  the  same  time  as 
the  others.  After  being  on  the  field  of  missionary  labor  several 
months,  he  thought  he  might  probably  do  more  good  by  preaching 
the  Gospel  in  the  new  settlements,  and  occasionally  visiting  the 
Indians,  than  by  living  at  a  missionary  station.  The  Committee 
did  not  see  cause  to  object,  all  things  considered,  to  the  withdrawing 
of  Mr.  Hornell;  and  he  will  accordingly  leave  the  service  of  the 
Board.  Mr.  Heydenburk  spent  last  fall  and  winter  in  the  western 
parts  of  N.  Y.  as  an  agent  to  obtain  supplies  for  the  mission. 


1828.  CALLS    FOR   NEW    MISSIONS.  101 

It  is  in  contemplation,  that  Mr.  Hudson  shall  be  employed,  dur- 
ing- the  next  winter,  in  visiting*  the  northern  part  of  the  state  of 
Ohio,  for  the  purpose  of  soliciting  donations  of  clothing  and  provis- 
ions for  the  use  of  the  school. 

There  have  been  cases  of  remarkable  religious  attention  here,  in 
the  course  of  the  year  past;  and  three  or  four  persons  of  Indian  de- 
scent have  given  uncommon  proof  of  a  saving  conversion.  One  of 
these  was  a  girl,  about  seventeen  or  eighteen  years  old,  who  had 
been  three  years  in  the  family.  She  was  born  "in  the  wilderness 
south  of  lake  Superior.  Her  religious  exercises  were  clear  and 
powerful,  and  the  change  striking,  and,  as  far  as  yet  appears, 
abiding. 

A  young  female,  who  was  taken  from  the  mission  last  year  by  her 
parents,  still  retains  the  character  of  piety,  which  she  had  appear- 
ed to  possess.  In  the  wilderness,  without  a  single  religious  associ- 
ate, and  under  the  harsh  treatment  of  her  bigotted  Catholic  rela- 
tives, she  seemed  to  enjoy  the  sanctifying  influences  of  the  Holy 
Spirit. 

The  school,  is  full,  and  many  applicants  have  necessarily  been  re- 
fused admission.  The  number  of  boys  is  79; — of  girls,  55\ — in  the 
whole,  134.  The  boys  suffered,  during  a  part  of  the  year,  from  the 
sickness  of  the  person,  who  had  the  principal  charge  of  them.  The 
school  for  girls  was  in  a  very  prosperous  state.  In  the  summer  Miss 
Hotchkiss  taught  the  smaller  children;  Miss  Taylor  the  larger  girls; 
and  the  larger  boys  were  under  the  care  of  Mr.  Hornell  and  Miss 
Cook.  Numerous  gentlemen,  who  have  visited  Mackinaw,  bear  de- 
cided testimony  in  favor  of  the  school. 

There  are  urgent  calls  for  new  missions,  at  several  places  on  the 
shores  of  the  great  lakes.  One  of  these  is  at  Magdalen  Island,  in 
the  southwest  part  of  lake  Superior,  where  resident  traders  are  very 
desirous  of  having  a  school,  and  would  make  handsome  donations  for 
that  object. 

Another  is  at  UArbre  Croche,  on  the  Canada  side,  about  40 
miles  from  Mackinaw.  Here  is  a  settlement  of  Indians,  embracing 
a  hundred  adult  males,  who  have  burnt  their  medicine  sack,  thus  re- 
nouncing their  heathen  customs  and  superstitions,  and  resolved  to 
abandon  the  use  of  whiskey,  to  form  a  village  for  such  as  agree  in 
these  measures,  and  to  stand  prepared  to  enter  upon  a  life  of  agri- 
culture, as  the  best  way  of  obtaining  a  subsistence.  The  prospects 
of  this  band,  in  regard  to  civilization,  are  more  favorable  than  of 


102  MISSION    NEAR    GREEN    BAY.  Report, 

any  other  collection  of  natives,  in  those  regions.  They  have  urged 
Mr.  Ferry  to  send  them  a  teacher;  and  have  engaged,  that  he  shall 
have  the  use  of  as  much  land,  as  he  needs.  It  is  to  be  feared,  that 
unless  a  Protestant  missionary  can  be  sent  them,  they  will  fall  under 
the  influence  of  the  superstitions  of  the  Romish  church. 


XII.     MISSION  NEAR  GREEN  BAY. 

The  agency  of  Mr.  Miner  to  ascertain  the  condition  of  the  New 
Stockbridge  Indians,  on  Fox  river,  near  Green  Bay,  was  mentioned 
in  the  last  Report,  p.  153.  That  agency  was  performed;  and  the 
Committee,  on  receiving  an  account  of  it,  resolved,  that  a  mission 
be  established  at  a  settlement  of  the  New  Stockbridge  Indians,  at 
the  rapids  of  Fox  river,  about  20  miles  above  Fort  Howard,  Green 
Bay,  on  the  west  side  of  lake  Michigan. 

Rev.  Jesse  Miner,  Missionary;  Mrs.  Miner. 

Mr.  Augustus  T.  Ambler,  Teacher. 
The  remnant  of  a  tribe,  for  whose  welfare  this  mission  is  special- 
ly designed  in  the  first  instance,  (though  it  may  ultimately  be  useful 
to  other  tribes,)  removed,  a  short  time  since,  from  the  central  part 
of  the  state  of  New  York.  Mr.  Miner  had  been  their  spiritual 
guide  before  their  removal;  and  they  received  him  with  joy  and 
gratitude,  on  his  visit  to  them  last  year,  with  particular  reference  to 
his  being  their  future  pastor.  Their  little  church,  formed  at  the 
commencement  of  their  colony,  maintained  its  character,  with  few 
deviations.  The  leading  members  of  the  settlement  wrote  a  letter 
to  the  Board  expressing  their  grateful  reception  of  Mr.  Miner,  and 
their  wish  to  have  a  mission  and  school.  They  offered,  for  the  use 
of  the  mission,  a  section  of  land,  so  long  as  it  shall  be  needed  for 
the  accommodation  of  the  proposed  establishment.  It  is  expected 
that  Mr.  Miner  will  receive  a  stipend  from  the  Scottish  Society  for 
the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel,  the  avails  of  a  fund  devoted  to  the 
spiritual  benefit  of  Indians  in  North  America. 

Preparations  were  made,  in  the  course  of  the  winter  and  spring, 
for  the  removal  of  Mr.  Miner  and  his  family.  As  it  was  deemed 
expedient  to  erect  a  comfortable  dwelling  house  immediately,  car- 
penters were  engaged  at  Utica,  who  were  to  remain  at  the.  station 
till  the  work  should  be  accomplished,  and  till  they  should  have  erect- 
ed a  gristmill  for  the  Indians.  The  company  left  Utica  on  the  1 9th 
of  May,  and  reached  the  place  of  their  destination  June  21st. 


1828.  MISSION    AT    MAUMEE.  103 

Mr.  Miner  was  gratified  to  learn,  that  the  people  had  been  more 
temperate  and  orderly  during  the  preceding  winter  and  spring, 
than  they  had  formerly  been.  They  regularly  held  religious  meet- 
ings on  the  Sabbath,  and  kept  up  the  Sabbath  school,  the  weekly 
conference,  the  meeting  of  young  persons  for  reading  the  Scriptures, 
and  the  monthly  concert. 

A  small  lot  of  land,  containing  about  20  acres,  was  selected  near 
the  centre  of  the  village,  for  the  site  of  the  mission  premises;  and 
the  necessary  labors  were  immediately  commenced. 

Mr.  Ambler  did  not  set  out  for  the  mission  till  recently.  He  had 
been  in  a  course  of  preparation  for  teaching,  and  for  rendering  ser- 
vice as  a  physician  in  plain  cases. 


XIII.    MAUMEE. 


Situated  in  Wood  county,  Ohio,  about  30  miles  from  the  mouth  of 

Maumee  river,  which  empties  into  the  upper  end  of  lake  Erie. 

Mr.  Isaac  Van  Tassel,  Teacher  and  Licensed  Preacher ;  Mrs. 

Van  Tassel. 

Miss  Sarah  Withrow,    )   n    .  .     , 
it*-.     TT  ^»  •  (  Assistants. 

Miss  Hannah  Riggs,      ; 

The  school  has  received,  since  its  commencement,  about  70  pupils, 
of  whoni  more  than  30  staid  but  a  short  time,  and  were  not  essen- 
tially benefitted.  Thirty-seven  remained  long  enough  to  make  use- 
ful acquisitions.  Of  these,  but  two  are  known  to  have  relapsed 
into  savage  life.  Seven  became  hopefully  pious  while  at  school,  and 
now  preserve  a  Christian  character.  Two  of  them,  Hiram  Thie- 
bault  and  Lewis  King,  are  connected  with  the  station.  Hiram  and 
his  brother  Sidney  labor  upon  the  mission  farm,  with  a  good  degree 
of  judgment,  and  an  uncommon  share  of  public  spirit.  The  school, 
after  having  been  necessarily  suspended,  was  resumed  last  Novem- 
ber. It  has  since  consisted  of  but  thirteen  pupils,  under  the  care 
of  Miss  Riggs. 

This  station  was  visited  last  June  by  Mr.  Greene,  on  his  return 
from  the  west.  He  found  the  farm  to  be  a  valuable  and  inviting 
one,  finely  situated  on  the  river.  It  might  be  made  very  produc- 
tive, if  an  active,  public-spirited  farmer  could  be  sent  thither.  In 
this  case,  and  if  an  enterprising  teacher  could  also    be  obtained,  a 


104  tuscarora  mission.  Report, 

flourishing   school   might    be  supported,  at  a   comparatively  small 
expense. 

The  remnants  of  tribes  scattered  about,  and  living  on  small  res- 
ervations, are  generally  in  a   more  humiliating  condition,  than  were  . 
their  ancestors.     They  are  surrounded  by  corrupting  and  fraudu- 
lent white  men,  and  are  themselves  debased  and  disheartened.  There 
are,  however,  some  encouraging  indications,  in  regard  even  to  these. 

Mr.  Van  Tassel  stated,  in  a  communication  made  last  fall,  that 
the  Ottawa  chiefs  had  determined,  in  council,  that  ardent  spirits 
should  not  be  used,  except  as  a  medicine;  and  that  men  should  be 
appointed  to  destroy  any  whiskey  brought  into  a  reservation,  whether 
by  a  white  man,  or  an  Indian.  It  would  seem,  that  there  has  been 
some  improvement  in  practice,  as  in  well  as  theory.  The  quantity  of 
corn  raised  by  the  Indians  near  the  station  has  been  greatly  increas- 
ing of  late.  Some  of  the  leading  men  are  building  comfortable 
houses,  and  aspiring  to  a  more  elevated  condition,  than  they  have 
ever  before  enjoyed.  They  have  frequently  visited  the  station  to 
observe  what  was  done  by  the  teachers,  and  to  ascertain  the  great 
object,  which  the  missionaries  have  in  view. 

The  station  has  been  deemed  sickly,  especially  by  the  mission 
family;  and  doubtless  it  is  exposed  to  autumnal  fevers.  But  neither 
the  sickness,  nor  the  mortality,  warrants  the  opinion,  that  the  place 
is  more  unhealthy  than  the  neighboring  country,  nor  than  the  mis- 
sionary stations  of  Brainerd,  Elliot,  Mayhew,  Dwight,  Union,  and 
Harmony. 


XIV.    TUSCARORA  MISSION. 

Mr.  John  Elliot,  Teacher;  Mrs.  Elliot. 
In  the  year  1803,  the  Rev.  Elkanah  Holmes  commenced  his  la- 
bors among  the  Tuscaroras,  as  their  first  missionary,  and  continued 
there  till  1808.  He  was  succeeded  by  the  Rev.  Andrew  Gray, 
who  labored  at  the  station  five  years.  During  the  latter  period, 
the  church  was  organized,  consisting  of  eight  natives  beside  the  mis- 
sion family.  Two  of  these  died  happily,  and  six  are  in  good  stand- 
ing. After  the  removal  of  Mr.  Gray,  the  station  was  vacant  four 
years.  In  1817,  the  Rev.  James  C.  Crane  commenced  his  resi- 
dence here,  and  continued  for  nearly  six  years.  During  this  period, 
16  natives  were  admitted  to  the  church;  of  whom  two  died  in  faith, 


1828.  SENECA    MISSION.       SCHOOL.  105 

and  four  are  under  the  censure  of  their  brethren.  Two  were  ad- 
mitted, in  November  last.  It  would  seem  that  three  members  have 
removed,  as  the  whole  number  of  natives  in  good  standing  is  but  15. 
Guy  Chew,  a  youth  of  excellent  character,  who  became  pious  at 
Cornwall,  and  died  in  New  Jersey,  was  a  native  of  this  tribe. 

The  school   contained  39  pupils,  22  boys  and  17  girls,  last  July. 

The  people  are  now  erecting  a  decent  house  for  public  worship, 
which  is  nearly  completed.  Their  subscriptions  were  liberal,  ac- 
cording to  their  means,  and  were  paid  with  exemplary  punctuality. 
The  number  of  souls  in  this  tribe  is  now  about  240. 

Mr.  Elliot  was  married  last  winter,  and  is  pursuing  his  labors 
with  faithfulness,  though  he  has  been  somewhat  interrupted  by  ill 
health  in  the  family. 

XV.     SENECA    MISSION. 

Situated  about  four  miles  from  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Rev.  Thomson  S.  Harris,  Missionary ;  Mrs.  Harris. 
Mr.  Hanover  Bradley,  Steward  and  Farmer. 
Miss  Asenath  Bishop,  "] 

Miss  Rebecca  Newell,  1    n    . 

Miss  Phebe  Selden,  ^slants. 

Miss  Emily  Root,  j 

The  school  has  been  taught  by  different  persons,  who  have  offered 
their  services  for  limited  times,  the  Committee  not  having  been  able 
to  obtain  the  permanent  service  of  a  suitable  teacher.  A  young 
man,  whose  name  is  Hatch,  was  very  useful  in  this  capacity,  for  a 
considerable  portion  of  last  year.  The  highest  branches,  hitherto 
taught  in  the  school,  are  geography,  arithmetic,  and  English 
grammar.  It  is  in  contemplation  to  introduce  other  studies,  as 
the  circumstances  of  the  learners  may  require.  The  proficiency  of 
the  pupils  is  very  encouraging,  and  the  reputation  of  the  school  is 
high. 

The  whole  number  of  scholars,  who  have  belonged  to  the  school 
from  1821,  is  184;  the  number  now  on  the  lists  is  70;  viz.  37  boys 
and  33  girls;  and  the  actual  daily  attendance  ranges  from  50  to  60. 

The   church  consists   of  49   members,  who  are  natives,  and  who 

have  been  admitted  at  different  times,  as  their  character  warranted 

the  measure.     Not  one  of  these  individuals  has,  since  his  admission 

14 


106  seneca  mission,     civilization.  Report, 

to  the  church,  behaved  in  such  a  manner  as  to  require  any  other 
caution,  or  censure,  than  an  admonition  from  the  minister.  Before 
candidates  for  the  communion  are  received,  they  are  instructed  in 
the  great  truths  of  religion,  and  their  conduct  is  attentively  consid- 
ered, for  several  months  after  their  hopeful  conversion. 

The  number  of  stated  hearers  on  the  Sabbath  has  been  gradually 
increasing,  for  the  last  two  or  three  years.  The  present  number  is 
not  far  from  200,  including  the  children  of  the  school.  The  place 
of  worship  being  small,  is  often  so  much  crowded,  as  to  be  uncom- 
fortable. Feeling  this  inconvenience,  the  chiefs  and  young  men  re- 
solved on  circulating  a  subscription  paper,  among  their  own  people, 
for  the  erection  of  a  chapel,  which  should  accommodate  an  audi- 
ence of  500  persons.  The  necessary  sum  was  soon  pledged,  and 
arrangements  made  for  building;  but  the  state  of  the  roads  made 
it  necessary  to  defer  the  execution  of  their  design  till  next  spring. 
This  effort  indicated  a  spirit  of  enterprise,  which  was  in  a  high 
degree  pleasing. 

An  interpreter  is  always  employed  on  the  Sabbath,  as  but'a  small 
portion  of  the  200  hearers  can  understand  English  sufficiently  well 
to  comprehend  a  discourse  in  our  language.  Meetings  are  held  at 
the  station  on  Wednesdays,  Fridays,  and  the  first  Monday  of  each 
month;  and  at  other  places  during  certain  seasons  of  the  year. 

About  50  acres  of  land  are  allowed  for  the  use  of  this  station, 
about  half  of  which  is  under  some  degree  of  improvement.  A  large 
garden  has  always  been  cultivated,  by  which  culinary  vegetables 
are  supplied  in  abundance;  but  it  is  not  thought  to  be  good  economy 
to  extend  the  farming  business  further  than  to  give  employment  to 
the  boys  when  out  of  school. 

Civilization.  Considerable  advance  has  been  made  by  this 
tribe,  in  the  comforts  of  life;  and  this  advance  is  no  doubt  the  re- 
sult of  missionary  efforts.  Mr.  Harris  expresses  the  opinion,  that 
most  of  the  natives  have  provisions  enough  to  carry  them  through 
the  year;  and  many  sell  considerable  quantities,  such  as  live  stock, 
pork,  corn,  hay,  Stc.  &C.  whereas,  a  few  years  ago,  these  same 
people  were  near  starvation,  a  great  part  of  the  time.  In  nothing, 
perhaps,  is  their  improved  condition  more  apparent,  than  in  their 
style  of  building.  Their  log  cabins,  and  pole  barns,  half  covered 
with  bark,  are  now  frequently  exchanged  for  substantial,  well  made 
houses  and  barns.     The  people  are  greatly  deficient  in  energy  and 


1828.  SENECA    MISSION.       CIVILIZATION.  107 

industry;  but  they  are  rising  in  these  respects;  and  they  have  it 
in  their  power,  with  a  proper  use  of  their  advantages,  to  provide 
well  for  themselves  and  their  children. 

The  vice,  to  which  these  Indians  are  most  exposed,  is  drunken- 
ness. Several  chiefs,  as  well  as  others,  who  have  been  addicted  to 
this  vice,  have  reformed,  in  a  very  great  degree,  within  a  few  years. 
One  instance  is  worthy  of  particular  mention.  Young  King,  who  is 
regarded  as  the  highest  chief,  was  considered  by  all  who  knew  him 
as  an  incurable  drunkard,  two  years  ago.  For  about  a  year,  he  is 
not  known  to  have  used  any  liquor;  or  at  least  so  as  to  be  overcome 
by  it,  in  a  single  instance.  He  appears  to  be  quite  serious;  and 
says  he  looks  to  God  for  help,  and  sometimes  hopes  he  has  found  it. 
He  prays  fervently  in  his  family,  morning  and  evening,  and  is  said 
to  be  most  earnest,  when  he  prays  for  the  drunkards  of  his  tribe. 
The  example  of  the  reformed  chiefs,  and  their  public  expressions  of 
penitence,  have  had  a  very  happy  effect,  especially  upon  the  younger 
men. 

The  desertion  of  wives  and  families  was  formerly  the  source  of 
great  mischief.  It  is  now  very  disreputable,  and  instances  are  of 
rare  occurrence. 

The  first  effort  to  evangelize  the  Senecas,  (the  most  important 
of  the  Six  Nations,)  was  made  by  the  Rev.  Samuel  Kirkland,  at 
their  village,  now  Geneva,  about  65  or  70  years  ago.  At  least, 
this  is  the  first  effort,  of  which  the  oldest  men  have  any  recollection, 
or  of  which  they  ever  heard.  Mr.  Kirkland  remained  with  the  Sen- 
ecas about  two  years,  and  was  then  rejected  by  them,  and  com- 
pelled to  leave  their  village.  He  was  immediately  received  by  the 
Oneidas,  with  whom  he  subsequently  labored  for  many  years.  He 
was  the  father  of  the  late  President  of  Harvard  University.  Another 
attempt  was  made  for  the  spiritual  benefit  of  the  Senecas,  about  30 
years  ago,  by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Holmes,  a  Baptist  minister,  in  the  em- 
ployment of  the  New  York  Missionary  Society.  His  offer  to  instruct 
the  tribe  in  religion  was  accepted  by  Red  Jacket,  Young  King,  and 
Farmer's  Brother,  three  leading  chiefs;  and  the  frame  of  a  house 
was  erected,  at  their  expense,  for  his  accommodation.  But  the  op- 
position of  the  young  men  was  so  determined,  that  the  missionary 
was  obliged  to  leave  his  post.  Subsequently,  they  received  Mr. 
Hyde,  as  a  teacher,  though  they  rejected  the  minister,  who  ac- 
companied him.  At  present,  true  religion  seems  to  be  permanently 
established  here. 


108  SENECA    MISSION.       TRADITIONS.  Report, 

Pains  have  been  taken  to  ascertain  what  was  the  religious  be- 
lief of  the  Senecas,  before  they  had  any  intercourse  with  the  whites. 
This  is  extremely  difficult,  as  some  of  the  tribe  have,  for  a  long 
time,  been  within  the  reach  of  Catholic  priests;  and  others  cannot 
but  have  insensibly  imbibed  some  knowledge  from  neighboring  Prot- 
estants. There  is  a  portion  of  the  people,  however,  still  in  a  pagan 
state,  utterly  rejecting  Christianity,  and  knowing  little,  if  any  thing, 
of  its  nature  and  principles;  and  probably  all  the  natives,  now  mem- 
bers of  the  church,  were  pagans  in  the  early  part  of  their  lives. 
Several  of  the  old  men  have  been  particularly  examined  on  the 
subject  of  traditional  religion,  and  they  unite  in  declaring,  that, 
before  the  introduction  of  Christianity  among  them,  they  regarded 
God  as  no  other  than  a  man, — a  person  of  the  same  appearance 
and  disposition  as  themselves.  They  supposed  him  good  looking, 
and  accoutred  and  painted,  in  a  manner  most  approved  by  their 
taste.  This  being  they  worshipped  twice  in  the  year;  viz.  in  the 
fall  and  the  latter  part  of  winter.  At  the  last  of  these  periods,  the 
sacrifice  of  the  white  dog  was  made  with  great  pomp  and  ceremony. 
Among  other  things  which  attended  this  sacrifice,  was  the  offering 
of  a  short  prayer,  which  was  the  only  time  when  prayer  was  offered. 
This  was  succeeded  by  dancing-,  and  this  by  a  scene  of  revelry, 
and  the  most  abandoned  licentiousness.  No  future  accountability 
was  dreaded,  if  these  rites  were  observed.  It  was  supposed,  in- 
deed, that  men  would  live  in  a  future  state,  and  that  the  bad  would 
receive  severe  chastisement  for  a  while,  and  would  then  be  admitted 
to  a  better  condition.  It  does  not  appear,  however,  that  any  dis- 
tinct notions  were  entertained,  as  to  the  nature  of  right  and  wrong, 
or  in  what  that  badness  consists,  which  will  expose  to  punishment 
in  the  future  world. 

The  old  men,  with  whom  Mr.  Harris  has  conversed  on  this  sub- 
ject, think  that  much  superstitious  reverence  was  given  to  household 
gods,  some  of  which  were  made  of  wood.  Before  this  fact  should 
be  fully  credited,  as  pertaining  to  the  aboriginal  character,  it  should 
be  satisfactorily  ascertained,  that  the  idea  of  image  worship  was 
not  first  received  from  the  Roman  Catholics  of  Canada. 


1828.  CATTARAUGUS    MISSION.       SCHOOL.  109 


XVI.     CATTARAUGUS  MISSION. 

Situated  30  miles  south  of  Buffalo,  on  a  small  reservation,  con- 
taining a  population  of  300  or  400  natives. 

Mr.  William  A.  Thayer,  Teacher;  Mrs.  Thayer. 
Miss  Mary  Henderson,  Assistant. 

An  addition  of  eleven  natives  has  been  made  to  the  church  re- 
cently, making  the  whole  number  23.  All  these  sustain  good  char- 
acters, and  adorn  their  profession  by  a  life  of  godliness.  Some  of 
them  appear  to  grow  in  grace,  and  are  much  engaged  in  the  promo- 
tion of  religion.  Nine  are  unmarried  Senecas,  two  Cayugas,  one 
Tuscarora,  eight  Senecas  and  English,  two  mixed  of  different 
tribes,  and  a  white  man,  who  was  carried  among  the  Indians  in 
childhood,  and,  in  regard,  to  language,  education  and  habits  may  be 
fairly  ranked  with  natives. 

The  congregation  varies  from  40  or  50  to  100.  An  interpreter 
is  regularly  employed.  There  were  lately  instances  of  particular 
seriousness;  and  the  worshippers  are  generally  solemn  and  atten- 
tive. The  people  are  still  divided  into  a  Christian  and  a  Pagan 
party.  *The  latter  contains  about  three-fifths  of  the  whole.  The 
chiefs  of  the  pagan  party  are  more  friendly  than  usual.  They  have 
given  their  people  liberty  to  attend  the  school,  and  there  is  some 
talk  about  their  attending  religious  meetings. 

A  boarding  school  was  established  herein  1823,  and  continued 
till  the  close  of  1825,  at  the  expense  of  the  United  Foreign  Mis- 
sionary Society.  During  this  period,  53  children  were  admitted 
as  members,  not  including  25  or  30,  who  were  sent  hither  from  near 
Buffalo,  during  the  suspension  of  the  Seneca  school,  and  who  at- 
tended here  more  than  a  year.  The  greater  part  of  these  children 
were  dutiful  and  affectionate.  Mr.  Thayer  says,  that  he  believes 
most  of  them  still  behave  well,  and  generally  are  present  at  public 
worship. 

A  school  for  the  children  to  attend,  while  living  at  home,  was 
commenced  soon  after,  and  continued  for  nearly  two  years.  The 
inconveniences  of  this  plan  were  so  strongly  felt,  that  the  people 
resolved  to  have  a  boarding  school  supported  at  their  own  charge. 
For  this  purpose,  they  erected  a  house,  40  feet  by  24,  with  an  ap- 
pendage 20  feet  by  8.     In  December  last,  the  school  was  begun  on 


110  CATTARAUGUS     MISSION.       CIVILIZATION.  Report, 

the  new  plan;  and  the  success  was  greater  than  had  been  anticipat- 
ed. In  the  course  of  the  two  first  quarters  of  the  present  year,  33 
entered  as  boarders,  at  the  expense  of  their  parents,  and  18  attend- 
ed both  quarters.  Eight  others  boarded  at  home,  the  proximity  of 
their  parents  to  the  school  being  such,  that  they  could  attend  in  this 
manner.  The  perseverance  of  the  natives  is  the  more  remarkable, 
as  there  was  an  extreme  scarcity  of  provisions,  which,  it  is  hoped, 
will  not  exist  another  year,  as  special  efforts  have  been  made  to 
raise  corn  for  the  support  of  the  school.  Some  aid  was  given  by  the 
Board,  in  providing  articles  of  household  furniture. 

When  Mr.  Greene  visited  the  station  in  July,  he  addressed  the 
natives  on  the  subject  of  their  helping  themselves,  and  encouraged 
them  to  do  all  in  their  power  for  their  social  and  moral  improvement. 

It  should  be  said,  to  the  credit  of  these  Indians,  that  they  have 
contributed  something,  in  the  way  of  provision,  for  the  support  of 
this  school,  from  the  first.  Beside  the  house  above-mentioned,  they 
some  years  ago  erected,  and  neatly  finished,  a  small  meeting  house, 
32  feet  by  28.  Besides  what  the  parents  do,  each  for  the  support 
of  his  own  children,  they  have  formed  a  Society  for  Indian  Im- 
provement, the  members  of  which  have  subscribed  more  than  $20 
to  be  paid  in  grain,  for  the  support  of  poor  children  at  school,  par- 
ticularly the  children  of  their  pagan  neighbors;  and  the  members  of 
the  Indian  Female  Benevolent  Society  have  delivered  to  their  treas- 
urer more  than  $20  worth  of  mocasins,  to  be  sold,  and  the  avails 
to  be  applied  to  the  same  object. 

The  progress  of  civilization,  for  the  last  four  or  five  years  has 
been  very  considerable.  The  greater  part  of  the  people  obtain  their 
subsistence  by  cultivating  the  soil.  Some  are  quite  industrious, 
having  well  cultivated  farms  with  good  fences  and  handsome  framed 
houses.  One  man  has  at  least  30  acres  of  grain  this  year.  He 
has  also  a  good  44  feet  framed  barn,  and  is  now  building  a  good 
house.  Most,  of  the  people  have  horses,  cattle,  and  hogs;  some 
have  sheep;  and  a  few  spin,  and  make  cloth.  There  has  been 
great  improvement,  also,  in  dress  and  cleanliness.  Some  of  the 
people  are  vicious,  improvident,  and -extremely  poor. 

A  good  farm,  which  was  received  from  the  United  Foreign  Mis- 
sionary Society,  belongs  to  the  Board,  and  is  connected  with  this 
station;  but  as  it  is  at  some  distance  from  the  residence  of  the 
teacher,  it  will  probably  be  sold. 


1828.  CONTEMPLATED    MISSIONS.  Ill 


XVII.     CONTEMPLATED   MISSIONS. 

The  Committee  still  regard  Western  Africa  as  a  very  interesting 
field  for  missionary  exertions,  though  they  have  not  yet  been  able 
to  obtain  suitable  persons  to  enter  it.  Further  correspondence  has 
been  had  with  the  Rev.  George  M.  Erskine,  a  very  respectable 
Presbyterian  minister  in  East  Tennessee,  referred  to  in  the  last 
Report;  but  it  is  his  opinion,  as  well  as  that  of  the  Committee,  that 
he  is  rather  qualified  to  be  useful  as  a  minister  among  the  colonists  at 
Liberia,  than  as  a  missionary  to  the  heathen  tribes.  But  as  he  may 
make  statements  respecting  the  condition  of  the  natives,  and  other- 
wise promote  the  objects  of  the  Board,  he  has  received  some  aid 
from  the  Committee.     He  is  now  ready  to  sail  for  Liberia. 

As  the  climate  of  Western  Africa  has  generally  proved  so  fatal 
to  white  men,  the  Committee  have  not  thought  it  best,  under  pres- 
ent circumstances,  to  send  them.  They  hope  yet  to  find  suitable 
colored   men,  to  whom  the  climate  is  not  unfavorable. 

During  the  past  year,  the  Committee  have  had  their  attention 
directed  to  China.  Overtures  have  been  received  from  Dr.  Morri- 
son, together  with  very  interesting  and  encouraging  statements  from 
him  and  from  an  American  merchant,  engaged  in  the  Canton  trade, 
showing  that  a  field  of  great  extent  and  promise  is  there  open  for 
the  exertions  of  the  American  churches.  The  number  of  merchants 
and  seamen  there,  speaking  the  English  language,  is  very  great; 
to  whom  the  Gospel  might  be  preached  publicly,  without  restraint: 
and  although  the  public  preaching  of  the  Gospel  to  the  Chinese  is 
forbidden,  yet  much  might  be  done  by  conversation  and  the  distribu- 
tion of  books.  The  facilities  for  acquiring  the  language  and  for 
printing,  both  in  English  and  Chinese  are  great.  The  Committee 
are  very  desirous  of  establishing  a  mission  there. 

The  Committee  have  determined  to  send  an  agent  to  Greece  to 
ascertain  the  state  of  that  country,  with  reference  to  a  mission  there; 
and  to  make  such  other  inquiries,  as  may  enable  the  Committee  to 
judge  of  the  expediency  of  extending  their  operations  in  other  coun- 
tries around  the  Mediterranean. 

In  regard  to  the  North  West  Coast,  the  Committee  feel  that 
they  have  not  yet  sufficient  information  to  select  a  site  and  establish 
a  mission  there.     The  Rev.   J.   S.  Green,  a   member  of  the   late 


112 


summary.  Report, 


reinforcement  of  the  mission  at  the  Sandwich  Islands,  was  directed 
to  embrace  the  first  favorable  opportunity  of  visiting-  the  coast  for 
the  purpose  of  obtaining  more  definite  information  for  the  use  of  the 
Committee.  They  also  expect  much  from  the  exploring  expedi- 
tion, which  the  government  contemplate  sending  to  the  Pacific. 


XVIII.     SUMMARY. 

There  are  now  under  the  care  of  the  Board   forty-six  missionary 
stations,  including  one  that  is  temporarily  vacant.      Connected  with 
these  stations  there   are  forty-three  ordained  missionaries,  four  li- 
censed preachers,  four  catechists,  and  one  hundred  and  seventy-two 
other  missionary   assistants,   male   and  female;  making  the  whole 
number  of  missionary  laborers   from  this  country,  two  hundred  and 
twenty-three.     There  are,  also,  thirty-six  native  assistants,  who  are 
immediately  connected  with  the  mission  families;  and  as  preachers, 
catechists,  superintendents  of  schools,  and  distributers  of  tracts,  are 
of  great  service  in  extending  knowledge  and  Christianity.     Besides 
these,  there  are  about  six  hundred    native  teachers  of  free  schools, 
connected  principally  with  the  missions  at  Bombay,  Ceylon,  and  the 
Sandwich  Islands;  most  of  whom  were  themselves   first  instructed, 
and  all  of  whom  are  superintended  in  their  labors  by  the  missionaries. 
Five  hundred   and  twenty-three,   exclusive   of  the  mission  families, 
are  members  of  the  churches  at  the  several   stations.     There  are 
thirty-two  thousand  nine  hundred  and  nineteen   pupils  in  the  mission 
schools:  of  whom  about  eight  hundred  and  seventy  are  in  the  board- 
ing schools,  at  the  stations.    The  Board  have  seven  printing  presses 
connected  with  the  different   missions,  which  are  kept  in   constant 
operation,  and  have  printed,  or  are  in  readiness  for  printing,  in  nine 
different  languages.     The   whole  number  of  copies  of  works  printed 
at  these   presses,   principally  elementary  school-books,  translations 
from  the   Scriptures,  and  religious  tracts,  must  now  exceed  five  hun- 
dred thousand,   and  the   number   of  pages  twenty  millions:  most  of 
which   have  been  put  in   circulation.     Thus  languages,  which  were 
never  before  written,  have  been  reduced  to  system  and  printed,  and 
are   now  made  the  vehicles  of  diffusing  knowledge  widely:  and  oth- 
ers, in  which  were  no  books,  except  such  as  were  filled  with  errone- 
ous and  polluting  sentiments,  are  now  made  the  channels  of  convey- 
ing useful  knowledge  and  the  Word  of  God  to   the    millions  who 


18i>8  CONCLUSION.  113 

speak  them.  Thousands  of  minds,  which  were  wasting  in  ignorance 
and  inaction,  are  becoming  enlightened  and  fitted  to  perform  the 
responsible  duties  of  life.  Others,  which  were  the  abodes  of  base 
and  malignant  passions,  are  becoming  full  of  righteousness,  and 
peace,  and  joy  in  the  Holy  Ghost.  The  Gospel  is  preached  to  hun- 
dreds of  thousands  sitting  in  the  shadow  of  death,  the  Spirit  de- 
scends, as  upon  our  own  churches,  and  the  heathen  are  becoming 
new  creatures  in  Christ. 

CONCLUSION. 

The  efforts  made  by  Christians,  within  the  last  thirty  years,  to 
send  the  Gospel  into  the  dark  places  of  the  earth,  have  left  a  deep 
impression  extensively  upon  the  minds  of  reflecting  men,  that  the 
following  positions  are  unquestionable:   viz. 

That  the  state  of  the  heathen  nations  is  now  substantially  the 
same,  as  it  was  in  the  days  of  the  Apostles; — 

That,  in  many  countries  called  Christian,  the  inventions  of  men 
and  the  accumulated  superstitions  of  ignorant  and  corrupt  ages, 
have  utterly  eclipsed  the  light  of  revelation,  and  reduced  millions 
of  souls  very  nearly  to  the  level  of  absolute  paganism; — 

That,  reckoning  heathens,  Mahommedans,  and  the  ignorant  and 
superstitious  in  countries  nominally  Christian,  we  cannot  avoid  the 
conclusion,  that  more  than  nine  tenths  of  the  human  race  are  with- 
out any  correct  knowledge  of  God  and  his  government,  any  just 
views  of  sin,  or  any  true  apprehension  of  the  way  of  salvation; — 

That  the  Gospel  affords  the  only  adequate  relief  for  the  temporal, 
as  well  as  for  the  spiritual  wants  of  men; — 

That  before  it "  can  afford  this  relief,  it  must  be  preached,  under- 
stood, and  obeyed; — 

That  wherever  the  Gospel  is  preached  in  simplicity,  and  with  per- 
severing fidelity,  it  is  proved  to  be  the  power  of  God  and  the  wis- 
dom  of  God,  in  some  who  believe; — 

That,  in  the  fulfilment  of  the  divine  promises,  God  has  shown 
himself  willing  to  accompany  the  labors  of  his  servants  with  the 
renewing  and  sanctifying  influences  of  his  Spirit;  and 

That  there  is  ample  encouragement  to  multiply  faithful  teachers, 
and  send  them  to   every  land,  in  expectation  of  a  glorious  advance 
of  truth  and  holiness,  which  shall  reach  the  nations,  and  bring  men 
universally  to  rejoice  in  the  salvation  of  Christ. 
15 


114  conclusion.  Report, 

Though  these  positions  are  fully  admitted  to  be  true,  a  very  small 
number  of  individuals  are  found,  who  are  willing  to  carry  them  out 
into  all  their  practical  consequences.    Nothing  can  be  clearer,  than 
that  men  are  bound  to   make  exertions  for  the  benefit  of  their  fel- 
low men,  in  proportion  to  their  own  ability,  and  the  magnitude  of  the 
blessings  which  they  endeavor  to  communicate.     And  when  these 
blessings  are  inconceivably  great,  and  the  probability  that  they  may 
be  communicated  is  strong,  we   are  bound  by   the  general    law  of 
benevolence,  if  there  were  no   express  command  on  the  subject,  to 
make  vigorous,  cheerful,   and  long  continued  exertions,  that  there 
may  be  no  failure  on  our  part,  in  the  great  and  holy  work  of  bring- 
ing penitent  sinners   home  to  God.     It  is  too  plain  for  argument, 
that  every  professed   follower  of  Christ  is  bound  by  his  profession, 
taken  in  any  intelligible  sense,  to  do  something  for  the  common  cause 
of  religion;  and  every  well  instructed  Christian,  who  thinks  he  knows 
experimentally  the  value  of  the  Gospel,   cannot   consistently  do  less 
than  devote  a  suitable  and  a  worthy  portion  of  his  time  and  property 
to  promoting  the  spiritual  good  of  mankind.    And  this  portion  should 
be  appropriated  as  a  matter  of  system  and  of  fixed  principle.  What 
portion  of  our   time  and  property  should  be  deemed  suitable  and 
worthy  must  be  settled  by  a  reference  to  the  most  obvious  motives 
Of  Christianity,  and  especially  to  those  feelings  of  love,  gratitude, 
and  generous  sympathy,   to  which  the  appeal  is   so  often  made  by 
our  Saviour  and  his  Apostles.     No  conclusions  short  of  these  can 
be  entertained  for  a  moment,  unless  we  go  the  full  length  of  releas- 
ing ourselves  from  all  obligation  to  labor  for  the  good  of  others;  and 
thus   declare  concerning  ourselves,  that  we  are  not  partakers  of  the 
divine  nature;  that  we  have  not  the  spirit  of  Christ;  and  that  we 
do  not  lay  up  treasure  in  heaven.     This  would  be   no   less,  than  to 
disinherit  ourselves  from  our  Heavenly  Father's  bounty,  to  rely  for 
happiness  upon  our   own  resources,  and  to  proclaim  ourselves  inde- 
pendent  of  God.     To  such  frightful   extremities    must  we  be  led, 
unless  we  are   willing  to  acknowledge,  that  we  are  not  our  own, 
but  are  bought  with  a  price,  and  that  no  true  Christian  liveth  to 
himself;  and  that  no  man,  who  is  duly  mindful  of  his  spiritual  nature 
and  his    immortal   destiny,  can    withhold   from  the   service  of  the 
church,  and    of  the  great  human   family,  those  faculties,  which  he 
received  by  the  grace  of  his  Redeemer. 


1828.  CONCLUSION.  115 

There  are  individuals,  (and  the  number  is  increasing,)  who  show- 
in  their  conduct  a  good  degree  of  conformity  to  their  principles; — 
who  labor,  with  exemplary  zeal  and  constancy,  in  the  cause  of  be- 
nevolence;— and  who  give  freely  and  generously  of  their  substance 
to  support  missions  among  the  heathen.  But  how  shall  it  be 
brought  about,  that  the  members  of  our  churches  generally  shall  see 
to  it  with  scrupulous  exactness,  that  their  practice,  on  this  subject, 
do  not  fail  to  correspond  with  their  profession?  This  is  a  matter  of 
vital  importance;  for  so  long  as  a  very  small  portion  of  the  follow- 
ers of  Christ  manifest  such  liberality,  as  accords  with  all  their  rea- 
sonings, and  all  their  protestations  of  attachment  to  Him,  it  is  evi- 
dent that  the  strength  of  the  church  is  not  brought  to  bear  upon 
the  enterprise  of  evangelizing  the  world.  What  shall  be  attempted, 
then,  to  induce  Christians  generally  to  embark  in  this  cause,  in  such 
a  sense  as  to  make  it  their  own  ?  Absolute  uniformity  of  feeling  and 
action,  is  not,  indeed,  to  be  expected,  even  in  the  church  of  Christ; 
at  least  not  before  the  complete  establishment  of  the  millennium. 
May  we  not  hope,  however,  that  the  time  will  soon  come,  when  a 
conscientious  member  of  a  Christian  church  will  no  more  think  of 
withholding  his  just  proportion  of  the  common  effort  for  the  good  of 
mankind,  than  of  refusing  to  pay  a  just  debt  to  his  neighbor;  when 
he  will  feel  as  much  bound  to  ascertain  what  is  his  proportion,  as  to 
find  out  what  he  owes  his  neighbor;  and  when  he  will  as  much  desire, 
that  his  example  and  his  influence  may  be  salutary  in  this  respect, 
as  that  he  may  have  a  good  reputation  for  temperance,  truth,  integ- 
rity, and  sincerity  ?  This  will  be  a  great  change  from  the  present 
state  of  things;  and  when  it  shall  arrive,  every  professor  of  relig- 
ion, who  aims  to  be  consistent,  will  as  diligently  search  for  the 
proper  channels  of  beneficence,  as  for  the  best  mode  of  educating 
his  children,  or  of  preserving  or  restoring  his  health,  or  of  discharg- 
ing any  one  of  the  duties,  which  he  owes  to  the  community.  In 
order  that  all  this  may  be  accomplished,  it  would  seem  necessary 
that  the  following  points  should  be  gained:  viz. 

1.  Christians  should  be  taught  clearly  to  understand,  and  fully 
to  admit,  that  it  is  the  duty  of  the  church  at  large,  and  of  every 
member  as  a  constituent  part  of  the  church,  to  institute  and  sustain 
all  proper  measures  for  the  conversion  of  the  world;  and,  with  reli- 
ance on  divine  aid,  to  push  forward  these  measures,  till  the  work 
shall  be  done. 


116  conclusion.  Report, 

Though  there  may  be  extensively  a  vague  acknowledgment  of  this 
duty,  yet  it  is  far  from  being  well  apprehended,  or  deeply  felt.     We 
often  hear  it  said,  indeed,  that  nothing  but  a  knowledge  of  facts 
is  necessary  to  induce  Christians  to  do  their  duty.   Without  denying 
that  a  knowledge  of  facts  is  indispensable  to  a  full  performance  of 
duty,  it  may  be  asserted  with  great  confidence,  that  if  Christians 
were  deeply  convinced  what  their  duty  is,  in  regard  to  the  heathen, 
they  would    not  willingly  remain  ignorant  of  those  facts,  relative  to 
the  moral  condition  of  the  world  and  the  progress  of  the  missionary 
cause,  which  serve  to  explain  and  enforce  their  duty,  and  encourage 
to  the  performance    of  it.     Before  men  will  enter  upon  a  course  of 
self-denial,   a   moral  necessity  of  doing  so  must  be  laid  upon  them. 
A  great  community  of  professed  Christians,  amounting  to  hundreds 
of  thousands,  scattered  over  a  wide  country,  and  held  in  numerous 
relations   with  surrounding   multitudes,  who  live   according  to   the 
course  of  this  world,  cannot  be  induced  to  change  their  habits  of 
thinking  and   acting    and  without   great  labor    and   pains.      They 
must  be    shown  the   indispensable    obligations,  under    which  their 
Creator  and  Redeemer  has  placed   them. 

2.  When  the  minds  of  Christians  are  thoroughly  instructed,  as 
to  the  duty  of  sending  the  Gospel  to  the  pagan  nations,  the  next 
step  is,  to  show  in  how  deplorable  a  condition  these  nations  are 
without  the  Gospel;— how  ignorant  of  the  character  of  God, — how 
destitute  of  moral  culture  and  moral  restraint, — how  abandoned  to 
gross  wickedness, — how  entirely  without  hope  in  the  world  to  come. 
The  inhabitants  of  a  Christian  country  can  hardly  conceive  to  what 
an  extent  depravity  pervades  every  ramification  of  heathen  society, 
and  how  plain  it  is,  on  the  most  cursory  inspection,  that  there  must 
be  a  renovating  process, — there  must  be  a  radical  change  of  char- 
acter,— before  these  myriads  of  immortal  beings  can  be  prepared 
for  heaven.  The  great  urgency  of  the  case  should  therefore  be 
represented  to  the  mind,  and  pressed  upon  the  conscience,  till  every 
feeling  of  humanity  is  enlisted,  and  it  shall  be  impossible  to  sleep 
over  the  claims  of  the  miserable,  and  to  disregard  the  commands  of 
God. 

3.  When  these  preparations  shall  have  been  made,  it  will  be 
easier  than  at  present  to  form  a  standard  of  benevolence,  by  which 
Christians  shall  generally  feel  it  a  privilege  to  regulate  their  charit- 
able efforts.  When  it  is  fully  understood,  that  a  work  of  vast  mag- 
nitude and  inconceivable  importance,  is  to  be  accomplished  speedily. 


1828.  CONCLUSION.  11? 

it  will  be  seen  that  the  exertions  of  the  friends  of  God  must  be 
commensurate  with  the  effect  to  be  produced,  and  with  the  grandeur 
and  glory  of  helping  to  produce  it.  When  the  greatest  revolution 
ever  experienced  on  earth  is  to  be  urged  forward,  controlled,  and 
guided  to  a  happy  issue,  all  men  will  see,  that  the  means  employed 
must  be  numerous,  various,  and  of  such  a  nature,  as  to  call  forth 
the  active  energies  of  multitudes.  And  it  being  the  great  charac- 
teristic of  all  these  operations,  that  they  are  sustained  by  voluntary 
aid,  the  necessity  of  vigor,  system,  and  a  high  standard  of  action 
will  be  apparent. 

4.  All  who  profess  to  be  followers  of  Christ  must  feel  their  joint 
and  their  individual  responsibility.  Here,  a  great  and  threatening 
deficiency  must  be  acknowledged  to  exist  at  present.  It  seems  to 
be  taken  for  granted,  by  many  well-wishers  to  evangelical  effort, 
that  the  business  of  enlightening  the  nations  will  proceed  well  enough 
of  itself;  that  there  is  no  need  of  much  anxiety  on  the  subject;  and 
that  it  is  quite  immaterial,  whether  a  particular  individual,  or  a  par- 
ticular part  of  the  church,  engage  in  the  work  now,  or  leave  it  to  the 
contingencies  of  future  times.  No  mistake  can  be  more  ruinous 
than  this.  If  one  individual,  or  one  church,  can  be  released  from 
a  feeling  of  responsibility,  why  may  not  all  ?  It  should  be  far  oth- 
erwise. Every  man  should  feel  any  delay  in  the  work  to  be  a  per- 
sonal calamity,  which  he  should  endeavor  to  avert  by  all  the  means 
in  his  power.  Especially  should  ministers  of  the  Gospel,  elders  in 
the  churches,  and  all  lay-professors,  who  are  distinguished  among 
their  brethren  for  wealth,  talents,  or  influence,  consider  themselves 
bound  to  act  constantly  under  a  weighty  sense  of  responsibility,  in 
regard  to  this  subject.  If  the  work  of  converting  the  nations  pro- 
ceeds slowly  and  heavily,  it  must  be  because  they  do  not  put  their 
hands  to  it,  with  all  that  earnestness  which  it  demands.  They 
ought  to  take  care,  that  a  large  proportion  of  the  sanctified  talent 
of  our  land  shall  be  called  forth  and  employed  in  this  great  design; 
that  the  best  of  our  young  men,  the  most  pious,  the  most  laborious, 
the  most  prudent,  shall  be  selected,  trained,  encouraged,  and  sent  to 
the  heathen;  that  all  the  facilities,  which  will  be  really  conducive  to 
the  great  end  in  view,  shall  be  afforded  them;  and  that  the  most 
suitable  persons  shall  be  engaged,  as  their  services  are  needed,  in 
directing  and  superintending  these  operations.  The  responsibility 
here  intended  is  far  different  from  that,  which  merely  prompts  a  few 
£oed  wishes,  and  then  leavr*  the  mind  in  a  state  of  quiescence.      Tt. 


118  conclusion.  Report, 

should  resemble  the  lively  interest,  which  true  patriots  feel  when 
their  country  is  invaded,  or  when  they  see  great  public  .benefits 
about  to  be  lost  by  inattention  and  delay.  The  Christian,  who  is 
able  to  render  eminent  service  to  the  church,  either  by  his  counsels, 
or  his  pecuniary  aid,  should  no  more  think  of  remitting  his  care,  than 
a  ship-master  should  abandon  his  charge,  while  his  vessel  is  buffeting 
the  waves,  or  approaching  a  difficult  entrance  to  a  safe  harbor.  We 
do  not  plead  for  an  inconsiderate  and  profuse  devotion  of  money  to 
religious  objects;  but  for  a  wise  and  liberal  application  of  all  the 
means,  which  God  has  committed  to  the  discretion  of  his  people. 
We  plead  for  common  sacrifices  to  be  made  with  enlightened  zeal 
for  a  common  object,  and  that  object  the  worthiest  and  the  noblest, 
which  ever  claimed  the  agency  of  men.  Although  the  Committee 
would  guard  against  speaking  extravagantly,  and  would  disclaim  all 
authority  over  their  brethren,  they  deem  it  their  duty  to  declare  to 
the  Board  their  solemn  conviction,  that  unless  a  feeling  of  personal 
responsibility  can  be  generally  diffused  among  the  American  Chris- 
tians, they  will  forfeit,  to  a  great  and  melancholy  extent,  the  high 
privilege  to  which  Divine  Providence  has  invited  them;  and  their 
exertions  for  the  establishment  of  Christ's  kingdom  will  be  few  and 
feeble,  compared  with  what  they  easily  might  be,  and  undoubtedly 
ought  to  be. 

5.  Christians  must  cultivate  a  higher  degree  of  moral  courage, 
than  is  now  common.  They  must  be  able  to  look  difficulties  and 
dangers  in  the  face  without  dismay.  They  must  expect  many  oc- 
currences, which  will  appear  for  a  time  to  be  of  an  adverse  char- 
acter, and  which  will,  in  fact,  retard  the  progress  of  divine  truth. 
With  many  cheering  proofs  that  the  day  of  the  world's  deliverance 
cannot  be  distant,  there  may  still  be  seasons  of  disappointment.  Im- 
penetrable ignorance,  and  besotted  idolatry  may,  for  a  time,  shut 
out  Christianity  from  some  of  the  most  populous  regions  of  the  earth. 
Persecution  may  consign  to  a  violent  death  the  pioneers  of  the  Gos- 
pel, and  their  first  converts.  Wars  may  drown  the  voice  of  the 
preacher  in  the  din  of  arms.  There  may  be  defections  among  the 
chosen  messengers  of  the  churches  to  the  heathen,  and  apostasies 
among*  the  fruits  of  their  ministry.  The  directors  of  missions  may 
be  permitted  to  pursue  ill-advised  measures,  and  there  may  be  in- 
stances of  unsuccessful  missionary  enterprise.  But  none  of  these 
evils,  nor  all  of  them  combined,  should  be  suffered  to  dishearten  any 
man;  nor  will  they  dishearten  any  man,  whose  courage  is  raised  to 


18c28.  CONCLUSION.  119 

the  proper  tone.  Indeed,  no  disappointment,  which  is  within  the 
compass  of  probability,  is  half  so  much  to  be  dreaded,  as  the  apathy 
of  the  church. 

Shall  we  of  the  nineteenth  century  be  timid  and  irresolute,  slow 
to  action,  and  easily  disconcerted  and  deterred?  Shall  we,  who  have 
seen  what  God  has  wrought,  and  who  behold  what  he  is  now  doings 
distrust  his  power,  and  his  promises?  Primitive  Christians  sustained 
most  furious  and  bloody  persecutions,  and  triumphed  gloriously,  thus 
transmitting  to  posterity  the  Sacred  Word  and  the  ordinances  of 
the  Gospel.  The  Reformers  of  the  16th  century,  confiding  in  God 
and  the  efficacy  of  his  truth,  stood  unterrified  with  all  Europe 
leagued  against  them:  and  shall  Christians  of  the  present  day,  after 
the  power  of  the  Gospel  has  been  so  variously  and  so  signally  prov- 
ed, hesitate,  and  falter,  and  support,  with  a  divided  heart,  the  cause 
in  which  they  are  engaged  ?  If  we  are  content  to  act  in  this  man- 
ner, it  is  plain  that  we  are  not  now  prepared  to  be  worthy  instru- 
ments of  conveying  the  divine  beneficence  to  our  fellow  men.  May 
it  not  rather  be  assumed,  that,  relying  on  the  promised  aids  of  the 
Holy  Spirit,  the  ministers  and  churches  of  our  land  will  show,  that 
a  united  people,  putting  forth  their  energies  for  the  honor  of  God 
and  the  salvation  of  men,  can  accomplish  such  things,  as  have 
never  yet  been  witnessed  on  earth  ?  With  these  anticipations,  let 
us  gird  ourselves  for  more  vigorous  enterprise,  trusting,  that  every 
return  of  this  anniversary  will  furnish  new  evidence  that  our  work 
is  blessed  by  the  Head  of  the  church,  and  that  his  reign  upon  earth 
is  soon  to  become  universal. 


APPENDIX,    N°.   I. 


PrcttttCarg  Accounts. 

EXPENDITURES      OF     THE     BOARD     TOR     THE     YEAR    ENDING 

AUGUST    31,    1828. 


Bombay  Mission,* 

Remittance  to  London  to  pay  draft  of  Messrs.  Palmer, 
&  Co.  of  Calcutta,  for  advances  made  by  them  for  expen- 
ses of  the  mission  from  May  1,  1826,  to  April  30,  1827, 

Remittances  to  Calcutta,  in  part  for  expenses  of  the  mission 
from  May  1,  1827, 

Printing  press,  printing  paper,  types,  &c.  purchased  in 
Boston,  ...... 

Expenses  of  Mrs.  Hall, 

« 

Ceylon  Mission* 

Remittance  to  London  to  pay  draft  of  Messrs.  Palmer,  &  Co. 
of  Calcutta,  for  advances  made  by  them  for  expenses  of  the 
mission  from  May  1,  1826,  to  April  30,  1827, 

Books,  slates,  &c.  purchased  in  Boston, 

Remittances  to  Calcutta,  in  part  for  expenses  of  the  mission 
from  May  1, 1827, 


#3,981  51 

3,408  39 

1,253  95 

00 — 8,872  85 


15,788  24 
335  04 

6,816  78-22,940  06 
Carried  forward,        #31,812  91 


*  It  will  be  perceived  by  the  Pecuniary  Accounts  of  the  Board,  published  in  the  Six- 
teenth and  Seventeenth  Reports,  that  the  amount  paid  for  the  missions  in  Bombay  and 
Ceylon,  during  the  two  years  embraced  in  those  accounts,  was  very  small;  in  consequence 
as  was  there  stated,  of  an  arrangement  which  had  been  made  with  Mr.  Newton,  to  ad- 
vance funds  for  the  expenses  of  those  missions,  and  for  which  bills  were  to  be  drawn,  pay- 
able in  London.  Owing  to  this  arrangement,  the  expenses  incurred  between  May  1, 1825, 
and  April  30,  1826,  were  paid  from  the  Treasury  during  the  last  year,  and  the  expenses 
from  May  1,  1826,  to  April  30,  1827,  have  been  paid  from  the  Treasury  within  the  present 
year.  The  Board,  however,  having  returned  to  the  original  plan,  of  placing  funds  in  Cal- 
cutta, for  the  missions  in  Bombay  and  Ceylon,  remitted  in  specie  last  year,  about  $14,000, 
and  the  present  year,  as  above  stated,  about  $10,000,  to  defray,  in  part,  the  expenses  from 
the  first  of  May,  1827. 

16 


122  PECUNIARY  ACCOUNTS. 

Brought  forward,        531,812  91 

Mission  to   Western  Asia. 

Drafts  of  the  Missionaries  on  the  Treasurer  of  the  Board, 

and  remittances  made  from  the  Treasury,            .            .  7,774  99 

Books,  stationary,  and  sundry  purchases,             .            .  206  97 

Paid  Rev.  J.  Brewer,  since  his  return,           .            .            .  112  00 — 8,093  96 

Mission  to  Africa. 

Outfit,  in  part,  and  travelling  expenses,  &c.  of  Rev.  George 
M.  Erskine,  .....  226  1 1 

Mission  at  the  Sandwich  Islands. 

Drafts  and  remittances,         .....  4.384  42 

Purchases  in    Boston  of  various  articles  for  the  use  of  the 

missionaries  at  the  islands,  and   of  provisions   and   stores 

for  those  who  embarked  in  the  ship  Parthian,  .  6,892  11 

Preparatory  expenses  and  outfit  of  the   Rev.  L.  Andrews, 

Rev.  J.  S.  Green,  Rev.  P.  J.  Gulick,  and  Rev.  E.  W. 

Clark  and  their  wives,         .  .  .  1,980  89 

of  Dr.  G.  P.  Judd  and  Mr.   S.  Shepard 

and  their  wives,  .  .  .  532  22 

of  Miss  D.  Stone,  Miss  M.  Ward    and 


Miss  M.  Patten,         .              .            .            .            116  11 
of  four  Sandwich  Islanders,  .  170  03 2,799   25 


Passage  of  the  above  mentioned  persons,  and  freight  of  va- 
rious articles  in  the  ship  Parthian  to  the  Sandwich  Islands,  5,262.50 

Preparatory  expenses  of  an  individual  who  did  not  embark, 

to  be  refunded,             .            .          .            ...  49  57 

Expenses  of  Mr.  E.  Loomis,                    ....  46  99-19,434  84 

Mission  anions;  the    Cherokees. 

Drafts  and  remittances,                     ....  5,299  53 

Donations  in  money  at  the  different  stations,                           .  336  60 

Articles  purchased  in  Boston,                       .            .            .  2,603  05 

Travelling  expenses  of  an  assistant  missionary,                .  13  55-*8,252  73 

( 'arricd  forward,        #67,820  55 


*  Of  the  above  items,  there  was  paid 

for  Brainerd,             .  .    $1,300  29 

New  Echota,            .  1,243  2-2 

Creek  Path,           .  .        2,285  69 

Carmel,  .              94  19 

Hightower,               .  368  56 

Willstown,  .           1,232  71 

Haweis,         .            .  885  26 

Tandy's  Creek.  .             584  39 

Genera]  expenses,  .              18  42 

$8,252  73 


TECUMAia    ACCOUNTS,  [123 

Brought  forward,        #67,820  55 

Mission  among  the  Choctaws. 

Drafts  and  purchases,           .....  .3.486  16 

Donations  received  at  Mayhew  and  the  other  stations,           .  77  37 
Donations,  &c.  received  by  Rev.  C.  Byirigton,   and   ex- 
pended for  the  mission,  principally  in  publishing  school  books;  806  22 
Outfit  and  travelling  expenses  of  assistant  missionaries,            .  795  80 — 5,165  55 

Mission  among  the   Chickasaws. 

[Payments  from  the  Treasury,  to  the  amount  of  about  #400. 
for  purchases  for  this  mission,  will  be  charged  with  the 
expenses  for  the  coming  year.] 

Mission  among  the    CheroJcees  of  the  Arkansas. 

Drafts  and  remittances,  ....  2,509  50 

Purchases  in  Boston,  .....  553  71—3,063  21 

Mission  among  the  Osages. 

Expenses  at  Union,  including  Hopefield,  3,177  10 

Expenses  at  Harmony,  including  Neosho,  .  3,866  31—7,043  41 

Mission  at  Green  Bay. 

Drafts,  purchases,  &c.  ....  1,159  66 

Mackinaw  Mission. 

Drafts  and  purchases,  ... 

Travelling  expenses  of  Rev.  G.  Hornell  and  family,  in 
going  to  the  field  of  labor,  .  ... 

of  Mr.  W.  M.  Heydenburk  and  wife,  including  out- 
fit, and  purchases  for  the  mission, 

of  three  other  assistant  missionaries, 


Maumee   Mission. 


Drafts, 

Donations  received  at  Ebenezer. 


Indians  in  New-  York. 


Cattaraugus  station. 
Seneca         do. 
Tuscarora    do. 


3,503  85 

75  00 

286  40 

.50  00- 

-3.915  25 

978  47 

12  00- 

— 990  47 

325  57 

1,502  36 

345  38- 

-2,173  31 

Indian  Missions  generally. 

Travelling  expenses  of  Mr.  David  Greene  on  a  visit  to  the 
Cherokee,  Chickasaw.  Choctaw,  Arkansas,  Osage  and 
Maumee  missions,  and  to  the  stations  among  the  Indians 


Carried  forward.    #91,331   11 


124 


PECUNIARY    ACCOUNTS. 


Brought  forward,    #91,331  41 
in  New  York;  and  expenses  of  Rev.  C.  Kingsbury  in  vis- 
iting the  Arkansas  and  Osage  missions,  .  .  310  60 
Transportation,  freight,  &c.  of  articles  received  at  Boston, 

New  York,  and  other  places,  .  .  .62  27 372  87 

Greek  Youths. 


Expenses  of  P.  Kavasales,  .... 

do.      of  A.  Karavelles,  ... 

do.      of  S.  and  P.  Galatty, 

do.  of  C.  and  P.  Ralli,  including  balance  of  expenses 
in  previous  years,  ..... 

Expenses  of  A.  Paspati,  .... 

do.      of  N.  Petrocokino,  including  passage  to  Malta,     . 

do.      of  G.  Perdicari,  incurred  in  1827, 

do.      of  N.  Prassas,         ..... 

do.      of  E.  Sophocles,  .... 


4  44 

180  61 

479  69 

693  58 

181  81 

234  81 

37  06 

82  28 

18  87- 

-1,913  15 


Education  of  other   Youths. 


J.  J.  Loy,  a  Portuguese, 

Four  Osage  youths  at  Miami  University,  Oxford,  O. 


186  96 
494  37- 


-681  33 


Agencies. 


Services  of  Rev.  E.  N.  Kirk,  18  3-7  weeks, 

Travelling  expenses, 
of  Rev.  R.  Brown,  one  year, 

Travelling  expenses, 
of  Rev.  C.  S.  Stewart,  13  months, 

Travelling  expenses, 
of  Mr.  D.  Perry,  41  weeks, 

Travelling  expenses, 
of  Mr.  W.  Clark,  14  1-2  weeks, 

Travelling  expenses  .  25  20- 
of  Mr.  S.  F.  Beard,  15  weeks,    .              .      120  00 

Travelling  expenses,  .  14  81- 
of  Mr.  G.  B.  Whiting,  31  weeks,                 .      248  00 

Travelling  expenses,  .  73  81- 

Travelling  expenses  of  Mr.  W.  Slocomb, 

of  Rev.  G.  Cowles, 

of  Mr.  E.  Loomis, 

» &c.  of  deputations  to  attend  the  anni- 
versaries of  various  Auxiliary  Societies, 

Travelling  expenses  of  the  Corresponding  Secretary  in  his 
journey  to  Washington,        ..... 

Travelling  expenses  of  the  Corresponding  Secretary  and 
Assistant  Secretary  on  business  of  the  Board. 


147  42 

95  03 242  45 

390  00 

37  02 427  02 

722  21 

188  28 910  49 

328  00 

43  06 371  06 

116  00 


-141  20 

-134  81 

-321  81 

50  00 

126  50 

128  01 

175  92 

65  80 

12  82—3,107  89 


Carried  forward.     #97,406  65 


PECUNIARY    ACCOUNTS.  125 

Brought  forward,    #97,406  65 

General  Expenses. 

Travelling  expenses  of  members  of  the  Board,  in  attending 

the  annual  meeting  at  New  York,  Oct.  1827,              .                    235  44 
Contingent  expenses  of  the  annual  meeting,  .  .  58  25 293  69 

Corresponding  Secretary's   Department. 

Salary  of  the  Assistant  Secretary,  for  the  year  ending  Aug. 

31,1828,  1,000  00 

Salary  of  Mr.  David  Greene,  for  do.  .  473  00 

Paid  for  transcribing,  .....  99  51 J  572  51 

The  salary  of  the  Corresponding  Secretary,  during  the 
past  year,  has  been  paid  by  the  income  of  the  Perma- 
nent Fund  for  that  object,  and  the  subscription  of  a 
few  individuals. 


Treasurer's  Department. 

Salary  of  the  Treasurer,  in  part,  for  the  year  ending  Aug. 

31,  1828,  (the  residue  having  been  paid  by  individuals,)  850  00 

Clerk  hire  within  the  year,  ....  480  00—1,330  00 


Printing,  fyc.  * 

Eighteenth  Annual  Report,  2,500  copies,  including  paper, 
folding,  covers,  &c.  ..... 

Missionary  Paper  No.  2,  6000  copies, 

do.  No.  5,  3000     do.  ... 

do.  No.  7,  3000      do. 

do.  No.  8,  3000     do. 

do.  No.  9,  6000      do. 

Dr.  Beecher's  Sermon,  1,000  copies, 

Vindication  of  the  American  Missionaries  at  the  Sandwich 
Islands,  500  copies,  .... 

Certificates  and  circulars,        ..... 

Copies  of  the  Missionary  Herald  presented  to  benefactors, 
auxiliary  societies,  missionaries,  agents  abroad  and  at 
home,  and  friends  of  missions  in  many  parts  of  the  world,  2,912  06 


668  50 

94  26 

79  28 

140  80 

50  67 

224  48 

72  25 

64  61 

31  75 

4,338  66 


Deduct  amount  refunded  by  the  Editor  of  the  National 
Preacher,  for  expense  of  printing  Dr.  Griffin's  sermon  last 
year,  .  56  60—4,282  06 


Carried  forward,    #104,884  91 


126 


PECUNIARY    ACCOUNTS. 


Brought  forward,    ,§104,884  91 

Agency   in  New    York. 

.Salary  of  Mr.  George  M.  Tracy,  for  the  year  ending- Au"-. 

31,1828, 920  38 

Clerk  hire,  within  the  year,  .  .  .  .  113  53 

Office  rent  and  taxes.  ....  87  51 

Blank  books,  stationary,  furniture,  &c.  .  .  38  78 

Fuel,  cartage,  labor,  &c.  .....  38  21—1  198  41 

Miscellaneous   Charges. 

Postage  of  letters.        •  •  •  .  . 

Fuel  and  oil,  . 

Blank  books  and  stationary, 

Wrapping  paper,  twine,  nails,  &e. 

Porterage,  labor,  freight,  and  transportation  of  bundles,  &c. 

Periodical  publications,  books,  and  binding  of  books,  for 
various  stations,        ••-... 

Books  for  the  Missionary  Library, 

Partition,  windows,  &c.  in  Treasurer's  office, 

Shelves,  &c.  for  the  Committee  Room, 

Discount  on  bank  notes  and  drafts,  48  58;  counterfeit  notes, 
and  notes  of  banks  that  have  failed,  49  50}  loss  on  Ken- 
tucky notes  received  by  an  agent  in  1822,  98  33; 

Expenses  attending  the  complaint  against  Lieut.  Percival, 

Appropriated  by  the  Prudential  Committee,  to  the  Permanent 
Fund,  for  balance  of  apprehended  loss  on  stock  held  by 
the  Board  in  the  Eagle  Bank,  New  Haven,  .  .  1,000  00 


478  80 

63  18 

41  12 

19  94 

65  97 

162  75 

81  51 

37  00 

18  45 

196  41- 

-1,165  13 

427  80 

108,676  25 
Balance  for  which  the  Board  was  in  debt,  Sept.  1,  1827,  15,513  10 


5124,189  35 

RECEIPTS   OF    THE    BOARD    DURING    THE   YEAR   PRECEDING 
AUGUST  31,  1828. 

Donations  received  during  the  year,  as  published  with  exact 

particularity  in  the  Missionary  Herald,        .  .  .    $95,936  28 

Deduct  amount  acknowledged  in  the  Missionary  Herald  for 

July  1828,  as  a  donation  from  the  Ashley  Fund,  West 

Springfield,  and  since  credited  as  interest,  ,  .  152  28 — 95,784  00 

Legacies  received  within  the  year,  as  acknowledged  in  the 

Missionary  Herald,        .....  4,723  76 

Deduct  this  sum  acknowledged  as  a  Legacy  from   West 

Springfield,  in  the  Missionary  Herald  for  May  1827,  and 

since  added  to  the  Permanent  Fund,       .  .  .  1,001  88 — 3,721  88 


Carried  forward,    #99,505  88 


PECUNIARY  ACCOUNTS.  127 

Brought  forward,    #99,505  88 
Interest  on  the  Permanent  Fund,  .  1,929  61 

Deduet  for  interest  paid  on  money  borrowed,        .  .  971  95 9.57  GG 

Avails  of  real  estate  and  pensonal  property  belonging1  to  the 
Board  at  Cornwall,  (formerly  used  for  the  Foreign  Mission 
School.)  after  deducting  payments  made  "during  the  year 

on  account  of  youths  still  remaining,  and  other  charges,  1.517  GO 

Received  for  Missionary  Register,  &c.  ...  28  50 

Balance  for  which  the  Board  is  in  debt,  carried  to  new  ac- 
count, Sept.  1,  1828,  .  22,179  71 


$124,189  35 


PERMANENT     FUND. 

The  Permanent  Fund  amounted,  on  the  31st  of  August, 
1827,  as  stated  in  the  Report  for  last  year,  to  .  $37,524  87 

Received  within  the  year,  as  acknowledged  in  the  Mis- 
sionary Herald,  .....  7,401  88 

$44,926  75 

PERMANENT    FUND    FOR   CORRESPONDING     SECRETARY. 

This  Fund  amounted  on  the  31st  of  August,  1827,  to                 .  $19,514  54 

Received  during  the  year,  as  follows: 

From  individuals,  as  published  in  the  Missionary  Herald,  328  25 

For  profits  of  the  Missionary  Herald,                  .            .  2,919  32 

For  profits  of  the  Panoplist,           .                .            .            .  51  70 

For  copyright  of  Memoirs  of  Catharine  Brown,  50  00 

For  interest,  in  part,  on  this  fund,               ...  449  71—3,798  98 

$23,313  52 

PERMANENT   FUND    FOR   TREASURER. 

This  Fund  amounted,  August  31st,  1827,  to            .                   .  $1,702  50 

Received  during  the  year,  as  follows: 

From  an  individual,  as  published  in  the  Missionary  Herald,  94  75 

For  interest  on  this  fund 122  32 217  07 


$1,919  57 

FUND    FOR    THE     PRINTING    PRESS    FOR   WESTERN    ASIA,   NOW     ESTABLISHED 

AT    MALTA. 

There  had  been  received  on  this  fund,  before  August  31,  1827,  $15,292  65 

Received  during  the  year,  for  interest,  .  .  .  474  00 

15,766  65 
Expenditures,  as  per  statement  last  year,  .  .  $6,961  52 

Expended  during  the  year.  .  .  2,616   49—9,578  01 


Balance  ready  to  be  expended,  ....  $6,188  61 


APPENDIX,    JV°.  II, 


AUXILIARY    SOCIETIES. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  payments  made,  during  the  year,  into  the  Treasury  of  the  Board, 
by  Auxiliaries  formed  on  the  model  recommended  in  the  xixth  volume  of  the  Missionary 
Herald,  p.  365.  The  year  commences  with  September  1827,  and  ends  with  August  1828. 
It  should  be  remarked,  that  some  of  these  societies,  during  this  time,  have  paid  more,  and 
some  less,  than  is  properly  to  be  regarded  as  their  receipts  for  one  year. 

MAINE. 
Cumberland  County,    Reuben  Mitchell,  Sec.  Portland, 

William  Hyde,  TV.  Do. 


Kennebec  County, 
Lincoln  County, 


Rev.  David  M.  Mitchell,  Sec.    Waldoboro', 
Warren  Rice,  Tr.  Wiscasset, 

Rev.  Christopher  Marsh,  Sec.  Biddeford, 
Charles  Williams,  Tr.  Kennebunk, 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE; 

Rev.  Z.  S.  Barstow,  Sec.         Keene, 

C.  H.  Jaquith,  Tr.  Do. 

Rev.  J.  L.Hale,  Sec.  Campton, 

William  Green,  Tr. 

Rev.  Nathl.  Kingsbury,  Sec 

Edmund  Parker,  Tr. 

Rev.  Nathl.  Bouton,  Sec. 

N.  Abbot,  Tr. 
Rockingham  Co.,  East,  Rev.  Jacob  Cummings,  Sec. 

T.  H.  Miller,  Tr. 
Rockingham  Co. ,West,Rev.  Joel  R.  Arnold,  Sec. 

William  Eaton,  Tr. 

Rev.  Israel  Newell,  Sec. 

James  Breck,  Tr. 

VERMONT. 
Rev.  Thomas  A.  Merrill,  Sec.  Middlebury, 


$589  14 


373  92 


York  County, 

Cheshire  County, 
Grafton  County, 
Hillsboro'  County, 
Merrimac  County, 


434  20 1,397  26 


467  58 


Sullivan  County, 


Plymouth. 
Mont  Vernon, 
Amherst, 
Concord, 

Do. 
Stratham, 
Portsmouth, 

Chester, 

Do. 

Plainfield, 

Newport, 


851  55 


518  30 


483  64 


391  46 


Addison  County, 
Chittenden  County, 
Franklin  County, 
Orange  County, 
Rutland  County, 


Elisha  Brewster,  Tr. 


Do. 


335  99 3,048  52 


299  67 


Samuel  Hickok,  Tr. 

Horace  Janes,  Sec. 
Do.        Tr. 

Rev.  Joseph  Tracy,  Sec. 

J.  W.  Smith,  Tr. 

Rev.  Amos  Drury,  Sec. 

James  D.  Butler,  Tr. 
Washington  County,  Jeduthun  Loomis,  Tr. 
Windham  County,       John  Chorley,  Sec. 

Asa  Green,  Tr. 
Windsor  County,  Rev.  John  Richards,  Sec.         Woodstock, 

H.  F.  Leavitt,  Tr.  Hartford, 

MASSACHUSETTS. 
Barnstable  Co.,  East, 

Benj.  Seabury,  Tr.  Orleans, 

Barnstable  Co.,  West,  Rev.  Benj.  Woodbury,  Sec.      Falmouth, 

Rev.  D.  L.  Hunn,  Tr.  Sandwich, 


104  32 


Burlington, 

St.  Albans, 
do. 

Thetford,Post  Mills, 
Chelsea,  305  32 

Rutland  W.  par. 
Rutland, 
Montpelier, 
Brattleboro', 
Do. 


183  76 


656  85 
181  09 


324  44 


377  60 2,433  05 


46  66 


261  61 


Carried  forward,         $308  27   $6,878  83 


AVXILIARV    SOCIETIES. 


129 


Brought  forward,       f308  Si     - 
BerkrillN  County,        Rev.  William  A.  Hawley,Sec  Hinsdale, 

James  \V.  Robbins,  Tr.  Lenox,                     2,004  SI 
Boston  and  Vicinity,     W.  J.  Hubbard,  Sec. 

Charles  Stoddard,  Tr. 
Brookfield  Association,  Rev.  Micah  Stone,  Sec. 

Allen  Newell,  Tr. 

Rev.  George  Cowles,  Sec. 

Joseph  Adams,  Tr. 

Rev.  Daniel  Crosby,  Sec. 

Franklin  Ripley,  Tr. 

Rev.  Baxter  Dickinson,  Sec.  Longmeadow, 

S.  Warriner,  Tr.  Springfield, 

Rev.  William  Cogswell,  Sec.  Dedham,  S.  Par 

Rev.  Ebenezer  Burgess,  Tr.  Do. 

Northampton  &.  Vicin.  Daniel  Stebbins,  Sec.  Northampton, 

E.  S.  Phelps,  Tr.  Do. 

Old  Colony  Associa,.     Rev.  Jonathan  Bigelow,  Sec.  Rochester, 

Joseph  Bourne,  Tr.  New  Bedford, 

Palestine  Mission.  Soc.  Rev.  Jonas  Perkins,  Sec.  Weymouth, 

E.  Alden,  Tr.  Randolph, 

Worcester  Co.  Central,Rev.  Horatio  Bardwell,  Sec.  Holden. 

E.  Flagg,  Tr.  Worcester, 

Worcester  Co.,  North,  Rev.  Rufus  A.  Putnam,  Sec.  Fitchburg, 

Abel  Downe,  Tr.  Do. 

Worcester  Co.  Relig.  )  Rev.  John  Maltby,  Sec.  Sutton, 

Charitable  Society,  \  Rev.  J.  Goffe,  Tr.  Millbury, 


BMtt   County, 
Franklin  County. 
Hampden  County, 
Norfolk  County. 


Boston, 

Do.  8,007  80 

South  Brookfield, 
West  Brookfield,       922  2ft 
Dan  vers, 

Salem,  2,467  30 

Conway, 

Greenfield,  747  03 

w, 

-11  33 


1,425  20 


1,061  69 

B42  00 

677  00 
130  00—19,404  18 


CONNECTICUT. 

Colchester  &  Vicinity,  Merit  Bradford,  Sec.  Colchester, 

William  T.  Turner,  Tr.  Do. 

Fairfield  County,  East,  Rev.  Joshua  Leavitt.  Sec.  Stratford, 

Stephen  Hawley,  Tr.  Bridgeport, 

FairfieldCounty, West, Rev.  William  Bonney,  Sec.  New  Canaan, 

Matthew  Marvin,  Tr.  Wilton, 

Farmington&Vicinity,  Horace  Cowles,  Sec.  Farmington, 

M.  Cowles,  Tr.  Do. 

Hartford  County,           Daniel  P.  Hopkins,  Sec.  Hartford, 

James  R.  Woodbridge,  Tr.  Do. 


Litchfield  Co. 


Rev.  C.  A.  Boardman,  Sec.       New  Preston, 


F.  Derning.  Tr.  Litchfield, 

Middlesex  Association,  Rev.  Aaron  Hovey,  Sec.  Saybrook, 

Clark  Nott,  Tr.  Do. 

Middletown&Vicinity,Richard  Rand,  Sec.  Middletown, 

Richard  Hubbard,  Tr.  Do. 

New  Haven  City,         John  Mitchell,  Sec.  New  Haven, 

C.  J.  Salter,  Tr.  Do. 

New  Haven  Co.,  East,  Rev.  T.  P.  Gillet,  Sec.  Branford, 

S.  Frisbie,  Tr.  Do. 

NewHaven  Co., West,  Rev.  Asa  M.  Train,  Sec.  Milford, 

William  Stebbins,  Tr.  West  Haven, 

New  London  &:Vicin.  Ebenezer  Larned,  Sec  New  London, 

E.  Chesebrough,  Tr.  Do. 
Norwich  and  Vicinity,  Jabez  Huntington,  Sec.  Norwich, 

F.  A.  Perkins,  Tr.  Do. 
Tolland  County,            Elisha  Stearns,  Sec.  Tolland, 

Jona.  Barr.es,  Tr.  Do. 


133  18 
669  32 
540  78 

2,95S  35 
4,000  00 
508  03 
235  03 
640  63 
444  83 
637  32 
214  17 
671  38 
836  16 


17 


Carried  forward,       $12,500  18    $26,283  01 


130 


AUXILIARY    SOCIETIES. 


Brought  forward,        .•$12,500  lb  $26,283  01 
Windham  Co.,  North,  Rev.  James  Porter,  Sec.  Pomfret, 

Edwin  Newbury,  Tr.  Brooklyn,  408  21 

Windham  Co.,  South,  Daniel  Frost,  Jr.  Sec.  Canterbury, 

Zalmon  Storrs,  Tr.  Mansfield  Centre,      464  00-13,372  39 


Columbia  County, 
Monroe  County, 


NEW  YORK. 
Rev.  Peter  S.  Wynkoop,  Sec.  Ghent, 


Israel  Piatt,  Tr.  Hudson, 

Everard  Peck,  Sec.  Rochester, 

Josiah  Bissell,  Jr.  Tr.  Do.              » 

New  York  City  and  )  John  R.  Hurd,  Sec.  New  York, 

Brooklyn,               $  William  W.  Chester,  Tr.  Do. 

Oneida  County,             Thomas  Walker,  Sec.  Utica, 

Abijah  Thomas,  Tr.  Do. 

Tompkins,  Cayuga  &.  >  Rev.  Ralph  Cushman,  Sec.  Manlius, 

Onondaga  Counties,  $  Eleazar  Hills,  Tr.  Auburn, 

NEW  JERSEY. 

Central  Aux.  Society,  Prof.  Robert  Patten,  Sec.  Princeton, 

Jonathan  S.  Green,  Tr.  Do. 
Rev.  John  McDowell, D.D.  Sec.  Elizabethtown, 

Theodore  Frelinghuysen,  Tr.  Newark, 

Rev.  Albert  Barnes,  Sec.  Morristown, 

Jacob  M.  King,  Tr.  Do. 


Essex  County, 

Morris  County, 
West  Jersey, 


Butler  County, 
Greensburgh, 
Mercer  County, 
Philadelphia, 


L.  Stratton,  Tr. 

PENNSYLVANIA. 
John  Bredin,  Sec. 

William  Campbell,  Tr.  Butler, 

James  Postlethwaite,  Sec.         Greensburgh, 
W.  Redick,  Tr.  Uniontown, 


Robert  Patterson,  Tr.  Mercer, 

Rev.  Jacob  C.  Sears,  Sec.  ]  Philadelphia, 

Robert  Ralston,  Tr.  Do.    . 

Pittsburgh  &.  Vicinity,  John  McKee,  Sec. 

Michael  Allen,   Tr.  Pittsburgh, 

Fayette  &.  Green  Co's.,  Nathaniel  Ewing,  Sec. 

Hugh  Campbell,  Tr.  Uniontown, 

PENNSYLVANIA    and  VIRGINIA. 
Walter  Craig,  Sec. 

Redick  McKee,  Tr.  Wheeling,  Va. 

DISTRICT    OF    COLUMBIA. 

John  S.  Nevius,  Sec.  Georgetown, 

Michael  Nourse,Tr.  Washington, 

OHIO. 

Rev.  George  Sheldon,  Sec.  Franklin, 
J.Swift,  Tr. 
Steubenville  &.  Vicin.  James  Collier,  Sec. 

George  Anderson,  Tr.  St.  Clairaville, 

Trumbull  County,        Rev.  W.  Andrews,  Hartford, 

G.  Mygatt,  Tr,  Warren, 
SOUTH  CAROLINA.. 

Charleston                   Jasper  Corning,  Sec.  Charleston, 

Joseph  Tyler,  Tr-  Do. 


Washintgton, 
Auxiliary  Society, 
Portage  County, 


234  93 
1,283  46 
3,407  20 

388  77 

775  40—6,089  76 

411  57 

881  34 

'    506  56 

45  00—1,844  47 

158  17 
952  72 
333  23 

1,276  21 
525  00-3,245  33 

1,317  42 

131  58 131  58 

145  00 
374  04 

76  87 595  91 

1,483  00 


$54,362  87 


AGENTS.  131 

Note.— The  sums  acknowledged  in  the  Missionary  Herald,  as  received  from  Auxiliary 
Societies]  during  the  year  ending  August  31,  1828,  amount  to  -  $49,363  15 

To  this  should  be  added,  sums  received  from  the  Aux.  So.  of  Litchfield 
county,  Ct.,  which  were  not  placed  among  the  receipts  from  Auxiliary 
Societies,  (see  M.  Herald,  pp.  95,  200  and  400,)  -  -  -  3,780  00 

Also,  from  the  Aux.  So.  of  Charleston,  S.  C.  (see  M.  Herald,  pp.  263  and 
335,)  ....  -  1,483  00 


54,626  15 


Deduct  this  sum  acknowledged  in  the  M.  Herald,  p.  62,  the  same  hav- 
ing been  received  from  various  Associations,  and  not  from  an  Aux.  So.  263  28 


$54,362  87 


AGENTS. 

For  the  accommodation  of  those  Patrons  of  the  Board,  who  can  more  easily  trans- 
mit their  donations  to  New  York,  than  to  Boston,  a  Receiving  Agent  has  been  ap- 
pointed in  the  former  city.  The  Agent  is  Mr.  GEORGE  M.  TRACY,  who  occu- 
pies a  Room  in  the  American  Tract  Society's  House,  142,  Nassau- Street,  near  the 
City  Hall.  All  donations  committed  to  Mr.  Tracy,  will  be  regularly  acknowledged, 
as  usual,  in  the  Missionary  Herald.  From  him,  also,  Reports  of  the  Board,  and  Mis- 
sionary Papers  published  by  the  Board,  may  be  obtained;  and  through  him  orders 
and  payments  for  the  Missionary  Herald  may  be  transmitted. 

The  Treasurers  of  the  Axuiliaries,  named  in  the  preceding  list,  will  also  act  as  agents 
for  the  Board,  to  receive  donations  in  money  or  other  articles,  and  forward  them  to 
the  Missionary  Rooms.  It  is  desirable  that  all  donations,  as  far  as  is  convenient, 
should  come  through  these  channels.  The  Treasurers  of  Auxiliaries  will  also  receive 
payments  for  the  Missionary  Herald,  in  cases  where  there  is  no  agent  specially  for  that 
work,  within  a  convenient  distance.  When  money  is  forwarded  in  payment  for  the 
Missionary  Herald,  it  should  be  accompanied  by  a  memorandum,  stating  that  it  is 
for  that  purpose;  and  also  stating  the  name  of  the  person  for  whom,  and  the  year 
for  which  the  payment  is  made. 

In  addition  to  the  Treasurers  of  the  Auxiliaries,  the  following  gentlemen,  besides 
many  others,  have  obligingly  consented  to  act  as  agents  of  the  Board  for  the  pur- 
poses above  specified. 

Rev.  Ansel  D.  Eddy,  Canandaigua, 

Peter  J.  H.  Myers,  Whitehall. 

Jedidiah  Tracy,  Troy, 

Nathaniel  Davis,  Albany, 

William  Slocomb,  Wheeling,  Virginia. 

Peter  Patterson,  Chillicothe,  >  Ohio. 

John  Mahard,  Cincinnati,  5 

Jacob  Reinhard,  Louisville,  )  Kentucky. 

Daniel  Wurts,  Do.  * 

Rev.  Thomas  J.  Hall,  near  Nashville,  Tennessee. 

George  W.  Coe,  Savannah,  '?  ~ 

Brewster  &  Prescott,  Augusta,  3 

William  Raser,  Mobile,  )  . ,  , 

„,,.._:  , .  c  Alabama. 

Kennedy  &  Ireland,  Tuscumbia,  > 

George  Green,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana. 
Donations  will  also  be  received  by  any  member  of  the  Board, 


TABLE   OF    CONTENTS. 


Members  of  the  Board  under  the  Act  of  Incorporation, 

Corresponding  Members,            ...                                    .  g 

Honorary  Members,             ...                        .  7 

Minutes  of  the  Nineteenth  Annual  Meeting,  12 

Officers  for  the  year,             ...                        -  18 

Report  of  the  Prudential  Committee,                 -            -  21 

Bombay: — Press — Education,                      ...  23 

Ceylon:— Stations,           ------  26 

General  state  of  the  mission — Church — Congregations — Education,  29 

Western  Asia: — Malta — Beyroot — Levant,       ...  35 

Greek  Youths — Agency  of  Mr.  King,                     ...  43 
Sandwich  Islands :— Stations,            ....                        .49 

General  notices — Embarkation  of  missionaries,            -            -  57 

Cherokee  Mission: — Stations,           -----  64 

General  remarks,             .....                        -  71 

Chickasaw  Mission,             ....--  73 

Choctaw  Mission: — Stations,      -----  77 

General  Notices,                   ...                        .  83 

Cherokees  of  the  Arkansas: — Stations,              ...  84 

Removal   of  this  part  of  the  tribe,               -            -  38 

Osages  of  the  Neosho: — Stations — School,  39 

Osages  of  the  Missouri: — School — Civilization.       -  9a 

Mission  at  Mackinaw,               -            -            -  100 

Mission  near  Green  Bay,                 -            -  102 

Maumee  Mission,            ...                                                -  103 

Tuscarora  Mission,             -           -            -  104 

Seneca  Mission — Civilization,                -  105 

Cattaraugus  Mission,           ....  109 

Contemplated  Missions,                 -  111 

Summary,            ....                                    -  112 

Conclusion,                -  "3 

Appendix,  No.  I.     Treasurer's    Account.  121 

Appendix.  No.  II.     Auxiliaries.                                                                      -  123 


1244  1*1 


foeked 
Pacific  Islands 

BV2300 
•A3 

1827-28 


60860 


Report  of  the  American  Board  of 
Commisioners  for  Foreign  Missions 

RALPH  E.  WOOLLEY  LIBRARY 


THE  CHURCH  COLLEGE  OF  HAWAII 


UBRARY  BUREAU  CAT.  NO.  1175.3 


J.F.   SMITH   LIBRARY  BYU-HAWAII 


3  3300  00312  8217 


W  NOT  CTOfflf 


®